Ccs General Catalog

2020
LIGHTING
SOLUTION
WORLD’S HIGHEST STANDARD OF LED LIGHTING TECHNOLOGY
LET OUR EXPERTISE WORK FOR YOU
SOLUTIONS IN
MACHINE VISION
LIGHTING
SOLUTION & TECHNOLOGY
CCS has a high focus on solution - our customers are
continuously assured the best technology, enabling
them to operate at optimum performance levels
and to compete at the leading edge.
R&D
- Extensive research facilities including the CCS Lighting
Institute and AI Laboratories; more than 50 R&D engineers
and over 245 global patents
Technology Leadership
- Innovative technology covering all aspects of machine vision
lighting from core photonics and spectral illumination, OLED,
natural LED (full spectrum), through to specialized lighting
control and integration to imaging systems
WORLD-CLASS QUALITY
CCS set the standard for excellence in
illumination; consistently developed over 26
years, our quality and manufacturing processes
ensure optimum performance, uniformity,
accuracy and repeatability.
Manufacturing & Quality

- ISO9001 Quality Management and the optimum in manufacturing
processes; CCS products have full compliance with International
standards and environmental regulations such as CE, PSE, RoHS,
REACH
Customisation
- In addition to an extensive standard line-up, CCS also accepts custom
orders - whether that be for a specific application or bespoke machine
requirements. We listen to your needs and create the “optimal, custom
light” for you
1
MARKET-LEADING PRODUCTS
Industry’s largest range of illumination for machine
vision, addressing all solution types - including the
Precision, Flood (Plug & Play) and Specialist sectors.
Precision
- Industry’s widest product range with over 2,461 models covering Area,
Linescan and Specialised precision illumination requirements; includes
FASTUS Intelligent Lighting with consistent intensity and Industry 4.0
compatibility
Flood
- Comprehensive Plug & Play lighting systems including built-in power
supplies, controllers and IP rating. Wide range of spectral options, easy
set-up and connectivity to Industrial and Smart Cameras
Specialist
- Advanced lighting systems incorporating emerging technologies such
as Hyperspectral, high power SWIR, 3D Structured Light projectors, and
illumination systems for Computational (multi-shot) imaging
GLOBAL, LOCALIZED SUPPORT

CCS has the global infrastructure and localized services
to ensure support for machine vision projects, systems
and machines - wherever it is needed.
Support Services
- Providing support reassurance with 15 global sales offices
and 26 testing rooms throughout Asia, Europe and
America. Services include free testing of your work-pieces,
and efficient trial & loan systems
Application Knowhow
- Centralised and local customer access to advice from
experienced application engineers; CCS illumination is set-
up with typical camera and software configurations to prove
realistic solutions for customers
QUALITY / SOLUTION / SUPPORT

2
New Products BRAND-NEW
Flat Dome Lights LFXV Series Expanded Lineup
Bright and clear field of view using new light-guiding plate For details, refer to
P.107
Available in 10 sizes, for a total lineup of 40 models
Total of
Large sizes up to 300 mm and rectangular sizes now available
40
New Products
Select from four LED colors: red, white, blue, and infrared
Models
NEW
LFXV-300
NEW
LFXV-200
NEW
LFXV-300X200
LFXV-100
NEW
LFXV-200X100
LFXV-75
NEW
LFXV-50
NEW
LFXV-300X100 LFXV-150 LFXV-25
Reduces image irregularities and moire due to the surface dot pattern.
For details about "moire due to the surface dot pattern", refer to How to Use the LFX3 to Capture a Perfect Image on P.114.
● LFX3-100SW (White) ● LFXV-100SW (White)
F-stop: F8 F-stop: F8
For information including imaging conditions refer to the product pages.
Coaxial Lights for High-Resolution Cameras LFV3-G Series NEW
Equipped with a slim half mirror to support imaging using high-resolution cameras For details, refer to
P.127
Achieves up to 2.5 times* higher output compared to LFV3
Available in five sizes, for a total of 15 models
Available in three LED colors: red, white, and blue

* For detailed information, refer to the product pages.
● LFV3-G Series Structure (example) LFV3-G-27 LFV3-G-30X60 LFV3-G-35
Optical glass
Slim half mirror
Flat light source with

narrow directionality
Protective plate
LFV3-G-50 LFV3-G-50X100
(Options)
3 The data included is for reference only. Actual values may vary.
High-Power Strobe Light Source Units PFBR-600SW-LL-XF/LLCF-XF
Next-generation light sources with a maximum brightness of 38 million lux* External control via EtherNet, parallel or serial communication
Maintenance free (lamp replacement not required) Dimming setting in up to 1,024 levels (10 bit: 1,024 levels / 8 bit: 256 levels)
Strobe lighting mode (internal trigger mode, external trigger mode) can be selected Can be used with current light guides
New Products
* For detailed information, refer to the product pages.
For details, refer to

P.203
For replacing xenon light sources
NEW
PFBR-600SW-LLCF-XF PFBR-600SW-LL-XF
(Filter Changer Model)
Constant-Voltage Analog Control Unit PSB4-60024-2-PEI Expanded Lineup

Equipped with 2 channels. Independent operation possible
For details, refer to P.351
Up to 300 W per channel, for 600 W total of connected lights
Compatible with a wide range of CCS lights
External control via EtherNet / parallel communication PSB4-60024-2-PEI

(2 channel model)
Use individually Use on two sides Use on four sides
Individually control lights for each inspection line Can be dimmed individually to adjust variations in brightness Surround from four directions for individual line light control
Organic LED Lights for Machine Vision

For details,
refer to P.277
NEW Brightness required for

machine vision applications
Unprecedented thin design!
OLF-LT-25RD OLF-LT-40X30SW
OLF-LT-92RD
3 mm
4
Innovation in Illumination Technologies
CCS Group Synergy
The CCS Group continuously strives to deliver best in class technology for all sectors of Illumination
solutions for Machine Vision - from industry leading Precision lighting to innovative Flood and
Specialist systems. This is underpinned by high performance lighting control, networking, and
integration of lighting within Imaging software. Each area of CCS Group technology is fully
complementary - resulting in users having the industry’s widest choice, performance and quality for
their Machine Vision illumination needs.
CCS
Precision Illumination & Photonics
Leading the industry for precision illumination &
optimum quality, and solution in core spectral
technology and photonics
Group
Technology Effilux
Flood Lighting, Plug & Play
Comprehensive range of Flood illumination which
combines both performance and flexibility within
plug & play format, including built-in control
CCS Fastus
Specialist Illumination
For applications which demand the highest levels of
illumination control, with guaranteed intensity
through unique lighting feedback triniti
Intelligent Lighting Control & Networking
Industry 4.0 compatible lighting control system -
based on GenICam, constant-current controllers and easy to
set-up lighting with lifetime recording
5
SPECTRAL
Significant advances in Spectral developments
Ultraviolet
radiation
Visible light Infrared
radiation include novel, tuneable, single LED illumination
source for visible-NIR hyperspectral, unique high
380 480 580
Wavelength (nm)
680 780
power SWIR, and Natural Light LED
P.7
OLED
Measuring only 3mm in thickness, the newly
developed OLED technology enables a multi-layer
design for flat lights - providing unique intensity
and uniformity
P.277
LINESCAN
CCS offers a broad selection of unique line light series, which
are available in a wide range of different
wavelengths and can be manufactured at longer
lengths to suit your application needs
P.209
Illumination | Integration | Information

Intelligent Lighting for Industry 4.0
INDUSTRY 4.0
GigE Vision/GenICam compatible lighting
systems which provide plug and play set-up
and easy integration with Imaging software,
along with lighting data for Industry 4.0
P.15
3D STRUCTURED PROJECTORS
Includes EFFILUX structured LED lighting - designed for
3D reconstruction, stereovision and alignment
applications. It projects powerful and accurate
patterns such as : line, cross, cloud of dots
P.304
COMPUTATIONAL ILLUMINATION
Computational Illumination from CCS provides
lighting in a structured and open-architecture format
- enabling high quality multi-shot image capture in a
controlled fashion
P.287
6
Hyperspectral & SWIR
Innovation in Illumination
Technologies
Visible light Infrared

Ultraviolet
radiation
radiation
380 480 580 680 780

Wavelength (nm)

Innovations in Spectral Illumination Technologies
CCS and its subsidiary EFFILUX are combining their extensive expertise to develop leading edge
technologies. In particular, this partnership has led to significant advances in hyperspectral and Short-
Wave InfraRed (SWIR) illumination that will expand the application possibilities for these two rapidly-
growing technologies.
Novel Illumination for Visible-NIR Hyperspectral Imaging

A new LED illumination source is based on a single proprietary LED with a tuneable continuous
spectrum from 400 to 900 nm. The point source design of the CCS-EFFILUX hyperspectral light
provides exceptional spatial and spectral uniformity and enables lights to be produced in any form
factor, including projector, bar, ring and backlight. This will allow for an enormous range of new
applications for hyperspectral imaging in the visible-NIR region of the spectrum.
The benefits of hyperspectral imaging

Hyperspectral imaging is a powerful approach that combines conventional imaging with spectroscopy.
Organic materials selectively absorb light at specific wavelengths depending on their composition and
these distinctive ‘fingerprints’ can be used to uniquely identify them. In hyperspectral imaging, a series of
images can be acquired by sequentially allowing narrow wavelength bands of light from the sample to fall
on the camera sensor.
By selecting the appropriate wavelengths, hyperspectral images allow the assessment of product quality,
and the detection of contaminants and foreign material based on chemical composition, which is not
possible using traditional machine vision. Another major benefit of hyperspectral imaging is that packaging
materials are usually transparent to NIR light, meaning that the technique can be used to examine products
inside their packaging.
7
Hyperspectral illumination requirements
As with all machine vision techniques, using an appropriate illumination source is absolutely critical
in delivering high quality results. The key requirement for hyperspectral illumination is to have as
homogeneous of emission as possible over the entire wavelength range of interest from a point
Technologies
source to ensure that all wavelengths are generated from the same physical location. For visible-NIR
hyperspectral imaging the wavelength range is 400 – 900 nm. The ideal illumination source would be
sunlight, but this is not a practical solution for machine vision, so a black body radiation source in the
form of a tungsten halogen light source has been the most commonly used solution to date.
Halogen lamp
100
Relative light intensity (%)
80
60
40
20
0
400 500 600 700 800
Wavelength (nm)
Figure 1 – Sample Spectrums for Tungsten Halogen
While this generally has good uniformity of emission over the wavelengths of interest, it has a relatively
poor emission in the blue spectral range (Figure 1). However, a large proportion of the energy
emitted lies outside the wavelength region of interest. This energy is wasted and generates excessive
heat, which means the lamps must be cooled or equipped with suitable heat sinks. This adds cost,
complexity and can lead to significant integration challenges in production line applications due to
the bulky size of the enclosures.
There are also issues related to stability (an essential requirement for reproducibility of measurements
in machine vision) and short lifetimes which have implications on operating and maintenance costs.
In addition, EU environmental regulations may result in these types of lamps being banned going
forward. Many industrial imaging applications also require the illumination to be strobed to eliminate
the effects of product movement, but halogen lamps cannot be pulsed.
8
LED hyperspectral imaging

LED illumination has largely replaced any other illumination method in most machine vision
applications, but for hyperspectral imaging, the source must cover the entire spectrum between 400
and 900 nm and provide uniform illumination across the wavelength range. Although white light LEDs
Technologies
are available, they have a large peak in the blue region of the spectrum, a ‘hole’ around 480 nm and
only operate up to just over 700 nm, as shown in Figure 2.
Blue is extremely strong and

red components are weak.
380 480 580 680 780

Wavelength (nm)
Figure 2 – Spectrum for Conventional White Light LED
This offers neither the uniformity required nor the full wavelength range to utilise the sensitivity up to
1000 nm provided by the CMOS camera sensors used in Visible-NIR hyperspectral imaging.
An alternative approach is to use multiple monochromatic LEDs in a single illuminator to cover the
required wavelength range. Dealing with multiple LED sources, however, always brings a compromise
between spectrum and uniformity because the bandwidths of classic monochromatic LEDs are
narrow, making it nearly impossible to produce a homogeneous high-performance area hyperspectral
light using the number of narrow-band LEDs required. In fact, this is actually just a multispectral
solution, where the available wavelengths are limited to those of the LEDs chosen. Until now, the only
practical way to integrate enough LEDs for hyperspectral lighting was to combine them into a line
scan illuminator. This, however, creates spatial inhomogeneity since the light from the individual LEDs
arrives at the sample from different angles, depending on the position of the LED in the line.
The new LED solution

CCS Inc. and EFFILUX have addressed these issues in the form of a proprietary, tuneable single LED
illumination source that overcomes the limitations of halogen or multiple LED based hyperspectral
lighting solutions. It provides a nearly flat spectrum between 400 and 900 nm, as shown in Figure 3.
Figure 3 – CCS/EFFILUX Visible-NIR Hyperspectral LED
9
This innovative new approach provides spatial and spectral uniformity in a point-source hyperspectral
illuminator. These illuminators are based on a single broadband LED that was both developed
and is manufactured in-house. They are therefore completely compatible with existing mechanical
enclosures, meaning that any of the company’s standard products can be produced in a hyperspectral
imaging format. Users can therefore benefit both from unlimited form factors, including bar lights,
Technologies
line lights, back lights, ring lights, projectors, etc. to suit the particular application, and from greatly
simplified integration into existing inspection processes. Since this LED is a single point source, all
wavelengths come from the same spatial origin, meaning there are no wavelength-dependent angular
absorption effects.
Crucially, for added versatility, the spectrum can be tuned within the available spectral range in order
to tailor the light output to the specific application requirements – the system is not limited to fixed
output wavelengths as is the case for multi-spectral imaging. In addition, the hyperspectral LED can be
strobed if required and multiple LEDs can be mounted on a single PCB if increased output intensity is
needed. Of course, another major benefit is the longevity associated with LEDs.
Extending the wavelength range

Many organic materials have important absorption bands in the NIR region of the spectrum, and
CMOS sensors still have sensitivity to 1000 nm. Light output from the new hyperspectral LED falls
away quite rapidly past 900 nm (Figure 3), but this can be compensated for through the addition of two
further LEDs with output at 930 and 970 nm respectively to give increased output intensity between
900 and 1000 nm, as shown in Figure 4.
Figure 4 – Extended Range Visible-NIR Hyperspectral Solution
This flexible solution featuring just 3 LEDs could be accommodated in a variety of enclosures, as
shown in Figure 5.
10
Technologies
Collimated line light bar for

Backlight for area scan sensors “Spot” concept for area scan sensors
linescan hyperspectral cameras
Figure 5 – Sample Visible-NIR Hyperspectral Illuminators
Both the standard and extended hyperspectral LED lights are expected to expand the overall market
for hyperspectral imaging as well as to replace existing solutions.
Practical applications
Since existing tungsten halogen hyperspectral illumination sources have considerable operational
challenges, such as heat dissipation, poor energy efficiency and continuous only output, together with
difficulty in achieving high spatial uniformity due to lamp size and optics, it is often not possible to build
these lights in the form factors most frequently needed for automated hyperspectral imaging.
The availability of the new hyperspectral LEDs in a variety of form factors will open up new
opportunities across many applications and industries, including: medical imaging and diagnostics,
environmental monitoring, forensics, food and pharmaceutical analysis, food sorting and quality
grading, biotechnology, recycling, bank note inspection and chemical analysis.
Please refer to P.377 and P.299 for further information about CCS natural-light LED lighting and
EFFILUX’s hyperspectral product range.
11
Unique Light Source for High-Power SWIR Illumination
CCS’s subsidiary, EFFILUX, developed a novel LED SWIR source - SWIR H.O.P. (High Optical Power)
Technology, based on a proprietary material that emits SWIR light, which is designed to deliver high
output power. This technology leads the way to new applications in machine vision and scientific imaging.
Emerging SWIR imaging for machine vision
Technologies
Machine vision is currently dominated by visible imaging. Indeed, similarities with the human eye
perception and the technological advances in lighting power, camera resolution, and computer
processing have made these technologies inevitable. However, there is an intrinsic and impassable
limit: the visibility itself! Only what can be seen by the naked eye is visible.
In this context, a new generation of sensors has emerged in the machine vision market: Short-Wave
InfraRed (or SWIR) cameras.
Occupying the boundary between visible and thermal imaging, this light field has the capability to
reveal phenomena and elements invisible to standard CMOS/CCD cameras. The SWIR imaging
market is rapidly growing due to the range of applications made possible using SWIR-range wavelengths:
• See through opaque materials (plastics, silicon, glass, etc.)
• Reveal chemical elements (water, lipids, collagen, etc.)
• Offer visibility in harsh conditions (through smoke, dust, etc.)
Until now, SWIR imaging has been severely limited by the illumination. With the exception of halogen
sources, there are no light sources powerful enough for most applications in the SWIR spectrum.
However, halogen sources for SWIR imaging have many drawbacks, such as high radiated heat, very
short lifetime, low efficiency and non-tunable spectrum, and they are difficult to couple with optics to
control coverage area and power density.
Using laser sources is also a possible solution, but only for applications which require point sources.
Managing the luminous flux of a laser source is complicated and brings an undesirable speckle effect.
Furthermore, it is not easy to integrate into a machine vision system and is very dangerous for eyes.
About SWIR H.O.P. Technology

The H.O.P. (High Optical Power) Technology from EFFILUX changes the SWIR market, providing high output
power and the ability to address a new class of applications. H.O.P. is more than just a good integration of
LEDs − it is a new type of powerful light source, based on a proprietary material that emits its own SWIR
light, making it possible to reveal invisible phenomena to SWIR cameras that usual LED systems could not.
Figure 6 – Intensity comparison between EFFILUX technology and SWIR LED 1550 nm
Now, there is no need to drastically increase the camera’s integration time to get a good image. This
combination of SWIR sensor and the EFFILUX H.O.P. Technology provides greatly enhanced contrast
– the key in all machine vision applications, even for high-speed inspection tasks.
Better yet, to achieve the same output power, many expensive SWIR LEDs can be replaced by a
single H.O.P. “chip”, resulting in lower costs for system builders using SWIR illumination.
12
Advantages of H.O.P. Technology

The H.O.P. Technology retains all the advantages of LEDs compared to halogen or laser sources, with
a huge improvement in power and the flexibility to create both highly focused SWIR beams as well as
large area uniform SWIR illumination. In fact, one “chip” of the H.O.P. Technology emits a luminous
flux comparable to a 50 W halogen source.
Technologies
These properties make it very easy and convenient to integrate into a machine vision system:
- This technology has a great lifetime, around 50000 hours
- No excessive warm up
- Using an adequate cooling system, the H.O.P. Technology offers a perfect stability and reliability,
which is crucial for repetitive tasks and measurements, and especially for calibration systems.
- Its LED-based technology makes this source speckle-free
- Quick pulse is also possible thanks to its quick response time, unlike the long wait needed to switch
the light on again with halogen sources
- This technology is very compact - so it can be integrated into very compact products
- Its energy efficiency allows a low power consumption
- Fully safe for human eyes
- Adjustable to extreme conditions: thermal, vibration, humidity…
Although conventional SWIR LEDs still offer the benefits of LED technology, they are usually weaker
and can only achieve output power in the mW range. Increasing the number of LEDs is a potential
solution but is expensive and still does not compare to halogen in terms of power.
Practical applications
SWIR illumination is an emerging technology that requires different thinking than for visible light sources.
A thorough understanding of the fundamental optical challenges and new methods for developing effective
light sources, including the use of novel materials and processes, is essential.
The H.O.P. Technology can be integrated into all EFFILUX standard illumination systems, offering an
extensive range of SWIR lighting solutions, including area & line scan imaging, backlight, dome light, ring
light, bar light, and any other LED lighting systems commonly used in SWIR camera applications.
As one example, this powerful SWIR light engine has been combined into a complex optical projector,
resulting in the most powerful, sharp and homogenous SWIR pattern projector on the market.
Figure 7 – SWIR H.O.P. pattern projector

13
This is a very unique product because of its optical performance and its flexibility. Users can project
any pattern they want and illuminate objects from short working distances (focused light) to far working
distances (5 meters).
Technologies
Figure 8 – Spot pattern size and related working distance
Here is a comparison between a projector with a standard LED and H.O.P. Technology. This clearly
demonstrates the advantages of the H.O.P. Technology vs. any design based around SWIR LEDs only.
Figure 9 – Comparison of spot pattern based on H.O.P. Technology, made with an InGaAs Camera at the same exposure time
This novel technology opens up new opportunities across many applications and industries, including:
Water detection for agriculture, F&B, medical and biotech industry, opaque materials inspection
(plastics, silicon, solar cells etc), fill level, security, imaging in harsh environments such as smoke, fog,
and dust, and many more.
For further information on H.O.P. Technology, please contact your local CCS representative.
14
Lighting for Industry 4.0
Illumination | Integration | Information

Intelligent Lighting for Industry 4.0
Technologies
INTELLIGENT LIGHTING FOR INDUSTRY 4.0

Intelligent lighting (smart lighting) brings benefits to various machine vision applications by enabling lighting,
cameras and imaging software to be integrated within an easy, plug & play platform and process. They also
provide the necessary lighting data which is important for Industry 4.0 systems - indicating factors such as lighting
status, performance and lifetime information.
Thanks to advanced CCS technology, lighting solutions for machine vision image processing have become even
simpler, flexible and efficient. Allowing for the significant variety of different application demands in machine
vision, CCS has developed levels of intelligent lighting functions from which users can choose - from easy
connection to automation systems for basic lighting connectivity and data, through to GenICam compatible
systems with intensity feedback for high precision applications.
Why use Intelligent Lighting?

Intelligent lighting functionality provides the essential ease of use for the implementation and development of
lighting within machine vision systems. Along with the need for machine vision systems to offer ever increasing
inspection performance, the demands on lighting technology are also developing at a rapid pace – in parallel to
this, intelligent lighting functions are making the use of this increased illumination capability very accessible and
straightforward to implement. The key advantages of intelligent lighting can therefore be summarised as:
• Integration of camera and lighting within one machine vision environment
One environment, with open technology, for set-up and development of Lighting, Cameras and Imaging Software
• Ease of use, Plug & Play
Easy connectivity and safe implementation of advanced lighting control functions such as strobing and overdriving
• Lighting data for Industry 4.0
Essential lighting data such as intensity levels and lifetime for predictive maintenance and diagnostics
One development environment Open network standards Easy connectivity of lighting

for Lighting, Cameras and for ease and flexibility of and safe development of
Imaging implementation advanced control
15
3 levels of lighting integration from CCS
aligned to users application requirements
01
CCS Fastus
GenICam compatible illumination
with intensity feedback for high
precision applications
triniti
02
Open protocol lighting & control system
Technologies
for easy camera and software
integration
03
CN Series
Easy connection in automation
systems for lighting setup, control and
maintenance
CCS FASTUS
GenICam compatible illumination with intensity feedback for high precision applications
For specialist applications requiring guaranteed illumination levels, CCS
FASTUS technology offers a whole new level of machine vision lighting
solutions with sensing, monitoring and feedback functions - realizing stable
and reliable inspection. It also guarantees lighting intensity and integrates Ethernet
with GenICam for Industry 4.0 maintenance and performance data.
• Optimum uniformity Power supply,
feedback
• Precise accuracy & stability
• Consistent intensity over time Information on
measured values
This technology is ideal for applications which demand minimal variance in illumination levels over time, for example
in the Glass, Semiconductor, Pharmaceutical and Microscopy sectors. Brightness can be monitored using the built-in
photodiodes by connecting a CCS FASTUS Series LED lighting controller, and this allows for accurate measurement of
LED brightness even with short period illumination (monitoring of internal temperatures is also possible) - all information
being seamlessly available via GenICam for integration with Cameras, Imaging Software and diagnostic systems.
How CCS FASTUS intelligent lighting technology delivers guaranteed illumination intensity
At the heart of CCS FASTUS intelligent LED lighting is FALUX and FALUX Sensing technology – unique, patented
lighting control and illumination feedback functions which provide the necessary intelligence to drive the high
performance, accuracy and stability of CCS FASTUS illumination systems for Machine Vision.
• Feedback-Brightness maintenance
Brightness is automatically adjusted to maintain initial settings. Built-in FALUX circuit to correct
variations in brightness
Using constant current circuitry dependent on the
input voltage, variations in the forward current of
individual LEDs are corrected for uniform brightness.
Meanwhile, the temperature compensation circuit
compensates for fluctuations in brightness due to
increases in operational or ambient temperature.
Equipped with FALUX Sensing for

monitoring light brightness and temperature
LED brightness sensing is performed using multiple
built-in photodiodes. This allows for accurate
measurement of LED brightness not only during
continuous illumination but also with short period
illumination.
CCS FASTUS lighting models
OPR Series P.286 OPR-SF Series P.286 OPB-S Series P.286 OPF Series P.286 OPX Series P.286 OPS-S Series P.286 HPRS Series P.286 HPDS Series P.286
16
Lighting for Industry 4.0
triniti
Open protocol lighting & control system for easy camera
and software integration

For high precision lighting applications, trinitiTM is a new, enabling technology from our group company Gardasoft,
which provides expert control, operational intelligence and full integration of Machine Vision Lighting, all within a
Technologies
‘plug-&-play’ environment.
With triniti, Machine Vision systems with LED Lighting are now much easier to create, configure and commission,
while at the same time offering increased functionality. This is because complex control techniques have now
been made very easy to implement.
triniti controller Light connection LED lights

with embedded triniti chips
Key benefits at a glance:

• Enables non-expert users to use expert Machine Vision lighting techniques
• Revolutionises the integration of lighting parameters right through to application level software
• Addresses the industry’s identified need for a highly flexible system that is also readily ‘plug-&-play’
• Provides a long-term stability of brightness that helps to enhance the reliability of Machine Vision
systems over many years
Compatible CCS lighting models for triniti

CCS Intelligent Lighting systems can be easily selected. The following CCS lighting ranges have the triniti
Intelligent Lighting functionality available as standard (other CCS models can have this added as a ‘custom fit’
option).
LDR2 Series P.31 HPR2 Series P.45 FPQ3 Series P.55 LDL2 Series P.59 TH2 Series P.79 HPD2 Series P.99 LFV3 Series P.121
17
CN Controllers
Easy connection in automation systems via Ethernet/IP for lighting set-up,
control and maintenance
Servo controller or other
Where the user requires easy network compatible device
connection between their automation
Technologies
and inspection systems, the CCS
CN Controllers provide the ideal PLC
connectivity via EtherNet/IP networks. EtherNet/IP Machine vision sensor
Conforming to ODVA Composite Network

Conformance Test Revision CT15,
LED Light
these controllers provide a true smart *
device for the IoT era. * DLR function support
The following lighting values are CN-4024-2-EIPT

Controller PC
available via the Ethernet/IP network for An Electronic Data Sheet (EDS) file will be available on our website.
The PLC specifies light control settings for the CN Controller via EtherNet/IP communications.
either set-up, operational or diagnostic When you use a PLC ladder editor, you can get and set the operation values for the CN Controller.
purposes:
Accumulated trigger count, accumulated lighting duration, and error status
In addition, users can set and check the following values:
• Lighting mode, trigger logic, ON/OFF setting for the Light Unit, light intensity, strobe time, and lighting delay
The CN Controller also provides TCP/IP commands for the same operations.
CameraLight
OEM plug & play system for easy integration of lighting and cameras in one environment
The Basler Camera Light system is a new intelligent lighting system, powered by CCS. It provides easy camera
synchronization, light strobing and overdrive.
It consists of a comprehensive series of lighting which is compatible with the Basler SLP intelligent lighting
concept. Jointly developed by both Basler and CCS, the world’s leading camera and lighting manufacturer for
machine vision applications, it offers the maximum ease of use and great cost performance.
In addition, the Basler pylon Camera Software Suite provides one configuration environment for both camera and
lighting, and all parameterization of lights and camera is done via just one interface - including automatic timing
for strobing and overdriving.
18
M12 Connector /
Flying Leads Cables Light Unit Cables
M12 Connector and Flying Leads Light Unit Cables

Are Now Available
Flying Leads Cables
M12 Connector /
SM connectors are used for

the Light Unit cables of CCS's
standard Light Unit.
Now You can choose

4-pin M12 Socket Connectors Flying Leads
Note: This connector cannot be used for the Light Units

with a power consumption of more than 65 W.
These specifications are provided for custom production. Please order with the model name notation given below.
Specifications
4-pin M12 Socket Connectors

Model Standard model name + “ -M12 ”
Cable Length 300 mm
1: (+ 24 VDC)
2: No Connection
Polarity & Signal
3: (- GND)
4: No Connection
Flying Leads
Model Standard model name + “ -FL ”
Cable Length 2,000 mm
Anode(+)Brown /
Polarity & Signal
Cathode(-)Blue
For example, to order LDR2-32RD2 with an M12 connector attached, specify the model name as “LDR2-32RD2-M12”.
19
Applicable Products
These specifications are applicable to the standard products shown below.
Flying Leads Cables

M12 Connector /
P.31 P.59 P.121
Ring Lights Bar Lights Coaxial Lights
LDR2 LDL2 LFV3
P.35 P.75 P.131

Low-angle Ring Lights Bar Lights Coaxial Lights
LDR2-LA HLDL2 MSU
P.39 P.79 P.163 P.169

Low-angle Ring Lights Flat Lights Ultraviolet Lights
LDR-LA1 TH2 UV2 / UV
P.43 P.44 P.95 P.175

Ring Lights / Low-angle Ring Lights Flat Lights Infrared Lights
SQR / SQR-TP LFL IR2
P.45 P.99 P.193

Ring Lights Dome Lights Spot Lights
HPR2 HPD2 LV
P.49 P.103 P.194

Ring Lights Dome Lights Spot Lights
LFR LDM2 LSP
P.231
P.51 P.105 P.232
Ring Lights Dome Lights Line Lights
LKR LAV LN / LN-HK
P.53 P.106 P.237

Low-angle Ring Lights Dome Lights Line Lights
FPR PDM LND2
P.55 P.107 P.113 P.119 P.251

Low-angle Square Lights Flat Dome Lights Line Coaxial Lights
FPQ3 LFXV / LFX3 / LFX3-PT LNV
20
Table of Contents INDEX
LED Lights
New Products P.3 Ring Lights P.31

Provides direct light from an angled emitting part
Hyperspectral & SWIR P.7 LDR2 Series

For character recognition, visual inspection, and
inspection for damage or stains
Lighting for Industry 4.0 P.15 • Applications: Character recognition, visual inspection,
Table of Contents
inspection for damage or stains, and reading

2-dimensional code, etc.
LED Light Product Introductions P.31 • 31 models
• LED colors: ●○●●
Line Light List P.209
Low-Angle Ring Lights

Line Light Product Introductions P.211 Provides direct light at a low angle from an angled P.35
emitting part
Lens Product Introductions P.269 LDR2-LA Series

For edge extraction, inspection for engraved characters,
damage or stains
CCS-LT Products New P.277 • Applications: Inspection for engraved characters
on metal surfaces, inspection for damage or stains,
inspection for mixed foreign materials, etc.
Control Unit Selection Guide P.307 • 24 models
List of Control Unit Specifications P.309
Control Unit Product Introductions P.311

Provides direct light at a low angle from an emitting part P.39
directed horizontally
Options P.355 LDR-LA1 Series

Direct Lighting
For edge extraction, inspection for engraved characters,

Contents
damage, or stains
Extension Cables P.365 • Applications: Inspection for engraved characters
on metal surfaces, inspection for damage or stains,
inspection for mixed foreign materials, etc.
Examples of Custom Ordered Products P.367 • 20 models
Examples of Application P.373
Information about UV Curing P.375 Ring Lights

Provides direct light from the upper section
P.43
Information about Natural Light P.377 SQR Series
For character recognition, visual inspection, and
inspection for damage or stains
Technical Guide P.379
• Applications: Character recognition, visual inspection,
inspection for damage or stains, and reading
Regulations, Etc. P.391 2-dimensional code, etc.
• 5 models
Model Index P.393
Discontinued Products Information P.397 Low-Angle Ring Lights

Provides direct light at a low angle from an angled P.44
emitting part
Company Information P.399 SQR-TP Series
For edge extraction, inspection for text or damage
Business Locations P.401 • Applications: Visual inspection of metal parts
and inspection for damage or stains, etc.
• 2 models
Service and Support P.405 • LED color: ●
Testing Room Information P.406
LED color: Red, white, blue, green, UV, IR

The type and model numbers for each LED Light do not include special orders. Products of some types do not support the listed properties or functions.
21
LED Lights LED Lights
Ring Lights Bar Lights

Achieves a uniform region with a high degree of freedom P.45 Provides direct light from an emitting part equipped with P.59
by using a unique illuminating mechanism LEDs in straight lines
HPR2 Series LDL2 Series

For inspection for damage or stains, visual inspection, For damage and visual inspection, and text reading
and color determining inspection • Applications: Damage inspection of metal
• Applications: High angle uniform illumination and with hairline finishing, and foreign material
Table of Contents
inspection via feature extraction on low-angle, etc. and detection inspection, etc.
• 28 models • 141 models
• LED colors: ●○● (Full color: ●●● ) • LED colors: ●○●●●
Ring Lights Bar Lights

Diffused illumination from a flat emitting surface
P.49 Bar Light with built-in Controller, perfect even for large P.71
workpieces
LFR Series LDLB Series <Lineup with Waterproof Types>
Direct Lighting
For character recognition, text inspection, For inspection for mixed different models,
and color determining inspection visual inspection
• Applications: Inspection for parts mounted on circuit boards • Applications: Light source for robotic picking,
and surface inspection for metal parts, etc. mixed models inspection, and visual
• 23 models inspection for large workpieces, etc.
• LED colors: ●○●● • 4 models
• LED colors: ●○
Ring Lights P.51 Bar Lights P.75

Provides diffused light from an angled emitting surface Provides direct light perfect for large workpieces
LKR Series HLDL2 Series

Diffused Lighting
For character recognition and inspection for stains or dents For inspection for mixed different models,
• Applications: Soldering inspection, mixed models inspection visual inspection and dimension measuring
in color determination, and inspection for stains on a glossy • Applications: Light source for robotic picking,
surface, etc. visual inspection for large workpieces, and
• 12 models mixed models inspection, etc.
• LED colors: ●○●

Provides diffused light at a low angle from an angled P.53 Flat Lights
emitting surface Diffused illumination from a flat emitting surface
P.79
FPR Series
TH2 Series
Diffused Lighting
For edge extraction, inspection for engraved characters, High-Luminance Type

For dimension measuring and foreign material inspection
and character recognition
• Applications: Liquid surface inspection,
• Applications: Edge extraction of metal parts and
pinhole inspection, visual inspection, and
character recognition on electronic parts, etc.
burr inspection for metal parts, etc.
• 12 models
Low-Angle Square Lights P.55

Provides diffused light at a low angle from four directions
FPQ3 Series
For visual inspection, character recognition, and
inspection for fragments or stains
• Applications: Visual inspection for electronic parts,
character recognition, pin and lead bending,
and inspection for stains, etc.
• 24 models

22
Flat Lights Dome Lights

Provides a diffused light of high-directivity
P.83 Provides diffused light evenly through the dome-shaped P.99
reflective panel
TH2-PM Series High-Directivity Type HPD2 Series

For dimension measuring and visual inspection For visual inspection, color determination
• Applications: Dimension measuring, visual inspection, and inspection, and inspection for stains
inspection for stains and faults, etc. • Applications: Visual inspection for glossy surfaces,
Table of Contents
curved surfaces or uneven surfaces, text inspection, color

• 24 models
• LED colors: ●○● determination inspection, engraved character inspection,
inspection for damage or stains, etc.
• 30 models
• LED colors: ●○●● (Full color: ●●● )
Flat Lights P.87 Dome Lights P.103

Ideal for inspecting large workpieces Provides diffused light from a cone-shaped emitting surface
TH2 Series Large Type LDM2 Series

For visual inspection and foreign material inspection For visual inspection, color determination inspection,
• Applications: Inspection of liquid surface and text inspection
level in large workpiece, visual inspection, • Applications: Visual inspection for glossy surfaces,
and foreign material inspection, etc. curved surfaces or uneven surfaces,
• 8 models text inspection, color determination inspection,
• LED colors: ●○ soldering inspection, etc.
• 8 models
Applicable to inspection of rectangular workpieces and P.89 Provides diffused light evenly using a mechanism that P.105
imaging with a line sensor camera combines a diffused lighting and a coaxial lighting
Diffused Lighting
Diffused Lighting
TH2 Series Rectangular Type LAV Series

For visual inspection and foreign material inspection For character recognition, text inspection, and dimension
• Applications: Visual inspection of rectangular and fault measuring
inspection of sheet-shaped workpieces, etc. • Applications: Inspection for faulty plating,
• 2 models inspection of a sealed target, and
• LED colors: ●○ inspection for foreign material attached to
a glossy surface
• 4 models
A flat emitting surface provides a light from the same axis P.91 Mechanism that combines a diffused lighting, coaxial P.106
as the camera lighting, and low-angle lighting
TH2-CR Series Camera-Window Type PDM Series

For visual inspection and foreign For character recognition, text inspection, and dimension
material inspection measuring
• Applications: Visual inspection, inspection • Applications: Inspection for faulty plating, inspection of a
for foreign material and stains, reading sealed target, and inspection for foreign material
engraved text, and inspection of FIPG attached to a glossy surface
material on metal components, etc. • 4 models
• 6 models • LED colors: ●○●●
Flat Lights P.95 Flat Dome Lights P.107
Diffused illumination from a flat emitting surface Recreates the effect of a Dome Light with a thin case design
LFL Series LFXV Series New

For dimension measuring, visual inspection, and foreign For visual inspection, text inspection, mixed foreign
material inspection materials inspection, and character recognition
• Applications: Liquid surface inspection, • Applications: Visual inspection of metal surfaces, curved
visual inspection, packaging tears and surfaces or uneven surfaces, text inspection,
stain inspection, etc. mixed foreign materials inspection
• 43 models of food and medicine, etc.

23
Flat Dome Lights Coaxial Lights

Recreates the effect of a Dome Light with a thin case design
P.113 Provides diffused light with high parallelism using original P.131
lighting technology
LFX3 Series MSU Series

For visual inspection, text inspection, mixed foreign For damage inspection, character recognition, inspection
materials inspection, and character recognition for dents or stain
• Applications: Visual inspection of metal • Applications: Inspection for fine
Table of Contents
surfaces, curved surfaces or uneven damage on glossy surfaces, etc.
surfaces, text inspection, mixed foreign • 13 models
materials inspection of food and • LED colors: ●○●●
Collimated Lighting
medicine, etc.
• 28 models
Coaxial Lights
Line Pattern Lights Provides diffused light with high parallelism using original P.133
A cutting-edge method for inspecting bumps on a reflective P.119 lighting technology
surface
MFU Series
LFX3-PT Series For visual inspection and dimension measuring
For inspecting bumps on a reflective surface • Applications: Detailed visual inspection and
• Applications: Inspection for bumps on a dimension measuring, etc.
mirror, metal sheets, films, glass and • 2 models
liquid crystal, etc. • LED color: ●
• 40 models
Diffused Lighting
Coaxial Lights High Power Strobe Lights

Provides diffused light evenly from the same axis as the P.121 Extremely powerful strobe lighting
P.135
camera
LFV3 Series PF Series

Strobe Lighting
For faults or damage inspection, engraved character For inspection of fast moving production lines
inspection, and dimension measuring • Applications: Visual inspection using
• Applications: Faults or damage inspection on extremely powerful strobe lighting
glossy surfaces and mirror surfaces, for minuscule chip components, etc.
inspection for engraved characters • 48 models
and dents, etc. • LED colors: ●○
• 33 models
Coaxial Lights
Provides diffused light evenly from the same axis as the P.127
camera
LFV3-G Series New

For faults or damage inspection, engraved character
inspection, and dimension measuring
• Applications: Faults or damage inspection on
glossy surfaces and mirror surfaces,
inspection for engraved characters
and dents, etc.
• 15 models

24
IP67 Lights (Waterproof Type) P.155 Infrared Lights P.175

Waterproof Lights for use in harsh environment Varied Light Unit lineup using IR-LEDs
HLDR-IP Series IR2 Series
Infrared Lighting
For fault inspection and visual inspection For visual inspection and mixed foreign materials inspection
• Applications: Fault inspection for metal parts, visual • Applications: Inspection of targets through liquid, etc.
inspection for rubber parts, and adhesive • 36 models
Table of Contents
application inspection (UV), etc.

• 3 models
• LED color: ●
Waterproof
HSL-PCL Series Light Units with Intensity Control Unit

For fault inspection and visual inspection Light intensity and light ON/OFF control can be performed P.181
without an external controller
• Applications: Fault inspection and visual
inspection, etc. IU Series
Intensity Control
• 4 models For fault inspection and visual inspection
• LED colors: ●○●● • Applications: Fault inspection and visual inspection, etc.
• 117 models
Ultraviolet Lights Spot Lights

UV Lights that use high output UV-LEDs
P.163 Provides high output spot lighting using an original P.183
optical design
UV2 Series HLV3 Series

For fluorescent observation As a light source for a telecentric lens
• Applications: Inspection for detecting seal • Applications: Light source for dimension measuring
material through fluorescent excitation, etc. and light source for spot lights, etc.
• LED color: ● • LED colors: ●○●●●
Ultraviolet Lights Spot Lights

Varied Light Unit lineup using original UV-LEDs
P.169 Provides high output spot lighting using an original P.189
optical design
Ultraviolet Lighting
Spot Lighting, Etc.
UV Series HLV2 Series

• Applications: Reading invisible codes, etc. • Applications: Light source for dimension measuring
• 31 models and light source for spot lights, etc.
• LED color: ● • 20 models
Ultraviolet Lights P.171 Spot Lights P.193

UV Line Lights that use high-output UV-LEDs Provides spot lighting using original converging technology
LNSP-UV-FN Series LV Series

• Applications: Inspection for detecting seal material through • Applications: Light source for dimension
fluorescent excitation, etc. measuring and light source for spot lights, etc.
• LED color: ● • LED colors: ●○●●

25
Spot Lights Micro Fiber Head Dedicated Light Sources

Provides spot lighting from an emitting surface of Φ33 mm
P.194 Provides high-output spot lighting using an original P.200
optical design and converging technology
LSP Series HLV2-3M-RGB-3W

For character recognition, visual inspection, and position Can perform stepless independent intensity control for
inspection red, blue, and green light sources
• Applications: Light source for spot lights, etc. • Usage: Dedicated Light Source for the
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
• 1 model Micro Fiber Head
• LED color: ● • 1 model
• LED color: Depends on the
light source color
Micro Fiber Heads High-Power Light Sources

LED Fiber Light system that uses original converging P.195 Next-generation light sources delivering high output and P.201
technology a fast response
HFS / HFR Series PFBR-600 Series New

For visual inspection, character recognition, and LED light source that can replace
dimension measuring a xenon flash light source
• Applications: Alignment mark imaging, etc. • Applications: Used connected to
• 1 model (straight) / 3 models (ring type) various light guides
• LED color: Depends on the light source color • 4 models
• LED color: ○
Spot Lighting, Etc.
Micro Fiber Head Dedicated Light Sources LED Light Sources

Provides high output spot lighting using an original P.197 Provides light output that exceeds that of a 250 W metal P.205
optical design halide light source
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HLV3-22-4-NR Series PFBR-150 Series

Allows for easy installation and removal LED light source that can replace
• Usage: Dedicated Light Source for the Micro Fiber Head a 250 W metal halide light source
• 4 models • Applications: Used connected to
• LED colors: ●○●● various light guides
• 1 model
• LED color: ○
Micro Fiber Head Dedicated Light Sources LED Light Sources

Provides high-output spot lighting using an original P.198 Provides light output that exceeds that of a 100 W P.207
optical design and converging technology halogen light source
HLV3-3M-RGB-4 PFB3 Series

Can perform stepless independent intensity control for LED light source that can replace a 100 W halogen light source
red, blue, and green light sources • Applications: Used connected to
• Usage: Dedicated Light Source for the various light guides
Micro Fiber Head • 64 models
• 1 model • LED color: ○
• LED color: Depends on the
light source color
Micro Fiber Head Dedicated Light Sources

Provides high output spot lighting using an original P.199
optical design
HLV2-22-NR-3W Series
Allows for easy installation and removal
• Usage: Dedicated Light Source for the Micro Fiber Head
• 4 models

26
Line Lights Line Lights

1,000,000 lx or more in illuminance despite being fan-less
P.211 Uses original converging technology to achieve P.231
illumination with reduced diffusion
Convergent Lighting
LNLP Series LN / LN-HK Series
For visual inspection, damage or dent inspection, and For visual inspection and fault inspection
foreign material inspection • 8 models (LN), 2 models (LN-HK)
• 10 models • Emitting surface: 60 mm, 200 mm
Table of Contents
• Emitting surface: Up to 3,000 mm in 100 mm units. • LED colors: ●○●● (LN), ○

(LN-HK)
• LED color: ○
Line Lights P.215

Achieved optimum Light Unit shape at the site of inspection
LNSP2 Series
For visual inspection, scratch inspection, foreign
material inspection, and stain inspection
• 20 models
• Emitting surface: Up to 3,000 mm in 100 mm units.
• LED color: ○
Line Lights
Uses original converging technology to achieve P.221
Convergent Lighting
LNSP Series
For visual inspection, scratch inspection, and alignment
inspection
• 10 models
• LED color: ○
LNSP2/LNSP Dedicated Coaxial Units

Used as a Coaxial Light installed to the Line Light P.225
CU-LNSP2 / CU-LNSP Series
Dedicated Coaxial Units those are designed for
use with the LNSP2/LNSP series
• CU-LNSP2 (5 models)
• CU-LNSP (5 models)
• Emitting surface: Up to 500 mm in 100 mm units.
Line Lights
Uses original converging technology to achieve P.227
LNSP-FN Series
For visual inspection, scratch inspection, and alignment
inspection
• 15 models
• LED color: ○

27
Line Lights Line Lights (Oblique Angled Light)

Provides diffused light from an emitting surface P.233 Achieves angled illumination using an original optical design
P.253
equipped with LEDs in a straight line
LNSD Series (High luminance and high uniformity types) LNDG Series
For fish eye, damage, or dent inspection, foreign Vertical wrinkles or striations inspection, folding and bumps
material inspection, and stain inspection inspection, and moving-direction scratch inspection
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
• Emitting surface: Up to 3,000 mm • Emitting surface: Up to 3,000 mm in 100 mm units.
in 100 mm units. • LED color: ○
Line Lights Line Lights (Bi-Directional Angled Light)

Provides diffused light from an emitting surface P.237 Achieves bi-directional angled illumination using an P.257
equipped with LEDs in straight lines original optical design
LND2 Series LNIS2 Series

For damage or dent inspection, and foreign material Streak inspection, scratch inspection, and moving-
inspection direction scratch inspection
• Emitting surface: Up to 1,203 mm • Emitting surface: Up to 1,000 mm in 100 mm units.
in 100 mm units. • LED color: ○
Oblique Angled Lighting
Line Lights Line Lights (Bi-Directional Angled Light)

Provides diffused light from an emitting surface P.241 Achieves bi-directional angled illumination using an P.261
equipped with LEDs in a straight line original optical design
Diffused Lighting
HLND Series (Transmission and reflection types) LNIS Series

For foreign material inspection and stain inspection Streak inspection, scratch inspection, and moving-
• 108 models direction scratch inspection
• Emitting surface: Up to 2,700 mm in 100 mm units. • 10 models
• LED colors: ●○ • Emitting surface: Up to 1,000 mm in 100 mm units.
• LED color: ○
Line Lights P.247 Line Lights (Bi-Directional Angled Light) P.265

Provides diffused light evenly using an original optical design Best for finding moving-direction scratches
LT Series LNIS-FN Series

For fish eye inspection and scratch inspection Streak inspection, scratch inspection, and moving-
• 18 models direction scratch inspection
• Emitting surface: Up to 1,800 mm in 100 mm units. • 15 models
• LED color: ○ • Emitting surface: Up to 1,500 mm in 100 mm units.
• LED color: ○
Line Coaxial Lights P.251

Provides diffused light from the same axis as the camera
LNV Series
For fault inspection and stain inspection
• 4 models
• Emitting surface: 300 mm

28
LED Lights Control Units / Controllers
Computational Imaging
Digital image capture and processing techniques that P.287
combine computation and optical encoding. Digital Control Units

PD3 Series P.311
We describe the principle of operation,
product information, and application
examples including the following:
Table of Contents
• High resolution color (RGB) • Extended Depth of Field (EDOF) Digital Control Units
• Bright field + dark field • High Dynamic Range (HDR) PD2 Series P.319
• Photometric Stereo (PMS)
triniti-enabled LED Lights

Users benefit from having expert control techniques for P.295
Analog Control Units

their lighting systems readily available.
PSB Series P.323
For fault inspection and visual inspection
• Applications: Fault inspection and visual inspection, etc.
• 65 models
• LED colors: ●○● Strobe Overdrive Control Units
P.325
POD Series
Control Units / Controllers

Strobe Overdrive Control Units
PTU2 Series P.329
High Power Strobe Control Units

PF Series P.331
PoE Enabled Controller
Lenses CN-EPOE Series P.335
High-Resolution
Controller with
Telecentric Lenses
EtherNet/IPTM Interface
SE-65-M / P.269 P.337
CN-4024-2-EIPT
SE-110-M Series
“EtherNet/IP” is a trademark of ODVA, Inc.
Telecentric Lenses
Lenses
Analog Controller
SE-65 / P.273 P.339
SE-110 Series PB-2430-1
Macro Lenses
Compact Controller
SE-16 / P.275 P.341
SE-18 Series CC-ST-1024

29
Control Units / Controllers Options
Spot Light Dedicated

Control Unit
P.343 Lens Filters P.355
PJ2 Series
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Control Unit
P.345 Diffusion Plates P.359
PJ Series
Control Units / Controllers

Controller
P.347 Polarizing Plates P.360
CC-PJ-0707
Options
Analog Control Units
Light Control
(Constant Current)
P.349 P.361
PSCC Series (LC) Films
New
Analog Control Unit Protective Plates / Adapters
(Constant Voltage)
P.351 Fixtures P.362
PSB4 Series Brackets
Analog Control Unit

(Constant Voltage)
P.353 Extension Cables P.365
PSB3-30024
30
Direct Lighting
Refer to our website for product details.
Ring Lights
You can also use
CCS LDR2 Search
Ring Lights
your smartphone
or cell phone.
For quick access.
LDR2 Series
Provides direct light from an angled emitting part
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR2-90BL2
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LDR2-90-30RD2
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ3
LDL2 LDR2-70RD2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB LDR2-120SW2
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types) LDR2-50GR2
LFL
HPD2
LDM2 LDR2-42SW2
Diffused Lighting
LAV
PDM
LDR2-32RD2
LFXV
LFX3 Character recognition, visual inspection, inspections for damage or stains, reading 2-dimensional code, inspecting parts on
LFX3-PT Applications
boards, etc.
LFV3
LFV3-G
Intensity Infrared Ultraviolet Water- Strobe Collimated
MSU
Control Lighting Lighting proof Lighting Lighting
Succeeds in Greatly Reducing LED's Heat

MFU
Standard Ring Lights
PF
HLDR-IP/ Uses a flexible circuit board to achieve the functions needed Heat dissipation material is used between the board and
HSL-PCL
for a Ring Light. It can illuminate workpieces at an angle the aluminum housing, absorbing heat produced by the
UV2
and can illuminate the whole workpiece. This alleviates the LEDs. This succeeds in greatly reducing the creation of
UV
LNSP-UV-FN influence of slight position or inclination deviations in the heat, which causes the LEDs to deteriorate.
workpiece and enables stable imaging.
IR2 Cross-section image of the LDR2-120
Flexible circuit board
IU Aluminum housing
HLV3 High-density Heat dissipation
HLV2 LED mounting material
LV
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W Bullet-shaped Mounting
PFBR-600 LEDs circuit board
PFBR-150
PFB3 Radiation fin
LNLP
Diffused Lighting Convergent Lighting
LNSP2 LED array form

LNSP
Coaxial Units
Aluminum housing
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
Bullet-shaped LEDs
LNSD
LND2
HLND
LT
LNV
LNDG Custom Orders Example Configuration
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Please contact your CCS sales representative. Bend the flexible LDR2-90
Telecentric Lens E.g.: Different color Customizable items circuit board
Macro Lens
External/internal Wavelength/
to any shape Camera
Creating a full color (RGB)
Wavelength/
Color Light Unit
diameter Color necessary and
mount LEDs with Heat dissipation
Increase material
output
Cable length high density.
Illuminates the
LEDs
Illuminating Format/ workpiece so
angle material
that direct light is
Workpiece
Connector Installation/ concentrated in
format mounting
the center.
Etc.
Various technical PDF DXF Product Instruction 3D Data Imaging Digital

31 Drawings Drawings Brochures CAD Sheets Examples Catalogs Register to use them.
documents available. Guides
Control Unit List of Control Unit Examples of Custom Examples of
Options Regulations, Etc.
Selection Guide Specifications Ordered Products Application
P.307 P.309 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
Ring Lights
Imaging Example: Imaging Electrodes of Electronic Parts
Description Visual inspection
Workpiece Electronic parts

LDR2
Direct Lighting
Conventional lighting LED Bar Light LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
New lighting LDR2-32RD2
SQR
Result Improved uniformity SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ3
Workpiece image LED Bar Light LDR2-32RD2 LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
HPD2
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
LAV
PDM
LFXV
LFX3
It's difficult to make an image of the A Ring Light can illuminate the LFX3-PT
Electronic parts electrode part using a Bar Light. electrode part evenly and make an LFV3
image. LFV3-G

MSU

MFU
Imaging Example: Imaging Text on Intake Valves
PF
HLDR-IP/
HSL-PCL
UV2
Description Character recognition
UV
Workpiece Intake valves (automobile parts) LNSP-UV-FN
IR2
Conventional lighting LED Ring Light
New lighting LDR2-50RD2 IU
HLV3
Result Emphasized characters
HLV2
LV
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR
Workpiece image LED Ring Light LDR2-50RD2
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
PFB3
LNLP
LNSP2
LNSP
Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN
It's difficult to clearly recognize the Allows for image that makes the LN/LN-HK
Intake valves text due to the inner indentation. character edges stand out. LNSD
LND2
HLND
LT
Data: Relative Irradiance Graph and Uniformity (Representative Example) LNV

LNDG
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
The data included is for reference only. Actual values may vary.
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LDR2-50RD2 LNIS-FN
*1
Relative irradiance graph Telecentric Lens
*2 Macro Lens
(LWD characteristics) Uniformity (Relative irradiance)
*1 Irradiance on the optical axis
*2 Illuminating distance from the Light Unit to the workpiece
LWD=40 mm 5 mm LWD=50 mm 5 mm LWD=60 mm 5 mm
100 100
90
Relative irradiance (%)
80
70
Output level (%)
60
50
40 50
30
20
10
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
10
LWD (mm)
You can inquire Sample Light Unit Free Product Custom Product Pricing/ Discontinued
Inquire on our website here.
using our website. Testing Selection Trial Orders Details Quotation Products https://www.ccs-grp.com/contact/ 32
LDR2 Series CCS LDR2 Search
You can also use
Ring Lights
your smartphone
or cell phone.
For quick access.
Lineup End of the model name: -WD: Wide type
Power Peak wavelength / Extension Recommended

Model name LED color correlated color Options Weight
consumption temperature cables Control Units
LDR2-32RD2 Red 24 V / 1.6 W 630 nm

Diffusion plate
LDR2-32SW2 White 5,500 K Polarizing plate
LDR2 30 g
Direct Lighting
Adapter
LDR2-LA LDR2-32BL2 Blue 24 V / 1.9 W 470 nm
Lens attachment ring
LDR-LA1
SQR
LDR2-32GR2 Green 525 nm
SQR-TP
LDR2-42RD2 Red 24 V / 2.1 W 630 nm
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
Diffusion plate
LFR LDR2-42SW2 White 5,500 K Polarizing plate
LKR 50 g
Adapter
FPR LDR2-42BL2 Blue 24 V / 2.7 W 470 nm
FPQ3
LDL2 LDR2-42GR2 Green 525 nm
Lighting
Direct
LDLB PD3 CC-ST-1024

HLDL2 LDR2-50RD2
TH2 (5 types)
Red 24 V / 3.1 W 630 nm PSB POD*1
LDR2-50RD2-WD Diffusion plate
LFL
HPD2 Polarizing plate
LDR2-50SW2 White 5,500 K 50 g
LDM2 Adapter
Diffused Lighting
LAV LDR2-50BL2 Blue 24 V / 3.8 W 470 nm Lens attachment ring

PDM
LFXV LDR2-50GR2 Green 525 nm
FCB*2
LFX3 Straight
LFX3-PT LDR2-70RD2 Cable
LFV3 Red 24 V / 6.1 W 630 nm 110 g

LDR2-70RD2-WD FCB-W*3
LFV3-G 2-branch
Cable
Diffusion plate
MSU
LDR2-70SW2 White 5,500 K
Polarizing plate FCB-F

MFU
4-branch
LDR2-70BL2 Blue 24 V / 7.6 W 470 nm Cable 120 g
PF
LDR2-70GR2 Green 525 nm FRCB
HLDR-IP/ Robot
Cable
HSL-PCL
LDR2-90RD2
*2 The cables
UV2 Red 24 V / 11 W 630 nm with a model
UV LDR2-90RD2-WD name that ends
Diffusion plate with “-ME7”,
LNSP-UV-FN
LDR2-90SW2 White 5,500 K “-EL2”, “-PF”, or 170 g
Polarizing plate
“-PF-EL9” are
IR2
Adapter not included.
LDR2-90BL2 Blue 24 V / 14 W 470 nm *3 The cables
with a model
IU name that ends
LDR2-90GR2 Green 525 nm with “-EL2” are
HLV3 not included.
HLV2 LDR2-90-30RD2 Red 24 V / 14 W 630 nm PD3
LV
LSP LDR2-90-30SW2 White 24 V / 18 W 5,500 K PSB POD*1
- 220 g
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR
LDR2-90-30BL2 Blue 470 nm
HLV3-NR
24 V / 17 W
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
LDR2-90-30GR2 Green 525 nm
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W LDR2-120RD2-WD Red 24 V / 24 W 630 nm 510 g
PFBR-600
LDR2-120SW2 White 24 V / 28 W 5,500 K Diffusion plate
PFBR-150
PFB3 Polarizing plate
LNLP LDR2-120BL2 Blue 470 nm Adapter 500 g
LNSP2 24 V / 26 W
LNSP
LDR2-120GR2 Green 525 nm
Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN Extension Cables P.365 Control Unit Selection Guide P.307 List of Control Unit Specifications P.309
LN/LN-HK *1 For information on the combination of Light Units and POD-series Control Unit, please refer to our website. https://www.ccs-grp.com/lnk/qr/pod
LNSD
LND2
HLND
LT
LED Properties
LNV
LNDG
Angled
100
CCS offers you the most suitable
Lighting
Relative radiant
LNIS2 80
intensity (%)
Blue 470 nm Red 630 nm

Green 525 nm lens filter for each wavelength.
Lenses Oblique
LNIS 60
Spectral 40
LNIS-FN White 5,500 K For details about the lens filter,
Telecentric Lens distribution 20
Macro Lens
0 refer to P.355.
350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
Wavelength (nm)
■Red LED narrow type ■Red LED wide type ■White LED ■Blue LED ■Green LED
(End of the model name: -WD)
-30° -20°-10° 0°+10°+20° +30° -30° -20°-10° 0°+10°+20° +30° -30° -20°-10° 0°+10°+20° +30° -30° -20°-10° 0°+10°+20° +30° -30° -20°-10° 0°+10°+20° +30°
-40° +40° -40° +40° -40° +40° -40° +40° -40° +40°
Directional 80 80 80 80 80
Relative radiant
Relative radiant
Relative radiant
Relative radiant
Relative radiant
intensity (%)
intensity (%)
intensity (%)
intensity (%)
intensity (%)
-50° +50° -50° +50° -50° +50° -50° +50° -50° +50°
characteristics -60°
60
+60° -60°
60
+60° -60°
60
+60° -60°
60
+60° -60°
60
+60°
40 40 40 40 40
-70° +70° -70° +70° -70° +70° -70° +70° -70° +70°
20 20 20 20 20
-80° +80° -80° +80° -80° +80° -80° +80° -80° +80°
-90° +90° -90° +90° -90° +90° -90° +90° -90° +90°
0 0 0 0 0
Be sure to read the "Instruction Guide" included with the product before use and follow the safety precautions upon use.

33 Drawings Drawings Brochures CAD Sheets Examples Catalogs Register to use them.
documents available. Guides
P.307 P.309 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
Ring Lights
Options
Can prevent glare, Use with a polarizing Use when installing Can directly install the Light
which is a problem filter to remove a diffusion plate or Unit to the screw section
when making images the light's surface polarizing plate to the for the lens filter. Perfect for
of glossy workpieces. reflection. Light Unit. environments with narrow
installation spots.
LDR2
Direct Lighting
Diffusion plate Polarizing plate Adapter Lens attachment ring LDR2-LA
An adapter is required when installing a diffusion plate. An adapter is required when installing a polarizing plate. LDR-LA1
Applicable Light Unit Applicable Light Unit Applicable Light Unit Applicable Light Unit SQR
Model name (Common for all colors)
Model name Note (Common for all colors) SQR-TP
DF-LDR-32 LDR2-32 PL-LDR-32 LDR2-32 AD-LDR-32 LDR2-32 MR-LDR-32-M25 M25.5 P0.5 HPR2
Diffused Lighting
DF-LDR-42 LDR2-42 PL-LDR-42 LDR2-42 AD-LDR-42 LDR2-42 MR-LDR-32-M27 M27.0 P0.5 LDR2-32 LFR
DF-LDR-50 LDR2-50 PL-LDR-50 LDR2-50 AD-LDR-50 LDR2-50 MR-LDR-32-M30 M30.5 P0.5 LKR
DF-LDR-70* LDR2-70 PL-LDR2-70* LDR2-70 AD-LDR-90 LDR2-90 MR-LDR-50-M25 M25.5 P0.5 FPR
DF-LDR-90 LDR2-90 PL-LDR-90 LDR2-90 AD-LDR-120 LDR2-120 MR-LDR-50-M27 M27.0 P0.5 LDR2-50 FPQ3
DF-LDR-120-45 LDR2-120 PL-LDR-120-40 LDR2-120 MR-LDR-50-M30 M30.5 P0.5 LDL2
Lighting
P.362
Direct
LDLB
* DF-LDR-70 does not require an adapter. * PL-LDR2-70 includes an adapter for
Directly affix it to the Light Unit. attachment.
P.362 HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
P.359 P.360
LFL
HPD2
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
Dimensions (mm) LAV
PDM
LFXV
LDR2-32RD2/SW2/BL2/GR2 LDR2-42RD2/SW2/BL2/GR2 LDR2-50RD2/RD2-WD/SW2/BL2/GR2 LFX3
LFX3-PT
LFV3
300 300 300
LFV3-G
(Ø3)
(Ø3)
(Ø3)

MSU

45° 45° 45° MFU
8 8
Ø 10 Ø1 Ø2 PF
Ø42
Ø32
Ø50
HLDR-IP/
HSL-PCL
16 18 UV2
4-M3 depth 4 (For installation) 4-M3 depth 4 (For installation) 4-M3 depth 4 (For installation) 16
UV
(P.C.D.20) (P.C.D.28) (P.C.D.40) LNSP-UV-FN
IR2
LDR2-70RD2/RD2-WD LDR2-70SW2/BL2/GR2 LDR2-90RD2/RD2-WD/SW2/BL2/GR2

IU
HLV3
300 300 300
HLV2
(Ø3)
(Ø3)
(Ø3)
LV
LSP
45° 45° 45°
Spot Lighting, Etc.

HFS/HFR
5 Ø35 0
HLV3-NR
Ø3 Ø5 HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
Ø70
Ø70
Ø90
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
22 PFB3
27
LNLP
4-M3 depth 5 (For installation) 4-M3 depth 5 (For installation) 4-M3 depth 4 (For installation) 20
LNSP2
(P.C.D.50) (P.C.D.50) (P.C.D.70)
LNSP
Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN
LDR2-90-30RD2/SW2/BL2/GR2 LDR2-120RD2-WD/SW2/BL2/GR2
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
300 300 LND2
(Ø3)
HLND
LT
45° 45° (Ø3.5) LNV
LNDG
Angled
0
Ø6
Lighting
0 LNIS2
Ø3
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Ø90
Ø120
Macro Lens
20
4-M3 depth 4 (For installation) 4-M3 depth 5 (For installation) 31.5
(P.C.D.70) (P.C.D.90)
The cable diameter of LDR2-90-30SW2/BL2/GR2 is Ø3.5.
You can change the connectors of the Light Unit cable. Choose between M12 connectors and flying leads. Refer to P.19 for details.
Low-Angle Ring Lights Direct Lighting
You can also use
CCS LDR2-LA Search your smartphone
or cell phone.
For quick access.
LDR2-LA Series
Provides direct light at a low angle from
an angled emitting part
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
LDR2-132RD2-LA
SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR LDR2-170BL2-LA
FPR
FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2 LDR2-208SW2-LA
TH2 (5 types)
LDR2-100RD2-LA
LFL
HPD2
LDR2-74GR2-LA
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
LAV
LDR2-48SW2-LA
PDM
LFXV
LFX3 Inspection for engraving, damage, or stains on metal surfaces; edge extraction; inspection for foreign material mixed with
medicine; inspection for damage to glass edges; visual inspection for O-rings; etc.
LFV3
LFV3-G
MSU
Extraction of Uneven Damage or Engravings Illuminating from a Low-Angle at a Steep Slope

MFU
PF
HLDR-IP/ Providing direct light from a low angle to the center section By mounting LEDs on a flexible circuit board in a steep
HSL-PCL
allows for an image that emphasizes the workpiece's angle, it becomes possible to converge light in the center
UV2
characteristic features. section from a low position.
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
Imaging example for the LDR2-100RD2-LA:
IR2 Imaging the appearance of coins Cross-section image of the LDR2-132-LA
IU
LED mounting angle 30°
Aluminum housing
HLV3
HLV2
Heat dissipation
Illuminating distance 10 mm material
LV
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR
LDR2-90RD2 LDR2-100RD2-LA
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
Bullet-shaped
PFBR-600 LEDs
PFBR-150
PFB3
Mounting circuit
LNLP board
LNSP2
LNSP Aluminum housing
Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK Bullet-shaped LEDs
LNSD
Edge extraction is difficult Illuminating from a low angle
LND2
with illumination from a allows for imaging that
HLND
high angle. emphasizes the edges.
LT
LNV
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Please contact your CCS sales representative. Using a flexible LDR2-132-LA
Telecentric Lens E.g.: Different shape Customizable items circuit board
Macro Lens
Changed the format to a External/internal Wavelength/ to create any
Format/
diameter Color Camera
material semicircle angle needed.
Emits direct Heat dissipation
Increase
output
Cable length light to the material
center of the
LEDs
Illuminating
angle
Format/
material
workpiece from
a low angle.
Workpiece
Connector Installation/
format mounting
Etc.

35 Drawings Drawings Brochures Guides CAD Sheets Examples Catalogs Register to use them.
documents available.

P.307 P.309 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
Imaging Example: Imaging Text on Tablets and Their Appearance
Description Text, visual inspection
Workpiece Tablets
LDR2
Direct Lighting
Conventional lighting Interior lamp LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
New lighting LDR2-170RD2-LA
SQR
Result Emphasizes text and edge of the exterior SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ3
Workpiece image Interior lamp LDR2-170RD2-LA LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
HPD2
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
LAV
PDM
LFXV
LFX3
It is difficult to take an image that Possible to take an image that LFX3-PT
Tablets emphasizes the text or exterior. emphasizes the text or exterior. LFV3
LFV3-G

MSU

MFU
Imaging Example : Imaging Engraved Text on Metal Blocks (Stain Finishing)
PF
HLDR-IP/
HSL-PCL
UV2
UV
Workpiece Metal blocks LNSP-UV-FN
IR2
Conventional lighting LED Dome Light
New lighting LDR2-132RD2-LA IU
HLV3
Result Extracts only the engraved text
HLV2
LV
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR
Workpiece image LED Dome Light LDR2-132RD2-LA HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
PFB3
LNLP
LNSP2
LNSP
Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN
The whole thing is illuminated, Reduces effects from the stain
LN/LN-HK
Metal blocks (stain finishing) making it difficult to emphasize finishing, making it possible to LNSD
only the characters. emphasize the characters. LND2
HLND
LT

LNDG
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LDR2-74RD2-LA LNIS-FN
*1
(LWD characteristics) *2 Uniformity (Relative irradiance) Macro Lens

100 100
90
80
70
60
Output level (%)
50
40 50
30
20
10
0
0 5 10 15 20 25
10
LWD (mm)
Low-Angle Ring Lights Refer to our website for product details.
LDR2-LA Series CCS LDR2-LA Search
You can also use
your smartphone
or cell phone.
For quick access.
Lineup
Peak wavelength /
Power Extension Recommended
LDR2-48RD2-LA Red 24 V / 2.1 W 630 nm
LDR2-48SW2-LA White 5,500 K
50 g
LDR2 LDR2-48BL2-LA Blue 24 V / 3.1 W 470 nm
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA LDR2-48GR2-LA Green 525 nm PD3 CC-ST-1024

LDR-LA1
SQR
LDR2-74RD2-LA Red 24 V / 4.6 W 630 nm PSB POD*1
SQR-TP LDR2-74SW2-LA White 5,500 K
HPR2 90 g
Diffused Lighting
LDR2-74BL2-LA Blue 24 V / 5.7 W 470 nm

LFR
FCB*2
LKR LDR2-74GR2-LA Green 525 nm Straight
Cable
FPR
LDR2-100RD2-LA Red 24 V / 9.1 W 630 nm
FPQ3 FCB-W*3
LDL2 LDR2-100SW2-LA White 5,500 K 2-branch
170 g
Lighting
Cable
Direct
LDLB LDR2-100BL2-LA Blue 24 V / 12 W 470 nm

HLDL2 Diffusion plate FCB-F
TH2 (5 types)
LDR2-100GR2-LA Green 525 nm 4-branch
Cable
Bracket
LFL LDR2-132RD2-LA Red 24 V / 13 W 630 nm
HPD2 FRCB
LDR2-132SW2-LA White 5,500 K Robot
LDM2 Cable 270 g
Diffused Lighting
LAV LDR2-132BL2-LA Blue 24 V / 16 W 470 nm *2 The cables

PDM with a model PD3
LDR2-132GR2-LA Green 525 nm name that ends
LFXV
with “-ME7”, PSB POD*1
LFX3 LDR2-170RD2-LA Red 24 V / 18 W 630 nm “-EL2”, “-PF”, or
“-PF-EL9” are
LFX3-PT LDR2-170SW2-LA White 5,500 K not included.
LFV3 *3 The cables
350 g
LDR2-170BL2-LA Blue 24 V / 22 W 470 nm with a model
LFV3-G
name that ends
LDR2-170GR2-LA Green 525 nm
MSU with “-EL2” are

not included.
MFU LDR2-208RD2-LA Red 24 V / 22 W 630 nm
PF LDR2-208SW2-LA White 5,500 K

380 g
LDR2-208BL2-LA Blue 24 V / 28 W 470 nm
HLDR-IP/
HSL-PCL LDR2-208GR2-LA Green 525 nm
UV2
UV Extension Cables P.365 Control Unit Selection Guide P.307 List of Control Unit Specifications P.309
LNSP-UV-FN *1 For information on the combination of Light Units and POD-series Control Unit, please refer to our website. https://www.ccs-grp.com/lnk/qr/pod
IR2
IU LED Properties
HLV3
100
HLV2
80
Relative radiant
LV
intensity (%)

60 Green 525 nm lens filter for each wavelength.
LSP
Spectral
Spot Lighting, Etc.
40
HFS/HFR White 5,500 K For details about the lens filter,
distribution 20
HLV3-NR 0
refer to P.355.
HLV3-3M-RGB-4 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
Wavelength (nm)
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
■Red LED ■White LED ■Blue LED ■Green LED
PFBR-600
PFBR-150 -30° -20°-10° 0°+10°+20° +30° -30° -20°-10° 0°+10°+20° +30° -30° -20°-10° 0°+10°+20° +30° -30° -20°-10° 0°+10°+20° +30°
-40° +40° -40° +40° -40° +40° -40° +40°
PFB3 Directional 80 80 80 80
Relative radiant
Relative radiant
Relative radiant
Relative radiant
intensity (%)
intensity (%)
intensity (%)
intensity (%)
-50° +50° -50° +50° -50° +50° -50° +50°

LNLP characteristics 60 60 60 60
-60° +60° -60° +60° -60° +60° -60° +60°

LNSP2 -70°
40
+70° -70°
40
+70° -70°
40
+70° -70°
40
+70°
20 20 20 20
LNSP -80° +80° -80° +80° -80° +80° -80° +80°
-90° +90° -90° +90° -90° +90° -90° +90°
Coaxial Units 0 0 0 0
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
LND2
HLND
LNV
LT
Options
LNDG
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
Can prevent glare, Combine with the Dome Light HPD2 series
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
which is a problem when to achieve imaging by light switching and
LNIS-FN
making images of glossy simultaneous lighting.
Telecentric Lens
workpieces.
Macro Lens
Diffusion plate Light joint bracket

Applicable Light Unit Applicable Light Unit 1 Applicable Light Unit 2
Model name (Common for all colors) (Common for all colors)
DF-LDR-48LA LDR2-48-LA BK-75-JO LDR2-100-LA HPD2-75

DF-LDR-170LA LDR2-170-LA P.363
DF-LDR-208LA LDR2-208-LA
P.359


P.307 P.309 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
Dimensions (mm)
LDR2-48RD2-LA / SW2-LA / BL2-LA / GR2-LA LDR2-74RD2-LA / SW2-LA / BL2-LA / GR2-LA LDR2-100RD2-LA / SW2-LA / BL2-LA / GR2-LA
300 300 300
(Ø3)
(Ø3)
(Ø3)
45° 45° LDR2
Direct Lighting
2 45° 0 LDR2-LA
Ø2 Ø7
Ø48 LDR-LA1
Ø48
SQR
SQR-TP
Ø100
Ø74
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
4-M3 depth 4 (For installation) 18.5 LFR
(P.C.D.38) LKR
4-M3 depth 5 (For installation) 19 FPR
4-M3 depth 5 (For installation) 22
(P.C.D.60) FPQ3
(P.C.D.84) LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
LDR2-132RD2-LA / SW2-LA / BL2-LA / GR2-LA LDR2-170RD2-LA / SW2-LA / BL2-LA / GR2-LA HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
300 300 HPD2
(Ø3.5)
(Ø3.5)
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
LAV
45° 45°
PDM
LFXV
1 34 LFX3
Ø LFX3-PT
6
Ø9
LFV3
LFV3-G

MSU

Ø132
MFU
Ø170
PF
HLDR-IP/
HSL-PCL
UV2
4-M3 depth 5 (For installation) 22 UV
(P.C.D.116) LNSP-UV-FN
4-M3 depth 5 (For installation) 22
IR2
(P.C.D.154)
IU
HLV3
LDR2-208RD2-LA / SW2-LA / BL2-LA / GR2-LA HLV2
LV
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

300
HFS/HFR
22 HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
45° Ø3.5 HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
4
Ø17 PFB3
LNLP
LNSP2
LNSP
Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN
Ø208
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
LND2
HLND
LT
LNV
LNDG
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
4-M3 depth 5 (For installation) Macro Lens
(P.C.D.186)
Low-Angle Ring Lights Direct Lighting
You can also use
CCS LDR-LA1 Search
Search your smartphone
or cell phone.
For quick access.
LDR-LA1 Series
Provides direct light at a low angle from an emitting part
directed horizontally
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR LDR-176BL2-LA1
LKR
FPR
FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2 LDR-206SW2-LA1 LDR-146RD2-LA1
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
LDR-96GR2-LA1
HPD2
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
LAV LDR-75RD2-LA1
PDM
LFXV
LFX3 Edge detection; inspection for engraving, damage, or stains on metal surfaces; inspection for foreign material on wafers;
inspection of bonding on shrink film; engraved character recognition for rubber; etc.
LFV3
LFV3-G
MSU
Illuminating Closest to the Workpiece

MFU
LEDs Mounted Horizontally
PF
HLDR-IP/ Allows for illuminating closer to the workpiece than the Achieved a thin device that is 10 mm thick by mounting
HSL-PCL
LDR2-LA series. Perfect for imaging of minute unevenness, LEDs horizontally in one line. Helps save space because it
UV2
damage, or engraved characters. can be installed near the workpiece.
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
Imaging example for the LDR-206SW2-LA1: Cross-section image of the LDR-146-LA1
IR2 Imaging the appearance of food containers
Aluminum housing
IU LED mounting angle Horizontal
HLV3
HLV2 Illuminating
LV distance 3 mm
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR
LDR2-208SW2-LA LDR-206SW2-LA1 Bullet-shaped LEDs
HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4 Mounting circuit board
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
Heat dissipation material
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
PFB3
LNLP
LNSP2 Aluminum housing

LNSP
Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN Bullet-shaped LEDs
LN/LN-HK
The seal and engraved Only the shrink seal clearly
LNSD
text affect the image, and stands out.
LND2
the shrink seal cannot be
HLND
sufficiently detected.
LT
LNV
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Please contact your CCS sales representative. LEDs are arranged LDR-146-LA1
Telecentric Lens E.g.: Changed the format to take measures Customizable items facing horizontally
Macro Lens against interference with the device
External/internal Wavelength/ in a ring shape.
diameter Color
It can be used Camera
Created a Light Unit with a
Format/
material shape to match the purpose extremely close to the
Increase
output
Cable length workpiece.
LEDs
Illuminating Format/
angle material
Cut to match the Connector Installation/ Workpiece

purpose format mounting
Etc.


P.307 P.309 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
Imaging Example: Imaging the Appearance of Plastic Case Surfaces
Workpiece Plastic cases

LDR2
Direct Lighting
Conventional lighting Interior lamp
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
New lighting LDR-146BL2-LA1
SQR
Result Extracting the damage SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ3
Workpiece image Interior lamp LDR-146BL2-LA1 LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
HPD2
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
LAV
PDM
LFXV
LFX3
The whole thing is evenly It is possible to clearly get an LFX3-PT
Plastic cases illuminated, making it difficult to image of the outside and damage LFV3
detect the damage. on the surface. LFV3-G

MSU

MFU
Imaging Example: Imaging the Appearance of Button Cell Batteries
PF
HLDR-IP/
HSL-PCL
UV2
UV
Workpiece Button cell batteries LNSP-UV-FN
IR2
New lighting LDR-75RD2-LA1 IU
HLV3
Result Extracting the damage
HLV2
LV
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR
Workpiece image LED Ring Light LDR-75RD2-LA1 HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
PFB3
LNLP
LNSP2
LNSP
Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN
It is difficult to get an image of It is possible to clearly get an LN/LN-HK
Button cell batteries the button cell battery outside or image of the outside and damage LNSD
damage on the surface. on the surface. LND2
HLND
LT
Data: Relative Irradiance Graph and Uniformity (Representative Example)

LNV
LNDG
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
The data included is for reference only and does not guarantee the quality of this product.
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LDR-75RD2-LA1 LNIS-FN
*1
Macro Lens
(LWD characteristics) *2 Uniformity (Relative irradiance)
100 100
90
80
70
Output level (%)
60
50
40 50
30
20
10
0
0 5 10 15 20
10
LWD (mm)
Low-Angle Ring Lights Refer to our website for product details.
LDR-LA1 Series CCS LDR-LA1 Search
Search
You can also use
your smartphone
or cell phone.
For quick access.
Lineup
LDR-75RD2-LA1 Red 24 V / 2.6 W 630 nm
LDR-75SW2-LA1 White 5,500 K

LDR2 55 g
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA LDR-75BL2-LA1 Blue 24 V / 3.8 W 470 nm

LDR-LA1
SQR
LDR-75GR2-LA1 Green 525 nm
SQR-TP
LDR-96RD2-LA1 Red 24 V / 3.1 W 630 nm
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR LDR-96SW2-LA1 White 5,500 K

FCB*2
LKR Straight 100 g
FPR LDR-96BL2-LA1 Blue 24 V / 3.8 W 470 nm Cable
FPQ3
LDR-96GR2-LA1 Green 525 nm FCB-W*3
LDL2 2-branch
Lighting
Direct
Cable
LDLB
HLDL2
LDR-146RD2-LA1 Red 24 V / 4.6 W 630 nm 170 g
FCB-F
TH2 (5 types) 4-branch
LDR-146SW2-LA1 White 24 V / 6.0 W 5,500 K Bracket Cable PD3 CC-ST-1024
LFL
HPD2 PSB POD*1
LDR-146BL2-LA1 Blue 470 nm FRCB 160 g
LDM2 24 V / 6.1 W Robot
Diffused Lighting
Cable
LAV LDR-146GR2-LA1 Green 525 nm
*2 The cables
PDM
with a model
LFXV LDR-176RD2-LA1 Red 24 V / 6.1 W 630 nm name that ends 210 g
LFX3 with “-ME7”,
“-EL2”, “-PF”, or
LFX3-PT LDR-176SW2-LA1 White 5,500 K “-PF-EL9” are
LFV3 not included.
LFV3-G
LDR-176BL2-LA1 Blue 24 V / 7.6 W 470 nm *3 The cables 205 g
with a model
name that ends
MSU LDR-176GR2-LA1 Green 525 nm

with “-EL2” are

MFU not included.
LDR-206RD2-LA1 Red 24 V / 7.1 W 630 nm 250 g
PF
LDR-206SW2-LA1 White 5,500 K
HLDR-IP/
HSL-PCL LDR-206BL2-LA1 Blue 24 V / 9.1 W 470 nm 220 g
UV2
UV LDR-206GR2-LA1 Green 525 nm
LNSP-UV-FN
Extension Cables P.365 Control Unit Selection Guide P.307 List of Control Unit Specifications P.309
IR2
*1 For information on the combination of Light Units and POD-series Control Unit, please refer to our website. https://www.ccs-grp.com/lnk/qr/pod
IU
HLV3
HLV2 LED Properties
properties
LV
LSP
100
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR CCS offers you the most suitable

Relative radiant
80
intensity (%)

HLV3-NR 60 Green 525 nm lens filter for each wavelength.
HLV3-3M-RGB-4 Spectral 40
White 5,500 K For details about the lens filter,
HLV2-NR distribution 20
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W 0 refer to P.355.
350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
PFBR-600
Wavelength (nm)
PFBR-150
PFB3 ■Red LED ■White LED ■Blue LED ■Green LED
LNLP
-30° -20°-10° 0°+10°+20° +30° -30° -20°-10° 0°+10°+20° +30° -30° -20°-10° 0°+10°+20° +30° -30° -20°-10° 0°+10°+20° +30°
LNSP2 -40° +40° -40° +40° -40° +40° -40° +40°
LNSP Directional 80 80 80 80
Relative radiant
Relative radiant
Relative radiant
Relative radiant
intensity (%)
intensity (%)
intensity (%)
intensity (%)
-50° +50° -50° +50° -50° +50° -50° +50°

Coaxial Units characteristics 60 60 60 60
-60° +60° -60° +60° -60° +60° -60° +60°
40 40 40 40
LNSP-FN -70°
20
+70° -70°
20
+70° -70°
20
+70° -70°
20
+70°
-80° +80° -80° +80° -80° +80° -80° +80°
LN/LN-HK -90° +90° -90° +90° -90° +90° -90° +90°
0 0 0 0
LNSD
LND2 Be sure to read the "Instruction Guide" included with the product before use and follow the safety precautions upon use.
HLND The data included is for reference only. Actual values may vary.
LT
LNV
LNDG
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
Options
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Macro Lens Combine with the Dome Light HPD2 series
to achieve imaging by light switching and
simultaneous lighting.
Light joint bracket

Applicable Light Unit 1 Applicable Light Unit 2
BK-75-JO LDR-96-LA1 HPD2-75
P.363


P.307 P.309 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
Dimensions (mm)
LDR-75RD2-LA1 / SW2-LA1 / BL2-LA1 / GR2-LA1 LDR-96RD2-LA1 / SW2-LA1 / BL2-LA1 / GR2-LA1
300 300
10
(Ø3)
10
(Ø3)
45°
6 0 LDR2
Ø4
Direct Lighting
Ø6 LDR2-LA
Irradiation LDR-LA1
Ø75
Irradiation
SQR
Ø96
SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
4-M3 depth 4 (For installation) LFR
(P.C.D.56) 4-M3 depth 4 (For installation)
LKR
FPR
(P.C.D.80)
FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDR-146RD2-LA1 / SW2-LA1 / BL2-LA1 / GR2-LA1 300 LDLB
10
(Ø3)
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
45° LFL
HPD2
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
0
Ø11 LAV
PDM
LFXV
Ø146
Irradiation
LFX3
LFX3-PT
LFV3
LFV3-G

MSU

4-M3 depth 4 (For installation)
(P.C.D.130) MFU
PF
LDR-176RD2-LA1 / SW2-LA1 / BL2-LA1 / GR2-LA1 300 HLDR-IP/

10 HSL-PCL
(Ø3)
UV2
45° UV
LNSP-UV-FN
IR2
40
Ø1
IU
HLV3
Ø176
Irradiation
HLV2
LV
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR
4-M3 depth 4 (For installation) HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
(P.C.D.160)
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
LDR-206RD2-LA1 / SW2-LA1 / BL2-LA1 / GR2-LA1 PFB3
300
LNLP
10
(Ø3)
LNSP2
LNSP
45° Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
70 LND2
Ø1
HLND
LT
LNV
LNDG
Angled
Irradiation
Ø206
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Macro Lens
4-M3 depth 4 (For installation)

(P.C.D.190)
Direct Lighting
Ring Lights
You can also use
CCS SQR Search
Ring Lights
your smartphone
or cell phone.
For quick access.
SQR Series
Provides direct light from the upper section
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP SQR-56RD2
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
SQR-56GR2
LKR
■Red LED Narrow Type ■Red LED Wide Type
FPR (End of the model name: -WD)
FPQ3 -30° -20°-10° 0°+10°+20° +30° -30° -20°-10° 0°+10°+20° +30°
SQR-56SW2 -40°
80
+40° -40°
80
+40°
LDL2
Relative radiant
Relative radiant
intensity (%)
Lighting
intensity (%)
-50° +50° -50° +50°
Direct
60 60
LDLB -60°
40
+60° -60°
40
+60°
-70° +70° -70° +70°
HLDL2 -80°
20
+80° -80°
20
+80°
-90° +90° -90° +90°
TH2 (5 types) 0 0
■White LED ■Blue LED ■Green LED

LFL
-30° -20°-10° 0°+10°+20° +30° -30° -20°-10° 0°+10°+20° +30° -30° -20°-10° 0°+10°+20° +30°
HPD2 -40°
80
+40° -40°
80
+40° -40°
80
+40°
Relative radiant
Relative radiant
Relative radiant
intensity (%)
intensity (%)
intensity (%)
LDM2 -50° +50° -50° +50° -50° +50°
Diffused Lighting
60 60 60
-60° +60° -60° +60° -60° +60°
40 40 40
LAV SQR-56BL2 -70° +70° -70° +70° -70° +70°
20 20 20
-80° +80° -80° +80° -80° +80°
PDM -90°
0
+90° -90°
0
+90° -90°
0
+90°
LFXV
LFX3 Character recognition, visual inspection, inspections for damage or stains, reading 2-dimensional code,
inspecting parts on boards, etc.
LFV3
LFV3-G
MSU
Features
MFU
PF
Rings of bullet-shaped LEDs mounted on a square case. • Shape modifications

HLDR-IP/ We accept custom orders.
HSL-PCL LEDs are mounted on a flat circuit board and emit direct light onto • Brightness increases
Please feel free to inquire. • Changes in wavelength, etc.
UV2 the workpiece from above.
UV
Example configuration (SQR-56) Imaging example: Imaging
LNSP-UV-FN
text on paper labels LED Ring Light SQR-56SW2
IR2
Camera
IU
HLV3
HLV2 LEDs
LV
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR
Workpiece
HLV3-NR Workpiece: Beverage Converged light in the center The whole thing is evenly and brightly
HLV3-3M-RGB-4 bottles interferes with stable inspection. illuminated, making it possible to take
HLV2-NR an image of the label text.
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
Lineup End of the model name: -WD: Wide type
PFB3
LNLP Power Peak wavelength / Extension Recommended

LNSP2 consumption temperature cables Control Units
LNSP
Coaxial Units SQR-56RD2 FCB* 2
Red 24 V / 3.1 W 630 nm Straight Cable

LNSP-FN SQR-56RD2-WD FCB-W*3
LN/LN-HK Diffusion plate 2-branch Cable PD3 CC-ST-1024
LNSD
SQR-56SW2 White 5,500 K 75 g
Polarizing plate FCB-F PSB POD*1
LND2 SQR-56BL2 Blue 24 V / 3.8 W 470 nm 4-branch Cable
HLND FRCB
SQR-56GR2 Green 525 nm Robot Cable
LT
LNV
LED Properties: Spectral Distribution P.384 Options P.355 Extension Cables P.365 Control Unit Selection Guide P.307 List of Control Unit Specifications P.309
LNDG
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
*2 The cables with a model name that ends with “-ME7”, “-EL2”, “-PF”, or “-PF-EL9” are not included. *3 The cables with a model name that ends with “-EL2” are not included.
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens Dimensions (mm)
Macro Lens
SQR-56RD2 / RD2-WD SQR-56SW2 / BL2 / GR2
9 38 18 56 9 38 22 56
(Ø3)
(Ø3)
Ø30 Ø30
38
38
56
56
300
300
9
4-M3 depth 4 4-M3 depth 4

(For installation) (For installation)

Direct Lighting
You can also use
CCS SQR-TP Search
Ring Lights
your smartphone
Low-Angle
or cell phone.
For quick access.
SQR-TP Series
Provides direct light at a low angle from an angled emitting part
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
SQR-TP-34RD HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
■Red LED
LFL
SQR-TP-28RD -30° -20°-10° 0°+10°+20° +30°
-40°
80
+40°
HPD2
Relative radiant
intensity (%)
-50° +50°
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
60
-60° +60°
40
-70°
20
+70° LAV
-80° +80°
-90°
0
+90° PDM
LFXV
Visual inspections for metal parts; inspection for damage or stains on electronic parts; inspection for damage to resin parts; LFX3
Applications LFX3-PT
inspection for damage to glass edges; inspection for damage to stain finishing; etc.
LFV3
LFV3-G

MSU

Features
MFU
PF
Rings of surface-mounted LEDs mounted on a square case. • Shape modifications

We accept custom orders. HLDR-IP/
Provides direct light at a low angle from an angled emitting part. • Brightness increases HSL-PCL
Please feel free to inquire. • Changes in wavelength, etc. UV2
UV
Example configuration (SQR-TP-34RD) Imaging example: Imaging
LNSP-UV-FN
text on circuit boards Macro lens + LED Spot Light SQR-TP-34RD
IR2
IU
Macro Lens HLV3

HLV2
LV
LEDs
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

HFS/HFR
Workpiece HLV3-NR
Workpiece: circuit boards It is difficult to recognize the Can make an image of the text on
surface status using coaxial the circuit board, the text on the HLV3-3M-RGB-4
illumination. chip, and the soldering plating. HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
Lineup PFBR-600
PFBR-150
PFB3
LNLP
Power Peak Extension Recommended
Model name LED color Options Weight LNSP2

consumption wavelength cables Control Units
LNSP
Coaxial Units
FCB*2
Straight Cable LNSP-FN
SQR-TP-28RD 24 V / 0.5 W 15 g
FCB-W*3 PD3 CC-ST-1024 LN/LN-HK
2-branch Cable LNSD
Red 638 nm - PSB POD* 1
FCB-F LND2
4-branch Cable
SQR-TP-34RD 24 V / 0.9 W 16 g HLND
FRCB
Robot Cable LT
LNV
LNDG
Angled
LED Properties: Spectral Distribution P.384 Extension Cables P.365 Control Unit Selection Guide P.307 List of Control Unit Specifications P.309
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
*2 The cables with a model name that ends with “-ME7”, “-EL2”, “-PF”, or “-PF-EL9” are not included. *3 The cables with a model name that ends with “-EL2” are not included.
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Dimensions (mm) Macro Lens
SQR-TP-28RD SQR-TP-34RD
28 4 34 6.6
0 0
30 30
28
23
Ø20
28
34
Ø11
4-Ø2.5/Ø4.3 countersink depth 2 4-M3x0.5 tap depth 2

2.5
(For installation) 2.5 23 3 28

(For installation)
Diffused Lighting
Ring Lights
You can also use
CCS HPR2 Search
Ring Lights
your smartphone
or cell phone.
For quick access.
HPR2 Series
Achieves a uniform region with a high degree of freedom by
using a unique illuminating mechanism
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
HPR2-250SW HPR2-400RD-FT
LKR
FPR
FPQ3
LDL2 HPR2-200FC
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HPR2-150RD
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
LFL HPR2-100BL
HPD2
LDM2 HPR2-75SW
Diffused Lighting
LAV HPR2-50RD
PDM
LFXV
LFX3 Inspection for damage or stains, visual and color determination inspections, character recognition, text inspection,
high angle uniform illumination, characteristic extraction at low angle, etc.
LFV3
LFV3-G
MSU
Supports from Low Angles to High Angles Provides Diffused Light at High Output
MFU
PF
HLDR-IP/ Provides diffused light from the LEDs without waste using It achieves uniform illumination of diffused light at high
HSL-PCL
a unique illuminating mechanism. Even if the distance from output using surface-mounted LEDs and a specially
UV2
the workpiece to the Light Unit is changed, there is little processed diffusion plate.
UV
variation in the uniform region and it can therefore be used
LNSP-UV-FN Achieved higher output than the conventional product
for a wide variety of uses.
IR2 Workpiece: Food container
■ Output comparison with the conventional product
Achieves a uniform region with
IU
a high degree of freedom
HLV3
Increased Increased
Conventional HPR output output
HLV2
LV
Approx. Approx.
Radiation output
LSP New HPR2 3

x 9
x
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR Illuminating
HLV3-NR distance: Use overdrive to increase output even further!
HLV3-3M-RGB-4 150 mm
HLV2-NR New HPR2
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
Illuminating 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900%
PFBR-150 distance:
• This is a comparison between the HPR-100 and HPR2-100 Light Units, using red and
PFB3 100 mm white colors.
LNLP • It can be combined with a Strobe Control Unit for even brighter emission than continuous emission.
• The data included is for reference only. Actual values may vary.
LNSP2
LNSP
Illuminating Added two sizes and a full color (RGB) type
Coaxial Units
distance:
LNSP-FN We added the HPR2-75 and HPR2-200 models. Also, we
LN/LN-HK 30 mm
added a full color (RGB) type to the lineup as variation for
LNSD
LND2 wavelengths, increasing the applications of our products.
HLND
LT
LNV
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
Please contact your CCS sales representative. Uses a unique HPR2-100
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens E.g.: Different shape Customizable items illuminating
Camera
Macro Lens External/internal Wavelength/ mechanism and
Format/ Changed the format to a diameter Color
material semicircle to match the workpiece. emits diffused
light at high LEDs
Increase
output
Cable length output.
Diffusion plate
angle material
Workpiece
format mounting
Etc.

P.307 P.309 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
Ring Lights
Imaging Example: Imaging Text on Electronic Parts
Description Printing inspection
Workpiece Electronics parts in embossed tapes

LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
New lighting HPR2-75RD
SQR
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ3
Workpiece image LED Ring Light HPR2-75RD LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
HPD2
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
LAV
PDM
LFXV
LFX3
Stable inspection is difficult due to Surface reflection is reduced and LFX3-PT
Electronics parts in embossed tapes surface reflection. an image of the text can be made. LFV3
LFV3-G

MSU

MFU
Imaging Example: Imaging the Appearance of Multi-Colored Workpieces
PF
HLDR-IP/
HSL-PCL
Workpiece image UV2

Description Visual inspection UV
LNSP-UV-FN
Workpiece Smartphone cases
IR2
Conventional lighting -
IU
New lighting HPR2-200FC: full color (RGB) type
HLV3
Result Allows for color determination. HLV2
LV
Smartphone cases LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR
HPR2-200FC: full color (RGB) type HLV3-3M-RGB-4

HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
PFB3
LNLP
LNSP2
LNSP
Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
Imaging with red illumination Imaging with blue illumination Imaging with green illumination Imaging with white illumination
LND2
HLND
LT

LNDG
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
HPR2-75SW LNIS-FN
*1
*2 Macro Lens
(LWD characteristics) Uniformity (Relative irradiance)
100 100
90
80
70
Output level (%)
60
50
40 50
30
20
10
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 70 100 150 200 250 300
10
LWD (mm)
HPR2 Series CCS HPR2 Search
You can also use
Ring Lights
your smartphone
or cell phone.
For quick access.
Lineup
Model name LED color Options Weight
consumption correlated color temperature cables Control Units
HPR2-50RD Red 24 V / 7.6 W 635 nm
PD3 CC-ST-1024
HPR2-50SW White 6,000 K
24 V / 9.1 W PSB POD*2 46 g
LDR2 HPR2-50BL Blue 470 nm
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA HPR2-50FC Red/Green/Blue 24 V / 3.8 W 622 nm / 525 nm / 470 nm PD3*1

LDR-LA1
SQR HPR2-75RD Red 24 V / 17 W 635 nm
PD3
SQR-TP HPR2-75SW White 6,000 K
HPR2 24 V / 16 W PSB POD*2 160 g
Diffused Lighting
HPR2-75BL Blue 470 nm

LFR
LKR HPR2-75FC Red/Green/Blue 24 V / 6.0 W 622 nm / 525 nm / 470 nm PD3 *1
FPR
HPR2-100RD Red 24 V / 17 W 635 nm
FPQ3
FCB*3 PD3
LDL2 HPR2-100SW White 6,000 K Straight
24 V / 23 W 170 g
Lighting
Cable PSB POD*2

Direct
LDLB HPR2-100BL Blue 470 nm

HLDL2 FCB-W*4
TH2 (5 types) HPR2-100FC Red/Green/Blue 24 V / 11 W 622 nm / 525 nm / 470 nm 2-branch PD3*1
Bracket Cable
LFL HPR2-150RD Red 635 nm
HPD2 PD3
FCB-F
HPR2-150SW White 24 V / 27 W 6,000 K 4-branch
LDM2 PSB POD*2 250 g
Diffused Lighting
Cable
LAV HPR2-150BL Blue 470 nm
PDM FRCB
HPR2-150FC Red/Green/Blue 24 V / 15 W 622 nm / 525 nm / 470 nm Robot PD3*1
LFXV Cable
LFX3 HPR2-200RD Red 24 V / 34 W 635 nm
*3 The cables
LFX3-PT HPR2-200SW White 6,000 K with a model PD3*1 POD*2
LFV3 24 V / 41 W name that ends 380 g
HPR2-200BL Blue 470 nm with “-ME7”,
LFV3-G “-EL2”, “-PF”, or
“-PF-EL9” are
HPR2-200FC Red/Green/Blue 24 V / 19 W 622 nm / 525 nm / 470 nm *1
MSU PD3
not included.
*4 The cables
MFU HPR2-250RD Red 24 V / 45 W 635 nm with a model
name that ends
PF HPR2-250SW White 6,000 K with “-EL2” are
PD3*1 POD*2
24 V / 46 W not included. 510 g
HPR2-250BL Blue 470 nm
HLDR-IP/
HSL-PCL HPR2-250FC Red/Green/Blue 24 V / 24 W 622 nm / 525 nm / 470 nm PD3*1
UV2
HPR2-400RD-FT Red 24 V / 45 W 635 nm
UV
LNSP-UV-FN HPR2-400SW-FT White 6,000 K PD3*1 POD*2
24 V / 46 W - 1,050 g
IR2 HPR2-400BL-FT Blue 470 nm
HPR2-400FC-FT Red/Green/Blue 24 V / 30 W 622 nm / 525 nm / 470 nm PD3 *1
IU
HLV3 *1 Use a 3-channel Control Unit for a full color (RGB) type. Extension Cables P.365 Control Unit Selection Guide P.307 List of Control Unit Specifications P.309
HLV2 *2 For information on the combination of Light Units and POD-series Control Unit, please refer to our website. https://www.ccs-grp.com/lnk/qr/pod
LV
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4 LED properties
LED Properties
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W 100
PFBR-600 Red 622 nm
Relative radiant
80
intensity (%)
Red 635 nm
PFBR-150 60 Green 525 nm lens filter for each wavelength.
PFB3
Spectral 40
LNLP distribution 20 Blue
470 nm
LNSP2
0 refer to P.355.
350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
LNSP Wavelength (nm)
Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN Be sure to read the "Instruction Guide" included with the product before use and follow the safety precautions upon use.
LN/LN-HK The data included is for reference only. Actual values may vary.
LNSD
LND2
HLND
LT Options
LNV
LNDG
Angled
Combine with the Dome Light HPD2 Achieves installation using installation holes with
Lighting
LNIS2
series to achieve imaging by light a larger gap than the Light Unit body installation
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LNIS-FN switching and simultaneous lighting. holes, or installation on a vertical surface.
Telecentric Lens
Macro Lens
Light joint bracket Expansion mounting bracket ● Example of the expansion mounting
bracket in use
Applicable Light Unit 1 Applicable Light Unit 2 Applicable Light Unit
BK-75-JO HPR2-75 series HPD2-75 series BK-50-CI HPR2-50 series

BK-250-CI HPR2-250 series
P.363
Ring Light: Image of usage with the HPR2-200RD
P.364

P.307 P.309 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
Ring Lights
Dimensions (mm)
HPR2-50RD/SW/BL/FC HPR2-75RD/SW/BL/FC
18 4 x M3 x 4
26.4 4 x M4 x 5
(For installation)
(17.5) 45° (For installation)
(25.5)
Ø4 Ø8 45° LDR2
5 3
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
Ø18
Ø50
LDR-LA1
Illumination side Illumination side
Ø41
Ø91
SQR
SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
2 14.5 LFR
300
300 LKR
FPR
FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
26.4 4 x M4 x 5
26.4 4 x M4 x 5 TH2 (5 types)
(For installation)
(For installation) (25.5) LFL
(25.5) Ø1 45°
Ø1 45° 58 HPD2
08
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
LAV
PDM
Ø116
Ø116
Ø66
Ø166
LFXV
LFX3
LFX3-PT
LFV3
300 300
LFV3-G

MSU

MFU
PF
HLDR-IP/
26.4 HSL-PCL
26.4 4 x M4 x 5 4 x M4 x 5
UV2
(For installation) (25.5) (For installation)
(25.5) UV
Ø Ø 45°
20 45° 25 LNSP-UV-FN
8 8
IR2
IU
Ø216
Ø166

Ø266
Ø210
HLV3
HLV2
LV
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

HFS/HFR
300
300 HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
The HPR2-250 model has a curved diffusion plate.
HLV2-NR
Be aware this differs from the conventional product.
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
HPR2-400RD-FT / SW-FT / BL-FT / FC-FT PFBR-150
PFB3
19.2 4 x M6 x 6 LNLP
(For installation) LNSP2

(18)
Ø 45° LNSP
41 Coaxial Units
2
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
LND2
Illumination side
Ø424
Ø330
Ø360
The full color type (HPR2-FC, HPR2-400FC-FT) has three connectors.

HLND
Use a 3-channel Control Unit if controlling intensity separately for each color.
LT
LNV
LNDG
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
300 LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Macro Lens
The HPR2-400-FT has a flat diffusion plate.
Diffused Lighting
Ring Lights
You can also use
CCS LFR Search
Ring Lights
your smartphone
or cell phone.
For quick access.
LFR Series
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LFR-330RD2
LKR LFR-200BL2
FPR
FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB LFR-250SW2
HLDL2 LFR-130KSW2
TH2 (5 types)
LFR-130GR2
LFL
HPD2 LFR-100RD2-K
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
LFR-100RD2
LAV
PDM
LFXV
LFX3 Inspection for parts mounted on circuit boards, surface inspection for metal parts, inspection for faults on bottle tops,
character recognition, text inspection, printing inspection, color determination inspection, etc.
LFV3
LFV3-G
MSU
Features
MFU
PF
HLDR-IP/
LEDs embedded around a circular light-guiding diffusion plate.
HSL-PCL Uniformly diffused light emitted from a flat emitting surface.
UV2
UV Example configuration Imaging example: Imaging for
LNSP-UV-FN (LFR-100) detecting content in trays
IR2
IU
Camera
HLV3
HLV2
LEDs
LV
LSP
Workpiece: Content in trays
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR Light-guiding
HLV3-NR diffusion plate
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
LED Ring Light LFR-250RD2
HLV2-NR
Workpiece
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
PFB3
LNLP We accept custom orders.
LNSP2
Please feel free to inquire.
LNSP
Coaxial Units • Shape modifications
Converged light in the center The whole thing is illuminated
LNSP-FN • Brightness increases
LN/LN-HK • Changes in wavelength, etc. interferes with stable inspection. evenly, allowing for detection of
LNSD present contents.
LND2
HLND
LT
LNV Data: Relative Irradiance Graph and Uniformity (Representative Example)
LNDG
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
LFR-130RD2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LNIS-FN *1
Telecentric Lens
Relative irradiance graph
Macro Lens (LWD characteristics) *2 Uniformity (Relative irradiance)
100 100
90
80
70
Output level (%)
60
50
40 50
30
20
10
0
0 20 40 60 80 100
10
LWD (mm)

P.307 P.309 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
Ring Lights
Lineup End of the model name: -K: Type with angled emitting surface

LFR-100RD2 Red 24 V / 3.6 W 630 nm 120 g
LFR-100SW2 White 5,500 K
LFR-100BL2 Blue 24 V / 4.6 W 470 nm 170 g LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LFR-100GR2 Green 525 nm
LDR-LA1
LFR-100RD2-K Red 24 V / 3.6 W 630 nm FCB*3 SQR
Straight 140 g SQR-TP
LFR-100KSW2 White 5,500 K Cable
24 V / 4.6 W HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR-100BL2-K Blue 470 nm FCB-W* 4
LFR
2-branch 190 g
LFR-100GR2-K Green 24 V / 4.5 W 525 nm Cable LKR
PD3 CC-ST-1024
FPR
LFR-130RD2 Red 24 V / 4.6 W 630 nm FCB-F PSB POD*1 FPQ3
4-branch
LFR-130SW2 White 5,500 K Cable LDL2
Lighting
Direct
250 g LDLB
LFR-130BL2 Blue 24 V / 5.7 W 470 nm FRCB
Robot
HLDL2
LFR-130GR2 Green 525 nm - Cable TH2 (5 types)
*3 The cables LFL
LFR-130RD2-K Red 24 V / 4.6 W 630 nm with a model
190 g
HPD2
name that ends
LFR-130KSW2 White 5,500 K 200 g LDM2
Diffused Lighting
with “-ME7”,
“-EL2”, “-PF”, or LAV
LFR-130BL2-K Blue 24 V / 5.7 W 470 nm “-PF-EL9” are
not included. 190 g PDM
LFR-130GR2-K Green 525 nm *4 The cables LFXV
with a model
LFR-200RD2 Red 24 V / 8.1 W 630 nm name that ends PD3 CC-ST-1024*2
LFX3
with “-EL2” are LFX3-PT
LFR-200SW2 White 5,500 K not included. PSB POD* 1 490 g
24 V / 11 W LFV3
LFR-200BL2 Blue 470 nm *2 Can only use red. LFV3-G

MSU
LFR-250RD2 Red 24 V / 11 W 630 nm 1,080 g

PD3 MFU
LFR-250SW2 White 5,500 K 1,090 g
24 V / 13 W PSB POD*1
LFR-250BL2 Blue 470 nm 1,080 g PF
LFR-330RD2 Red 24 V / 14 W 630 nm PD3 PSB POD*1 1,500 g HLDR-IP/

HSL-PCL
LED Properties: Spectral Distribution P.384 Extension Cables P.365 Control Unit Selection Guide P.307 List of Control Unit Specifications P.309 UV2
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
IR2
Dimensions (mm)
IU
LFR-100RD2/SW2/BL2/GR2 LFR-100RD2-K / KSW2 / BL2-K / GR2-K LFR-130RD2/SW2/BL2/GR2 HLV3
12 300 17 300 300
(Ø3)
(Ø3)
12 HLV2
(Ø3) LV
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR
Ø102
Ø102
Ø125
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
3 4
Ø 33 Ø3 Ø4 HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
e)
e)
e)
ttin 03
gs 0
ac
c
80
ac
rfa
8
urf
mi Ø1
urf
Ø
4-M3 depth 4 (P.C.D.70) 4-M3 depth 4 (P.C.D.70) PFBR-600

Ø
su
4-M3 depth 4 (P.C.D.70)

gs
ng
ttin
(For installation) PFBR-150

itti
(For installation)
mi
(For installation)
m
(E
(E
(E
PFB3
The emitting surface for the LFR-100SW2/BL2/GR2 is Ø77. The emitting surface for the LFR-100KSW2/BL2/GR2 is Ø78. LNLP
LNSP2
LFR-130RD2-K / KSW2 / BL2-K / GR2-K LFR-200RD2/SW2/BL2 LFR-250RD2/SW2/BL2 LNSP
300 12 300 12 300 Coaxial Units
17 (Ø3) (Ø3.5) LNSP-FN
(Ø3)
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
Ø216
Ø272
LND2
Ø123
HLND
LT
44 70
0
Ø Ø LNV
12
e)
e)
ttin 194
ttin 01
e)
ac
ttin 250
ac
ac
urf
mi Ø1
urf
LNDG
Angled
urf
4-M3 depth 4 (P.C.D.70) 4-M3 depth 4 (P.C.D.100)

Ø
4-M4 depth 4 (P.C.D.150)

Ø
gs
gs
gs
Lighting
(For installation) LNIS2

mi
mi
(E
(E
Lenses Oblique
(E
LNIS
The emitting surface for the LFR-130KSW2 is Ø99. The emitting surface for the LFR-200SW2/BL2 is Ø193. The emitting surface for the LFR-250SW2/BL2 is Ø246. LNIS-FN
12 300 Telecentric Lens
LFR-330RD2 (Ø3.5) Macro Lens
Ø356
0
22
Ø
)
ce
ng 0
itti 33
rfa
4-M4 depth 5 (P.C.D.250)

su
Ø
(For installation)
m
(E
Diffused Lighting
Ring Lights
You can also use
CCS LKR Search
Ring Lights
your smartphone
or cell phone.
For quick access.
LKR Series
Provides diffused light from an angled emitting surface
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
LKR-125BL2
FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2 LKR-70-8GR2
TH2 (5 types)
LFL LKR-70SW2
HPD2
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
LAV LKR-70RD2
PDM
LFXV
LFX3 Soldering inspection, parts identification with color, inspection for stains on glossy surfaces,
character recognition on metal parts, dent inspection on metal parts, etc.
LFV3
LFV3-G
MSU
Features
MFU
PF
HLDR-IP/
LEDs embedded around a circular light-guiding diffusion plate.
HSL-PCL Uniformly diffused light from an emitting surface angled with respect to the workpiece.
UV2
UV Example configuration Imaging example: Imaging soldering
LNSP-UV-FN (LKR-125) parts on the cap of light bulbs
IR2
Camera
IU Light-guiding
diffusion plate
HLV3
HLV2
LV LEDs
LSP
Workpiece: Light bulbs
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR Workpiece
HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
LED Diffused Lighting LKR-125SW2
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
PFB3 We accept custom orders.
LNLP Please feel free to inquire.
LNSP2
LNSP • Shape modifications
Coaxial Units • Brightness increases
• Changes in wavelength, etc. It is difficult to evenly illuminate It is possible to evenly illuminate
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK the whole solder. the whole solder, including the cap.
LNSD
LND2
HLND
LT
LNDG
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
LKR-70RD2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LNIS-FN *1
Telecentric Lens
10 mm LWD=20 mm 10 mm 10 mm
100
LWD=10 mm LWD=30 mm
100
90
80
70
Output level (%)
60
50
40 50
30
20
10
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
10
LWD (mm)

Options Examples of Custom Control Options
Unit Selection Control Unit Product Technical Guide Regulations,
Regulations, Etc.
Etc.
Selection Guide Specifications
Ordered Products Guide Ordered
PageProducts Application
P.307
▼ P.189 P.309
▼ P.197 P.355
▼ P.155 P.367
▼ P.159 P.373
▼ P.203 P.391
▼ P.213
Ring Lights
Lineup
LKR-70RD2 Red 24 V / 2.6 W 630 nm 125 g

FCB*2
LKR-70SW2 White 5,500 K Straight 130 g
Cable
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LKR-70BL2 Blue 24 V / 3.8 W 470 nm FCB-W*3 LDR2-LA
2-branch 125 g
LDR-LA1
LKR-70GR2 Green 525 nm Cable
SQR
LKR-70-8RD2 Red 24 V / 2.6 W 630 nm FCB-F SQR-TP

4-branch
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
Cable
LKR-70-8SW2 White 5,500 K PD3 CC-ST-1024 LFR
- FRCB 140 g LKR
LKR-70-8BL2 Blue 24 V / 3.8 W 470 nm
Robot PSB POD*1
Cable FPR
*2 The cables FPQ3
LKR-70-8GR2 Green 525 nm with a model LDL2
Lighting
name that ends
Direct
LDLB
LKR-125RD2 Red 24 V / 4.6 W 630 nm with “-ME7”, 295 g
“-EL2”, “-PF”, or HLDL2
“-PF-EL9” are
LKR-125SW2 White 5,500 K 300 g TH2 (5 types)
not included.
*3 The cables LFL
LKR-125BL2 Blue 24 V / 5.7 W 470 nm with a model HPD2
name that ends
with “-EL2” are 490 g LDM2
Diffused Lighting
LKR-125GR2 Green 525 nm not included. LAV
PDM
Extension Cables P.365 Control Unit Selection Guide P.307 List of Control Unit Specifications P.309 LFXV
LFX3
LFX3-PT
LFV3
LFV3-G
LED Properties
properties

MSU

MFU
100
CCS offers you the most suitable PF
80
Relative radiant
intensity (%)

Spectral 40 HLDR-IP/
White 5,500 K For details about the lens filter, HSL-PCL
distribution 20
0 refer to P.355. UV2
350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
UV
Wavelength (nm)
LNSP-UV-FN
Be sure to read the "Instruction Guide" included with the product before use and follow the safety precautions upon use. IR2
IU
HLV3
Dimensions (mm) HLV2

LV
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

LKR-70RD2/SW2/BL2/GR2 LKR-70-8RD2/SW2/BL2/GR2 HFS/HFR
300 HLV3-NR
300
(Ø3)
18
(Ø3)
36 18 HLV3-3M-RGB-4
36
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
PFB3
Ø74
Ø74
36
36
LNLP
LNSP2
0 Ø8
Ø2 0 e) 0 e) LNSP
Ø5 urfac Ø5 urfac Coaxial Units
4-M3 depth 5 gs 4-M3 depth 5 gs
ittin ittin LNSP-FN
(For installation) (Em (For installation) (Em
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
The emitting surface for the LKR-70-8SW2/BL2/GR2 is Ø49.2. LND2
HLND
LKR-125RD2/SW2/BL2/GR2 LT
LNV
300 LNDG
Angled
(Ø3)
26
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Macro Lens
Ø125
25
)
Ø
ce
in 100
rfa
su
Ø
4-M3 depth 6 (P.C.D.70)

g
itt
(For installation)
m
(E
Diffused Lighting
You can also use
CCS FPR Search
Ring Lights
your smartphone
Low-Angle
or cell phone.
For quick access.
FPR Series
Provides diffused light at a low angle
from an angled emitting surface
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR FPR-180SW2
FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2 FPR-136BL2
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
HPD2
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
FPR-100RD2 FPR-100GR2
LAV
PDM
LFXV
LFX3 Edge extraction of metal parts, character recognition for electronic parts, inspection for parts on circuit boards,
label inspections, imaging of alignment marks, etc.
LFV3
LFV3-G
MSU
Features
MFU
PF
HLDR-IP/
Light from the vertically-arranged LEDs is transmitted through the light-guiding diffusion plate
HSL-PCL and uniformly diffused light is concentrated on the center of the workpiece from a low angle.
UV2
UV Example configuration Imaging example: Imaging the
LNSP-UV-FN (FPR-100) appearance of metal parts
IR2
IU Camera
HLV3
LEDs
HLV2
LV
Light-guiding
LSP
diffusion plate Workpiece: Nut for bearings
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
Workpiece LED Ring Light FPR-136RD2
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
PFB3
We accept custom orders.
LNLP Please feel free to inquire.
LNSP2
LNSP • Shape modifications
Coaxial Units • Brightness increases
It is difficult to evenly illuminate It is possible to evenly illuminate
LNSP-FN • Changes in wavelength, etc.
LN/LN-HK the slanted exterior. the slanted exterior.
LNSD
LND2
HLND
LT
LNDG
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
FPR-100RD2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LNIS-FN *1
Telecentric Lens
100 100
90
80
70
Output level (%)
60
50
40 50
30
20
10
0
0 10 20 30
10
LWD (mm)

P.307 P.309 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
Ring Lights
Low-Angle
Lineup
FPR-100RD2 Red 24 V / 6.1 W 630 nm FCB* 3
Straight
Cable
FPR-100SW2 White 5,500 K PD3 CC-ST-1024
FCB-W*4 220 g LDR2
PSB POD*1
Direct Lighting
FPR-100BL2 Blue 24 V / 7.6 W 470 nm 2-branch LDR2-LA
Cable
LDR-LA1
FPR-100GR2 Green 525 nm
FCB-F SQR
4-branch
FPR-136RD2 Red 24 V / 9.1 W 630 nm Cable 300 g SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
PD3 CC-ST-1024*2
FPR-136SW2 White 5,500 K FRCB 280 g LFR
- Robot PSB POD*1 LKR
Cable
FPR-136BL2 Blue 24 V / 12 W 470 nm *2 Can only use red. FPR
*3 The cables 300 g
FPR-136GR2 Green 525 nm with a model FPQ3
name that ends LDL2
Lighting
with “-ME7”,
Direct
FPR-180RD2 Red 24 V / 13 W 630 nm “-EL2”, “-PF”, or 400 g LDLB
“-PF-EL9” are HLDL2
FPR-180SW2 White 5,500 K not included. PD3 380 g
*4 The cables TH2 (5 types)
1
FPR-180BL2 Blue 24 V / 16 W 470 nm with a model PSB POD* LFL
name that ends
with “-EL2” are 400 g HPD2
FPR-180GR2 Green 525 nm not included. LDM2
Diffused Lighting
LAV
Extension Cables P.365 Control Unit Selection Guide P.307 List of Control Unit Specifications P.309 PDM
LFXV
LFX3
LFX3-PT
LED Properties
properties LFV3
LFV3-G

MSU

100
CCS offers you the most suitable MFU
Relative radiant
80
intensity (%)

60 Green 525 nm lens filter for each wavelength. PF
Spectral 40
distribution 20
HLDR-IP/
0
refer to P.355. HSL-PCL
350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
Wavelength (nm) UV2
UV
Be sure to read the "Instruction Guide" included with the product before use and follow the safety precautions upon use. LNSP-UV-FN
IR2
IU
Dimensions (mm) HLV3
HLV2
FPR-100RD2/SW2/BL2/GR2 FPR-136RD2/SW2/BL2/GR2
LV
300 300 LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

HFS/HFR
(Ø3)
(Ø3)
HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
3
Ø7 HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
Ø100
Ø136
PFB3
LNLP
LNSP2
LNSP
e)
9
10
c
rfa
40
ng 2)
Coaxial Units
Ø
e)
9
su
4-M3 depth 4 (P.C.D.84)

(Ø
ac
40 LNSP-FN
ttin 126)
4-M3 depth 4 (P.C.D.120)

urf
itti
(For installation) LN/LN-HK

gs
(Ø
m
(For installation)
(E
LNSD
mi
LND2
(E
FPR-180RD2/SW2/BL2/GR2 HLND
LT
300
LNV
(Ø3)
LNDG
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
3
Lenses Oblique
15 LNIS
Ø
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Macro Lens
Ø180
)
ce
ng 0)
rfa
40
itti 17
su
4-M3 depth 4 (P.C.D.164)

(Ø
(For installation)
m
(E
Diffused Lighting
Square Lights Refer to our website for product details.
Low-Angle Square Lights
You can also use
CCS FPQ3 Search
Low-Angle
your smartphone
or cell phone.
For quick access.
FPQ3 Series
Provides diffused light at a low angle
from four directions
FPQ3-100X50SW
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
FPQ3-60RD
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR FPQ3-48BL
FPR
FPQ3-32SW
FPQ3
LDL2 FPQ3-120RD
FPQ3-20RD
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
FPQ3-96BL
HPD2
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
LAV
PDM FPQ3-75SW
LFXV
LFX3 Visual inspection for electronic parts; character recognition; inspection for bending, slipping, and staining of pins or leads;
visual and pattern inspections for circuit boards; fault inspection for LCDs; IC lead inspection; etc.
LFV3
LFV3-G
MSU
Perfect for Square Workpieces High-Output, 2x Conventional Products

MFU
PF
HLDR-IP/
The FPQ3 series is a low angle Light Unit perfect for Output has been increased by 2x for white and blue, 1.5x for
HSL-PCL square workpieces. It can detect the outline of corners and red Light Units. Furthermore, output is more than doubled
UV2 prevents glare, which are difficult with Ring Lights. when used with a POD-series Strobe Overdrive Control Unit.
UV
LNSP-UV-FN Imaging example for the FPQ3-48RD:
IR2 Imaging for detecting electronics parts Increased
White Lights Output
IU Blue Lights
2x
HLV3 That of Conventional Products
Radiation output
HLV2
Illuminating
LV Conventional FPQ2
LSP
distance 35 mm
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR New FPQ3

HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4 0 100 200%
HLV2-NR
LED Ring Light FPQ3-48RD
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W Red Lights Increased
Output
1.5x
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
PFB3
LNLP That of Conventional Products
Radiation output
LNSP2
LNSP Conventional FPQ2
Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN New FPQ3
LN/LN-HK There is glare from the Film glare is removed, 0 100 150%
LNSD surface film and it is difficult to making it possible to Comparison of the conventional products of the same color.
LND2 determine if the part is there. determine if the part is there. The data included is for reference only. Actual values may vary.
HLND
LT
LNV
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
Please contact your CCS sales representative. Light illuminated FPQ3-96
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens E.g.: Changed format so that the Light Unit does Customizable items from the LEDs is
Macro Lens not overlap with the field of view. transmitted through
Camera
Change to window
diameter color the light-guiding Camera
Format
the camera diffusion plate and
window Increase
output
Cable length uniform diffused LEDs
Camera
window
light is illuminated
Illuminating Format/ centrally on the Light-guiding
angle material diffusion plate
Emitting side
workpiece from a
Connector Installation/ low angle. Workpiece
format mounting
Etc.

P.307 P.309 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
Square Lights
Low-Angle
Imaging Example: Imaging the Appearance of PC Memory Boards
Workpiece PC memory boards

LDR2
Direct Lighting
Conventional lighting FPQ2-120SW LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
New lighting FPQ3-100X50SW
SQR
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ3
Workpiece image FPQ2-120SW FPQ3-100X50SW LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
HPD2
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
LAV
PDM
LFXV
LFX3
It is difficult to evenly illuminate It is possible to evenly illuminate LFX3-PT
PC memory boards and capture the apperance of the and capture the apperance of the LFV3
memory boards. memory boards. LFV3-G

MSU

MFU
Imaging Example: Imaging the Appearance of Electronic Components
PF
HLDR-IP/
HSL-PCL
Description Visual inspection UV2
UV
Workpiece Electronic components
LNSP-UV-FN
Conventional lighting Without reflection panel IR2
New lighting With a reflection panel

IU
Result Improved uniformity
HLV3
HLV2
LV
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR
Workpiece image Without Reflection Plate With a Reflection Plate
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
PFB3
LNLP
LNSP2
LNSP
Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN
Illuminating from a low angle allows Illuminating from above and a low
LN/LN-HK
Electronic components you to observe the engraved angle allows you to observe the LNSD
characters. characters and blots. LND2
HLND
LT

LNDG
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
FPQ3-48RD LNIS-FN
*1

LWD=10 mm 5 mm
100 100
90
80
70
Output level (%)
60
50
40 50
30
20
10
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
10
FPQ3
Square Lights
Series CCS FPQ3 Search
You can also use
Low-Angle
your smartphone
or cell phone.
For quick access.
Lineup
FPQ3-20RD Red 24 V / 1.3 W 630 nm
FPQ3-20SW White 24 V / 3.1 W 6,000 K - 25 g
LDR2 FPQ3-20BL Blue 24 V / 2.6 W 465 nm PD3 CC-ST-1024

Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA FPQ3-32RD Red 24 V / 3.8 W 630 nm PSB POD*1

LDR-LA1
SQR
FPQ3-32SW White 24 V / 7.1 W 6,000 K Reflection plate 50 g
FCB*4
SQR-TP FPQ3-32BL Blue 24 V / 5.1 W 465 nm Straight
HPR2 Cable
Diffused Lighting
FPQ3-48RD Red 24 V / 5.1 W 630 nm PD3 CC-ST-1024*2

LFR
FCB-W*5
LKR FPQ3-48SW White 24 V / 11 W 6,000 K 2-branch PSB POD*1 90 g
Cable
FPR
FPQ3-48BL Blue 24 V / 7.6 W 465 nm *2 Can only use red and blue.
FPQ3 FCB-F
LDL2 FPQ3-60RD Red 24 V / 7.6 W 630 nm 4-branch PD3 CC-ST-1024*3
Lighting
Direct
Cable
LDLB FPQ3-60SW White 24 V / 15 W 6,000 K - 120 g
PSB POD*1
HLDL2 FRCB
TH2 (5 types)
FPQ3-60BL Blue 24 V / 11 W 465 nm Robot *3 Can only use red.
Cable
LFL FPQ3-75RD Red 24 V / 12 W 630 nm
*4 The cables
HPD2
FPQ3-75SW White 24 V / 22 W 6,000 K with a model 155 g
LDM2 name that ends
Diffused Lighting
LAV FPQ3-75BL Blue 24 V / 16 W 465 nm with “-ME7”,

“-EL2”, “-PF”, or
PDM
FPQ3-96RD Red 24 V / 13 W 630 nm “-PF-EL9” are
LFXV not included.
LFX3 FPQ3-96SW White 24 V / 25 W 6,000 K *5 The cables 170 g

with a model
LFX3-PT name that ends
FPQ3-96BL Blue 24 V / 18 W 465 nm with “-EL2” are
PD3
LFV3 not included.
LFV3-G
FPQ3-120RD Red 24 V / 16 W 630 nm PSB POD*1
FPQ3-120SW White 24 V / 27 W 6,000 K Reflection plate 220 g
MSU
MFU FPQ3-120BL Blue 24 V / 21 W 465 nm

PF FPQ3-100×50RD Red 24 V / 11 W 630 nm
FPQ3-100×50SW White 24 V / 18 W 6,000 K 135 g
HLDR-IP/
HSL-PCL FPQ3-100×50BL Blue 24 V / 13 W 465 nm
UV2
LNSP-UV-FN
IR2
IU
HLV3 LED Properties

HLV2
LV 100
CCS offers you the most suitable lens filter
LSP
Relative radiant
80
intensity (%)
Spot Lighting, Etc.

HFS/HFR 60 for each wavelength.
HLV3-NR
Spectral 40
HLV3-3M-RGB-4 distribution 20
HLV2-NR 0 refer to P.355.

350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W Wavelength (nm)
PFBR-600
PFBR-150 Be sure to read the “Instruction Guide” included with the product before use and follow the safety precautions upon use.
PFB3 The data included is for reference only. Actual values may vary.
LNLP
LNSP2
LNSP
Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN Options
LN/LN-HK
LNSD Installing the reflection
LND2 plate on the Light Unit RP-FPQ3-32-SQ5 RP-FPQ3-96-SQ20 (mm)
HLND enhances the dome 86
effect, which enables 2.5 81
LT Window
highly-uniform and 22 33 20 (1)
LNV (1)
LNDG Reflection plate diffused illumination. 8.5 5
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2 Applicable Light Unit

Model name
74
46
20
10
5
(Common for all colors)

Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LNIS-FN RP-FPQ3-32-SQ5 FPQ3-32
27
2.5
2.5
17 4xØ2.3 Ø3.4
Telecentric Lens RP-FPQ3-96-SQ20 FPQ3-96 (For installation) 4xØ2.3 Ø3.4
14
Window
Macro Lens RP-FPQ3-120-SQ20 FPQ3-120 (For installation)
RP-FPQ3-100X50-SQ10 FPQ3-100X50 RP-FPQ3-120-SQ20 RP-FPQ3-100X50-SQ10

Accessories: Flat countersunk head screws, JCIS #0 type 1, 110 Window
90
M2 (4 mm) x 5 pieces 45 20 (1) 2.5 85
The FPQ3-48-, FPQ3-60-, and FPQ3-75-series Light Units have a
factory-installed reflection plate. 40 10 (1)
98
70
20
28
20
10
Window
4
9
4xØ2.3 Ø3.4
4xØ2.3 Ø3.4 (For installation)
39
14
2.5 105 (For installation)

P.307 P.309 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
Square Lights
Low-Angle
Dimensions (mm)
FPQ3-20RD/SW/BL FPQ3-32RD/SW/BL
10 M3x4 12 8 2xM3x6
3
3
4xM2
(For fixing options) LDR2
Direct Lighting
32 LDR2-LA
15 8.5
5 (Window)
20
10 (Window)
Emitting surface 11 10 Emitting surface LDR-LA1
7.5 5 14 3 (Window) SQR
(Window)
5
300
300
SQR-TP
□20
32
15
□12
20
14
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
11
13.5
17 7.5
8.5
7.5
6
4
3
(8)
(15) LKR
2xM3x3 4xM3x3
23 FPR
(For installation) 30 (For installation)
3
3
FPQ3
10 M3x4
12 8 2xM3x6 LDL2
(For installation)
Lighting
Direct
(For installation) LDLB
HLDL2
FPQ3-48RD/SW/BL TH2 (5 types)

FPQ3-60RD/SW/BL
LFL
12 24 2xM3x6 12 36 2xM3x6 HPD2
(For installation) (For installation) LDM2
Diffused Lighting
3
LAV
3
PDM
Reflection panel LFXV

48 60 LFX3
30 9 42 9
19 10 (Window) 25 10 (Window) LFX3-PT
Emitting surface Emitting surface
Reflection panel LFV3
25 10 (Window)
10 (Window)
LFV3-G
26*
48
30
6 □36

300
38* MSU
42
□48
60

300
MFU
9
19
26*
9
6
(15) 4xM3x3 PF
38*
(For installation) (15) 4xM3x3
30
30 (For installation) HLDR-IP/
HSL-PCL
3
* Window size when the reflection panel is removed. * Window size when the reflection panel is removed. UV2
2xM3x6
3
12 24 The reflection panel is detachable from the Light Unit. The reflection panel is detachable from the Light Unit.
(For installation) 12 36 2xM3x6 UV
(For installation) LNSP-UV-FN
IR2
FPQ3-75RD/SW/BL FPQ3-96RD/SW/BL
IU
12 51 2xM3x6 12 72 2xM3x6
(For installation) (For installation) HLV3
3
3
HLV2
LV
4xM2
Reflection panel 96 LSP
75 (For fixing options)
Spot Lighting, Etc.

57 9 HFS/HFR
27.5 20 (Window) 11 74 (Window) Emitting surface 78 9
Emitting surface HLV3-NR
27.5 20 (Window)
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
74 (Window)
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
53*
57
75
□63
96
78
46
□84
PFBR-600
300
PFBR-150
300
25
9
6
PFB3
11
9
6
53* LNLP
(15)
4xM3x3 81 7.5
(For installation) (15) LNSP2
30
30 4xM3x3 LNSP
* Window size when the reflection panel is removed.
3
(For installation) Coaxial Units

2xM3x6
3
The reflection panel is detachable from the Light Unit. 12 72

LNSP-FN
12 51 2xM3x6 (For installation)
(For installation) LN/LN-HK
LNSD
LND2
FPQ3-120RD/SW/BL FPQ3-100×50RD/SW/BL
HLND
LT
12 96 2xM3x6 12 76 2xM3x6
LNV
3
LNDG
Angled
3
Lighting
4xM2 4xM2 LNIS2

Lenses Oblique
(For fixing options) (For fixing options) LNIS

120 100 Emitting surface
LNIS-FN
11 98 (Window) 102 9 11 78 (Window) 82 9
Emitting surface Telecentric Lens
Macro Lens
11 28 (Window)
300
98 (Window)
50
38
20
32
120
102
70
□108
9
6
15
6 88 (15)
300
85 7.5
Emitting surface
25
30
11
4xM3x3
9
6
(15)
(15) 105 7.5 (For installation)

4xM3x3
3
30
(For installation)
3
12 76 2xM3x6
12 96 2xM3x6 (For installation)
(For installation)
Direct Lighting
Bar Lights
You can also use
CCS LDL2 Search your smartphone
Bar Lights
or cell phone.
For quick access.
LDL2 Series
Provides direct light from an emitting part equipped with
LEDs in straight lines
LDL2-33X8RD2 LDL2-119X16RD2
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDL2-19X4SW2
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
LDL2-41X16SW2
SQR
SQR-TP LDL2-80X16BL2
LDL2-218X30RD2
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR LDL2-158X16SW2
LDL2-122X30RD2
LKR
LDL2-98X30BL2
FPR
FPQ3 LDL2-50X30RD2
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types) LDL2-146X30BL2-WD
LFL LDL2-74X30SW2
LDL2-266X30SW2-WD LDL2-26X30BL2-WD
HPD2
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
LAV
PDM
LFXV
LFX3 Various inspections for reading text, visual inspection for damage on long and thin workpieces, damage inspection for metal
with hairline finishing, light source for a line sensor camera, various inspections to detect foreign material, etc.
LFV3
LFV3-G
MSU
Rich Lineup with 141 Models*

MFU
Bar Lights That Use Surface-Mounted LEDs
PF
HLDR-IP/ We have a lineup of 141 models*, such as combinations These are Bar Lights that use surface-mounted LEDs.
HSL-PCL
of the size and emitting width of the emitting surface, We provide the narrow type, which performs convergent
UV2
directional characteristics, and the emitted color. illumination for a narrow space, and the wide type ( -WD)
UV
LNSP-UV-FN * Total number of models of the conventional products and high-power type products. which illuminates a wide space.
IR2 Compatible with a wide range of uses
Select the directional characteristics of a narrow
IU You can freely adjust the illuminating type or wide type
HLV3
direction and angle for use in a wide ■ Directional characteristics of the Narrow Type (White)
HLV2 range of uses. Zoomed-in view of the emitting surface
LV 20 10 -10 -20
LSP Because Bar Lights Original lens 40

30 1 -30
-40
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR can freely adjust their 60

50
0.5
-50
-60
HLV3-NR illuminating direction A B 70 -70
HLV3-3M-RGB-4 80 -80
HLV2-NR
and angle to match the 0 Degrees
1 0.5 0 0.5 1
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W workpiece, they can provide B Relative radiant intensity
PFBR-600 the optimal image. A

PFBR-150 ■ Directional characteristics of the Wide Type (White)
PFB3 Illuminating image from direction A Illuminating image from direction B Zoomed-in view of the emitting surface
LNLP
20 10 -10 -20
LNSP2 30 1 -30
40 -40
LNSP 50 -50
60 0.5 -60
Coaxial Units
70 -70
LNSP-FN 80 -80
LN/LN-HK 0 Degrees
1 0.5 0 0.5 1
LNSD Relative radiant intensity
LND2
HLND
LT
LNV
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
Please contact your CCS sales representative. Achieved light LDL2-74X30
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens E.g.: Different shape Customizable items with a narrow Camera
Macro Lens Create a Light Unit with a External/internal Wavelength/

directionality
Format
long size diameter color using the original Heat dissipation
e) lens located in material
urfac Increase Wide Type Narrow Type
gs (mm) Cable length front of the LEDs.
ittin
output LEDs
(Em Illuminates direct
890
Illuminating Format/ light from any Original lens
angle material
angle.
Workpiece
format mounting
Etc.

P.307 P.309 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
Bar Lights
Increased Brightness and Rich Variety of Sizes
For detailed information on the overdrive, refer to P.388. The data included is for reference only. Actual values may vary.
Brightness comparison
Lighting with High-power type High-power type
overdrive Conventinal product
7
Increased
Continuous lighting Lighting with overdrive
output Approx. x
Approx.
3.5 x the conventional

product
LDR2
Direct Lighting
(%) Increased LDR2-LA
700 output
Approx. LDR-LA1
2x SQR
SQR-TP
200 Conventional products
(Red, White, Blue) HPR2
Diffused Lighting
High-power type LFR
(Red, White, Blue)
100 LKR
FPR
Output
FPQ3
Continuous lighting Overdrive lighting Shutter speed: 1/10,000 Shutter speed: 1/10,000 Shutter speed: 1/18,000 Shutter speed: 1/18,000 LDL2
Lighting
Direct
Amount of light: 100% intensity Amount of light: 100% intensity Continuous lighting: 100% intensity Lighting with overdrive: 100% intensity LDLB
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
Standard product lineup The same applies to Wide Types (End of the model name: -WD). LFL
HPD2
Conventional product High-power type LDM2
Diffused Lighting
Model name LED color Emitting surface size Model name LED color Emitting surface size LAV
PDM
- - - LDL2-19X4RD2/SW2/BL2 19 x 4 mm LFXV
LFX3
LDL2-33X8RD/SW/BL/GR/IR850 Red/White/Blue/Green/Infrared 33 x 8 mm LDL2-33X8RD2/SW2/BL2 33 x 8 mm
LFX3-PT
LFV3
LDL2-41X16RD/SW/BL/GR 41 x 16 mm LDL2-41X16RD2/SW2/BL2 41 x 16 mm
LFV3-G
LDL2-80X16RD/SW/BL/GR Red/White/Blue/Green 80 x 16 mm LDL2-80X16RD2/SW2/BL2 80 x 16 mm

MSU

MFU
LDL2-119X16RD/SW/BL/GR 119 x 16 mm LDL2-119X16RD2/SW2/BL2 119 x 16 mm
PF
- - - LDL2-158X16RD2/SW2/BL2 158 x 16 mm
HLDR-IP/
- - - LDL2-26X30RD2/SW2/BL2 26 x 30 mm HSL-PCL
Red/White/Blue
UV2
- - - LDL2-50X30RD2/SW2/BL2 50 x 30 mm
UV
LDL2-74X30RD/SW/BL/GR Red/White/Blue/Green 74 x 30 mm LDL2-74X30RD2/SW2/BL2 74 x 30 mm LNSP-UV-FN
IR2
- - - LDL2-98X30RD2/SW2/BL2 98 x 30 mm
- - - LDL2-122X30RD2/SW2/BL2 122 x 30 mm IU
LDL2-146X30RD/SW/BL/GR 146 x 30 mm LDL2-146X30RD2/SW2/BL2 146 x 30 mm HLV3

HLV2
LDL2-218X30RD/SW/BL/GR Red/White/Blue/Green 218 x 30 mm LDL2-218X30RD2/SW2/BL2 218 x 30 mm LV
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

LDL2-266X30RD/SW/BL/GR 266 x 30 mm LDL2-266X30RD2/SW2/BL2 266 x 30 mm HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
6.
Shortest Bar Light in the series 4
m
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
m m PFBR-600
LDL2-19X4 series 28
m
Use it for installations PFBR-150
in narrow devices or PFB3

LNLP
to save space on your LNSP2

Applications:
Visual inspection of 13 mm Weight manufacturing line. LNSP
extremely small parts, etc. 12 g Narrow spaces inside

devices
As assistance lighting for
other lights
Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
LND2
Differences between conventional products and high-power types Model name HLND
Changes Conventional product High-power type Conventional product High-power type LT
LNV
Peak emitting Red 635 nm / Blue 470 nm Red 634 nm / Blue 467 nm LNDG
Angled
wavelength (Example) (Example)

Lighting
LNIS2
Correlated color LDL2-41X16SW LDL2-41X16SW2
Lenses Oblique
White 6,600 K White 7,800 K LNIS

temperature
LDL2-41X16SW-WD LDL2-41X16SW2-WD LNIS-FN
Power Telecentric Lens
Refer to the Lineup table. (P.63 to 68)
consumption Macro Lens
Spectral
distribution
Refer to the LED properties. (P.68)
Directional
characteristics
Power consumption values are different between the conventional products and high-power type products. Before use, make sure that
the total power consumption of the Light Units is within the output power capacity of the Control Unit. Optional accessories are applicable
to the new products as well as to the conventional products of the same size. For details on the optional accessories that are applicable
to the Light Units with the newly added size, refer to the lineup tables under "Options."
You can inquire Sample Light Unit Free Product Custom Product Pricing/ Discontinued Inquire on our website here.
LDL2 Series CCS LDL2 Search
You can also use
your smartphone
Bar Lights
or cell phone.
For quick access.
Imaging Example: Imaging of Damage in Sheet Metals (Hairline Finishing)
Workpiece Aluminum sheets (hairline finishing)
Before the proposal LED Bar Light

LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA LDL2-74X30RD
After the proposal Proposed the optimal illuminating
LDR-LA1 angle and illuminating direction
SQR
Result Extracts only the damage
SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR Workpiece image LED Bar Light LDL2-74X30RD

LKR
FPR
FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
HPD2
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
LAV
Aluminum sheets Due to reflection from the hairline Surface reflection is reduced and
PDM
LFXV
(hairline finishing) finishing surface, it is difficult to a clear image of the damage can
LFX3 form an image of the damage. be made.
LFX3-PT
LFV3
LFV3-G Imaging Example: Imaging the Appearance of Confectionery Packaging
MSU
MFU Workpiece image LED Ring Light LDL2-119X16SW

PF
HLDR-IP/
HSL-PCL
UV2
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
IR2
IU Due to reflection from the surface, Surface reflection is removed and a

HLV3
Confectionery packaging it is difficult to form an image of the clear image of the appearance can
HLV2 appearance. be made.
LV
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR
Imaging Example: Imaging Engraved Characters on Plastic Surfaces
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
Workpiece image LED Ring Light + Diffusion plate LDL2-80X16RD2 + Diffusion plate
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
PFB3
LNLP
LNSP2
LNSP
Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
It is difficult to observe the When you attach the diffusion plate to the Bar
LND2
Digital video cassettes engraved characters due to Light and illuminate the workpiece, the engraved
HLND
LT uneven illumination. characters are evenly and brightly captured.
LNV
LNDG
Imaging Example: Imaging the Appearance of Connector Pins
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LNIS-FN Workpiece image LDL2-74X30SW2-WD LDL2-74X30SW2-WD + Diffusion plate
Telecentric Lens
Macro Lens
Illumination from the front of the Illumination using a diffusion plate from
Connectors workpiece allows you to observe behind the workpiece allows you to
the surface state of the connector. observe the appearance of the connector.

P.307 P.309 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
Bar Lights
Imaging Example: Imaging the Surface and Appearance of Tiles
Workpiece image LDL2-119X16SW2 (double use) LDL2-119X16SW2 (quadruple use) + bracket
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
HPR2
It is difficult to observe the surface The Bar Lights which are mounted on the
Diffused Lighting
Tiles and appearance of the tiles with a four sides of the bracket illuminate the
LFR
LKR
double use of the Bar Lights due surface and appearance of the tiles, so that FPR
to uneven illumination. they are captured brightly and evenly. FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
Data: Relative Irradiance Graph/Uniformity (Representative Example)

HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
HPD2
LDL2-74X30SW (Narrow type) LDM2
Diffused Lighting
LAV
Relative irradiance graph *1
*2 PDM
(LWD characteristics) Uniformity (Relative irradiance) LFXV
*1 Irradiance on the optical axis LFX3
*2 Illuminating distance from the Light Unit to the workpiece LFX3-PT
100 100
LFV3
90 LFV3-G
80

MSU

Output level (%)
70
60
50
MFU
40 50
30 PF
20
10
0 HLDR-IP/
Conventional products
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200

10 HSL-PCL
LWD (mm)
UV2
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
LDL2-74X30SW-WD (Wide type)
IR2
10 mm 10 mm 10 mm
LWD=50 mm LWD=100 mm LWD=150 mm
100 100
90 IU
80
70 HLV3
Output level (%)
60
HLV2
50
40 50 LV
30
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

20
10 HFS/HFR
0 HLV3-NR
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200
10
LWD (mm) HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
PFB3
LNLP
LNSP2
LDL2-74X30SW2 (Narrow type) LNSP
Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN
(LWD characteristics) *2 Uniformity (Relative irradiance) LN/LN-HK
*1 Irradiance on the optical axis LNSD
*2 Illuminating distance from the Light Unit to the workpiece 10 mm 10 mm 10 mm LND2
100 100
HLND
90
80 LT
70
Output level (%)
LNV
60
LNDG
Angled
50
40
Lighting
50 LNIS2
30
Lenses Oblique
20 LNIS
10 LNIS-FN
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 Telecentric Lens
New products
10
LWD (mm) Macro Lens
LDL2-74X30SW2-WD (Wide type)

100 100
90
80
70
Output level (%)
60
50
40 50
30
20
10
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200
10
LWD (mm)
You can also use
your smartphone
Bar Lights
or cell phone.
For quick access.
Lineup (Standard Products · Conventional Products) “-WD” at the end of the model name: Wide type
Emitting Power Peak wavelength / Extension Recommended

surface size consumption temperature cables Control Units
LDL2-33X8RD*1 Red 24 V / 1.3 W 635 nm

Emitting width: 8 mm
LDR2 LDL2-33X8SW*1 White 6,600 K

Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA Diffusion plate

PD3 CC-ST-1024
LDR-LA1 LDL2-33X8BL*1 Blue 33×8 mm 24 V / 0.8 W 470 nm Polarizing plate
*3
20 g
SQR PSB POD *4
Bracket
SQR-TP *4 Not applicable to the
LDL2-33X8GR*1 Green 525 nm infrared lights.
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
LDL2-33X8IR850*1*2 Infrared 24 V / 1.3 W 850 nm
FPR
FPQ3 LDL2-41X16RD(-WD) Red 635 nm
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB LDL2-41X16SW(-WD) White 6,600 K

HLDL2
41×16 mm 24 V / 1.9 W 50 g
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
LDL2-41X16BL(-WD) Blue 470 nm
HPD2
LDM2 LDL2-41X16GR(-WD) Green 525 nm
Diffused Lighting
LAV
PDM
LDL2-80X16RD(-WD) Red 635 nm

LFXV
LFX3
LFX3-PT
LDL2-80X16SW(-WD) White 6,600 K
LFV3 80×16 mm 24 V / 3.8 W 75 g

LFV3-G LDL2-80X16BL(-WD) Blue 470 nm FCB*5
Straight
Cable
MSU
MFU LDL2-80X16GR(-WD) Green 525 nm FCB-W*6 PD3 CC-ST-1024

2-branch
Cable
PF PSB POD*3
FCB-F
HLDR-IP/ 4-branch
HSL-PCL Cable
UV2 119×16 mm 24 V / 5.7 W 95 g
FRCB
UV Robot
LDL2-119X16BL(-WD) Blue 470 nm Cable
LNSP-UV-FN
*5 The cables
IR2 LDL2-119X16GR(-WD) Green 525 nm with a model
name that ends
with “-ME7”,
IU “-EL2”, “-PF”, or
LDL2-74X30RD(-WD) Red 635 nm “-PF-EL9” are
not included.
HLV3
Diffusion plate *6 The cables
HLV2 LDL2-74X30SW(-WD) White 6,600 K
Polarizing plate
with a model
LV name that ends
74×30 mm 24 V / 5.7 W with “-EL2” are 100 g
LSP
Protective plate
LDL2-74X30BL(-WD) Blue 470 nm not included.
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR Bracket
HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
LDL2-74X30GR(-WD) Green 525 nm
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W LDL2-146X30RD(-WD) Red 635 nm
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
PFB3
146×30 mm 24 V / 12 W 170 g
LNLP
LNSP2
LNSP
Coaxial Units LDL2-146X30GR(-WD) Green 525 nm
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK LDL2-218X30RD(-WD) Red 635 nm
LNSD
LND2
HLND
PD3
LT 218×30 mm 24 V / 18 W 240 g
PSB POD*3
LNV LDL2-218X30BL(-WD) Blue 470 nm
LNDG
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2 LDL2-218X30GR(-WD) Green 525 nm

Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Macro Lens
266×30 mm 24 V / 21 W 280 g
*1 All LEDs of the LDL2-33X8 have wide type directional characteristics.
*2 Please inquire if you want to use in combination with a Strobe Control Unit (overdrive type).

P.307 P.309 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
Bar Lights
Lineup (Standard Products · High-Power Type) “-WD” at the end of the model name: Wide type

LDL2-19X4RD2*1 Red 634 nm Diffusion plate
E.W.: 4 mm
24 V / 1.3 W Polarizing plate

LDL2-19X4SW2*1 White 19×4 mm 7,800 K 12 g
Bracket*
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDL2-19X4BL2* 1
Blue 24 V / 1.1 W 467 nm * We accept custom orders.
PD3 CC-ST-1024 LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
LDL2-33X8RD2*1 Red 24 V / 2.6 W 634 nm PSB POD*2
E.W.: 8 mm
Diffusion plate SQR

SQR-TP
LDL2-33X8SW2*1 White 33×8 mm 24 V / 2.1 W 7,800 K Polarizing plate 20 g
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
Bracket
LDL2-33X8BL2*1 Blue 24 V / 1.5 W 467 nm LFR
LKR
LDL2-41X16RD2(-WD) Red 634 nm FPR
FPQ3
LDL2-41X16SW2(-WD) White 41×16 mm 24 V / 3.8 W 7,800 K 50 g LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
LDL2-41X16BL2(-WD) Blue 467 nm PD3 CC-ST-1024 HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
LDL2-80X16RD2(-WD) Red 634 nm PSB POD*2
LFL
HPD2
LDL2-80X16SW2(-WD) White 80×16 mm 24 V / 7.6 W 7,800 K 75 g
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
Diffusion plate
LDL2-80X16BL2(-WD) Blue 467 nm LAV
Polarizing plate
PDM
Protective plate
LDL2-119X16RD2(-WD) Red 634 nm LFXV
Bracket
LFX3
LDL2-119X16SW2(-WD) White 119×16 mm 24 V / 12 W 7,800 K 95 g LFX3-PT
LFV3
LDL2-119X16BL2(-WD) Blue 467 nm
FCB* 3
PD3 LFV3-G
Straight

Cable MSU

MFU
FCB-W*4
LDL2-158X16SW2(-WD) White 158×16 mm 24 V / 16 W 7,800 K 2-branch 120 g
Cable PF
FCB-F HLDR-IP/
4-branch HSL-PCL
LDL2-26X30RD2(-WD) Red 634 nm Cable
UV2
LDL2-26X30SW2(-WD) White 26×30 mm 24 V / 3.8 W 7,800 K Diffusion plate FRCB 55 g UV
Robot
Polarizing plate Cable LNSP-UV-FN
LDL2-26X30BL2(-WD) Blue 467 nm Protective plate *3 The cables PD3 CC-ST-1024
with a model IR2
Bracket*
LDL2-50X30RD2(-WD) Red 634 nm name that ends PSB POD*2
* We accept custom orders with “-ME7”,
for the brackets that can “-EL2”, “-PF”, or IU
LDL2-50X30SW2(-WD) White 50×30 mm 24 V / 7.6 W 7,800 K install four the Bar Lights. “-PF-EL9” are 80 g
not included. HLV3
LDL2-50X30BL2(-WD) Blue 467 nm *4 The cables HLV2
with a model
name that ends LV
LDL2-74X30RD2(-WD) Red 634 nm with “-EL2” are LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

not included.
HFS/HFR
LDL2-74X30SW2(-WD) White 74×30 mm 24 V / 12 W 7,800 K 100 g
HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
LDL2-98X30RD2(-WD) Red 634 nm HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
LDL2-98X30SW2(-WD) White 98×30 mm 24 V / 16 W 7,800 K 125 g PFBR-150

PFB3
LDL2-98X30BL2(-WD) Blue 467 nm PD3 LNLP
LNSP2
LNSP
Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN
Diffusion plate
LN/LN-HK
LDL2-122X30BL2(-WD) Blue 467 nm Polarizing plate
LNSD
Protective plate LND2
LDL2-146X30RD2(-WD) Red 634 nm
Bracket HLND
LDL2-146X30SW2(-WD) White 146×30 mm 24 V / 23 W 7,800 K 170 g LT
LNV
LDL2-146X30BL2(-WD) Blue 467 nm LNDG
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Macro Lens
PD3 POD*2
*1 All LEDs of the LDL2-19X4 and LDL2-33X8 have wide type directional characteristics.
You can also use
your smartphone
Bar Lights
or cell phone.
For quick access.
Lineup (Special Orders · Conventional Products) “-WD” at the end of the model name: Wide type

LDL2-158 X16RD(-WD) Red 635 nm
LDL2-158 X16SW(-WD) White 6,600 K

158×16 mm 24 V / 7.6 W 120 g
LDR2 LDL2-158 X16BL(-WD) Blue 470 nm
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDL2-158 X16GR(-WD) Green 525 nm PD3 CC-ST-1024
LDR-LA1
SQR LDL2-197X16RD(-WD) Red 635 nm PSB POD*1
SQR-TP LDL2-197X16SW(-WD) White 6,600 K
HPR2 197×16 mm 24 V / 9.5 W 145 g
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR LDL2-197X16GR(-WD) Green 525 nm
FPR
FPQ3
LDL2 LDL2-236X16SW(-WD) White 6,600 K
Lighting
236×16 mm 24 V / 12 W 170 g
Direct
LDLB LDL2-236X16BL(-WD) Blue 470 nm

HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
LFL LDL2-275X16RD(-WD) Red 635 nm
HPD2
LDM2 275×16 mm 24 V / 14 W 195 g
Diffused Lighting
LAV LDL2-275X16BL(-WD) Blue 470 nm

PDM LDL2-275X16GR(-WD) Green 525 nm
LFXV
LFX3 LDL2-314X16RD(-WD) Red 635 nm
LFX3-PT LDL2-314X16SW(-WD) White 6,600 K

LFV3 314×16 mm 24 V / 16 W 220 g
LFV3-G
MSU
MFU LDL2-353X16RD(-WD) Red 635 nm
PF
353×16 mm 24 V / 18 W 245 g
LDL2-353X16BL(-WD) Blue 470 nm FCB*2
HLDR-IP/ Straight
HSL-PCL LDL2-353X16GR(-WD) Green 525 nm Cable PD3
UV2 LDL2-392X16RD(-WD) Red 635 nm FCB-W*3 PSB POD*1
UV 2-branch
LDL2-392X16SW(-WD) White 6,600 K Cable
LNSP-UV-FN 392×16 mm 24 V / 19 W 270 g
LDL2-392X16BL(-WD) Blue 470 nm Please FCB-F
IR2 4-branch
LDL2-392X16GR(-WD) Green 525 nm inquire Cable
IU LDL2-431X16RD(-WD) Red 635 nm for more FRCB

HLV3 LDL2-431X16SW(-WD) White 6,600 K information. Robot
Cable
431×16 mm 24 V / 21 W 295 g
HLV2 LDL2-431X16BL(-WD) Blue 470 nm *2 The cables
LV with a model
LDL2-431X16GR(-WD) Green 525 nm name that ends
LSP
with “-ME7”,
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR LDL2-470X16RD(-WD) Red 635 nm “-EL2”, “-PF”, or

HLV3-NR “-PF-EL9” are
LDL2-470X16SW(-WD) White 6,600 K not included.
HLV3-3M-RGB-4 470×16 mm 24 V / 23 W *3 The cables 320 g
HLV2-NR LDL2-470X16BL(-WD) Blue 470 nm with a model
name that ends
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W LDL2-470X16GR(-WD) Green 525 nm with “-EL2” are
PFBR-600 not included.
PFBR-150
PFB3 LDL2-509X16SW(-WD) White 6,600 K
LNLP 509×16 mm 24 V / 25 W 345 g

LNSP2
LNSP LDL2-509X16GR(-WD) Green 525 nm
Coaxial Units LDL2-26X30RD(-WD) Red 635 nm
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK LDL2-26X30SW(-WD) White 6,600 K
26×30 mm 24 V / 1.9 W 55 g
LNSD LDL2-26X30BL(-WD) Blue 470 nm
LND2
HLND
LT LDL2-50X30RD(-WD) Red 635 nm
LNV

LNDG 50×30 mm 24 V / 3.8 W 80 g
Angled

Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS LDL2-50X30GR(-WD) Green 525 nm PD3 CC-ST-1024

LNIS-FN
LDL2-98X30RD(-WD) Red 635 nm PSB POD*1
Telecentric Lens
Macro Lens LDL2-98X30SW(-WD) White 6,600 K
98×30 mm 24 V / 7.6 W 125 g

122×30 mm 24 V / 9.5 W 150 g

P.307 P.309 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
Bar Lights
Lineup (Special Orders · Conventional Products) “-WD” at the end of the model name: Wide type


170×30 mm 24 V / 14 W 200 g
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDL2-170X30GR(-WD) Green 525 nm LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
LDL2-194X30SW(-WD) White 6,600 K HPR2
Diffused Lighting
194×30 mm 24 V / 16 W 225 g
LFR
LKR
LDL2-194X30GR(-WD) Green 525 nm FPR
FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDL2-242X30SW(-WD) White 6,600 K LDLB
242×30 mm 24 V / 19 W 275 g HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
LDL2-242X30GR(-WD) Green 525 nm LFL
HPD2
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
LDL2-290X30SW(-WD) White 6,600 K PD3 LAV
290×30 mm 24 V / 23 W 325 g PDM
LDL2-290X30BL(-WD) Blue 470 nm PSB POD*1
LFXV
LDL2-290X30GR(-WD) Green 525 nm LFX3
LFX3-PT
LFV3
LDL2-314X30SW(-WD) White 6,600 K LFV3-G
314×30 mm 24 V / 25 W 350 g

MSU

MFU
PF
FCB*2
Straight HLDR-IP/
LDL2-338X30SW(-WD) White 6,600 K Cable
338×30 mm 24 V / 27 W 375 g HSL-PCL
LDL2-338X30BL(-WD) Blue 470 nm FCB-W*3 UV2
2-branch
LDL2-338X30GR(-WD) Green 525 nm UV
Cable
LNSP-UV-FN
Please FCB-F
4-branch IR2
LDL2-362X30SW(-WD) White 6,600 K inquire Cable
362×30 mm 24 V / 29 W 400 g
LDL2-362X30BL(-WD) Blue 470 nm for more FRCB IU
Robot
LDL2-362X30GR(-WD) Green 525 nm information. Cable
HLV3
*2 The cables HLV2
LDL2-386X30RD(-WD) Red 635 nm with a model
LV
name that ends
LDL2-386X30SW(-WD) White 6,600 K with “-ME7”, LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

386×30 mm 24 V / 31 W “-EL2”, “-PF”, or 425 g HFS/HFR
LDL2-386X30BL(-WD) Blue 470 nm “-PF-EL9” are
HLV3-NR
not included.
*3 The cables HLV3-3M-RGB-4
with a model
name that ends HLV2-NR
LDL2-410X30RD(-WD) Red 635 nm with “-EL2” are HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
not included.
LDL2-410X30SW(-WD) White 6,600 K PFBR-600
410×30 mm 24 V / 33 W 450 g PFBR-150
LDL2-410X30BL(-WD) Blue 470 nm PFB3
LDL2-410X30GR(-WD) Green 525 nm LNLP
LNSP2
LDL2-434X30RD(-WD) Red 635 nm LNSP
LDL2-434X30SW(-WD) White 6,600 K Coaxial Units
434×30 mm 24 V / 35 W 475 g LNSP-FN
LDL2-434X30BL(-WD) Blue 470 nm LN/LN-HK
LDL2-434X30GR(-WD) Green 525 nm LNSD
LND2
Red
1
LDL2-458X30RD(-WD) 635 nm PD3 POD* HLND
LT
458×30 mm 24 V / 37 W 500 g LNV
LDL2-458X30BL(-WD) Blue 470 nm LNDG
Angled
Lighting
LDL2-458X30GR(-WD) Green 525 nm LNIS2

Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LDL2-482X30RD(-WD) Red 635 nm LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
482×30 mm 24 V / 38 W 525 g Macro Lens

506×30 mm 24 V / 40 W 550 g
You can also use
your smartphone
Bar Lights
or cell phone.
For quick access.
Lineup (Special Orders · High-Power Type) “-WD” at the end of the model name: Wide type


LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA LDL2-197X16BL2(-WD) Blue 467 nm

LDR-LA1
SQR LDL2-236X16RD2(-WD) Red 634 nm
SQR-TP PD3
HPR2 LDL2-236X16SW2(-WD) White 236×16 mm 24 V / 23 W 7,800 K 170 g
Diffused Lighting
PSB POD*1
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting

Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
LFL LDL2-314X16RD2(-WD) Red 634 nm
HPD2
LDM2 LDL2-314X16SW2(-WD) White 314×16 mm 24 V / 31 W 7,800 K 220 g
Diffused Lighting
LAV
PDM LDL2-314X16BL2(-WD) Blue 467 nm
LFXV
LFX3 LDL2-353X16RD2(-WD) Red 634 nm
LFX3-PT
LFV3 LDL2-353X16SW2(-WD) White 353×16 mm 24 V / 35 W 7,800 K 245 g
LFV3-G
MSU
MFU LDL2-392X16RD2(-WD) Red 634 nm
PF
LDL2-392X16SW2(-WD) White 392×16 mm 24 V / 38 W 7,800 K PD3 POD*1 270 g
FCB*2
HLDR-IP/
HSL-PCL LDL2-392X16BL2(-WD) Blue 467 nm Straight
Cable
UV2
LDL2-431X16RD2(-WD) Red 634 nm FCB-W*3
UV 2-branch
Cable
LNSP-UV-FN LDL2-431X16SW2(-WD) White 431×16 mm 24 V / 42 W 7,800 K 295 g
IR2 Please FCB-F
inquire
4-branch
Cable
IU
LDL2-470X16RD2(-WD) Red 634 nm for more FRCB
HLV3 information. Robot
Cable
HLV2
*2 The cables
LV with a model
LSP
LDL2-470X16BL2(-WD) Blue 467 nm name that ends
Spot Lighting, Etc.
with “-ME7”,
HFS/HFR “-EL2”, “-PF”, or
“-PF-EL9” are
HLV3-NR
not included. PD3-10024-8
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
LDL2-509X16SW2(-WD) White 509×16 mm 24 V / 50 W 7,800 K *3 The cables 345 g
HLV2-NR with a model POD*1
name that ends
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W LDL2-509X16BL2(-WD) Blue 467 nm with “-EL2” are
PFBR-600 not included.
PFBR-150 LDL2-170X30RD2(-WD) Red 634 nm
PFB3 PD3
LNLP LDL2-170X30SW2(-WD) White 170×30 mm 24 V / 27 W 7,800 K 200 g
LNSP2 PSB POD*1

LNSP LDL2-170X30BL2(-WD) Blue 467 nm
Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN LDL2-194X30RD2(-WD) Red 634 nm
LN/LN-HK
LNSD LDL2-194X30SW2(-WD) White 194×30 mm 24 V / 31 W 7,800 K 225 g
LND2
HLND
LT
LNV
LNDG
Angled
LDL2-242X30SW2(-WD) White 242×30 mm 24 V / 38 W 7,800 K PD3 POD*1 275 g

Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS LDL2-242X30BL2(-WD) Blue 467 nm

LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens LDL2-290X30RD2(-WD) Red 634 nm
Macro Lens

PD3-10024-8
POD*1

P.307 P.309 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
Bar Lights
Lineup (Special Orders · High-Power Type) “-WD” at the end of the model name: Wide type
LED Emitting Power Peak wavelength / Extension Recommended

Model name correlated color Options Weight
color surface size consumption temperature cables Control Units
LDL2-338X30RD2(-WD) Red 634 nm FCB*3
Straight Cable
PD3-10024-8
LDL2-338X30SW2(-WD) White 338×30 mm 24 V / 53 W 7,800 K FCB-W*4 375 g
2-branch Cable
POD*2 LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDL2-338X30BL2(-WD) Blue 467 nm FCB-F LDR2-LA
4-branch Cable
LDR-LA1
LDL2-362X30RD2(-WD) Red 634 nm FRCB
SQR
Robot Cable
*3 The cables with a
PD3-10024-8 SQR-TP
LDL2-362X30SW2(-WD) White 362×30 mm 24 V / 57 W 7,800 K model name that ends 400 g
HPR2
POD-22024-4-PEI*2
Diffused Lighting
with “-ME7”, “-EL2”,
“-PF”, or “-PF-EL9” are LFR
LDL2-362X30BL2(-WD) Blue 467 nm not included.
LKR
*4 The cables with a
FPR
LDL2-386X30RD2(-WD)*1 Red 634 nm model name that ends
with “-EL2” are not FPQ3
included.
LDL2-386X30SW2(-WD)*1 White 386×30 mm 24 V / 61 W 7,800 K 425 g LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
LDL2-386X30BL2(-WD)* 1
Blue 467 nm HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
LDL2-410X30RD2(-WD)* 1
Red 634 nm LFL
HPD2
LDL2-410X30SW2(-WD)*1 White 410×30 mm 24 V / 65 W 7,800 K 450 g LDM2
Diffused Lighting
Please LAV
LDL2-410X30BL2(-WD)*1 Blue 467 nm
inquire PDM
LDL2-434X30RD2(-WD)*1 Red 634 nm for more LFXV

LFX3
information.
LDL2-434X30SW2(-WD)*1 White 434×30 mm 24 V / 69 W 7,800 K 475 g LFX3-PT
FCB-EL2 LFV3
Straight PD3-10024-8
LDL2-434X30BL2(-WD)* 1
Blue 467 nm Cable
LFV3-G

POD-22024-4-PEI*2 MSU

LDL2-458X30RD2(-WD)* 1
Red 634 nm FCB-W-EL2 MFU
2-branch PSB4-30024-PEI
Cable
LDL2-458X30SW2(-WD)*1 White 458×30 mm 24 V / 72 W 7,800 K 500 g PF
LDL2-458X30BL2(-WD)*1 Blue 467 nm HLDR-IP/

HSL-PCL
LDL2-482X30RD2(-WD)* 1
Red 634 nm UV2
UV
LDL2-482X30SW2(-WD)*1 White 482×30 mm 24 V / 76 W 7,800 K 525 g
LNSP-UV-FN
LDL2-482X30BL2(-WD)*1 Blue 467 nm IR2
LDL2-506X30RD2(-WD)* 1
Red 634 nm
IU
LDL2-506X30SW2(-WD)*1 White 506×30 mm 24 V / 80 W 7,800 K 550 g HLV3

HLV2
LDL2-506X30BL2(-WD)*1 Blue 467 nm LV
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

Extension Cables P.365 Control Unit Selection Guide P.307 List of Control Unit Specifications P.309 HFS/HFR
*1 These Light Units have an EL connector (ELP-02V, 1: +Brown, 2: -Blue). Use the Control Unit that has EL connectors. HLV3-NR
*2 For information on the combination of Light Units and POD-series Control Unit, please refer to our website. https://www.ccs-grp.com/lnk/qr/pod HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
LED Properties PFBR-600
PFBR-150
PFB3
Conventional products High-power type
LNLP
100 100
Green 525 nm Infrared 850 nm LNSP2
80 Red 635 nm 80 Red 634 nm
Relative radiant
Relative radiant
Blue 470 nm Blue 467 nm LNSP

intensity (%)
intensity (%)
60 60
40 40 Coaxial Units
Spectral White 6,600 K White 7,800 K
20 20 LNSP-FN
distribution 0 0
350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 LN/LN-HK
Wavelength (nm) Wavelength (nm) LNSD
CCS offers you the most suitable lens filter for each wavelength. For details about the lens filter, refer to, refer to P.355. LND2
HLND
Red LED narrow type Red LED wide type (End of the model name: -WD) Red LED narrow type Red LED wide type (End of the model name: -WD)
-30° -20°-10° 0° +10°+20° +30° -30° -20°-10° 0° +10° +20° +30° -30° -20°-10° 0° +10°+20° +30° -30° -20°-10° 0° +10° +20° +30°
LT
-40° +40° -40° +40° -40° +40° -40° +40°
80 80 80 80 LNV
Relative radiant
Relative radiant
Relative radiant
Relative radiant
intensity (%)
intensity (%)
intensity (%)
intensity (%)
-50° +50° -50° +50°

LNDG
Angled
60 60 -50° +50° -50° +50°

60 60
-60° +60° -60° +60° -60° +60° -60° +60°
Lighting
-70°
40
+70° -70°
40
+70° -70°
40
+70° -70°
40
+70°
LNIS2
20 20
Lenses Oblique
20 20
-80° +80° -80° +80° -80° +80° -80° +80° LNIS
-90° +90° -90° +90° -90° +90° -90° +90°
0 0 0 0
LNIS-FN
White LED narrow type White LED wide type (End of the model name: -WD) White LED narrow type White LED wide type (End of the model name: -WD)
-30° -20°-10° +10°+20° +30° -30° -20°-10° 0° +10° +20° +30° -30° -20°-10° 0° +10°+20° +30° -30° -20°-10° 0° +10° +20° +30°
Telecentric Lens
Directional -40°
80
+40° -40°
80
+40° -40°
80
+40° -40°
80
+40°
Macro Lens
Relative radiant
Relative radiant
characteristics
Relative radiant
Relative radiant
intensity (%)
intensity (%)
intensity (%)
intensity (%)
-50° +50° -50° +50° -50° +50° -50° +50°

60 60 60 60
(Typical -60°
40
+60° -60°
-70°
40
+60°
+70°
-60°
40
+60° -60°
40
+60°
-70° +70° -70° +70° -70° +70°
examples) -80°
20
+80° -80°
20
+80° -80°
20
+80° -80°
20
+80°
-90° +90° -90° +90° -90° +90° -90° +90°
0 0 0 0
Blue LED narrow type Blue LED wide type (End of the model name: -WD) Blue LED narrow type Blue LED wide type (End of the model name: -WD)
-30° -20°-10° +10°+20° +30° -30° -20°-10° 0° +10° +20° +30° -30° -20°-10° 0° +10°+20° +30° -30° -20°-10° 0° +10° +20° +30°
-40° +40° -40° +40° -40° +40° -40° +40°
80 80 80 80
Relative radiant
Relative radiant
Relative radiant
Relative radiant
intensity (%)
intensity (%)
intensity (%)
intensity (%)
-50° +50° -50° +50° -50° +50° -50° +50°

60 60 60 60
-60° +60° -60° +60° -60° +60° -60° +60°
40 40 40 40
-70° +70° -70° +70° -70° +70° -70° +70°
20 20 20 20
-80° +80° -80° +80° -80° +80° -80° +80°
-90° +90° -90° +90° -90° +90° -90° +90°
0 0 0 0
Be sure to read the "Instruction Guide" included with the product before use and observe cautionary information.
You can also use
your smartphone
Bar Lights
or cell phone.
For quick access.
Options
Can prevent glare, Use with a polarizing

which is a problem filter to remove
when making images the light’s surface
of glossy workpieces. reflection.
LDR2
Diffusion plate Polarizing plate
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1 Applicable Light Unit Applicable Light Unit Applicable Light Unit
SQR Model name (Conventional product / High-power type) Model name (Conventional product / High-power type) Model name (Conventional product / High-power type)
(Common for all colors) (Common for all colors) (Common for all colors)
SQR-TP
DF-LDL2-19X4 LDL2-19X4 PL-LDL2-19X4-HO PL-LDL2-26X30
HPR2 LDL2-19X4 LDL2-26X30 (-WD)
Diffused Lighting
DF-LDL2-33X8 LDL2-33X8 PL-LDL2-19X4-VE PL-LDL2-26X30-VE

LFR
LKR DF-LDL2-41X16 LDL2-41X16 (-WD) PL-LDL2-33X8-HO PL-LDL2-50X30
LDL2-33X8 LDL2-50X30 (-WD)
FPR DF-LDL2-80X16 LDL2-80X16 (-WD) PL-LDL2-33X8-VE PL-LDL2-50X30-VE
FPQ3 DF-LDL2-119X16 LDL2-119X16 (-WD) PL-LDL2-41X16 PL-LDL2-74X30
LDL2 LDL2-41X16 (-WD) LDL2-74X30 (-WD)
Lighting
DF-LDL2-158X16 LDL2-158X16 (-WD) PL-LDL2-41X16-VE PL-LDL2-74X30-VE

Direct
LDLB
DF-LDL2-26X30 LDL2-26X30 (-WD) PL-LDL2-80X16 PL-LDL2-98X30
HLDL2 LDL2-80X16 (-WD) LDL2-98X30 (-WD)
TH2 (5 types)
LFL DF-LDL2-74X30 LDL2-74X30 (-WD) PL-LDL2-119X16 PL-LDL2-122X30
LDL2-119X16 (-WD) LDL2-122X30 (-WD)
HPD2 DF-LDL2-98X30 LDL2-98X30 (-WD) PL-LDL2-119X16-VE PL-LDL2-122X30-VE
LDM2 DF-LDL2-122X30 LDL2-122X30 (-WD)
Diffused Lighting
PL-LDL2-158X16 PL-LDL2-146X30
LAV LDL2-158X16 (-WD) LDL2-146X30 (-WD)
PDM
DF-LDL2-218X30 LDL2-218X30 (-WD) PL-LDL2-218X30
LFXV P.360 LDL2-218X30 (-WD)
LFX3 DF-LDL2-266X30 LDL2-266X30 (-WD) PL-LDL2-218X30-VE
There are two kinds of polarizing plates: the HO and the VE.
LFX3-PT For details, refer to P. 360. PL-LDL2-266X30
LFV3 P.359 LDL2-266X30 (-WD)
PL-LDL2-266X30-VE
LFV3-G
MSU
MFU
Protects the emitting You can freely adjust the You can freely adjust the
PF
part of the Light Unit. illuminating angle when affixing illuminating angle when affixing
the Bar Light. Various kinds the Bar Light. Various kinds
HLDR-IP/
HSL-PCL Not intended to protect of illumination are possible of illumination are possible
UV2 against dust or water. depending on the affixing depending on the affixing
UV method, such as illumination method, such as illumination
Protective plate Bracket from two or four directions. Bracket from two or four directions.
LNSP-UV-FN
Applicable Light Unit
IR2 Model name (Conventional product / High-power type)
Model name Note (Conventional product / High-power type) Model name Note (Conventional product / High-power type)
(Common for all colors)
Angle adjustment bracket common Bracket that can install
CV-LDL2-41X16 LDL2-41X16 (-WD) BK-LDL2 BK-LDQ2-33X8
IU for the LDL2 series (x2) four of the Bar Lights.
CV-LDL2-80X16 LDL2-80X16 (-WD) Not applicable for the LDL2-19X4 and LDL2-33X8 series.
HLV3 P.363
CV-LDL2-119X16 LDL2-119X16 (-WD) P.363
HLV2
LV CV-LDL2-158X16 LDL2-158X16 (-WD)
LSP CV-LDL2-26X30 LDL2-26X30 (-WD)
We accept custom orders for the brackets that are
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR CV-LDL2-50X30 LDL2-50X30 (-WD)

Usage example of the BK-LDL2 applicable for the following products.
HLV3-NR
CV-LDL2-74X30 LDL2-74X30 (-WD) Contact your CCS sales representative for details.
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
CV-LDL2-98X30 LDL2-98X30 (-WD)
HLV2-NR Applicable Light Unit
BK-LDQ2
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W CV-LDL2-122X30 LDL2-122X30 (-WD) (High-power type)
PFBR-600 CV-LDL2-146X30 LDL2-146X30 (-WD) LDL2-19X4

Bracket that can
PFBR-150 LDL2-26X30 install four Bar Lights.
CV-LDL2-218X30 LDL2-218X30 (-WD)
(Custom orders)
PFB3 LDL2-50X30
CV-LDL2-266X30 LDL2-266X30 (-WD)
LNLP
LNSP2 Not applicable for the LDL2-19X4 and LDL2-33X8 series.

Adjustable illuminating angle between 0 to 90°
LNSP P.362
Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN
You can freely adjust the
LN/LN-HK
illuminating angle when affixing
LNSD
the Bar Light. Various kinds
LND2
of illumination are possible
HLND
depending on the affixing
LT
method, such as illumination
LNV
Bracket from two or four directions.
LNDG
Angled
Model name
Lighting
LNIS2 Note (Conventional product / High-power type)

Optional accessories for the high-power type Light Units
Lenses Oblique
LNIS BK-LDQ2-41X16
LNIS-FN
BK-LDQ2-80X16 Optional accessories are applicable to the high-power type products as well
Telecentric Lens
Macro Lens
BK-LDQ2-119X16 as to the conventional products of the same size.
BK-LDQ2-158X16
For details on the optional accessories that are applicable to the Light Units
BK-LDQ2-74X30 Bracket that can install
BK-LDQ2-98X30 four of the Bar Lights. of the newly added size, refer to the tables under "Options."
BK-LDQ2-122X30
BK-LDQ2-146X30
BK-LDQ2-218X30
BK-LDQ2-266X30
P.363

P.307 P.309 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
Bar Lights
Dimensions (mm)
LDL2-33X8 Standard products (Conventional products / High-power type) LDL2-19X4 Standard products (High-power type)
8 (Emitting surface) Common for all colors Common for all colors
28
(Emitting surface)
44
M2x4 33 (Emitting surface) M2x4 4.5 19 (Emitting surface)

5 5.5
5 (For installation) LDR2
(For installation)
Direct Lighting
4
LDR2-LA
6.4
10.4
LDR-LA1
5.2
2 40 2 24 2xM2 SQR
5.2
1.2
3.2
2xM2
1.2
(For installing options) (For installing options) SQR-TP

HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
13
13
6
LKR
6
FPR
FPQ3
300 LDL2
Lighting
Direct
6 16 LDLB
12 20 HLDL2
3.2
TH2 (5 types)
5.2
2xM3x4 LFL
2xM3x4 (For installation) HPD2
(For installation) LDM2
Diffused Lighting
LAV
LDL2-nnnX16 Standard products (Conventional products / High-power type) Standard products PDM
(Conventional products / High-power type)
Special orders (Conventional products / High-power type) LFXV
nnn=B (Emitting surface) Common for all colors Applicable Light Unit A B LFX3
LDL2-41X16 (-WD) 53 41 LFX3-PT
A
(Emitting surface)
LFV3
LDL2-80X16 (-WD) 92 80
LFV3-G
5 9 LDL2-119X16 (-WD) 131 119
6 B (Emitting surface)

MSU

2×2xM3x5 LDL2-158X16 (-WD) 170 158
16
MFU
(For installation)
Special orders
(Conventional products / High-power type) PF
20
A
10
Applicable Light Unit A B

HLDR-IP/
2
3 x Slots for M3 nuts LDL2-197X16 (-WD) 209 197 HSL-PCL
LDL2-236X16 (-WD) 248 236 UV2

300 UV
10 LDL2-275X16 (-WD) 287 275
LNSP-UV-FN
16 Detail diagram A LDL2-314X16 (-WD) 326 314
IR2
2.5
4.7
LDL2-353X16 (-WD) 365 353

20
LDL2-392X16 (-WD) 404 392 IU

LDL2-431X16 (-WD) 443 431
1.2
3.5 HLV3
LDL2-470X16 (-WD) 482 470 HLV2
The wide type (-WD) is the same size. 5.5
LDL2-509X16 (-WD) 521 509 LV
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

HFS/HFR
Standard products HLV3-NR
LDL2-nnnX30 Standard products (Conventional products / High-power type) (Conventional products / High-power type) HLV3-3M-RGB-4
Special orders (Conventional products / High-power type) Applicable Light Unit A B HLV2-NR
LDL2-26X30 (-WD) HLV2-3M-RGB-3W

nnn=B (Emitting surface) Common for all colors 38 26
A PFBR-600
LDL2-50X30 (-WD) 62 50
PFBR-150
LDL2-74X30 (-WD) 86 74 PFB3
30 (Emitting surface)
6 B (Emitting surface)
5 9
LDL2-98X30 (-WD) 110 98 LNLP
2×4xM3x5
LDL2-122X30 (-WD) 134 122 LNSP2
(For installation) LNSP
LDL2-146X30 (-WD) 158 146
Coaxial Units
7
34
LDL2-218X30 (-WD) 230 218

7
LNSP-FN
17
LDL2-266X30 (-WD) 278 266 LN/LN-HK

LNSD
(10)
2
Special orders
A (Conventional products / High-power type) LND2
5 x Slots for M3 nuts HLND
Applicable Light Unit A B
10 LT
LDL2-170X30 (-WD) 182 170
16 LNV
LDL2-194X30 (-WD) 206 194 LNDG
Angled
20
Lighting
LDL2-242X30 (-WD) 254 242 LNIS2

Lenses Oblique
LDL2-290X30 (-WD) 302 290 LNIS

Detail diagram A LNIS-FN
LDL2-314X30 (-WD) 326 314
2.5
4.7
Telecentric Lens
LDL2-338X30 (-WD) 350 338 Macro Lens
LDL2-362X30 (-WD) 374 362
1.2
The wide type (-WD) is the same size. 3.5 LDL2-386X30 (-WD)*1 398 386
5.5 LDL2-410X30 (-WD)*1 422 410

LDL2-434X30 (-WD)*1 446 434
*1 For the conventional products: SM connector
LDL2-458X30 (-WD)*1 470 458
(SMR-03V-B, 1: +Brown, 2: NC, 3: -Blue )
For the high-power type: EL connector LDL2-482X30 (-WD)*1 494 482
(ELP-02V, 1: +Brown, 2: -Blue).
LDL2-506X30 (-WD)*1 518 506
Use the Control Unit which has EL connectors.
Direct Lighting
Bar Lights
You can also use
CCS LDLB Search your smartphone
Bar Lights
or cell phone.
For quick access.
LDLB Series
Bar Light with built-in Controller
and lineup with waterproof types
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1 Overdrive
SQR
SQR-TP Specifications
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR LDLB-300SW-N IP67 compliant
FPR
FPQ3 LDLB-IP-300SW-N
LDL2 (waterproof type)
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
HPD2 LDLB-300RD-N
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
LAV LDLB-IP-300RD-N
PDM (waterproof type)
LFXV
LFX3 Light source for robotic picking, visual inspection for beverage packages, mixed models inspection for various parts,
inspection for missing mounted parts, visual inspection for large workpieces, etc.
LFV3
LFV3-G
MSU
Overdrive Can Illuminate Even 3 m Away Can Be Connected in a Daisy-Chain

MFU
PF
Just one Light Unit provides both constant lighting and • Connect up to three units
HLDR-IP/ overdrive lighting.
HSL-PCL
• Centrally control the chain externally
UV2
LED Light Unit from another company LDLB-series Light Unit
UV
• Allows for illumination with a high degree of freedom
Constant lighting
Overdrive lighting
LNSP-UV-FN
IR2
o l
IU
l c o n tr
C e n tr a
HLV3 1m Expand the size by
HLV2 linking three units
LV
LSP • 24 VDC input
Spot Lighting, Etc.
• External signal input

HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR Can illuminate
HLV3-3M-RGB-4 2 m away Example connection 1 Example connection 2
HLV2-NR 2m Simultaneous illumination with 2 units Simultaneous illumination
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600 Plus with 3 units
PFBR-150 Overdrive can
PFB3 illuminate even
3 m away
3m
LNLP
LNSP2 Comparison with light intensity of 100% in constant

LNSP lighting mode
Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK Built-In Controller, 24 VDC Input For robot picking
LNSD
LND2 The Controller is built-in, so you don't need a Control Unit for (Conceptual image)
HLND
light control. You can set intensity values and switch modes by
LT
LNV
panel operations.
LNDG Example Configuration
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
Bar Light with built-in LDLB series
LNIS-FN
Operating panel Input connector
Telecentric Lens
Light intensity setting
(24 VDC/External signal) Controller. Allows
Macro Lens
+: Increases the light intensity. for long-distance Camera
-: Decreases the light intensity.

illumination perfect LEDs
You can set the light intensity to any of 100 levels.
or for large workpieces.
Constant lighting Overdrive mode
Mode switching
mode Switch to overdrive
for even brighter
illumination. Workpiece
Hold down two buttons to change the operating mode

between constant lighting and overdrive lighting.

Examples of Custom Examples of
Ordered Products Application
P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
▼
▼
Bar Lights
Applications
Inspections in automotive industry Inspections in packaging industry
Surfaces of transmission Bottle cap appearance and tightening

parts
• Oil pump rotors LDR2
Direct Lighting
• Gears LDR2-LA
• Shafts and others LDR-LA1
SQR
LDLB-SW
SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
Camera LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
Presence of engine parts Workpiece: Bottle cap LFL
• Mounting screws for head covers HPD2
• Oil caps LDM2
Diffused Lighting
• Oil filters and others LAV
Inspections in foodstuff industry PDM
LFXV
Size of fruit LFX3
LFX3-PT
LFV3
Positions of holes LDLB-RD LFV3-G
on door parts (2 Units)

MSU

Camera MFU
• Mounting holes for door locks
• Mounting holes for door knobs PF
• Mounting holes for side mirrors and others
HLDR-IP/
HSL-PCL
UV2
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
IR2
Workpiece:
Grapefruit IU
HLV3
HLV2
LV
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

HFS/HFR
Data: Relative Irradiance Graph and Uniformity (Representative Example) HLV3-NR

HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
LDLB-300RD-N (Red) PFBR-600
*1
Relative irradiance graph PFBR-150
PFB3
(LWD characteristics)
*2
Uniformity (Relative irradiance)
LNLP
*1 Irradiance on the optical axis LNSP2

*2 Illuminating distance from the Light Unit to the workpiece LNSP
100 mm LWD=1,000 mm 100 mm 100 mm
LWD=500 mm LWD=2,000 mm
100 100 Coaxial Units
90
LNSP-FN
80
Output level (%)
70 LN/LN-HK
60
LNSD
50 50
40 LND2
30
HLND
20
10 10 LT
0 LNV
0 250 500 750 1,000 1,250 1,500 1,750 2,000
LNDG
Angled
LWD (mm)
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LDLB-300SW-N (White) LNIS-FN

Telecentric Lens
100 mm LWD=1,000 mm 100 mm 100 mm Macro Lens
LWD=500 mm LWD=2,000 mm
100 100
90
80
Output level (%)
70
60
50 50
40
30
20
10 10
0
0 250 500 750 1,000 1,250 1,500 1,750 2,000
LWD (mm)
LDLB Series CCS LDLB Search
You can also use
your smartphone
Bar Lights
or cell phone.
For quick access.
System Configuration Example

Example: Daisy-chaining three Light Units
Power (24 VDC)

supply LDLB series
LDR2
You can adjust the Externa
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
light intensity with a equipment
LDR-LA1 (External control)
half fixed variable such as a PLC Input cable Linking cables x2
SQR (FECB-n-M12-5F) (FECB-0.6-M12-5M-5F)
resistor.
SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
Connection Example Refer to the Instruction Guide for details.
FPQ3
LDL2
External control of light intensity
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2 External Circuit LDLB Light Unit Setting the Light Intensity with an Analog Input
99
TH2 (5 types)
24 VDC
LFL 79
Light intensity
HPD2 59
Pin 5
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
Variable power supply* 40

(0 to 10 VDC)
LAV
20
PDM * You can adjust the light intensity
LFXV with a variable power supply or a Pin 3 0 2 4 6 8 10
variable resistor. Voltage (V) between Pins 5 and 3
LFX3
LFX3-PT
LFV3
ON/OFF Inputs With these Light Units, you can use a sink type input (NPN) or a source type input (PNP).
LFV3-G
MSU
Pin 4 Open Pin 4 High Voltage Pin 2 Open Pin 2 Low Voltage
MFU
External Circuit LDLB Light Unit External Circuit LDLB Light Unit External Circuit LDLB Light Unit External Circuit LDLB Light Unit
PF
Pin 4 Pin 4 Transistor (PNP) Transistor (PNP)
open collector open collector
Pin 4 Pin 4
HLDR-IP/ 24 VDC
HSL-PCL
5 VDC 5 VDC 24 VDC 5 VDC 24 VDC 5 VDC
UV2
Transistor (NPN) Transistor (NPN)
UV open collector open collector
Pin 2 Pin 2 Pin 2 Pin 2
LNSP-UV-FN
Pin 3 Pin 3 Pin 3 Pin 3
IR2
IU
Logic Table Logic Table
HLV3 Logic switching Pin 4 Open High voltage Logic switching Pin 2 Open Low voltage
Signal input Pin 2 (NPN) Open Low voltage Open Low voltage Signal input Pin 4 (PNP) Open High voltage Open High voltage
HLV2
Operating Constant Lighting Mode Lit. Not lit. Not lit. Lit. Operating Constant Lighting Mode Lit. Not lit. Not lit. Lit.
LV mode mode
Overdrive Mode Not lit. Lit. Lit. Not lit. Overdrive Mode Not lit. Lit. Lit. Not lit.
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR Refer to the following table for the low and high voltages. Refer to the following table for the low and high voltages.
HLV3-NR Pin Signal input status Range Pin Signal input status Range
Pin 2 (NPN) Low voltage 0 to 1.1 VDC Pin 2 Low voltage 0 to 1.1 VDC
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
Pin 4 High voltage 20.7 to 26.4 VDC Pin 4 (PNP) High voltage 20.7 to 26.4 VDC
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
PFB3
Lineup
LNLP
LNSP2 Protective LED Power Input voltage Input voltage Peak wavelength / Input/output Optional
Model name color correlated color Weight
LNSP structure consumption (rated) (range) temperature connectors cables
Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN LDLB-300RD-N Red 24 W 630 nm
— FECB-M12-5F
LN/LN-HK Input Cable
LDLB-300SW-N White 31 W 6,100 K
LNSD 22.8 to 26.4 M12
24 VDC 500 g
VDC connector
LND2 LDLB-IP-300RD-N Red 24 W 630 nm
IP67 compliant FECB-0.6-M12-5F
HLND (JIS C 0920) Link Cable
LT LDLB-IP-300SW-N White 31 W 6,100 K
LNV
LNDG Optional Cables P.74
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LNIS-FN Common Specifications
Telecentric Lens
Macro Lens 100
80
Relative radiant
White 6,100 K
intensity (%)
60
Red 630 nm lens filter for each wavelength.
Spectral 40
20 For details about the lens filter,
distribution
0
350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 refer to P.355.
Wavelength (nm)
Be sure to read the “Instruction Guide” included with the product before use and follow the safety precautions upon use.

P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
▼
▼
Bar Lights
Dimensions (mm)
Top view 5 Pin
No. Signal
4 3 1 24 VDC
ON/OFF input
2 (NPN)
1 2 3 COMMON GND
Operating panel Output connector Input connector 4 ON/OFF input
(PNP)
Analog input LDR2
5
Direct Lighting
(0 to 10 V) LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
Side view Bottom view Sealing Cap: PROT-M12 (PHOENIX CONTACT) SQR
(For LDLB-IP Series) SQR-TP
320
32 HPR2
Diffused Lighting
10 300 (Emitting surface) LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ3
54
70
63
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
3.5
11
3.5 313
8
8 (0.6) LFL
HPD2
Rear view 4 x Ø4.5
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
(For installation)
8 304 LAV
PDM
LFXV
LFX3
LFX3-PT
LFV3
LFV3-G
Optional Cables

MSU

MFU
(mm)
Input cable (n=1, 2, 3, 5) PF
Model name Length Weight 44 n x 1000 50 HLDR-IP/

FECB-1-M12-5F 1m 55 g HSL-PCL
FECB-2-M12-5F 2m 90 g UV2
Ø14.8
FECB-3-M12-5F 3m 130 g UV
(Ø5.1)
FECB-5-M12-5F 5m 210 g (Flying leads) LNSP-UV-FN

This cable supplies power to the Light Unit and Cable permitted bending radius: 25.5 mm
IR2
inputs signals for light intensity control or to
turn the light ON and OFF.
IU
44 600 46.8
Link cable HLV3
HLV2
Ø14.8
Ø14.8
Model name Length Weight LV
LSP
(Ø5.1)
FECB-0.6-M12-5M-5F 0.6 m 50 g
Spot Lighting, Etc.

Cable permitted bending radius: 25.5 mm HFS/HFR
This cable is used to daisy-chain Light Units.
HLV3-NR
The above cable permitted bending radii are reference values. Actual values may vary.
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
Maximum Length of Optional Cables PFBR-600
PFBR-150
PFB3
Number of Light Units connected in
LNLP
Constant Lighting Mode

LNSP2
1 2 3 1 The table gives the maximum length of the Input Cable.
LNSP
10 m 7m 4.5 m
Coaxial Units
Number of
Number of Light Units connected LNSP-FN
Light Units
in Overdrive Mode LN/LN-HK
1 2 3 LNSD
2 or 3 The table gives the maximum total length of the Input Cable and Link Cables.
LND2
Cannot be
3m 1m HLND
used.
LT
LNV
The wire diameter is AWG 22 for the optional cables.
LNDG
Angled
If the maximum length given above is exceeded, shorten the Input Cable or contact CCS. For details, refer to the "Instruction Guide".
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Cautionary Information regarding Waterproofing Note Telecentric Lens

Macro Lens
• Handle the Light Unit and connectors with care. Do not deform or damage the connectors. "IP67" indicates the level of protection against
• Connect the cables correctly to the Light Units.
foreign material entering electrical instruments
• Connect a Sealing Cap to any output connectors to which a cable is not
connected to maintain water resistance. The Sealing Cap is connected to the The 1st numeral “6” indicates the following level of protection:
output connector when the Light Unit is shipped.
• No dust inside the instrument. (dustproof)
• If the Light Unit is not used for a long period of time with the cable disconnected,
attach the Cap to the connector. The 2nd numeral “7” indicates the following level of protection:
• After cleaning manufacturing lines, be sure to wipe away any moisture remaining on • No damage when submerged in water at the rated pressure for the rated
the emitting surface. Imaging can be affected by moisture on the emitting surface. time. (watertight type)
• Use water to wash away any cleaning agent adhered to this product. • Can be submerged in water to a depth of 1 m (for instruments with a
• Use water to wash away any oils or chemicals adhered to this product. height of less than 850 mm) for 30 minutes.
Direct Lighting
Bar Lights
You can also use
CCS HLDL2 Search your smartphone
Bar Lights
or cell phone.
For quick access.
HLDL2 Series
Provides direct light perfect for large workpieces
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR Wide Type Narrow Type Narrow Type
FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Narrow Type
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types) Wide Type
LFL
HPD2
Wide Type
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
LAV HLDL2-RD (Red) HLDL2-SW (White) HLDL2-IR (Infrared)

PDM
LFXV
LFX3 Light source for robotic picking, inspection for parts identification, inspection for missing parts, visual inspection for large
workpieces, measuring stamp dimensions for press products, etc.
LFV3
LFV3-G
MSU
MFU
Bar Lights That Are Perfect for Large Workpieces Allows for Long-Distance Illumination for 2,000 mm
PF
HLDR-IP/
By using lenses, we provide the narrow type, which allows The narrow type, which allows for long-distance
HSL-PCL for convergent illumination, and the wide type, which uses illumination, can illuminate even 2,000 mm away.
UV2 diffused illumination over a wide area. We also provide the wide type, which uses diffused
UV
illumination over a wide area.
LNSP-UV-FN Emitting surface length
Image of the illumination of the HLDL2-450X45RD-DF-N
IR2 From 150 mm to 1,200 mm Can be made in units of 150 mm (Narrow type)
IU LED color Graph of correlated irradiance by type (Red)
HLV3 For emitted LED color, we have a lineup consisting of:
HLV2 100
Red, White, and Infrared
Correlated irradiance (%)
LV 80
LSP We support a wide range, from visible light to infrared, depending
Spot Lighting, Etc.
60
HFS/HFR
on the contents of the inspection.
HLV3-NR 500 mm 40
HLV3-3M-RGB-4 Selectable directional characteristics 20
HLV2-NR
Narrow Type Wide Type 0
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W Relative radiant Relative radiant
0 500 1,000 1,500 2,000 (mm)
PFBR-600 intensity distribution intensity distribution
100 (%) 100 (%) 1,000 mm
PFBR-150 Narrow Type Wide Type
PFB3 80 80
LNLP
Narrow Type: HLDL2-450X45RD-DF-N

60 60
LNSP2 Wide Type: HLDL2-450X45RD-DF-W
LNSP 40 40
Coaxial Units Measuring distance
LNSP-FN 20 20 2,000 mm
LN/LN-HK Light Unit Measurement of
0 0
LNSD irradiance
-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 -60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60
LND2 Degrees (°) Degrees (°) The illumination is a conceptual image. Measurement conditions: Intensity 100%
HLND
LT
LNV
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
Please contact your CCS sales representative. Supports various HLDL2 series
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens E.g.: Improved protection of emitting surface Customizable items applications with its Camera
Macro Lens
perfect size. It's a
Format/
material
diameter color high output Bar Light This product
Uses reinforced glass (Narrow Type)
that can illuminate
Increase
output
Cable length even 2,000 mm
This product
away.
(Wide Type)
angle material
Workpiece
format mounting
Etc.

P.307 P.309 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
Bar Lights
Applications
Picking work performed by robots Reading text on cardboard

Picking site Large packaging material
HLDL2-IR (Infrared)
HLDL2-SW (White)
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
Infrared illumination removes the
TH2 (5 types)
printed pattern to read only the
text on the surface. LFL
HPD2
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
LAV
PDM
Inspection detecting the application of seal material (FIPG) Reading vehicle model numbers LFXV
LFX3
Automotive parts Zoomed-in view Metal parts LFX3-PT
Seal material (FIPG) LFV3
HLDL2-RD (Red) LFV3-G

HLDL2-SW (White) MSU

MFU
PF
HLDR-IP/
Forms an image of the seal HSL-PCL
material (FIPG) with good
contrast. UV2
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
IR2
IU
HLV3
HLV2
LV
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

HFS/HFR
Data: Relative Irradiance Graph and Uniformity (Representative Example) HLV3-NR

HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
HLDL2-450X45RD-DF-N (Narrow Type) PFBR-600
*1
Relative irradiance graph PFBR-150
(LWD characteristics) *2 Uniformity (Relative irradiance) PFB3

LNLP
*1 Irradiation strength on the optical axis LNSP2

100 mm 100 mm LNSP
LWD=500 mm 100 mm LWD=1,000 mm LWD=2,000 mm
100 100 Coaxial Units
90
LNSP-FN
80
Output level (%)
70 LN/LN-HK
60
LNSD
50 50
40 LND2
30
HLND
20
10 10 LT
0
0 250 500 750 1,000 1,250 1,500 1,750 2,000 LNV
LNDG
Angled
LWD (mm)
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
HLDL2-450X45RD-DF-W (Wide Type) LNIS-FN

Telecentric Lens
100 mm LWD=1,000 mm 100 mm Macro Lens
LWD=500 mm
100 100
90
80
Output level (%)
70
60
50 50
40
30
20
10 10
0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1,000
LWD (mm)
HLDL2 Series CCS HLDL2 Search
You can also use
your smartphone
Bar Lights
or cell phone.
For quick access.
Lineup “-N” at the end of the model name: Narrow Type, “-W” at the end of the model name: Wide Type

Model name LED color correlated color Connector Weight
HLDL2-150X45RD-DF-N 390 g
Red 24 V / 14 W 640 nm
HLDL2-150X45RD-DF-W 300 g
LDR2
HLDL2-150X45SW-DF-N 390 g
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA White 24 V / 16 W 5,600 K PD3

LDR-LA1 HLDL2-150X45SW-DF-W FCB* 1 300 g
SQR Straight PSB
SQR-TP HLDL2-150X45IR-DF-N Cable 390 g
Infrared 24 V / 12 W 860 nm
HPR2 FCB-W*2
Diffused Lighting
HLDL2-150X45IR-DF-W 300 g
LFR 2-branch
Cable
LKR HLDL2-300X45RD-DF-N 770 g
FPR Red 24 V / 28 W 640 nm FCB-F
FPQ3 HLDL2-300X45RD-DF-W 4-branch 590 g
Cable
LDL2
HLDL2-300X45SW-DF-N 770 g
Lighting
Direct
LDLB SM FRCB
White 24 V / 31 W 5,600 K PD3
Connector Robot
HLDL2 HLDL2-300X45SW-DF-W Cable 590 g
TH2 (5 types)
*1 The cables
LFL HLDL2-300X45IR-DF-N with a model PD3 770 g
Infrared 24 V / 24 W 860 nm name that ends
HPD2 PSB
HLDL2-300X45IR-DF-W with “-ME7”, 590 g
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
“-EL2”, “-PF”, or
LAV HLDL2-450X45RD-DF-N “-PF-EL9” are 1,160 g
not included.
PDM Red 24 V / 42 W 640 nm *2 The cables
LFXV HLDL2-450X45RD-DF-W with a model 880 g
name that ends
LFX3
HLDL2-450X45SW-DF-N with “-EL2” are 1,160 g
LFX3-PT White 24 V / 46 W 5,600 K not included.
PD3
LFV3 HLDL2-450X45SW-DF-W 880 g
LFV3-G
HLDL2-450X45IR-DF-N 1,160 g
MSU
MFU HLDL2-450X45IR-DF-W 880 g
PF HLDL2-600X45RD-DF-N 1,540 g
Red 24 V / 56 W 640 nm
HLDR-IP/ HLDL2-600X45RD-DF-W 1,170 g
HSL-PCL
HLDL2-600X45SW-DF-N 1,540 g
UV2
White 24 V / 61 W 5,600 K
UV HLDL2-600X45SW-DF-W 1,170 g
LNSP-UV-FN
IR2 Infrared 24 V / 48 W 860 nm
HLDL2-600X45IR-DF-W 1,170 g
IU
HLDL2-750X45RD-DF-N 1,930 g
HLV3 Red 24 V / 70 W 640 nm
HLDL2-750X45RD-DF-W 1,460 g
HLV2
LV HLDL2-750X45SW-DF-N PD3 1,930 g
LSP White 24 V / 76 W 5,600 K PSB4-30024-PEI
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR HLDL2-750X45SW-DF-W 1,460 g

HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR HLDL2-750X45IR-DF-W 1,460 g
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600 HLDL2-900X45RD-DF-N 2,310 g
PFBR-150 Red 24 V / 84 W 640 nm
HLDL2-900X45RD-DF-W 1,750 g
PFB3 FCB-EL2
LNLP HLDL2-900X45SW-DF-N Straight Cable
2,310 g
EL
LNSP2 White 24 V / 91 W 5,600 K
Connector
LNSP HLDL2-900X45SW-DF-W FCB-W-EL2 1,750 g
Coaxial Units 2-branch Cable
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK HLDL2-900X45IR-DF-W 1,750 g
LNSD
LND2 HLDL2-1050X45RD-DF-N 2,700 g
HLND Red 24 V / 98 W 640 nm
HLDL2-1050X45RD-DF-W 2,040 g
LT
PSB4-30024-PEI
LNV HLDL2-1050X45SW-DF-N 2,700 g
LNDG White 24 V / 106 W 5,600 K
Angled
HLDL2-1050X45SW-DF-W 2,040 g
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
HLDL2-1050X45IR-DF-N PD3 2,700 g
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens HLDL2-1050X45IR-DF-W PSB4-30024-PEI 2,040 g
Macro Lens
HLDL2-1200X45RD-DF-N 3,080 g
Red 24 V / 111 W 640 nm
HLDL2-1200X45RD-DF-W 2,330 g
HLDL2-1200X45SW-DF-N 3,080 g
White 24 V / 121 W 5,600 K PSB4-30024-PEI
HLDL2-1200X45SW-DF-W 2,330 g
HLDL2-1200X45IR-DF-N 3,080 g
HLDL2-1200X45IR-DF-W 2,330 g
Please inquire if you want to use the
Light Unit in combination with a Strobe Extension Cables P.365 Control Unit Selection Guide P.307 List of Control Unit Specifications P.309
Control Unit (overdrive type).

P.307 P.309 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
Bar Lights
Common
LED Specifications
properties
100
Relative radiant
80
intensity (%)
Infrared 860 nm
60 White 5,600 K lens filter for each wavelength.
Spectral 40
Red 640 nm
distribution 20 For details about the lens filter,

0
350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950
refer to P.355.
Wavelength (nm) LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
Be sure to read the "Instruction Guide" included with the product before use and follow the safety precautions upon use. LDR-LA1
The data included is for reference only. Actual values may vary. SQR
SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
Dimensions (mm) FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
Narrow Type HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
Emitting surface: size of 150 to 450 mm Emitting surface: size of 600 to 1,200 mm
(Emitting surface)
(Emitting surface)
LFL
(C) (C) HPD2
45
45
B LDM2
Diffused Lighting
B
6 A (Emitting surface) 6 A (Emitting surface) LAV
PDM
LFXV
LFX3
0
62
62
0
30
30
LFX3-PT
42
42
LFV3
LFV3-G
8.5
8.5

SM connector EL connector MSU

2x4-M4 depth 8 5-M5 nut slots 2x4-M4 depth 8 5-M5 nut slots MFU
(For installation, same for opposite side) (For installation) (For installation, same for opposite side) (For installation)
PF
42
42
HLDR-IP/
19
19
HSL-PCL
8.5
8.5
9.5 UV2
6
6
2 x 2-M3 nut slots 9.5 2 x 2-M3 nut slots
43 43 UV
(For installation, same for opposite side) (For installation, same for opposite side)
18 26 18 26 LNSP-UV-FN
IR2
Wide Type IU
Emitting surface: size of 150 to 450 mm Emitting surface: size of 600 to 1,200 mm HLV3
(Emitting surface)
(Emitting surface)
HLV2
(C) (C) LV
45
45
B B LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

6 6 HFS/HFR
A (Emitting surface) A (Emitting surface)
HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
0
0
62
62
30
30
42
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
42
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
8.5
8.5
SM connector EL connector PFB3

2x4-M4 depth 8 5-M5 nut slots 2x4-M4 depth 8 5-M5 nut slots LNLP
(For installation, same for opposite side) (For installation) (For installation, same for opposite side) (For installation) LNSP2
LNSP
Coaxial Units
17.5
17.5
26
26
LNSP-FN
9.5 9.5
8.5
LN/LN-HK
6
6
8.5
2 x 1-M3 nut slot 43 2 x 1-M3 nut slot 43

(For installation, same for opposite side) LNSD
18 26 (For installation, same for opposite side) 18 26
LND2
HLND
LT
LNV
Model name (Narrow Type) A B C Model name (Wide Type) A B C LNDG
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
HLDL2-150X45RD-DF-N / SW-DF-N / IR-DF-N 150 162 165.6 HLDL2-150X45RD-DF-W / SW-DF-W / IR-DF-W 150 162 165.6
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
HLDL2-300X45RD-DF-N / SW-DF-N / IR-DF-N 300 312 315.6 HLDL2-300X45RD-DF-W / SW-DF-W / IR-DF-W 300 312 315.6 LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
HLDL2-450X45RD-DF-N / SW-DF-N / IR-DF-N 450 462 465.6 HLDL2-450X45RD-DF-W / SW-DF-W / IR-DF-W 450 462 465.6 Macro Lens
HLDL2-1050X45RD-DF-N / SW-DF-N / IR-DF-N 1,050 1,062 1,065.6 HLDL2-1050X45RD-DF-W / SW-DF-W / IR-DF-W 1,050 1,062 1,065.6
HLDL2-1200X45RD-DF-N / SW-DF-N / IR-DF-N 1,200 1,212 1,215.6 HLDL2-1200X45RD-DF-W / SW-DF-W / IR-DF-W 1,200 1,212 1,215.6
Diffused Lighting
Flat Lights
You can also use
CCS TH2 Search your smartphone
Flat Lights
or cell phone.
Use a search engine.
TH2 Series High-Luminance Type
Diffuse illumination from a flat emitting surface

TH2-100X100BL
TH2-63X60RD
TH2-43X35SW
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
TH2-27X27RD TH2-51X51BL
SQR-TP TH2-83X75SW
HPR2 TH2-140X105RD
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
TH2-224X170SW TH2-211X200BL TH2-200X150RD TH2-160X120SW
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
LAV
PDM
LFXV
Inspection of liquid surface level in PET bottles, inspection of the appearance of electronic or automobile components,
LFX3 Applications
LFX3-PT inspection of pinholes, inspection for burr of metal components, etc.
LFV3
LFV3-G
MSU
Achieved Further-Higher Luminance Rich Product Lineup

MFU
PF
HLDR-IP/ With their increased brightness, these Flat Lights are Our abundant product lineup can meet a wide range of
HSL-PCL
available at high-speed production lines. needs. A total of 73 models of different types of Flat Lights.
UV2
UV
Increased output greater than that of the conventional products
LNSP-UV-FN High-directivity type P.83
Conventional product
IR2 High-directivity of light.
TH-63X60SW (White) TH2-63X60SW (White)
Ideal for dimension measurements.
IU
For transmission purpose
Large type P.87

HLV3
HLV2 Good for inspecting large workpieces.
LV Expands the region of inspection.
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR Rectangular type P.89
HLV3-3M-RGB-4 Optimum for use with sheet shaped
HLV2-NR Shutter speed: 1/10,000 Shutter speed: 1/10,000 workpieces.
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W Amount of light: 100% intensity Amount of light: 100% intensity Applicable to imaging with a line
PFBR-600 sensor camera.
PFBR-150 Graph of the radiance comparison
For reflection purpose
PFB3 Conventional Camera-window type P.91

LNLP TH series 1x Provide a light from the same axis as
TH2 series
LNSP2
LNSP
White Approx. 2.5x the camera and a wide range of
TH2 series uniform illumination.
Coaxial Units Red Approx. 1.5x Available for reflection purpose.
LNSP-FN TH2 series
LN/LN-HK Blue Approx. 1.5x
LNSD For the high-luminance type 63 x 60 models
LND2 The data included is for reference only. Actual values may vary.
HLND
LT
LNV Install freely to match your environment
LNDG
Uses installation method by frame structure. Tapped holes Example Configuration
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
for installation are included not only on the unit side but
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
also on the bottom. Achieved high TH2-140X105
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens output with a
Nut insertion port
Macro Lens
flat shape. Light
Frame structure from the LEDs is
Camera
transmitted through Workpiece
the diffusion panel Diffusion plate

and illuminated
LEDs
Tapped hole for installation on the rear of the
M3 screw, nut workpiece.

P.307 P.309 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
Flat Lights
Brightness and Size of Each Light Unit Type
Bright (Conceptual image)
High-directivity type (The camera-window type is not included.)
Red White Blue
P.83
8 sizes Red White
27x27 to 160x120
1 size LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
High-luminance type Red White Blue LDR-LA1
Rectangular type
Radiance
11
SQR
sizes P.89
Large type SQR-TP
300x75 HPR2
Diffused Lighting
P.87
27x27 to 211x200 LFR
Red White LKR
FPR
TH Series (Conventional products)
Red White Blue 4 sizes FPQ3
LDL2
11 sizes
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
27x27 to 211x200 300x300 to 500x500 TH2 (5 types)
LFL
25 50 100 150 200 300 400 500
HPD2
Emitting surface size (mm)
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
LAV
Imaging Example: Imaging the Liquid Surface Level in PET Bottles PDM
LFXV
LFX3
Workpiece image TH2-140X105SW LFX3-PT
LFV3
LFV3-G

MSU

MFU
PF
HLDR-IP/
HSL-PCL
UV2
Liquid surface level and the printed UV

PET bottles text are clearly imaged.
LNSP-UV-FN
IR2
IU
Imaging Example: Imaging the Appearance of Electronic Components HLV3

HLV2
LV
Workpiece image TH2-63X60SW LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
PFB3
LNLP
LNSP2
The appearance of the resin part LNSP
Electronic components and pins are clearly imaged. Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
LND2
HLND
Imaging Example: Imaging the Appearance of Medicines (Individual Packaging) LT
LNV
LNDG
Angled
Workpiece image TH2-200X150SW

Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Macro Lens
The state of the cutting edge and

Medicines (individual packaging) perforations are clearly recognized.
TH2 Series CCS TH2 Search
You can also use
your smartphone
Flat Lights
or cell phone.
High-Luminance Type Use a search engine.
Data: Uniformity (Representative Example) The data included is for reference only. Actual values may vary.
Uniformity (Relative radiance)

27 mm 63 mm 211 mm
100
Output level (%)

200 mm
27 mm
60 mm
LDR2 50
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
10
SQR-TP
HPR2
TH2-27X27SW TH2-63X60SW TH2-211X200SW
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ3 Lineup
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
Power Peak wavelength / correlated Extension Recommended
HLDL2 Model name LED color Options Weight
consumption color temperature *4 cables Control Units
TH2 (5 types)
LFL TH2-27X27RD Red 24 V / 2.3 W 635 nm
HPD2 TH2-27X27SW White 24 V / 2.9 W 5,800 K 30 g
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
TH2-27X27BL Blue 24 V / 2.7 W 465 nm
LAV
TH2-43X35RD Red 24 V / 4.9 W 635 nm
PDM
LFXV TH2-43X35SW White 5,800 K 40 g
24 V / 4.8 W
LFX3 TH2-43X35BL Blue 465 nm PD3 CC-ST-1024
FCB* 2
LFX3-PT TH2-51X51RD Red 24 V / 6.5 W 635 nm Straight PSB POD*1
Cable
LFV3 TH2-51X51SW White 5,800 K 60 g
LFV3-G 24 V / 8.2 W
TH2-51X51BL Blue 465 nm FCB-W*3
MSU 2-branch
TH2-63X60RD Red 24 V / 9.9 W 635 nm
Cable
MFU TH2-63X60SW White 5,800 K 100 g
24 V / 9.7 W FCB-F
PF
TH2-63X60BL Blue 465 nm 4-branch
TH2-83X75RD Red 24 V / 15 W 635 nm Cable
HLDR-IP/ TH2-83X75SW White 5,800 K FRCB 140 g

HSL-PCL 24 V / 16 W Robot
TH2-83X75BL Blue 465 nm Cable
UV2
TH2-100X100RD Red 24 V / 26 W 635 nm *2 The cables PD3
UV Light control film
TH2-100X100SW White 5,800 K with a model 200 g
LNSP-UV-FN 24 V / 25 W Bracket name that ends PSB POD*1
TH2-100X100BL Blue 465 nm with “-ME7”,
IR2 “-EL2”, “-PF”, or
TH2-140X105RD Red 635 nm “-PF-EL9” are
TH2-140X105SW White 24 V / 28 W 5,800 K not included. 260 g
IU *3 The cables
TH2-140X105BL Blue 465 nm with a model
name that ends
HLV3 TH2-160X120RD Red 635 nm with “-EL2” are
HLV2 TH2-160X120SW White 24 V / 35 W 5,800 K not included. 310 g
LV
TH2-160X120BL Blue 465 nm
LSP PD3 POD*1
TH2-200X150RD Red 24 V / 45 W 635 nm
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR
TH2-200X150SW White 5,800 K 440 g
HLV3-NR 24 V / 44 W
HLV3-3M-RGB-4 TH2-200X150BL Blue 465 nm
HLV2-NR TH2-224X170RD Red 635 nm
FCB-EL2
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W TH2-224X170SW White 24 V / 66 W 5,800 K Straight PD3-10024-8 540 g
PFBR-600 TH2-224X170BL Blue 465 nm Cable
PFBR-150 POD-22024-4-PEI*1
TH2-211X200RD Red 24 V / 67 W 635 nm FCB-W-EL2
PFB3 2-branch PSB4-30024-PEI
TH2-211X200SW White 5,800 K 580 g
LNLP 24 V / 65 W Cable
LNSP2
TH2-211X200BL Blue 465 nm
LNSP
LED Properties: Light Spectrum P.384 Extension Cables P.365 Control Unit Selection Guide P.307 List of Control Unit Specifications P.309
Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN *1 For information on the combination of Light Units and POD-series Control Unit, please refer to our website. https://www.ccs-grp.com/lnk/qr/pod
LN/LN-HK *4 The correlated color temperature is the same as that of the conventional product. TH2: 5,800 K (A value for the Light Unit), Conventional products TH: 6,600 K (A value for individual LEDs)
LNSD
LND2
HLND
LT Options
LNV
LNDG For HO For VE
Angled
In this plastic film are fine louvers with This is a dedicated bracket
Lighting
LNIS2 extremely narrow gaps between them. for affixing the TH2 series
Louver direction
Lenses Oblique
LNIS It reduces light diffusion in a particular Louver direction

Light Units. The TH2 series
LNIS-FN direction and increases parallelism.
can be affixed in four points.
Telecentric Lens
Macro Lens Light control film Bracket
There are two types of light control films: the HO and the VE. For details, refer to P.361.
Applicable Light Unit Applicable Light Unit Applicable Light Unit Applicable Light Unit
LC-TH-27X27-HO LC-TH-83X75-HO LC-TH-200X150-HO Installation bracket common
TH2-27X27 TH2-83X75 TH2-200X150 BK-TH-LE12
LC-TH-27X27-VE LC-TH-83X75-VE LC-TH-200X150-VE to all TH2 models (includes 4)
LC-TH-43X35-HO LC-TH-100X100-HO LC-TH-224X170-HO P.363
TH2-43X35 TH2-100X100 TH2-224X170
LC-TH-43X35-VE LC-TH-100X100-VE LC-TH-224X170-VE
LC-TH-51X51-HO LC-TH-140X105-HO LC-TH-211X200-HO
TH2-51X51 TH2-140X105 TH2-211X200
LC-TH-51X51-VE LC-TH-140X105-VE LC-TH-211X200-VE
LC-TH-63X60-HO LC-TH-160X120-HO
TH2-63X60 TH2-160X120
LC-TH-63X60-VE LC-TH-160X120-VE
P.361

P.307 P.309 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
Flat Lights
Dimensions (mm) Even for the Light Units of the same emitting surface size, the thickness and other dimensions of the product differ between the high-luminance and
high-directivity type Light Units. Be sure to check the dimension diagrams before installing the Light Units.
TH2-27X27RD/SW/BL TH2-43X35RD/SW/BL TH2-51X51RD/SW/BL
4-M3 depth 4 4-M2 depth 4 4-M3 depth 4 4-M2 depth 4 4-M3 depth 4
4-M2 depth 4
51(Emitting surface)
(For optional product) (For installation) (For optional product) (For installation) (For optional product) (For installation)
29 45 53
1 27(Emitting surface) 20 4.5 1 43(Emitting surface) 18 13.5 1 51(Emitting surface)
26 13.5
15 15 15 LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
47
2 35
33
39
41
43
63
57
59
LDR-LA1
6
2
SQR
3
6
12 300
2
300
3
6
8.5 7.5 30 SQR-TP
SM connector SM connector 6.5 40 300
SM connector HPR2
Diffused Lighting
2 slots for M3 nuts LFR
2 slots for M3 nuts 2 slots for M3 nuts
(Provided on both sides) LKR
7.5
7.5 (Provided on both sides) (Provided on both sides)
7.5
8 FPR
10.5 8 FPQ3
8
LDL2
TH2-63X60RD/SW/BL TH2-83X75RD/SW/BL TH2-100X100RD/SW/BL
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
4-M2 depth 4 4-M3 depth 4 4-M3 depth 4 4-M2 depth 4 4-M3 depth 4
4-M2 depth 4

HLDL2
(For optional product) (For installation) (For optional product) (For installation) (For optional product) (For installation) TH2 (5 types)
75 95 112 LFL
6 63(Emitting surface) 6 83(Emitting surface) 6 100(Emitting surface) HPD2
69 3 89 3 106 3
Diffused Lighting
15 15 LDM2
15
LAV
PDM
87
112
70
50
72
60
40
80
90
LFXV
LFX3
6
16
18.5
8.5
6
2 71 300
11
300
16
LFX3-PT
6
SM connector 2 91 300
SM connector 2 108 SM connector LFV3
4 slots for M3 nuts LFV3-G

4 slots for M3 nuts
4 slots for M3 nuts

MSU

MFU
TH2-140X105RD/SW/BL TH2-160X120RD/SW/BL
4-M2 depth 4 4-M3 depth 4 4-M2 depth 4 4-M3 depth 4 PF
(For optional product) (For installation) (For optional product) (For installation)
HLDR-IP/
152 172 HSL-PCL
15
6 140 (Emitting surface) 15 146 3
6 160 (Emitting surface)
166 3 UV2
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
117
80
80
IR2
132
100
100
18.5
18.5
IU
6
2 148 300
16
SM connector
6
16
HLV3
2 168 SM connector 300
4 slots for M3 nuts HLV2
4 slots for M3 nuts
LV
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

TH2-200X150RD/SW/BL HFS/HFR
TH2-224X170RD/SW/BL
6-M2 depth 4 4-M3 depth 4 HLV3-NR
6-M2 depth 4 4-M3 depth 4
(For optional product) (For installation) HLV3-3M-RGB-4
(For optional product) (For installation)
212 15 206 3 HLV2-NR
236 15 230 3
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
6 224 (Emitting surface) PFBR-600
PFBR-150
P70×2=140
PFB3
P80×2=160
162
120
LNLP
LNSP2
182
140
LNSP
Coaxial Units
11
21
6
LNSP-FN
2 208 SM connector 300
11
LN/LN-HK
21
6
4 slots for M3 nuts

2 232
EL connector 300 LNSD
4 slots for M3 nuts LND2

HLND
LT
6-M2 depth 4 LNV

4-M3 depth 4 LNDG
TH2-211X200RD/SW/BL
Angled
(For optional product)

(For installation)
Lighting
Nut slot detail diagram LNIS2

223
Lenses Oblique
15 217 3 LNIS
4.2
6 211 (Emitting surface) LNIS-FN
3.5
Telecentric Lens
Macro Lens
5.5
P80×2=160
(7.5)
212
160
2.5 1.2
26
26
6
2 219
EL connector 300
4 slots for M3 nuts
Diffused Lighting
Flat Lights
You can also use
Flat Lights
or cell phone.
TH2-PM Series High-Directivity Type
Provides a light of high-directivity

TH2-63X60RD-PM
TH2-43X35SW-PM
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP TH2-27X27RD-PM TH2-51X51BL-PM TH2-83X75SW-PM
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
LFL TH2-100X100BL-PM TH2-160X120SW-PM
TH2-140X105RD-PM
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
LAV
PDM
LFXV
Inspection of the appearance of screws; dimension measurement of automobile components, end mills, and other objects;
LFX3
Applications
LFX3-PT inspection of the appearance of pillar-shaped objects; etc.
LFV3
LFV3-G
MSU
Achieved High Directivity of Light Abundant Emitting Surface Sizes

MFU
PF
HLDR-IP/
These high-output Flat Light Units are equipped with improved Abundant product lineup allows you to select the optimum
HSL-PCL light directivity. This makes them ideal for dimension size that will match your workpiece.
UV2 measurements and other inspections that require outline
UV extraction of the workpiece.
Emitting surface size (mm)
LNSP-UV-FN Comparison of light directivity
IR2 High-directivity type
IU
HLV3
HLV2
LV
TH2-100X100SW-PM
LSP
Illuminates with high directivity.
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR 27x27, 43x35, 51x51, 63x60, 83x75, 100x100, 140x105,

HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
High-luminance type and 160x120
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600 LED colors
PFBR-150
The product lineup includes white, red, and blue Light Units,
PFB3
LNLP TH2-100X100SW which can deal with a wide variety of inspection contents.
LNSP2
Illuminates a wide space.
P.79 (normal directivity)
LNSP
Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN Comparison of images The rich lineup consists of 24 models, with 8 sizes in each
LN/LN-HK TH2-83X75SW TH2-83X75SW-PM
LNSD Workpiece image
(Normal directivity) (High-directivity type) color.
LND2
HLND
LT
LNV
LNDG Example Configuration
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2 Transparent
acrylic plates
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
These high-output Flat TH2-140X105-PM
LNIS-FN It is difficult to capture Even with a fine scratch,
Telecentric Lens the fine scratch. it is possible to make an
image with high contrast. Light Units are equipped
Macro Lens
Enlarged image Enlarged image with improved light
Camera
directivity. This makes
them ideal for dimension Workpiece
measurements and other

inspections that require
Normal directivity High directivity
outline extraction of the LEDs
workpiece.

P.307 P.309 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
Flat Lights
Imaging Example: Imaging the Appearance of Screws
Workpiece image TH2-63X60SW-PM
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
The outline of the screw threads LKR
Screws is clearly imaged. FPR
FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
Imaging Example: Imaging the Appearance of Transparent Straw Bags LFL

HPD2
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
LAV
PDM
Workpiece image TH2-140X105SW-PM LFXV
LFX3
LFX3-PT
LFV3
LFV3-G

MSU

MFU
PF
HLDR-IP/
The glued portions are clearly HSL-PCL
Straws imaged. UV2
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
IR2
IU
Imaging Example: Imaging the Appearance of Acrylic Plates HLV3
HLV2
LV
LSP
Workpiece image TH2-83X75SW-PM
Spot Lighting, Etc.

HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
PFB3
LNLP
LNSP2
LNSP
Even with a fine scratch, it is Coaxial Units
Transparent acrylic plates possible to make an image with LNSP-FN
high contrast. LN/LN-HK
LNSD
This workpiece was processed by CCS for sample imaging.
LND2
HLND
LT
Data: Uniformity (Representative Example) The data included is for reference only. Actual values may vary.
LNV
LNDG
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
Uniformity (Relative radiance) LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
27 mm 63 mm 160 mm Macro Lens
100
Output level (%)
120 mm
27 mm
60 mm
50
10
TH2-27X27SW-PM TH2-63X60SW-PM TH2-160X120SW-PM
TH2-PM Series CCS TH2 Search
You can also use
your smartphone
Flat Lights
or cell phone.
High-Directivity Type Use a search engine.
Lineup
Peak wavelength/
Power Recommended
Model name LED color correlated color Options Extension cables Weight
consumption Control Units
temperature
TH2-27X27RD-PM Red 24 V / 2.5 W 635 nm
TH2-27X27SW-PM White 5,300 K 40 g
24 V / 3.1 W
LDR2 TH2-27X27BL-PM Blue 465 nm
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA TH2-43X35RD-PM Red 24 V / 5.7 W 635 nm

LDR-LA1
SQR
24 V / 5.5 W FCB*2
SQR-TP TH2-43X35BL-PM Blue 465 nm Straight PD3 CC-ST-1024
Cable
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
TH2-51X51RD-PM Red 24 V / 7.3 W 635 nm PSB POD*1

LFR FCB-W*3
LKR TH2-51X51SW-PM White 5,300 K 2-branch 80 g
FPR
24 V / 9.9 W Cable
TH2-51X51BL-PM Blue 465 nm
FPQ3 FCB-F
LDL2 TH2-63X60RD-PM Red 24 V / 9.9 W 635 nm 4-branch
Lighting
Direct
Cable
LDLB TH2-63X60SW-PM White 5,300 K 120 g
HLDL2 24 V / 9.7 W FRCB
TH2 (5 types)
TH2-63X60BL-PM Blue 465 nm Robot
Bracket Cable
LFL TH2-83X75RD-PM Red 24 V / 15 W 635 nm
*2 The cables
HPD2 with a model
name that ends
Diffused Lighting
LDM2 24 V / 16 W with “-ME7”,

LAV TH2-83X75BL-PM Blue 465 nm “-EL2”, “-PF”, or
PDM “-PF-EL9” are
TH2-100X100RD-PM Red 24 V / 26 W 635 nm not included.
LFXV PD3
*3 The cables
LFX3 TH2-100X100SW-PM White 5,300 K with a model 240 g
24 V / 25 W name that ends
PSB POD*1
LFX3-PT TH2-100X100BL-PM Blue 465 nm with “-EL2” are
LFV3 not included.
LFV3-G
TH2-140X105RD-PM Red 635 nm
TH2-140X105SW-PM White 24 V / 28 W 5,300 K 320 g
MSU
MFU TH2-140X105BL-PM Blue 465 nm

PF TH2-160X120RD-PM Red 24 V / 34 W 635 nm
TH2-160X120SW-PM White 5,300 K PD3 POD*1 390 g
HLDR-IP/ 24 V / 35 W
HSL-PCL TH2-160X120BL-PM Blue 465 nm
UV2
LNSP-UV-FN
IR2
IU
HLV3
HLV2
LV
LSP LED Properties
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR
100
HLV3-3M-RGB-4 CCS offers you the most suitable
80 Blue 465 nm
Relative radiant
intensity (%)
HLV2-NR Red 635 nm

lens filter for each wavelength.
60
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W Spectral 40
PFBR-600 distribution 20
PFBR-150 0 refer to P.355.
350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
PFB3
Wavelength (nm)
LNLP
LNSP2 Be sure to read the "Instruction Guide" included with the product before use and follow the safety precautions upon use.
LNSP
Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
LND2
HLND
LT
LNV
Options
LNDG
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS This is a dedicated bracket

LNIS-FN for affixing the TH2 series
Telecentric Lens Light Units. The TH2 series
Macro Lens
can be affixed in four points.
Bracket

Installation bracket common

BK-TH-LE12
to all TH2 models (includes 4)
P.363

P.307 P.309 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
Flat Lights
Dimensions (mm) Even for the Light Units of the same emitting surface size, the thickness and other dimensions of the product differ between the high-luminance and
high-directivity type Light Units. Be sure to check the dimension diagrams before installing the Light Units.
TH2-27X27RD-PM / SW-PM / BL-PM TH2-43X35RD-PM / SW-PM / BL-PM

7.5
7.5
27 (Emitting surface) M3 nut slot M3 nut slot
35 18 3 x M3 x 4 43 (Emitting surface) LDR2
20 7.5
Direct Lighting
4 51 18 3 x M3 x 4 18 16.5
(For installation) 4 LDR2-LA
35 (Emitting surface) (For installation) LDR-LA1
33
39
SQR
47
41
27
SQR-TP
(Emitting surface)
3
6
6
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
(300
3
) SM connector LFR
(300
)
SM connector LKR
M3 nut slot
FPR
M3 nut slot
FPQ3
7.5
7.5
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
7.5
HLDL2
TH2-51X51RD-PM / SW-PM / BL-PM M3 nut slot TH2 (5 types)
59 Nut slot detail diagram
26 16.5 LFL
4 51 (Emitting surface) 18 4 x M3 x 4
(For installation) HPD2
4.2
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
LAV
57
63
PDM
5.5
3.5
LFXV
3 LFX3
6
(7.5)
(300 LFX3-PT
)
SM connector
2.5 1.2 LFV3
M3 nut slot LFV3-G

MSU
7.5

MFU
PF
TH2-63X60RD-PM / SW-PM / BL-PM TH2-83X75RD-PM / SW-PM / BL-PM
75 95 HLDR-IP/
18 69 3 89 3 HSL-PCL
6 63 (Emitting surface) 4 x M3 x 4 6 83 (Emitting surface) 18 4 x M3 x 4
(For installation) UV2
(For installation)
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
72
87
40
50
IR2
16
IU
18.5
6
(300 (300
) SM connector ) SM connector HLV3
HLV2
4 x Slots for M3 nut 4 x Slots for M3 nut
LV
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR
TH2-100X100RD-PM / SW-PM / BL-PM TH2-140X105RD-PM / SW-PM / BL-PM HLV3-3M-RGB-4

152 HLV2-NR
112
140 (Emitting surface) 18 146 3 HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
18 106 3 6
6 100 (Emitting surface) 4 x M3 x 4 4 x M3 x 4 PFBR-600
PFBR-150
PFB3
LNLP
117
80

112
80
LNSP2
LNSP
Coaxial Units
18.5
6
LNSP-FN
16
(300
) SM connector LN/LN-HK
(300
) SM connector LNSD
4 x Slots for M3 nut LND2
4 x Slots for M3 nut HLND
LT
LNV
LNDG
Angled
TH2-160X120RD-PM / SW-PM / BL-PM

Lighting
LNIS2
172
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
18 166 3
6 160 (Emitting surface) LNIS-FN
4 x M3 x 4 Nut slot detail diagram
(For installation) Telecentric Lens
Macro Lens
100
132
5.5
3.5
7.5
16
(300
)
SM connector
4 x Slots for M3 nut 1.2 2.5
Diffused Lighting
Flat Lights
You can also use
Flat Lights
or cell phone.
TH2 Series Large Type
Ideal for inspecting large workpieces
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
TH2-380X250SW TH2-300X300RD
HLDL2
TH2-400X400SW
TH2 (5 types)
LFL TH2-500X500SW
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
LAV
PDM
LFXV
LFX3 Inspection of liquid surface level in large bottles and infusion bags, inspection of the appearance of wafers and automobile
Applications
LFX3-PT components, light source embedded in conveyors, etc.
LFV3
LFV3-G
MSU
Features
MFU
PF
HLDR-IP/
Flat Light Units with an emitting surface of up to 500 x 500 mm.
HSL-PCL
They are ideal for inspecting large workpieces and available to
UV2
UV
inspect a wide area.
LNSP-UV-FN
Example configuration (TH2-300X300)
IR2
IU Camera
HLV3 Workpiece
HLV2
LV
Diffusion plate
LSP Imaging example: Imaging the liquid surface level in large bottles
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR TH2-500X500SW
LEDs
HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600 We accept custom orders. Please feel free to inquire.
PFBR-150 Shape modifications
PFB3 Brightness increases
LNLP Changes in wavelength, etc.
LNSP2 Height: 400 mm

LNSP Capacity: 1.8 L The liquid surface level and the
Coaxial Units label position are clearly imaged.
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
LND2
Comparison of Emitting Surface Sizes
HLND
LT
Ideal for inspecting
LNV large workpieces.
LNDG The large type lets you
Angled
Comparison of the
High-luminance type expand the inspection
Lighting
LNIS2
maximum workpiece size
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
in a production line region so that you can
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens inspect large workpieces in
500mm Large type
Macro Lens
211mm the same production line.
High-luminance type S
M
200m Workpiece
m 500m L
m
S
TH2-211X200SW TH2-500X500SW M
The emitting surface size is Sizes up to 500 x 500 mm Light Unit

up to 211 x 200 mm. are available.
P.79 (Conceptual image)

P.307 P.309 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
Flat Lights
Data (Representative Example) LED Properties
Uniformity (Relative radiance)
100
300 mm 500 mm 80
Relative radiant
intensity (%)
100 60 White 5,800 K Red 635 nm
40
Spectral 20
Output level (%)

distribution 0
300 mm
500 mm
350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
50 Wavelength (nm) LDR2
Direct Lighting
CCS offers you the most suitable lens filter for each LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
wavelength. For details about the lens filter, refer to P.355.
10
SQR
Be sure to read the "Instruction Guide" included with the product before use and follow the safety SQR-TP
TH2-300X300SW TH2-500X500SW precautions upon use. HPR2
Diffused Lighting
The data included is for reference only. Actual values may vary. LFR
LKR
FPR
Lineup FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
Peak wavelength /
Power Recommended HLDL2
temperature TH2 (5 types)
LFL
TH2-300X300RD Red 24 V / 85 W 635 nm FCB-EL2
PD3-10024-8 2,700 g HPD2
Straight
TH2-300X300SW White 24 V / 86 W 5,800 K
Diffused Lighting
Cable LDM2
POD-22024-4-PEI*1
LAV
TH2-380X250RD Red 24 V / 90 W 635 nm FCB-W-EL2
2-branch PSB4-30024-PEI 2,900 g PDM
TH2-380X250SW White 24 V / 93 W 5,800 K Cable
LFXV
—
TH2-400X400RD Red 24 V / 130 W 635 nm LFX3
5,400 g LFX3-PT
TH2-400X400SW White 24 V / 153 W 5,800 K FCB-1.25SQ-ME7
LFV3
PSB4-30024-PEI
TH2-500X500RD Red 24 V / 202 W 635 nm FCB-20-2.0SQ-ME7 LFV3-G
7,800 g

MSU

TH2-500X500SW White 24 V / 239 W 5,800 K
MFU
PF
HLDR-IP/
HSL-PCL
Extension Cables (Metal Connectors)
Cable length
Necessary when connecting the Light Unit to the recommended Control Unit, PSB4-30024-PEI. UV2
Ø10.6
Cable length (mm) UV

FCB-1.25SQ-ME7
LNSP-UV-FN
Ø10.6
Model name Cable length Weight

FCB-2-1.25SQ-ME7 2m 430 g IR2
FCB-3-1.25SQ-ME7 3m 580 g
Cable permitted bending radius: 63.6 mm
FCB-5-1.25SQ-ME7 5m 1,000 g IU
FCB-10-1.25SQ-ME7 10 m 2,000 g 20,000 HLV3
Ø10.6
Ø10.6
Ø11.7
HLV2
FCB-20-2.0SQ-ME7 20,000 LV
Model name Cable length Weight Cable permitted bending radius: 63.6 mm
Ø10.6
Ø10.6
Ø11.7
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

FCB-20-2.0SQ-ME7 20 m 5,000 g HFS/HFR
The above cable permitted bending radii are reference values. Actual values may vary.
HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
Dimensions (mm) HLV2-NR

HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
TH2-300X300RD/SW TH2-380X250RD/SW
PFBR-150
320 400 PFB3
10 300 (Emitting surface) EL connector 8 x M5 380 (Emitting surface)
10 EL connector LNLP
300 (For installation) 300

LNSP2
LNSP
Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN
290
280
270
LN/LN-HK
340
320
330
LNSD
LND2
HLND
10
4 100 LT
5
20
4 100
10
5
20
25 3x100=300 50 LNV
25 3x100=300 10 8 x M5 LNDG
Angled
(For installation)
Lighting
LNIS2
TH2-400X400RD/SW TH2-500X500RD/SW
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
420
35 3x120=360 30 520 LNIS-FN
35 3x150=450 35
10 400 (Emitting surface) 120 Telecentric Lens
5 10 500 (Emitting surface) 150
5 Macro Lens

420
450
435
550
520
535
7.5
30
25
15
0 8 x M6 Metal connector 8 x M6
15
7.5
25
(For installation) 30 Metal connector

0 (For installation)
Diffused Lighting
Flat Lights
You can also use
Flat Lights
or cell phone.
TH2 Series Rectangular Type
Flat Light Units with a 300 x 75 mm emitting surface.

Applicable to inspection of rectangular workpieces
and imaging with a line sensor camera.
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types) TH2-300X75SW TH2-300X75RD
LFL
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
LAV
PDM
LFXV
LFX3 Inspection of the appearance of cylindrical containers or square-shaped workpieces, inspection for stains and foreign material on
Applications
LFX3-PT non woven fabrics, fault inspection of films, inspection of the appearance of glass, etc.
LFV3
LFV3-G
MSU
Features
MFU
PF
HLDR-IP/
These Flat Lights are optimum for inspecting rectangular workpieces.
HSL-PCL
Also applicable to inspections with a line sensor camera.
UV2
UV
LNSP-UV-FN Example configuration (TH2-300X75)
IR2
Camera
IU
HLV3 Diffusion plate

HLV2
LV Imaging example:
LEDs
LSP Imaging the appearance of Inspection with a line sensor camera
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR
cylindrical containers TH2-300X75SW
HLV3-NR Workpiece
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
PFB3
We accept custom orders. Please feel free to inquire.
LNLP
LNSP2
Shape modifications Workpiece:
Brightness increases The state of the surface can be
LNSP Cylindrical containers
Coaxial Units
Changes in wavelength, etc. images. Also the printed text is
(cosmetics)
LNSP-FN clearly recognized.
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
LND2
Comparison of Emitting Surface Sizes
HLND
LT Ideal for inspecting rectangular workpieces. Also applicable to inspection with a line sensor camera
LNV
(For use with area sensor cameras)
LNDG
Angled
Line sensor camera

Rectangular type
Lighting
LNIS2
300 mm
Lenses Oblique
LNIS Emitting surface size:

LNIS-FN 300 x 75
Emitting surface size:
Telecentric Lens 83 x 75 Emitting surface size: 300 mm
Macro Lens
300 x 300
75 mm
75 mm
Workpiece
The length is too short

to be applied
Sheet-shaped workpieces Reproducing the effect
to the workpiece.
We will provide the ideal size which are easy to flap of Dome Lights
The length is suitable,
for the workpiece
but there are large
to help you save space. Can be used for a wide range of applications.
unused areas.

P.307 P.309 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
Flat Lights
Data (Representative Example) The data included is for reference only. Actual values may vary.
TH2-300X75SW
*1 *2
Uniformity (Relative radiance) Relative radiance distribution Illuminance graph (LWD characteristics)
*1 Illuminance on the optical axis
300 mm 100 *2 Illuminating distance from the Light Unit to the workpiece
100 300000
90
250000 LDR2
Relative radiance (%)

80
Direct Lighting
Output level (%)
70 LDR2-LA
Illuminance (lx)
200000
75 mm
60
50 LDR-LA1
50 150000
40 SQR
30 100000
SQR-TP
20 50000
10 HPR2
Diffused Lighting
10 0
0 LFR
-175 -150 -125 -100 -75 -50 -25 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200
LKR
Characteristic of the illumination distribution Long side position (mm) LWD (mm)
FPR
Illumination distribution characteristics: FPQ3
Measuring direction: long side Measuring direction: short side short side LDL2
Lighting
Direct
20 10 -10 -20 LDLB
30 1 -30
40 -40 HLDL2
50 -50 TH2 (5 types)
60 0.5 -60 LFL
70 -70
HPD2
80 -80
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
0 LAV
1 0.5 0 0.5 1 Angle (deg.)
Relative radiant intensity PDM
LFXV
LFX3
LED Properties LFX3-PT
LFV3
LFV3-G
100

MSU

80
Relative radiant
intensity (%)
White 5,800 K
60 lens filter for each wavelength. MFU
Red 635 nm
Spectral 40
For details about the lens filter,
distribution 20 PF
0 refer to P.355.
350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
HLDR-IP/
Wavelength (nm) HSL-PCL
UV2
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
IR2
Lineup IU
HLV3
Peak wavelength /
Power Extension Recommended HLV2
consumption cables Control Units
temperature LV
LSP
FCB-EL2
Spot Lighting, Etc.

TH2-300X75RD Red 24 V / 54 W 635 nm Straight PD3-10024-8 HFS/HFR
Cable
HLV3-NR
- POD-22024-4-PEI*1 650 g
FCB-W-EL2 HLV3-3M-RGB-4
TH2-300X75SW White 24 V / 68 W 5,800 K 2-branch PSB4-30024-PEI HLV2-NR
Cable
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
*1 For information on the combination of Light Units and POD-series Control Unit, please refer to our website. https://www.ccs-grp.com/lnk/qr/pod PFB3
LNLP
LNSP2
Dimensions (mm) LNSP

Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN
TH2-300X75RD/SW 312
10-M2 depth 4 LN/LN-HK
(Reserved for installing options) 2X100=200 56
6 300 (Emitting surface) LNSD
19
LND2
HLND
LT
81
87
LNV
70
83
LNDG
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
8.5
3
2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LNIS-FN
56 2X100=200
0
6-M4 depth 5 Telecentric Lens

30
(For installation) Macro Lens

2 308 EL connector
Nut slot detail diagram

4.2
4 slots for M3 nuts
3.5
5.5
(7.5)
2.5 1.2
Diffused Lighting
Flat Lights
You can also use
Flat Lights
or cell phone.
TH2-CR Series Camera-Window Type
Provide a light from the same axis as the camera
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH2-150X150SW-CR35 TH2-211X200RD-CR35 TH2-300X300SW-CR35
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
LAV
PDM
LFXV
LFX3 Inspection of FIPG sealing material on metal components, inspection for stains and foreign materials in disposable diapers,
Applications
LFX3-PT reading engraved text on piston ring, robot picking, etc.
LFV3
LFV3-G
MSU
Illumination from the Same Axis as the Camera Uniform Illumination of a Wide Range
MFU
PF
HLDR-IP/
Flat Lights with a camera window at the center of the These Light Units have a wider emitting surface compared
HSL-PCL emitting surface. They do not serve as a back light but to that of the Coaxial Lights and Dome Lights. This enables
UV2 provide a light from the same axis as the camera in the uniform illumination of a wide range.
UV
way the Dome Lights and Coaxial Lights do.
LNSP-UV-FN
Comparison of structures Applicable to a wide range of workpiece sizes

IR2
IU 15 mm Larger workpieces
also can be inspected in
HLV3
HLV2
207 mm the same production line.
LV
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR
Workpiece: piston rings
LFV3-200 TH2-211X200-CR35
HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
The field of view is relatively narrow. The field of view is wide.
The housing is large and heavy. The housing with a thickness of
HLV2-NR
15 mm is light-weighted.
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
S M L
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
PFB3
Product lineup
LNLP
300 mm
LNSP2 The available LED color is white or red.
LNSP
30 mm Three sizes of emitting surface: 150 x 150 mm,
Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN HPD2-200 TH2-211X200-CR35 211 x 200 mm, and 300 x 300 mm.
LN/LN-HK
The narrow space between The ample space between the These Light Units can deal with a wide variety of
LNSD
the Light Unit and the workpiece Light Unit and the workpiece do
LND2
interferes with picking by robots. not interfere with picking by robots. inspection contents.
HLND
LT
LNV
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
Please contact your CCS sales representative.
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
Flat Lights with a TH2-300X300-CR35
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens E.g.: Large size of 500 x 500 mm Customizable items camera window at
Camera
Macro Lens
Format/
Creating a large size External/internal Wavelength/ the center of the
Light Unit diameter Color
material
emitting surface.
Camera windows Increase
output
Cable length They provide LEDs
a light from the
mm
same axis as the

500
angle material
camera.
500 m
m
Workpiece
Other customizable items Connector Installation/
• Changes in the shape of the camera window format mounting
• Changes in the LED color (blue, infrared, or other color)
Etc.

P.307 P.309 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
Flat Lights
Imaging Example: Imaging FIPG Sealing Material on Metal Components
Workpiece image TH2-300X300SW-CR35
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
The state of FIPG sealing material
FIPG sealing material on LKR
can be imaged. FPR
metal components FPQ3
The above sample workpiece has been made
specifically for sample imaging and is not the LDL2
Lighting
Direct
one for actual inspection. LDLB
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
Imaging Example: Imaging Stains and Foreign Materials in Disposable Diapers LFL
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
LAV
PDM
Workpiece image TH2-300X300SW-CR35 LFXV
LFX3
LFX3-PT
LFV3
LFV3-G

MSU

MFU
PF
HLDR-IP/
The foreign material on the surface HSL-PCL
Disposable diapers is imaged. UV2
UV
The above sample workpiece has been made LNSP-UV-FN
specifically for sample imaging.
IR2
IU
Imaging Example: Imaging Engraved Text on Textured Metal Surfaces HLV3
HLV2
LV
LSP
Workpiece image TH2-150X150SW-CR35
Spot Lighting, Etc.

HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
PFB3
LNLP
LNSP2
LNSP
The engraved text is clearly Coaxial Units
Textured metal imaged. LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
LND2
HLND
LT

LNDG
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
TH2-300X300SW-CR35
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
*1 LNIS-FN
(LWD characteristics)
*2
Uniformity (Relative irradiance) Macro Lens

LWD=150 mm 50 mm LWD=500 mm 50 mm LWD=1,000 mm 50 mm
100 100
90
80
70
Output level (%)
60
50
40 50
30
20
10
0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1,000
10
LWD (mm)
TH2-CR Series CCS TH2 Search
You can also use
your smartphone
Flat Lights
or cell phone.
Camera-Window Type
Lineup
Peak wavelength /
consumption cables Control Units
temperature
FCB*2
Straight Cable
TH2-150X150RD-CR35 Red 24 V / 30 W 635 nm
LDR2 FCB-W*3
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA 2-branch Cable
LDR-LA1 PD3 POD*1 350 g

FCB-F
SQR Bracket 4-branch Cable
SQR-TP
TH2-150X150SW-CR35 White 24 V / 30 W 5,800 K FRCB
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
Robot Cable
LFR
LKR
FPR TH2-211X200RD-CR35 Red 24 V / 63 W 635 nm
FCB-EL2 PD3-10024-8 550 g
FPQ3 TH2-211X200SW-CR35 White 24 V / 62 W 5,800 K Straight Cable
LDL2 POD-22024-4-PEI*1
Lighting
TH2-300X300RD-CR35 Red 24 V / 83 W 635 nm FCB-W-EL2

Direct
LDLB
- 2-branch Cable PSB4-30024-PEI 2,700 g
HLDL2 TH2-300X300SW-CR35 White 24 V / 84 W 5,800 K
TH2 (5 types)
LFL Extension Cables P.365 Control Unit Selection Guide P.307 List of Control Unit Specifications P.309
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
*2 The cables with a model name that ends with “-ME7”, “-EL2”, “-PF”, or “-PF-EL9” are not included.
LAV *3 The cables with a model name that ends with “-EL2” are not included.
PDM
LFXV
LFX3
LFX3-PT Light Units with a 500 x 500 mm emitting surface are available for custom orders.
LFV3
LFV3-G We also accept custom orders for the size of the camera window, LED color (blue, infrared, or other color), etc.
Please feel free to contact your CCS sales representative for details.
MSU
MFU
PF
HLDR-IP/
HSL-PCL
LED Properties
UV2
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
100
IR2 CCS offers you the most suitable
80
Relative radiant
Red 635 nm
intensity (%)
White 5,800 K
60 lens filter for each wavelength.
IU Spectral 40
distribution 20
HLV3 0 refer to P.355.
HLV2 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
Wavelength (nm)
LV
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR The data included is for reference only. Actual values may vary.
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
PFB3
LNLP
Options
LNSP2
LNSP
Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN This is a dedicated bracket
LN/LN-HK for affixing the TH2 series
LNSD Light Units. The TH2 series
LND2 can be affixed in four points.
HLND
LT
LNV
Bracket
LNDG
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
Model name
Lenses Oblique
LNIS (Common for all colors)

LNIS-FN Installation bracket common
BK-TH-LE12
Telecentric Lens to all TH2 models (includes 4)
Macro Lens
P.363

P.307 P.309 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
Flat Lights
Dimensions (mm)
TH2-150X150RD-CR35 / SW-CR35
162

6 x M2 x 4
(Reserved for installing options) 15 156 3
81 LDR2
4 x M3 x 4
Direct Lighting
(For installation) LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
5
Ø3 ole) SQR-TP
2x70=140
(H
120
HPR2
162
Diffused Lighting
Ø4 LFR
5
81
LKR
FPR
21
FPQ3
6
11
LDL2
Lighting
30
Direct
0 LDLB
SM connector
2 158 HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
Nut slot detail diagram A
LFL
4 x Slots for M3 nut HPD2
5.5
3.5
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
LAV
A
PDM
7.5
LFXV
LFX3
1.2 2.5 LFX3-PT
LFV3
LFV3-G
TH2-211X200RD-CR35 / SW-CR35

MSU

223
MFU

6 x M2 x 4 PF
111.5 (Reserved for installing options) 15 217 3
4 x M3 x 4 HLDR-IP/
(For installation) HSL-PCL
UV2
UV
35
Ø ole) LNSP-UV-FN
2x80=160
(H
212
160
Ø4 IR2
5
106
IU
HLV3
26
HLV2
6
26
30
0 LV
2 219 EL connector
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

Nut slot detail diagram A HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR
4 x Slots for M3 nut HLV3-3M-RGB-4
5.5
3.5
HLV2-NR
A HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
7.5
PFBR-150
PFB3
1.2 2.5 LNLP
LNSP2
LNSP
TH2-300X300RD-CR35 / SW-CR35
Coaxial Units
320 LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
EL connector 8 x M5 LNSD
300
(For installation) LND2
HLND
LT
LNV
LNDG
Angled
5
Ø3 le)
Lighting
LNIS2
o
(H
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
340
320
Ø4
330
5 LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
170
Macro Lens
5
10
100
20
160 4
25 3X100=300 10
Diffused Lighting
Flat Lights
You can also use
CCS LFL Search your smartphone
Flat Lights
or cell phone.
For quick access.
LFL Series
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA LFL-200SW2
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
LFL-360RD2
FPR
FPQ3
LFL-50RD2
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB LFL-4012GR2
HLDL2 LFL-180BL2
LFL-100GR2 LFL-3212BL2
TH2 (5 types)
LFL LFL-1012SW2-P
HPD2 LFL-1012SW2
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
LFL-612RD2-P
LAV
LFL-612RD2
PDM
LFXV
LFX3 Dimension measuring, visual inspection, foreign material inspections, liquid level inspection, burr inspection of metal parts,
inspection for tears or stains on packaging, etc.
LFV3
LFV3-G
MSU
Rich Lineup with 43 Models Uses a Unique Method of Light Guidance

MFU
PF
HLDR-IP/ Rich lineup LEDs are placed around the light-guiding diffusion plate.
HSL-PCL
The special pattern finishing achieves illumination with
UV2 The lineup consists of 35 models, with 9 sizes of emitting
even greater diffusion.
UV surfaces from 25 x 25 mm to 360 x 250 mm in each color.
LNSP-UV-FN
The rich lineup has a total of 43 models, including the LFL- Cross-section image of the LFL-100
IR2 612-P and LFL-1012-P, which add a plate for installation to
the housing.
IU
Diffusion cover
HLV3
HLV2
LV
LSP Energy-saving type that is light-weight and thin
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR
The Light Unit's thin design, with a minimum thickness of Diffusion sheet
HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4 6 mm, allows for space-saving installation.
HLV2-NR Light-guiding
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W diffusion plate
PFBR-600
Minimum thickness
PFBR-150
Special pattern
PFB3 6 mm finishing
LNLP
LNSP2
LNSP
Reflective sheet
Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN
Model name LFL-612RD2
Aluminum housing
LN/LN-HK Power consumption 24 V / 0.6 W
LNSD Weight 25 g
LND2
HLND
LT
LNV
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
Please contact your CCS sales representative. LEDs embedded LFL-100
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens E.g.: Different shape Customizable items around the outside of
Macro Lens
Allows you to create a Light External/internal Wavelength/ a square light-guiding
Format Unit with a hole in it and pass
diameter color
diffusion plate. Camera
things through the center Diffused illumination
Increase
Can also be used as output
Cable length from a flat emitting Workpiece
a camera window
surface. Light-guiding
Illuminating Format/ diffusion plate
angle material
LEDs
format mounting
Etc.

P.307 P.309 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
Flat Lights
Imaging Example: Imaging the Liquid Level in Glass Containers
Description Liquid volume inspection
Workpiece Glass containers

LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
New lighting LFL-180SW2
SQR
Result Emphasizes the level of the liquid SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ3
Workpiece image LED Ring Light LFL-180SW2 LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
LAV
PDM
LFXV
LFX3
It is difficult to form an image of the It is possible to form an image of the LFX3-PT
Glass containers liquid level due to surface reflection. liquid level without surface reflection. LFV3
LFV3-G

MSU

MFU
Imaging Example: Imaging the Liquid Level in Plastic Containers
PF
HLDR-IP/
HSL-PCL
UV2
Description Liquid volume inspection
UV
Workpiece Plastic containers LNSP-UV-FN
IR2
New lighting LFL-180SW2 IU
HLV3
Result Emphasizes the level of the liquid
HLV2
LV
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR
Workpiece image LED Ring Light LFL-180SW2
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
PFB3
LNLP
LNSP2
LNSP
Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN
It is difficult to form an image of the It is possible to form an image of the
LN/LN-HK
Plastic containers liquid level due to surface reflection. liquid level without surface reflection. LNSD
LND2
HLND
LT
Data: Uniformity (Representative Example) LNV

LNDG
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LFL-100 LNIS-FN
Uniformity (Relative radiance) Telecentric Lens

Macro Lens
100 mm 100 mm 100 mm

100
Output level (%)
80 mm
80 mm
80 mm
50
10
LFL-100RD2 (Red) LFL-100BL2 (Blue) LFL-100GR2 (Green)
LFL Series CCS LFL Search
You can also use
your smartphone
Flat Lights
or cell phone.
For quick access.
Lineup “-P” at the end of the model name: Type with an affixing plate

LFL-612RD2*1 Red 24 V / 0.6 W 630 nm 25 g
LFL-612SW2 White 5,500 K 20 g
LDR2 LFL-612BL2 Blue 24 V / 0.4 W 470 nm
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA 25 g
LFL-612GR2 Green 525 nm PD3
*1
CC-ST-1024
LDR-LA1
SQR LFL-612RD2-P*1 Red 24 V / 0.6 W 630 nm PSB POD*2
SQR-TP
LFL-612SW2-P White 5,500 K
HPR2 25 g
Diffused Lighting
LFR LFL-612BL2-P Blue 24 V / 0.4 W 470 nm

LKR
LFL-612GR2-P Green 525 nm
FPR
FPQ3 LFL-1012RD2 Red 24 V / 0.6 W 630 nm 35 g
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2 LFL-1012BL2 Blue 24 V / 0.8 W 470 nm
TH2 (5 types) 35 g
LFL-1012GR2 Green 525 nm
LFL
HPD2 LFL-1012RD2-P Red 24 V / 0.6 W 630 nm 35 g
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
LFL-1012SW2-P White 5,500 K FCB* 4 30 g
LAV - Straight
PDM LFL-1012BL2-P Blue 24 V / 0.8 W 470 nm Cable
LFXV 35 g
LFL-1012GR2-P Green 525 nm FCB-W*5
LFX3
2-branch
LFX3-PT LFL-3212RD2 Red 24 V / 1.6 W 630 nm Cable
LFV3
LFL-3212SW2 White 5,500 K FCB-F
LFV3-G 4-branch 80 g
LFL-3212BL2 Blue 24 V / 2.3 W 470 nm
MSU Cable
MFU LFL-3212GR2 Green 525 nm FRCB

Robot
PF LFL-4012RD2 Red 24 V / 2.1 W 630 nm Cable 105 g
*4 The cables
HLDR-IP/
LFL-4012SW2 White 5,500 K with a model PD3 CC-ST-1024 110 g
HSL-PCL name that ends
LFL-4012BL2 Blue 24 V / 2.7 W 470 nm with “-ME7”, PSB POD*2
UV2 “-EL2”, “-PF”, or 105 g
UV LFL-4012GR2 Green 525 nm “-PF-EL9” are
not included.
LNSP-UV-FN LFL-50RD2 Red 24 V / 2.1 W 630 nm *5 The cables
with a model
name that ends
IR2 LFL-50SW2 White 24 V / 3.1 W 5,500 K with “-EL2” are
not included.
50 g
LFL-50BL2 Blue 470 nm
IU 24 V / 3.0 W
HLV3
HLV2 LFL-100RD2 Red 24 V / 5.1 W 630 nm 215 g
LV
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR LFL-100BL2 Blue 24 V / 5.3 W 470 nm

HLV3-NR
215 g
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR LFL-180RD2 Red 24 V / 7.1 W 630 nm 375 g
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600 Light control film
PFBR-150 LFL-180BL2 Blue 24 V / 9.1 W 470 nm
PFB3
375 g
LNLP
LNSP2 LFL-200RD2 Red 630 nm

LNSP
500 g
LFL-200SW2 White 5,500 K PD3
Coaxial Units 24 V / 12 W 2
LNSP-FN LFL-200BL2 Blue 470 nm PSB POD*
LN/LN-HK
495 g
LNSD
LND2 LFL-360RD2 Red 24 V / 30 W 630 nm PD3
2,360 g
HLND
LFL-360SW2 White 24 V / 37 W 5,500 K - PSB*3 POD* 2
LT 2,320 g
LNV LFL-360BL2 Blue 24 V / 38 W 470 nm *3 Can only use red.
LNDG
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
*1 These red lights cannot be used with the PD3-5024-4-SI or PD3-5024-4-ET Control Unit.
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Macro Lens
Options
In this plastic film are fine Light control film
louvers with extremely
narrow gaps between them. Applicable Light Unit
It reduces light diffusion in
a particular direction and LC-LFL-100 LFL-100
increases parallelism. LC-LFL-180 LFL-180
LC-LFL-200 LFL-200
P.361

P.307 P.309 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
Flat Lights
Dimensions (mm)
LFL-612RD2/SW2/BL2/GR2 LFL-612RD2-P / SW2-P / BL2-P / GR2-P LFL-1012RD2/SW2/BL2/GR2
5.5 15 2-Ø3.5 (1) (6)

(6) (For installation)
(Ø3) (Ø3) LDR2
Direct Lighting
300
(42)
(45)
(38)
(38)
LDR2-LA
(Emitting
(Emitting
(43)
(Emitting
(0.5) surface)
(0.5) surface)
surface)
(Ø3)
25
25
300
300
30
LDR-LA1
SQR
(6)
(0.5)
41 SQR-TP
(0.5) (Emitting surface)
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
(0.5) 25 (Emitting surface) (0.5) 25 (Emitting surface)
(42) LFR
(26) (26)
LKR
Only red light Only red light FPR

FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
LFL-1012RD2-P / SW2-P / BL2-P / GR2-P LFL-3212RD2/SW2/BL2/GR2 LFL-4012RD2/SW2/BL2/GR2
LFL
HPD2
(0.8) 2-Ø3.5
Diffused Lighting
6 30 2-Ø3.5 (0.8) 30 2-Ø3.5 LDM2
0 300
(For installation) (For installation) (For installation) LAV
60 (95) (0.8) PDM
(Ø3)
(Ø3)
4
60 LFXV
LFX3
300
(53)
LFX3-PT
(Emitting
48
(0.5) surface)
(43)
(66)
(Emitting
(Ø3)
surface)
(58)
4
LFV3
30
45
LFV3-G
(Emitting
surface)
(74)
70
(66)
41

MSU
53

(Emitting (7) 56 (Emitting
(7) surface) MFU
(0.5) surface) (Emitting
surface)
(42)
(81) (7) PF
HLDR-IP/
HSL-PCL
UV2
LFL-50RD2/SW2/BL2/GR2 LFL-100RD2/SW2/BL2/GR2 LFL-180RD2/SW2/BL2/GR2 UV
LNSP-UV-FN
300 300 300
214 IR2
132
(Ø3)
(Ø3)
(72) 17 180
15.9 100
(Ø3)
IU
56
HLV3
HLV2
(Emitting
surface)
LV
135
(Emitting surface)
LSP
(Emitting
surface)
Spot Lighting, Etc.

177
166
HFS/HFR
80
50
(72)
120
110
56
180 HLV3-NR
50 100 (Emitting surface) HLV3-3M-RGB-4
(Emitting surface) (Emitting surface)
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
8 PFBR-600
5.5
(6) 8
5
4-Ø3/Ø4.8 countersink depth 2.8 4-Ø3.5/Ø6 countersink depth 3 4-Ø3.5/Ø6 countersink depth 3.5 PFBR-150
(For installation) (For installation) (For installation) PFB3

LNLP
LNSP2
LNSP
LFL-200RD2/SW2/BL2/GR2 LFL-360RD2/SW2/BL2
Coaxial Units
300 LNSP-FN
300
410 LN/LN-HK
234
LNSD
(Ø3)
25 180 180 LND2

17 200
(Ø3)
HLND
LT
LNV
LNDG
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LNIS-FN
310
298
Telecentric Lens
222
212
Macro Lens
6
8
5
6-Ø4.5/Ø8 countersink depth 6 16

4-Ø3.5/Ø6 countersink depth 3.5
Diffused Lighting
Dome Lights
Dome Lights
You can also use
CCS HPD2 Search your smartphone
or cell phone.
For quick access.
HPD2 Series
Provides diffused light evenly through the dome-shaped
reflective panel
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA HPD2-250IR860
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR HPD2-200FC
LKR
FPR HPD2-400RD
FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
HPD2 HPD2-150BL
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
HPD2-100SW
LAV
PDM HPD2-75RD
LFXV
LFX3 Visual, text, or color determination inspections on glossy surfaces, curved surfaces, or uneven surfaces; inspection for engraving,
damage, or stains on stain finishing; visual inspection of metal with hairline finishing; inspection of parts on circuit boards; etc.
LFV3
LFV3-G
MSU
Applicable to a Wide Variety of Industries

MFU
PF
Diffused Light at High Output
HLDR-IP/
It is bright and even if the distance from the workpiece Light from the surface-mounted LEDs is diffused inside
HSL-PCL to the Light Unit is changed, there is little change in the the dome-shaped reflective panel. This uniformly
UV2 uniform region. Therefore, it can be used in a wide range illuminates a wide range of region.
UV
of industries.
LNSP-UV-FN Achieved higher output than the conventional product
Semiconductor industry (Circuit board) Electronic parts industry (Capacitor)
IR2
■ Output comparison with the conventional product
IU
Increased Increased
HLV3 Conventional HPD output output
HLV2 Approx. Approx.
LV
3x 9x
Radiation output
LSP New HPD2

Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR Use overdrive to increase output even further!
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
HPD2-100SW (White) HPD2-150SW (White) New HPD2
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
0 100 200 300 400 600 700 800 900%
PFBR-600 Food industry (Chocolate) Packaging industry (Top of a drink container) 500
• This is a comparison between the HPD-100 and HPD2-100 Light Units, using red and
PFBR-150 white colors.
PFB3 • It can be combined with a Strobe Control Unit for even brighter emission than continuous emission.
LNLP • The data included is for reference only. Actual values may vary.
LNSP2
LNSP
Added two sizes and an infrared and full color (RGB) type
Coaxial Units
We added the HPD2-75 and HPD2-200 models. Also,
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK we added infrared (860 nm) and full color (RGB) types
LNSD to the lineup as variation for wavelengths, increasing the
LND2
HPD2-250SW (White) HPD2-150SW (White) applications of our products.
HLND
LT
LNV
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
Please contact your CCS sales representative. Uses a unique HPD2-150
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens E.g.: Different shape Customizable items illuminating
Macro Lens
Changed the camera aperture External/internal Wavelength/
mechanism and emits
Format/
material to a rectangle diameter color diffused light at high Camera
output.
Increase Cable length
output Reflective panel
Illuminating Format/ LEDs

angle material
Workpiece
format mounting
Etc.

P.307 P.309 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
Dome Lights
Imaging Example: Imaging Foreign Materials Mixed in Food
Description Mixed foreign materials inspection
Workpiece Macaroni
LDR2
Direct Lighting
Conventional lighting HPD2-200SW
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
New lighting HPD2-200IR860: Infrared type
SQR
Result Emphasizes the foreign material SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ3
Workpiece image HPD2-200SW HPD2-200IR860 LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
LAV
PDM
LFXV
LFX3
It is difficult to form an image of the It is possible to form an image of the LFX3-PT
Macaroni foreign material using white light. foreign material using infrared light. LFV3
LFV3-G

MSU

MFU
Imaging Example: Imaging the Appearance of Multi-Colored Workpieces for Color Determination
PF
HLDR-IP/
HSL-PCL
Workpiece image UV2

LNSP-UV-FN
Workpiece Chocolate
IR2
Conventional lighting -
IU
New lighting HPD2-200FC: Full color (RGB) type
HLV3
Result Allows for multi-color determination HLV2
LV
Chocolate LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR
HPD2-200FC: Full color (RGB) type HLV3-3M-RGB-4

HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
PFB3
LNLP
LNSP2
LNSP
Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
Imaging with red illumination Imaging with blue illumination Imaging with green illumination Imaging with white illumination
LND2
HLND
LT

LNDG
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
HPD2-200SW LNIS-FN
*1
Macro Lens
100 100
90
80
70
Output level (%)
60
50
40 50
30
20
10
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
10
LWD (mm)
HPD2 Series
Dome Lights
You can also use
CCS HPD2 Search your smartphone
or cell phone.
For quick access.
Lineup
consumption correlated color temperature cables Control Units
HPD2-75RD Red 24 V / 17 W 635 nm
HPD2-75SW White 6,500 K PD3
24 V / 16 W
LDR2 HPD2-75BL Blue 470 nm PSB POD*2 140 g
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA HPD2-75IR860 Infrared 24 V / 12 W 860 nm

LDR-LA1
HPD2-75FC Red/Green/Blue 24 V / 6.0 W 622 nm / 525 nm / 470 nm PD3*1
SQR
SQR-TP HPD2-100RD Red 24 V / 17 W 635 nm
HPR2
HPD2-100SW White 6,500 K PD3
Diffused Lighting
LFR 24 V / 23 W
LKR HPD2-100BL Blue 470 nm PSB POD*2 160 g
FCB*4
FPR HPD2-100IR860 Infrared 24 V / 23 W 860 nm Straight
FPQ3 Cable
HPD2-100FC Red/Green/Blue 24 V / 11 W 622 nm / 525 nm / 470 nm PD3*1
LDL2
Lighting
FCB-W*5
Direct
LDLB HPD2-150RD Red 635 nm 2-branch

Cable
HLDL2 HPD2-150SW White 24 V / 27 W 6,500 K PD3
TH2 (5 types)
HPD2-150BL Blue 470 nm Bracket FCB-F PSB*3 POD*2 285 g
LFL 4-branch
Cable
HPD2 HPD2-150IR860 Infrared 24 V / 35 W 860 nm *3 Cannot use infrared.
Diffused Lighting
LDM2 FRCB
LAV Robot
Cable
PDM HPD2-200RD Red 24 V / 34 W 635 nm
*4 The cables
LFXV HPD2-200SW White 6,500 K with a model
LFX3 24 V / 41 W name that ends PD3 POD*2
LFX3-PT
HPD2-200BL Blue 470 nm with “-ME7”, 460 g
“-EL2”, “-PF”, or
LFV3 HPD2-200IR860 Infrared 24 V / 46 W 860 nm “-PF-EL9” are
LFV3-G not included.
HPD2-200FC Red/Green/Blue 24 V / 19 W 622 nm / 525 nm / 470 nm *5 The cables PD3*1
MSU
with a model
HPD2-250RD Red 24 V / 45 W 635 nm name that ends
MFU with “-EL2” are
HPD2-250SW White 6,500 K not included.
PF 24 V / 46 W PD3 POD*2
HPD2-250BL Blue 470 nm 650 g
HLDR-IP/ HPD2-250IR860 Infrared 24 V / 46 W 860 nm
HSL-PCL
UV2
UV HPD2-400RD Red 24 V / 45 W 635 nm
LNSP-UV-FN
HPD2-400SW White 6,500 K
24 V / 46 W PD3 POD*2
IR2 HPD2-400BL Blue 470 nm - 1,300 g
HPD2-400IR860 Infrared 24 V / 46 W 860 nm
IU
HLV3
HLV2 Extension Cables P.365 Control Unit Selection Guide P.307 List of Control Unit Specifications P.309
LV *1 Use a 3-channel Control Unit for a full color (RGB) type.
LSP *2 For information on the combination of Light Units and POD-series Control Unit, please refer to our website. https://www.ccs-grp.com/lnk/qr/pod
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4 LED properties
LED Properties
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W 100
PFBR-600 Red 622 nm CCS offers you the most suitable

Relative radiant
80
intensity (%)
Red 635 nm
PFBR-150 60 Green 525 nm
Spectral Infrared 860 nm lens filter for each wavelength.
PFB3 40
White 6,500 K
LNLP distribution 20 Blue For details about the lens filter,
470 nm
0
LNSP2 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 refer to P.355.
LNSP Wavelength (nm)
Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN Be sure to read the "Instruction Guide" included with the product before use and follow the safety precautions upon use.
LN/LN-HK The data included is for reference only. Actual values may vary.
LNSD
LND2
HLND
LT
Options
LNV
LNDG
Angled
Combine with Combine with a Achieves installation using

Lighting
LNIS2 a Ring Light to Coaxial Light to solve installation holes with a

Lenses Oblique
LNIS achieve imaging by uneven illumination larger gap than the Light
LNIS-FN light switching and and achieve uniform Unit body installation
Telecentric Lens simultaneous lighting. illumination from all holes, or installation on a
directions. vertical surface.
Macro Lens
Light joint bracket Coaxial Light joint bracket Expansion mounting bracket
Applicable Light Unit 1 Applicable Light Unit 2 Applicable Light Unit 1 Applicable Light Unit 2 Applicable Light Unit
Model name (Common for all colors) (Common for all colors) Model name (Common for all colors) (Common for all colors)
BK-75-JO HPD2-75 HPR2-75 LDR2-100-LA LDR-96-LA1 BK-HPD2-75-LFV HPD2-75 LFV3-35 BK-75-CI HPD2-75
BK-100-JO HPD2-100 HPR2-100 LDR2-132-LA LDR-146-LA1 BK-HPD2-100-LFV HPD2-100 BK-100-CI HPD2-100
LFV3-50
LFV3-70
BK-250-JO HPD2-250 HPR2-250 - - BK-HPD2-250-LFV HPD2-250 BK-250-CI HPD2-250
P.363 P.364 P.364
Transparent acrylic protective plates (PR Series) with AR (anti-reflective) coatings are available to protect the light
emission surface from scratches and dirt. Contact our local sales office for details.
P.307 P.309 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
Dome Lights
Dimensions (mm) M4 and M6 installation holes are tapped and perforated holes.
HPD2-75RD/SW/BL/FC/IR860 HPD2-100RD/SW/BL/FC/IR860
(45.1) 4 x M4 (57.4) 4 x M4
12 12
Ø8 45° 45°
3 Ø1
08
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
Ø91
Ø20
Ø41
Ø116
Ø25
Ø66
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
. 5) ) HPR2
Diffused Lighting
7 0
R3 R5 LFR
(S 300 (S 300 LKR
FPR
FPQ3
HPD2-150RD/SW/BL/FC/IR860 HPD2-200RD/SW/BL/FC/IR860 LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
(81.9) 4 x M4 4 x M4 HLDL2
(107)
TH2 (5 types)
13 13
Ø2 45° LFL
Ø1 45° 08
58 HPD2
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
LAV
PDM
Ø166
Ø116
Ø166
Ø216
Ø35
Ø40 LFXV
LFX3
7 5) 0 0) LFX3-PT
( SR R1 LFV3
(S
LFV3-G
300

MSU

300
MFU
PF
HPD2-250RD/SW/BL/FC/IR860 HPD2-400RD/SW/BL/FC/IR860
HLDR-IP/
HSL-PCL
(131.5) (205)
4 x M6 UV2
4 x M4 17 UV
16.5 (For installation)
(For installation) (13) 45° LNSP-UV-FN
(13) Ø4
Ø 45° 12
25 IR2
8
IU
HLV3
Ø360
Ø424
Ø80
Ø266
Ø210
HLV2
Ø50
LV
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

25) 0 0) HFS/HFR
1 2
( SR (SR HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
300
300 HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
PFB3
LNLP
LNSP2
LNSP
Coaxial Units
● The camera aperture can be changed to a square. ● Special order
LNSP-FN
The full color type (HPD2-FC, HPD2-400FC-FT) has three LN/LN-HK
A Model Dimension A Dimension B
HPD2-75□-SQ20 45.1 20
connectors.
Use a 3-channel Control Unit if controlling intensity separately
LNSD
LND2
HPD2-100□-SQ30 56.7 30
for each color. HLND
HPD2-150□-SQ40 81.3 40 LT
HPD2-200□-SQ50 105.8 50
□B
LNV
HPD2-250□-SQ60 130.3 60 LNDG
Angled
HPD2-400□-SQ80
Lighting
205 80 LNIS2
□ is a placeholder for letters that indicate the color of the emitted light.
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
Dimensions are subject to change. LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Macro Lens
Diffused Lighting
Dome Lights
Dome Lights
You can also use
CCS LDM2 Search your smartphone
or cell phone.
For quick access.
LDM2 Series
Provides diffused light from a cone-shaped emitting surface
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR LDM2-90GR2
FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB LDM2-90BL2
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
HPD2
LDM2-50SW2
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
LAV LDM2-50RD2
PDM
LFXV
LFX3 Inspection for the visual, text, or color determination on glossy surfaces, curved surfaces, or uneven surfaces; soldering
inspection; surface inspection for metal parts; text inspection for can bottoms; character recognition for glossy workpieces; etc.
LFV3
LFV3-G
MSU
Features
MFU
PF
HLDR-IP/
Light emitted from the LEDs is transmitted through the light-guiding diffusion plate and
HSL-PCL the uniformly diffused light from a wide emitting surface surrounds the whole workpiece.
UV2
UV Example configuration Imaging example: Imaging text
LNSP-UV-FN (LDM2-90) on aluminum bottle cans
IR2
Camera
IU
HLV3 Heat dissipation

material
HLV2
LV LEDs
LSP
Workpiece: Aluminum bottle cans
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR Light-guiding
HLV3-NR diffusion plate
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
LED Bar Light LDM2-90RD2
Workpiece
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
PFB3
LNLP
LNSP2
LNSP Please feel free to inquire.
Coaxial Units
• Shape modifications It is difficult to form an image of It is possible to illuminate the
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK • Brightness increases the text due to the influence of whole thing evenly to form an
LNSD • Changes in wavelength, etc. uneven illumination. image of the text.
LND2
HLND
LT
LNV
LNDG
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2 The data included is for reference only. Actual values may vary.
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LDM2-50RD2
LNIS-FN *1
Telecentric Lens Relative irradiance graph
100 100
90
80
70
Output level (%)
60
50
40 50
30
20
10
0
0 5 10 15 20
10
LWD (mm)

P.307 P.309 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
Dome Lights
Lineup
LDM2-50RD2 Red 24 V / 3.6 W 630 nm
LDM2-50SW2 White 5,500 K FCB*2

Straight PD3 CC-ST-1024
Cable 100 g LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDM2-50BL2 Blue 24 V / 5.0 W 470 nm PSB POD*1 LDR2-LA
FCB-W* 3
LDR-LA1
2-branch
LDM2-50GR2 Green 525 nm Cable SQR
- SQR-TP
LDM2-90RD2 Red 24 V / 14 W 630 nm FCB-F HPR2
Diffused Lighting
4-branch
Cable LFR
LDM2-90SW2 White 5,500 K PD3 LKR
FRCB 500 g
PSB POD*1 FPR
LDM2-90BL2 Blue 24 V / 18 W 470 nm Robot
Cable
FPQ3
LDM2-90GR2 Green 525 nm LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
Extension Cables P.365 Control Unit Selection Guide P.307 List of Control Unit Specifications P.309 HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
*2 The cables with a model name that ends with “-ME7”, “-EL2”, “-PF”, or “-PF-EL9” are not included. LFL
*3 The cables with a model name that ends with “-EL2” are not included. HPD2
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
LAV
PDM
LED Properties
properties LFXV
LFX3
LFX3-PT
100
CCS offers you the most suitable LFV3
Relative radiant
80
intensity (%)
Blue 470 nm Red 630 nm LFV3-G

Spectral

MSU

40
distribution 20 MFU
0 refer to P.355.
350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 PF
Wavelength (nm)
HLDR-IP/
Be sure to read the "Instruction Guide" included with the product before use and follow the safety precautions upon use. HSL-PCL
The data included is for reference only. Actual values may vary. UV2
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
Dimensions (mm) IR2
IU
LDM2-50RD2/SW2/BL2/GR2
HLV3
300
(Ø3)
HLV2
LV
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
Ø50
HLV2-NR
1 HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
Ø1 e)
rf ac PFBR-600
su PFBR-150
4-M3 depth 4 (P.C.D.30) 40 g
in
itt PFB3
(For installation) m
(E LNLP
47
Ø LNSP2
LNSP
Coaxial Units
LDM2-90RD2/SW2/BL2/GR2 LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
4-M4 depth 5 (P.C.D.76)
LND2
(For installation)
300 HLND
(Ø3)
LT
LNV
LNDG
Angled
16
Lighting
LNIS2
Ø
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LNIS-FN
30°
30°
Telecentric Lens
Ø94
Macro Lens
30°
30°
)
ce
rfa
su
4-M3 depth 4 (P.C.D.68) 70

g
in
(For installation)
itt
m
(E
88
Ø
Diffused Lighting
Dome Lights
You can also use
Dome Lights
CCS LAV Search your smartphone
or cell phone.
For quick access.
LAV Series
Provides diffused light evenly using a mechanism that
combines a diffused lighting and a coaxial lighting
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ3
LAV-80GR2
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
LAV-80BL2
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
LAV-80SW2
HPD2
LAV-80RD2
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
LAV
PDM
LFXV
LFX3 Faulty plating inspection, inspection of a sealed target, inspection for foreign material attached to a glossy surface,
character recognition and text inspection of glossy surfaces, dimension measuring of electronic parts, etc.
LFV3
LFV3-G
MSU
Features
MFU
PF
Combines diffused lighting and a coaxial lighting. • Shape modifications

HSL-PCL Used for uniformly illuminating glossy, curved workpieces. • Brightness increases
UV2
Example configuration (LAV-80) Imaging example: Imaging the
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
appearance of connector pins LED Ring Light LAV-80RD2
IR2
Camera
IU Beam splitter
HLV3 Light-guiding
HLV2 diffusion plate
LV
LSP LEDs
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR Workpiece: Connector pins It is difficult to illuminate the It is possible to illuminate the
HLV3-NR
Workpiece
whole thing evenly to form whole thing evenly to form
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR an image of the exterior. an image of the exterior.
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
Lineup
PFB3
LNLP Power Peak wavelength / Recommended
LNSP2 consumption temperature Control Units
LNSP
Coaxial Units LAV-80RD2 Red 24 V / 3.6 W 630 nm FCB*2 FCB-F
Straight 4-branch
LNSP-FN LAV-80SW2 White 5,500 K Cable Cable
LN/LN-HK - PD3 POD*1 190 g
LAV-80BL2 Blue 24 V / 5.0 W 470 nm FCB-W*3 FRCB
LNSD 2-branch Robot
LND2 LAV-80GR2 Green 525 nm Cable Cable
HLND
LT LED Properties: Spectral Distribution P.384 Extension Cables P.365 Control Unit Selection Guide P.307 List of Control Unit Specifications P.309
Use a 2-channel Control Unit.
LNV *1 For information on the combination of Light Units and POD-series Control Unit, please refer to our website. https://www.ccs-grp.com/lnk/qr/pod
LNDG *2 The cables with a model name that ends with “-ME7”, “-EL2”, “-PF”, or “-PF-EL9” are not included. *3 The cables with a model name that ends with “-EL2” are not included.
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
Dimensions (mm)
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Macro Lens LAV-80RD2/SW2/BL2/GR2 Illumination part Power consumption
40 28 300
Red: 1.0 W
Coaxial illumination part
(Ø3) White/Blue/Green: 1.6 W
Red: 2.6 W
Diffused illumination part
White/Blue/Green: 3.4 W
Ø80
40
If adjusting the intensity for each part separately, use a 2-channel Control Unit.
4 )
Ø1 6 rface
Ø5 su
4-M4 depth 8 ng
itti
(For installation) (E
m You can change the connectors of the Light Unit cable. Choose between
M12 connectors and flying leads. Refer to P.19 for details.
The emitting surface for the LAV-80SW2/BL2/GR2 is Ø54.

Diffused Lighting
Dome Lights
Dome Lights
You can also use
CCS PDM Search your smartphone
or cell phone.
For quick access.
PDM Series
Provides diffused light evenly using a mechanism
that combines a diffused lighting, coaxial lighting,
and low-angle lighting
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
PDM-150-15GR2
LFR
LKR
PDM-150-15BL2 FPR
FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
PDM-150-15SW2 HPD2
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
LAV
PDM-150-15RD2 PDM
LFXV
LFX3
Faulty plating inspection, inspection of a sealed target, inspection for foreign material attached to a glossy surface,
Applications character recognition and text inspection of glossy surfaces, dimension measuring of electronic parts, etc. LFX3-PT
LFV3
LFV3-G

MSU

Features
MFU
PF
This Light Unit combines the three types: dome lighting, low-angle lighting, • Shape modifications
and coaxial lighting. It illuminates the workpiece with uniform diffused light. • Brightness increases HSL-PCL
Please feel free to inquire. • Changes in wavelength, etc. UV2
UV
Example configuration (PDM-150-15) Imaging example:
LNSP-UV-FN
Camera
Imaging 2-D codes LED Ring Light PDM-150-15RD2
IR2
Half mirror
IU
LED
HLV3
Light-guiding
HLV2
diffusion plate
LV
LEDs LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

HFS/HFR
Workpiece
Workpiece: It is difficult to determine It is possible to determine HLV3-NR
the 2-D code due to the the 2-D code by evenly HLV3-3M-RGB-4
Contact lens packages
glossy and wavy surface. illuminating the surface. HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
Lineup PFBR-150
PFB3
LNLP
Power Peak wavelength / Recommended

Model name LED color correlated color Options Extension cables Weight LNSP2
consumption temperature Control Unit LNSP
Coaxial Units
PDM-150-15RD2 Red 24 V / 18 W 630 nm FCB* 1
FCB-F 1,140 g
Straight 4-branch LNSP-FN
PDM-150-15SW2 White 5,500 K Cable Cable 1,170 g LN/LN-HK
- PD3
PDM-150-15BL2 Blue 24 V / 22 W 470 nm FCB-W*2 FRCB LNSD
2-branch Robot 1,140 g LND2
PDM-150-15GR2 Green 525 nm Cable Cable
HLND
Use a 3-channel Control Unit. LT
LED Properties: Spectral Distribution P.384 Extension Cables P.365 Control Unit Selection Guide P.307 List of Control Unit Specifications P.309 LNV
*1 The cables with a model name that ends with “-ME7”, “-EL2”, “-PF”, or “-PF-EL9” are not included. LNDG
Angled
*2 The cables with a model name that ends with “-EL2” are not included.
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
Dimensions (mm) LNIS-FN

Telecentric Lens
Macro Lens
PDM-150-15RD2/SW2/BL2/GR2
Illumination part Power consumption
4 equal parts - M4x0.7 tap depth 10 (1.7) 120
Red: 3.1 W, White: 2.2 W,
(P.C.D.120) (For installation) 83 Coaxial illumination part
Blue/Green: 2.7 W
300 45°
Red: 10.2 W, White: 14 W,
Dome illumination part
Blue/Green: 13 W
Red: 4.6 W,
Low-angle illumination part
Ø156
Ø82
White/Blue/Green: 6.1 W
44
8 If adjusting the intensity for each part separately, use a 3-channel Control Unit.
Ø2
4-M3x0.5 tap depth 5
30 (For installation)
You can change the connectors of the Light Unit cable. Choose between
M12 connectors and flying leads. Refer to P.19 for details.
Flat Dome Lights Diffused Lighting
Flat Dome Lights
You can also use
CCS LFXV Search your smartphone
or cell phone.
For quick access.
LFXV Series
Recreates the effect of dome lights using thin case design
Enlarged image NEW
LFXV-300X100BL
Fine dimples NEW
LDR2 added to the LFXV-300X200SW

Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA surface of the

LDR-LA1 light-guiding plate.
SQR
SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
NEW
LFR
LFXV-200X100IR860
LKR
FPR
FPQ3 NEW
LDL2 LFXV-200BL NEW

LFXV-100RD
Lighting
Direct
LDLB LFXV-300RD
NEW
HLDL2
LFXV-150SW
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
HPD2 LFXV-75BL
LFXV-25RD
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
LFXV-50SW
LAV
PDM
LFXV
LFX3
Appearance or text inspection on metal surfaces, curved surfaces, or uneven surfaces; mixed foreign material inspection of
LFV3
food and medicine; character recognition of packaging; inspection of text on can surfaces; etc.
LFV3-G
MSU
Bright and Clear Field of View Using New Light-Guiding Plate

MFU
PF
HLDR-IP/ Reduces image irregularities and moire due to the surface dot pattern.
HSL-PCL
For details about “moire due to the surface dot pattern”, refer to How to Use the LFX3 to Capture a Perfect Image on P.114.
UV2
UV  LFX3-100SW (White)  LFXV-100SW (White)
LNSP-UV-FN
F-stop: F1.8 F-stop: F1.8
IR2
IU
HLV3
HLV2 見本
LV
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
F-stop: F8 F-stop: F8
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
PFB3
LNLP
LNSP2
LNSP
Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN
Note: Image irregularities and moire may occur, depending on the capture conditions and the type of the image processing.
LN/LN-HK
Imaging environment: 5
-megapixel camera (effective pixels: 2448x2048, 3.45x3.45 μm, 2/3 inch), 5M-compatible lens (focal length: 25 mm, F1.8-16),
LNSD
Distance between the camera and the workpiece: 290 mm, Distance between the Light Unit and the workpiece: 20 mm
LND2
HLND
LT Spots of light may appear due to foreign objects in the light-guiding plate, but this falls within our testing standards and is not a product defect.
LNV
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
E.g: Different shape External/ Fine dimples added LFXV-100
LNIS-FN internal Wavelength/
Telecentric Lens diameter color
to the surface of the
Macro Lens Format/ Created a Light Unit that has an light-guiding plate
material Increase Cable Camera
enlarged emitting surface.
output length enable the uniform
illumination of Light-guiding
plate
Illuminating Format/ workpieces.
angle material
LEDs
format mounting
Workpiece
Etc.
Please contact your CCS

sales representative.

Flat Dome Lights

P.307 P.309 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
Total of 40 Models in 10 Different Sizes

Total of 40 models with a lineup of four different light colors in 10 different light emitting surface sizes.
Large sizes and rectangular sizes now available.
(1) (5) NEW (6) NEW (7) NEW Light emitting

NO. Series LED color
surface size (mm)
LDR2
Direct Lighting
(1) LFXV-25 25x25 LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
(2) (2) LFXV-50 50x50 SQR
SQR-TP
(3) LFXV-75 75x75
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
(4) LFXV-100 100x100
LKR
(3) (8) NEW (9) NEW (10) NEW (5)
NEW
150x150 FPR
LFXV-150 FPQ3
Red/White/
NEW LDL2
(6) 200x100
Lighting
Blue/Infrared
Direct
LFXV-200X100 LDLB
NEW HLDL2
(7) 200x200
LFXV-200 TH2 (5 types)
(4) NEW LFL
(8) 300x100 HPD2
LFXV-300X100
Diffused Lighting
NEW
LDM2
(9) 300x200 LAV
LFXV-300X200
PDM
NEW
(10) 300x300 LFXV
LFXV-300
LFX3
LFX3-PT
LFV3
LFV3-G

MSU

Suitable for a Wide Range of Applications MFU
PF
Recreates the effect of Dome Lights when used close to the workpiece.
Recreates the effect of Coaxial Lights when used further from the workpiece. HLDR-IP/
HSL-PCL
UV2
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
Imaging Comparison
IR2
Changing the distance
IU
between the light and
the workpiece (LWD) LWD: HLV3
HLV2
highlights different parts 200 mm
LWD: LV
of the workpiece. LSP
LWD: 100 mm
Spot Lighting, Etc.

HFS/HFR
10 mm HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
q Workpiece PFBR-600
PFBR-150
PFB3
LNLP
LNSP2
LNSP
Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
Cans LNSD
LND2
At LWD of 10 mm, the whole At LWD of 100 mm, the bumps At LWD of 200 mm, HLND
surface of the workpiece is and pull tab are captured. the bumps and pull tab are LT
illuminated uniformly. The bumps emphasized. LNV
q Workpiece are eliminated from the image. LNDG

Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Macro Lens
Plastic containers
At LWD of 10 mm, the whole At LWD of 100 mm, At LWD of 200 mm,
surface of the workpiece is the printed text and shrink the shrink film is emphasized.
illuminated uniformly. This allows film are captured.
the outer edge of the container
and the printed text to be imaged.
LWD is the distance between the lighting fixture and the workpiece. The data included is for reference only. Actual values may vary.
Flat Dome Lights Refer to our website for product details.
LFXV Series CCS LFXV Search
You can also use
your smartphone
or cell phone.
For quick access.
Imaging Example: Imaging the Appearance of Capacitors

Diffused Lighting
Workpiece Capacitors
Conventional light LED Diffusion Ring Light

LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA New light LFXV-25RD

LDR-LA1
SQR Result Improves the uniformity
SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR Workpiece image LED Diffusion Ring Light LFXV-25RD
FPR
FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
LAV
PDM Hairline finishing on the surface The hairline finishing is no longer
LFXV Capacitors makes it difficult to read the visible, making it possible to read
LFX3
printed text. the printed text.
LFX3-PT
LFV3
LFV3-G
MSU
MFU
Imaging Example: Imaging the Appearance of Contact Lens Packages
PF
HLDR-IP/
HSL-PCL Description Visual inspection
UV2
UV Workpiece Contact lens packages
LNSP-UV-FN
Conventional light LED Ring Light
IR2
New light LFXV-50RD
IU
Result Improves the uniformity
HLV3
HLV2
LV
LSP Workpiece image LED Ring Light LFXV-50RD
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
PFB3
LNLP
LNSP2
LNSP It is difficult to determine the It is possible to determine the
Coaxial Units Contact lens packages 2-D code due to the glossy and 2-D code by evenly illuminating
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK wavy surface. the surface.
LNSD
LND2
HLND
LNV
LT
LNDG
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
LFXV-100RD
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
*1
LNIS-FN Relative irradiance graph
Telecentric Lens
Macro Lens
100 100
90
80
70
Output level (%)
60
50
40 50
30
20
10
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 10
LWD (mm)

Flat Dome Lights

P.307 P.309 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
Imaging Example: Imaging of Foreign Materials in Tea Leaves
Description Foreign materials inspection
Workpiece Tea leaves
Conventional
LED Dome Light
light
LDR2
Direct Lighting
New light LFXV-200IR860: Infrared Type LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
Result Emphasizes foreign material SQR
SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
Workpiece image LED Dome Light LFXV-200IR860 LKR
FPR
FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
LAV
It is difficult to image foreign Foreign objects can be imaged PDM
Tea leaves objects using white light. using infrared light. LFXV
LFX3
LFX3-PT
The foreign object was intentionally added for image sampling purposes. LFV3
LFV3-G

MSU

Imaging Example: Imaging the Appearance of Food Packages MFU
PF
HLDR-IP/
Description Visual inspection HSL-PCL
UV2
Workpiece Food package UV
Conventional LNSP-UV-FN
LED Dome Light
light
IR2
New light LFXV-300SW
IU
Result Improves the uniformity
HLV3
HLV2
NEW LV
Workpiece image LED Dome Light LFXV-300SW (White) LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
PFB3
LNLP
LNSP2
Shadows from the lighting aperture Uniformly lights the container all the LNSP
Food packages obscure the center of the container, way to the bottom, enabling imaging Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN
making imaging difficult. of the container appearance. LN/LN-HK
LNSD
LND2
HLND
Data: Relative Irradiance Graph and Uniformity (Representative Example) LT

LNV
LNDG
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
LFXV-200SW
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
*1
Relative irradiance graph LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
100 100
90
80
70
Output level (%)
60
50
40 50
30
20
10
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
10
LWD (mm)
LFXV Series CCS LFXV Search
You can also use
your smartphone
or cell phone.
For quick access.
Lineup
Model name Diffused
LED color Lighting
Power
consumption
Peak wavelength /
correlated color Options
Extension
cables
Recommended
Control Units
Weight
temperature
LFXV-25RD Red 24 V / 1.2 W 630 nm
LFXV-25SW White 24 V / 1.3 W 5,500 K PD3 CC-ST-1024
80 g
LFXV-25BL Blue 24 V / 1.2 W 465 nm PSB POD*1
LDR2 LFXV-25IR860 Infrared 24 V / 1.2 W 855 nm
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA LFXV-50RD Red 24 V / 9.1 W 630 nm

LDR-LA1 LFXV-50SW White 24 V / 9.9 W 5,500 K PD3 CC-ST-1024
SQR 190 g
LFXV-50BL Blue 24 V / 9.3 W 465 nm PSB POD*1
SQR-TP
LFXV-50IR860 Infrared 24 V / 5.7 W 855 nm
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LFXV-75RD Red 24 V / 14 W 630 nm
LFXV-75SW White 24 V / 15 W 5,500 K PD3
LKR 290 g
FPR LFXV-75BL Blue 24 V / 14 W 465 nm PSB POD*1
FCB* 3
FPQ3 LFXV-75IR860 Infrared 24 V / 12 W 855 nm Straight
Cable
LDL2 LFXV-100RD Red 24 V / 16 W 630 nm
Lighting
Direct
LDLB PD3
LFXV-100SW White 24 V / 20 W 5,500 K FCB-W*4
HLDL2 2-branch 400 g
LFXV-100BL Blue 24 V / 19 W 465 nm Cable PSB POD*1
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
LFXV-100IR860 Infrared 24 V / 12 W 855 nm
FCB-F
HPD2 LFXV-150RD Red 24 V / 28 W 630 nm 4-branch
Cable
LFXV-150SW White 24 V / 30 W 5,500 K PD3
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
870 g
LAV LFXV-150BL Blue 24 V / 28 W 465 nm FRCB PSB POD*1
Robot
PDM LFXV-150IR860 Infrared 24 V / 17 W 855 nm Cable
LFXV -
LFXV-200X100RD Red 24 V / 23 W 630 nm *3 The cables with
LFX3 a model name PD3
LFXV-200X100SW White 24 V / 30 W 5,500 K
that ends with
LFX3-PT 870 g
LFV3
LFXV-200X100BL Blue 24 V / 28 W 465 nm “-ME7”, “-EL2”, PSB POD*1
“-PF”, or “-PF-
LFV3-G LFXV-200X100IR860 Infrared 24 V / 17 W 855 nm EL9” are not
included.
LFXV-200RD Red 24 V / 31 W 630 nm
MSU
*4 The cables with PD3

MFU
LFXV-200SW White 24 V / 40 W 5,500 K a model name
that ends with PSB*2 POD*1 1,300 g
LFXV-200BL Blue 24 V / 38 W 465 nm “-EL2” are not
PF included. *2 Only infrared can be used.
LFXV-200IR860 Infrared 24 V / 23 W 855 nm
HLDR-IP/
LFXV-300X100RD Red 24 V / 31 W 630 nm
PD3
HSL-PCL LFXV-300X100SW White 24 V / 40 W 5,500 K
1,300 g
UV2 LFXV-300X100BL Blue 24 V / 38 W 465 nm PSB*2 POD*1
UV LFXV-300X100IR860 Infrared 24 V / 23 W 855 nm *2 Only infrared can be used.
LNSP-UV-FN LFXV-300X200RD Red 24 V / 38 W 630 nm
PD3
IR2 LFXV-300X200SW White 24 V / 50 W 5,500 K
1,600 g
LFXV-300X200BL Blue 24 V / 47 W 465 nm PSB*2 POD*1
IU LFXV-300X200IR860 Infrared 24 V / 29 W 855 nm *2 Only infrared can be used.
LFXV-300RD Red 24 V / 46 W 630 nm

HLV3
HLV2
LFXV-300SW White 24 V / 60 W 5,500 K
PD3 POD*1 2,000 g
LV LFXV-300BL Blue 24 V / 56 W 465 nm
LSP LFXV-300IR860 Infrared 24 V / 34 W 855 nm
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR Extension Cables P.365 Control Unit Selection Guide P.307 List of Control Unit Specifications P.309
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
LED Properties
PFB3
100
LNLP
80 CCS offers you the most suitable

Relative radiant
LNSP2
intensity (%)
White 5,500 K Blue 465 nm Red 630 nm

60
LNSP Spectral 40
Infrared 855 nm lens filter for each wavelength.
Coaxial Units
distribution 20 For details about the lens filter,
LNSP-FN 0
LN/LN-HK 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 refer to P.355.
Wavelength (nm)
LNSD
LND2
HLND
LT
LNV
LNDG
Angled
Precautions for Use

Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Imaging may be affected by dirt or dust on the Light Unit's surface.
Macro Lens Be careful when handling the emitting surface and do not let dirt, dust, or fingerprints get on the Light Unit.
• Do not touch dirt or dust by hand. Remove by blowing air.
• If finger prints get on the Light Unit, wipe them off using a fine soft cloth.
• If the Light Unit is very dirty, use a diluted neutral cleaner and a fine soft cloth to lightly wipe it down.
• Do not use chemicals such as alcohol to wipe the emitting surface.

Flat Dome Lights

P.307 P.309 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
Dimensions (mm)
LFXV-25RD/SW/BL/IR860 LFXV-50RD/SW/BL/IR860 LFXV-75RD/SW/BL/IR860

10
43 10 93 118 10
25
38 2.5 21.5 50 (Emitting surface) 5 21.5 75 (Emitting surface) 5
9 (Emitting surface) 5
2 x M3 x 4 4 x M3 x 4 2 x M4 x 6 2 x M4 x 6
(For installation) (For installation) (For installation) Illumination (For installation)
Illumination LDR2
24 15
27.5 38
93
79
52
Direct Lighting
16 20
104
118
60
4 x M4 LDR2-LA
20
(For installation) LDR-LA1

Illumination 4 x M4
300
7 79 SQR
29
(For installation)
21.5
7
7 104 SQR-TP
300
21.5
7
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
300
LFR
LKR
LFXV-100RD/SW/BL/IR860 LFXV-150RD/SW/BL/IR860 LFXV-200X100RD/SW/BL/IR860 FPR
143 10 193 16 FPQ3
11
21.5 100 (Emitting surface) 21.5 150 (Emitting surface) 11 2 x M4 x 6 LDL2
5 36.5 70
Lighting
Direct
(For installation) LDLB
2 x M4 x 6 143 16
2 x M4 x 6 HLDL2
(For installation) (For installation) 21.5 100 (Emitting surface) 11
TH2 (5 types)
Illumination Illumination 2 x M4 x 6 LFL

143
129
(For installation)
70

193
179
100
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
Illumination
36.5
LAV
243
140
46.5
229
7 129 PDM
21.5
LFXV
300 4 x M4 7 179
7
21.5
(For installation) 4 x M4 LFX3

300 4 x M4
51.5
(For installation) (For installation) LFX3-PT
LFV3
7 129 LFV3-G
7
21.5
300

MSU

MFU
LFXV-200RD/SW/BL/IR860 LFXV-300X100RD/SW/BL/IR860
243 16 PF
11
21.5 200 (Emitting surface) 11 2 x M4 x 6

36.5 70
(For installation) 16 HLDR-IP/
143 HSL-PCL
2 x M4 x 6 11
21.5 100 (Emitting surface)
(For installation) 4 x M4 x 6 UV2
(For installation) UV
Illumination LNSP-UV-FN
243
229
140
IR2
P90 x 3 = 270
Illumination
343
329
4 x M4 IU
51.5
(For installation)
HLV3
7 229
90
HLV2
7
4 x M4
21.5
300 LV
36.5
(For installation)
7 129 LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

7
21.5
300 HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
LFXV-300X200RD/SW/BL/IR860 LFXV-300RD/SW/BL/IR860
HLV2-NR
343 16 HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
11
51.5 140 2 x M4 x 6 16 21.5 300 (Emitting surface) 11 PFBR-600

243 (For installation) PFBR-150
4 x M4 x 6
11
21.5 200 (Emitting surface) (For installation) PFB3
4 x M4 x 6 LNLP
(For installation)
LNSP2
LNSP
P90 x 3 = 270
Illumination
Coaxial Units
343
329
P90 x 3 = 270
Illumination LNSP-FN
343
329
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
90
4 x M4 LND2
90
36.5
(For installation) HLND

4 x M4
(For installation) 7 329 LT
36.5
21.5
7 229 300 LNV

7
21.5
LNDG
Angled
300
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
■ Diagrams for 4 x M4 Installation Holes
Macro Lens
● LFXV-50/75/100 ● LFXV-150/200X100/200/300X100/300X200/300*
(Ø4.6) (Ø4.6)
4 x M4
1
1
(For installation)
10
16
4
* Use together with the M4 mounting

7
Ø6
A A holes on the sides if securing a heavy
A-A Ø6
4 places lighting fixture.
A-A
Flat Dome Lights Diffused Lighting
Flat Dome Lights
You can also use
CCS LFX3 Search your smartphone
or cell phone.
For quick access.
LFX3 Series
Recreates the effect of a Dome Light with a thin case design
Enlarged image
LFX3-200X100SW
Dot printing on
LDR2
the surface of
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
the light-guiding
LDR-LA1
plate.
SQR
SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ3
LDL2 LFX3-150RD
Lighting
LFX3-200BL
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
HPD2
LFX3-75BL
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
LAV
LFX3-25RD LFX3-50SW
PDM
LFX3-100IR860
LFXV
LFX3
Appearance or text inspection on metal surfaces, curved surfaces, or uneven surfaces; mixed foreign material inspection of
LFV3
food and medicine; character recognition of packaging; inspection of text on can surfaces; etc.
LFV3-G
MSU
High Output to Match High-Speed Inspection Expanded Product Lineup: 28 Models in Total
MFU
PF
HLDR-IP/
The LFX3-series Light Units are high-power Flat Dome The Light Unit is available in 7 sizes and 4 LED colors:
HSL-PCL Lights perfect for fast-moving production lines. The red, white, blue, and infrared.
UV2
brightness of the white lights has been tripled.
UV 200x100
LFX2
1x
LNSP-UV-FN Conventional product 75x75
(White) 25x25
IR2 Continuous lighting
(White)
Approx. LFX3
IU 200x200
3x
New product 50x50
100x100
HLV3 (White)
Continuous lighting 150x150 (Emitting surface size)
HLV2 (White)
Approx.
Series Emitting surface size (mm) LED color
New product
9x
LV
LSP (White) LFX3-25 series 25 x 25
Spot Lighting, Etc.
Strobe lighting
HFS/HFR (White)
LFX3-50 series 50 x 50
HLV3-NR LFX3-75 series 75 x 75 Red/White/Blue/IR
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900%
HLV3-3M-RGB-4 LFX3-100 series 100 x 100
HLV2-NR Continuous lighting (White) Strobe lighting (White) LFX3-150 series 150 x 150
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W Conventional product New product New product LFX3-200X100 series 200 x 100
PFBR-600 LFX3-200 series 200 x 200
PFBR-150
PFB3 Designed to prevent falling screws Light projection side
LNLP
No worries of screws* loosening Enlarged image
LNSP2
LNSP and falling. Cover screws are
Coaxial Units Approx. Approx.
not used on the light projection
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
1x 3x 9x side of the Light Unit.
LNSD
* The screws that are used to install the Light Unit
LND2 Shutter speed: 1/24,000 are not considered. Cover screws are not used on this surface.
HLND
LT Measurement condition Intensity setting: 100%
LNV Brightness comparison between the LFX2-100SW and LFX3-100SW Light Units.
LNDG The data included is for reference only. Actual values may vary.
Example Configuration
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
The dot pattern on the LFX3-100
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Installation Using Nut Slots surface of the light-
Macro Lens guiding plate controls
Nut Slots are provided on the sides of the Light Unit for a high Camera
the diffusion and
degree of freedom in installation to match the environment. Light-guiding
transmission of light, plate
Conventional product LFX3-series Light Unit making it possible
Use M3 nuts.
Nut slots to emit uniformly LEDs
diffused light onto the
workpiece. Workpiece
Installation holes
Installation holes Note: Not applicable to the
LFX3-25-series Light Unit.

Control Unit List of Control Unit Options Examples of Custom Examples of Regulations, Etc.
Flat Dome Lights

P.307 P.309 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
Light-Weight Compact Design, Space-Saving Installation, and Wide Field of View

Comparison of images of printed text
Workpiece: Medicine Flat Dome Light Dome Light Coaxial Light
LFX3-200BL HPD2-250BL + LFV3-70BL
(Individual packaging)
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Flat Dome Light Dome Light Coaxial Light
+
Direct
Comparison of structures LDLB
(LFX3-200) (HPD2-250) (LFV3-70) HLDL2

TH2 (5 types)
Enlarged image LFL
The dot pattern on the Field of view HPD2
Diffused Lighting
surface of the light-guiding LDM2
Narrow LAV
plate controls the diffusion
and transmission of light. PDM
LFXV
78 mm
LFX3
LFX3-PT
LFV3
Conceptual image of the structure
Field of view LFV3-70
LFV3-G

MSU
Wide

Total weight MFU
Weight
1,800 g
13.1 mm
131.5 mm
PF
910 g Including
bracket
HPD2-250
HLDR-IP/
HSL-PCL
UV2
UV
Recreating the effect of Dome Lights LNSP-UV-FN
with a thin case design IR2
IU
HLV3
How to Use the LFX3 to Capture a Perfect Image HLV2
LV
LSP
Uneven imaging may occur due to the dot pattern on the emitting surface Workpiece:
Spot Lighting, Etc.

HFS/HFR
Pharmaceutical product
HLV3-NR
(Blister pack)
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
Reducing image unevenness caused by the dot pattern HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
1. Widen the lens aperture slightly more than usual. 2. Focus the lens on the target workpiece. PFBR-600
PFBR-150
PFB3
LNLP
Wide LNSP2
aperture LNSP
Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
LND2
HLND
LT
3. If the dot pattern is visible, adjust the position of the Light Unit. 4. Finely adjust the light intensity. LNV
LNDG
Angled
Complete!
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Macro Lens
If there is too much light,
An example of the dot increase the camera's
pattern in an image shutter speed.
Ambient light may reflect off the Light Unit surface or workpiece surface, affecting the imaging
To prevent effects from ambient light:
• Equip a lens filter to the lens. • Increase the shutter speed, or slightly increase the light intensity.
• Prevent ambient light from entering with a hood or cover.
LFX3 Series CCS LFX3 Search
You can also use
your smartphone
or cell phone.
For quick access.
Supports a Wide Variety of Applications from Low Angles to High Angles
Imaging comparison:
top of a can
Changing the distance
between the Light Unit and the
workpiece (LWD) allows for
LDR2 imaging to fit your purpose.
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1 295 mm
SQR
SQR-TP
85 mm
HPR2
Workpiece image 10 mm
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
LAV
Canned food
With illumination from LWD With illumination from LWD With illumination from LWD
PDM
LFXV
10 mm, the whole surface of the 85 mm, the bumps of the pull tab 295 mm, all of the bumps on the
LFX3 workpiece can be illuminated alone can be emphasized in the workpiece surface can be
LFX3-PT evenly and the bumps are image. emphasized in the image.
LFV3
erased from the image.
LFV3-G
Imaging environment: LFX3-100RD, f25 lens, WD 365 mm, field of view: 69 mm
MSU
MFU
PF
HLDR-IP/
HSL-PCL
UV2 Imaging Example: Imaging Characters on Button Cell Batteries
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
IR2 Description Character recognition
IU Workpiece Button cell batteries
HLV3 Conventional lighting LED Dome Light

HLV2
LV New lighting LFX3-100RD
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR
Result Emphasizes the characters
HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600 Workpiece image LED Dome Light LFX3-100RD
PFBR-150
PFB3
LNLP
LNSP2
LNSP
Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
LND2
HLND
The textured surface makes it Effects from the textured surface
LT
Button cell batteries impossible to read the printed are suppressed so that the
LNV
LNDG characters. characters stand out clearly.
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Macro Lens

Flat Dome Lights

P.307 P.309 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
Imaging Example: Imaging the Appearance of Containers
Workpiece Food (Yogurt containers)
New lighting LFX3-100SW LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
Result Improves the uniformity LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
Workpiece image LED Ring Light LFX3-100SW LKR
FPR
FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
LAV
It is difficult to image the surface The printed patterns on the surface PDM
Food containers evenly. are clearly captured. LFXV
LFX3
LFX3-PT
LFV3
LFV3-G

MSU

MFU
PF
HLDR-IP/
HSL-PCL
Imaging Example: Imaging the Appearance of Cans (Top Surface) UV2

UV
LNSP-UV-FN
Workpiece image LED Flat Dome Light (Blue) LFX3-100IR860 (Infrared) IR2
IU
HLV3
HLV2
LV
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
It is difficult to capture the texture of The printed ink transmits infrared HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
Cans (Top surface) the top surface. light so that the texture of the top PFBR-600
surface is evenly captured. PFBR-150
PFB3
LNLP
LNSP2
LNSP
Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
LND2
HLND
Data: Relative Irradiance Graph and Uniformity (Representative Example) LT
LNV
LNDG
Angled
LFX3-100SW
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
*1 LNIS
Relative irradiance graph LNIS-FN
(LWD characteristics) *2 Uniformity (Relative irradiance) Telecentric Lens
Macro Lens
LWD=10 mm 15 mm LWD=30 mm 15 mm LWD=50mm 15 mm
100 100
90
80
70
60
Output level (%)
50
40 50
30
20
10
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
10
LWD (mm)
LFX3 Series CCS LFX3 Search
You can also use
your smartphone
or cell phone.
For quick access.
Lineup
LFX3-25RD Red 24 V / 1.6 W 632 nm
LFX3-25SW White 24 V / 1.5 W 6,800 K PD3 CC-ST-1024
80 g
LDR2 LFX3-25BL Blue 24 V / 0.8 W 469 nm PSB POD*1
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LFX3-25IR860 Infrared 24 V / 1.4 W 857 nm
LDR-LA1
SQR LFX3-50RD Red 24 V / 13 W 632 nm
SQR-TP
LFX3-50SW White 24 V / 12 W 6,800 K PD3 CC-ST-1024*2
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR PSB POD*1

230 g
LFX3-50BL Blue 24 V / 6.1 W 469 nm
LKR *2 Can only use blue and
FPR LFX3-50IR860 Infrared 24 V / 6.6 W 857 nm infrared.
FPQ3
LDL2
LFX3-75RD Red 24 V / 13 W 632 nm FCB*6
Straight
Lighting
Direct
Cable PD3 CC-ST-1024*3

LDLB LFX3-75SW White 24 V / 18 W 6,800 K
HLDL2
FCB-W* 7 PSB POD*1 320 g
TH2 (5 types) LFX3-75BL Blue 24 V / 9.1 W 469 nm 2-branch
Cable *3 Can only use blue.
LFL
LFX3-75IR860 Infrared 24 V / 14 W 857 nm
HPD2 FCB-F
LFX3-100RD Red 24 V / 19 W 632 nm
Diffused Lighting
LDM2 4-branch
Cable
LAV
PDM
LFX3-100SW White 24 V / 23 W 6,800 K PD3
- FRCB 400 g
LFXV Robot
LFX3-100BL Blue 24 V / 13 W 469 nm Cable PSB POD*1
LFX3
*6 The cables
LFX3-PT LFX3-100IR860 Infrared 24 V / 14 W 857 nm with a model
LFV3 name that ends
LFX3-150RD Red 24 V / 25 W 632 nm with “-ME7”,
LFV3-G
“-EL2”, “-PF”, or
LFX3-150SW White 24 V / 35 W 6,800 K
MSU “-PF-EL9” are

not included. 620 g

MFU *7 The cables
LFX3-150BL Blue 24 V / 19 W 469 nm with a model
name that ends PD3
PF LFX3-150IR860 Infrared 24 V / 20 W 857 nm with “-EL2” are
not included. PSB*4 POD*1
HLDR-IP/ LFX3-200X100RD Red 24 V / 28 W 632 nm
HSL-PCL *4 Cannot use white.
UV2
LFX3-200X100SW White 24 V / 35 W 6,800 K
620 g
UV LFX3-200X100BL Blue 24 V / 19 W 469 nm
LNSP-UV-FN
LFX3-200X100IR860 Infrared 24 V / 20 W 857 nm
IR2
LFX3-200RD Red 24 V / 37 W 632 nm
IU PD3
LFX3-200SW White 24 V / 46 W 6,800 K
HLV3 PSB*5 POD*1 910 g
LFX3-200BL Blue 24 V / 25 W 469 nm
HLV2 *5 Can only use blue and
LV LFX3-200IR860 Infrared 24 V / 27 W 857 nm infrared.
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR Extension Cables P.365 Control Unit Selection Guide P.307 List of Control Unit Specifications P.309
HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
PFBR-150 LED Properties
PFB3
LNLP
100
LNSP2
80 Blue 469 nm Infrared 857 nm
Relative radiant
LNSP
intensity (%)
60 White 6,800 K lens filter for each wavelength.

Coaxial Units Spectral 40
Red 632 nm
LNSP-FN distribution 20 For details about the lens filter,

LN/LN-HK 0
refer to P.355.
400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000
LNSD Wavelength (nm)
LND2
HLND Be sure to read the “Instruction Guide” included with the product before use and follow the safety precautions upon use.
LT The data included is for reference only. Actual values may vary.
LNV
LNDG
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LNIS-FN Precautions for Use
Telecentric Lens
Macro Lens
Imaging may be affected by dirt or dust on the Light Unit's surface
Be careful when handling the emitting surface and do not let dirt, dust, or fingerprints get on the Light Unit.
• Do not touch dirt or dust by hand. Remove by blowing air.
• If finger prints get on the Light Unit, wipe them off using a fine soft cloth.
• If the Light Unit is very dirty, use a diluted neutral cleaner and a fine soft cloth to lightly wipe it down.
• Do not use chemicals such as alcohol to wipe the emitting surface.
Flat Dome Lights

P.307 P.309 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
Dimensions (mm)
LFX3-25RD/SW/BL/IR860 LFX3-50RD/SW/BL/IR860
93
(30) (Movable range of the nut)

10.9
(Emitting surface)
43 13.1
38 2.5 21.5 50 (Emitting surface)
5 9 25 5
(Emitting surface)
4xM3×4
25
(For installation) LDR2
2xM3×4 4xM3
Direct Lighting
Illumination (Nut slots) LDR2-LA
(For installation)
15
24 15
52
16 20
LDR-LA1
79
2xM3×4
(42.5)(8)
93
24
20
0)
(For installation) Illumination SQR
(3 0
SQR-TP
(31.5)
21.5
(300)
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
7
LFR
A A
7 79 LKR
4xM4 FPR
(For installation)
FPQ3
The holes for installation are on the light projection side surface of the Light Unit.
The LFX3-25-series Light Units do not have nut slots. LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
LFX3-75RD/SW/BL/IR860 LFX3-100RD/SW/BL/IR860 HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
143 LFL
118
13.1 21.5 100 (Emitting surface) 13.1 HPD2

21.5 75 (Emitting surface)
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
(31.5) (80) (Movable range of the nut)

LAV
4xM3
(Nut slots) 100 (Emitting surface) PDM

4xM3
(Nut slots) LFXV
LFX3
104
129
118
143
(8)
LFX3-PT
(8)
Illumination Illumination LFV3
0)
(3 0
(55)
LFV3-G
(67.5)
0)
(31.5)
(3 0

21.5
MSU

21.5
7
MFU
A A
7
7 104 A A
7 129 PF
4xM4 4xM4
(For installation) (For installation) HLDR-IP/
HSL-PCL
UV2
UV
LFX3-150RD/SW/BL/IR860 LFX3-200X100RD/SW/BL/IR860 LNSP-UV-FN
193 13.1 243 IR2

21.5 150 (Emitting surface) 21.5 200 (Emitting surface) 13.1
(31.5) (80) (Movable range of the nut)
IU
4xM3
HLV3
(Nut slots)
4xM3 HLV2
(Nut slots)
(8)
LV
143
129
(8)
LSP
Illumination
193
Spot Lighting, Etc.

179
Illumination HFS/HFR
(67.5)
)
(3 0 0
HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
21.5
(92.5)
HLV2-NR
7
)
(3 0 0
A A
(31.5)
229 HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
7
21.5
4xM4 PFBR-600
7
A A 179 (For installation) PFBR-150

7
4xM4 PFB3
(For installation) (31.5) (180) (Movable range of the nut)
LNLP
LNSP2
LNSP
(117.5)
Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN
LFX3-200RD/SW/BL/IR860
LN/LN-HK
243 LNSD
13.1 LND2
21.5 200 (Emitting surface) HLND
Detail Diagram for Detail Diagram for
the A-A Surface the M3 Nut Slot LT
(Ø4.4) LNV
4.2
LNDG
Angled
4xM3
Lighting
LNIS2
(Nut slots)
Lenses Oblique
3
LNIS
LNIS-FN
(8)
Telecentric Lens
229
243
Illumination Macro Lens

4
5.7
3.5
(5.4)
Ø6
2.5 1.2
)
(3 0 0
(31.5)
Note: These detail diagrams are not applicable to the LFX3-25-series Light Units.
7
(117.5)
21.5
A A
7 229
4xM4
(For installation)
Line Pattern Lights Diffused Lighting
Line Pattern Lights
You can also use
CCS LFX3 Line Pattern Search your smartphone
or cell phone.
For quick access.
LFX3-PT Series
A cutting-edge method for inspecting bumps on a reflective surface
Special Order Products
Enlarged image
Line pattern on
LDR2 the surface of
LFX3-150RD-PT-A/B
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA the light-guiding LFX3-200BL-PT-A/B

LDR-LA1 plate.
SQR
SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ3
LDL2
LFX3-75BL-PT-A/B
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
LAV LFX3-50SW-PT-A/B LFX3-100IR860-PT-A/B
PDM
LFXV
LFX3
LFX3-PT Applications Inspection for bumps on a reflective surface such as mirrors, metal sheets, films, glass parts, liquid crystal parts, etc.
LFV3
LFV3-G
MSU
Features
MFU
PF
We altered the dot printings on the light-guiding plate surface to a line • Shape modifications
HLDR-IP/
HSL-PCL pattern. This makes it possible to detect gentle bumps on reflective • Brightness increases
UV2 surfaces which are hard to find with Coaxial Lights. Please feel free to inquire. • Changes in wavelength, etc.
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
Example configuration (LFX3-100-PT) Imaging example: Imaging the appearance of metal plates
IR2 LED Coaxial Light LFX3 Line Pattern Light
IU Camera
HLV3
Light-guiding
HLV2 plate
LV
LSP LEDs
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR Workpiece Workpiece: Metal plates
HLV3-3M-RGB-4 Coaxial Lights illuminate the Line Pattern Lights highlight the
HLV2-NR whole surface evenly, making it bumps as curved lines.
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W difficult to detect the bumps.
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
PFB3
LNLP Two Types of Line Patterns Available
LNSP2
LNSP
Select one to match your inspection conditions.
Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN Imaging examples 1 mm type 2 mm type
LN/LN-HK Narrow pitch Wide pitch
LNSD LFX3-PT-A Series LFX3-PT-B Series
LND2
Camera Camera
HLND
LT
LNV Light Unit
LNDG
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
30 mm
Light Unit
Lenses Oblique
150 mm
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Workpiece
Telecentric Lens Workpiece
Macro Lens
Distance: 30 mm Distance: 150 mm
The distance from the The distance from the
Light Unit to the workpiece Light Unit to the workpiece
is short. is long.
To capture a perfect image Camera

Install the LFX3-PT-series Light Unit so that it projects the line pattern onto the inspection object surface. Generally, focus the camera not on
the inspection object but on the line pattern of the Light Unit. If the captured image has interference fringes, adjust the settings as follows:
• Open the camera aperture. LEDs
• Increase the distance between the Light Unit and the inspection object. Focus position
Note: The most appropriate position of the Light Unit and the best imaging conditions, such as the distance between the camera and inspection object, focus position, Workpiece
F-number, and so on, may vary with the type of the inspection. Use the above description only as a guide for adjustment.

Line Pattern Lights

P.307 P.309 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
Data: Relative Irradiance Graph (Representative Example) LED Properties

LFX3-100SW-PT-A 100
*1 Blue 469 nm Infrared 857 nm
80
Relative radiant
intensity (%)
60 White 6,800 K
(LWD Characteristics)*2 40
Red 632 nm
20
*1 Irradiance on the optical axis Spectral 0
100
distribution 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000
90
Wavelength (nm) LDR2
Direct Lighting
80
CCS offers you the most suitable lens filter for each LDR2-LA
70
60
LDR-LA1
50
wavelength. For details about the lens filter, refer to P.355. SQR
40
30
SQR-TP
20 HPR2
Be sure to read the “Instruction Guide” included with the product before use and
Diffused Lighting
10
LFR
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 follow the safety precautions upon use.
LKR
LWD (mm) The data included is for reference only. Actual values may vary. FPR
The graph included is for reference only. Results for individual products may vary.
FPQ3
Lineup
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
Peak wavelength / TH2 (5 types)
Power Recommended
Model name Type LED color correlated color Extension cables Weight LFL
temperature
HPD2
LFX3-50RD-PT-A/-B Red 24 V / 13 W 632 nm
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
PD3 CC-ST-1024*2 LAV
LFX3-50SW-PT-A/-B White 24 V / 12 W 6,800 K
PSB POD*1 230 g PDM
LFX3-50BL-PT-A/-B Blue 24 V / 6.1 W 469 nm LFXV
*2 Can only use blue and infrared.
LFX3-50IR860-PT-A/-B Infrared 24 V / 6.6 W 857 nm LFX3
FCB*6 LFX3-PT
LFX3-75RD-PT-A/-B Red 24 V / 13 W 632 nm Straight
1 mm pitch type (the end of the model name: -A) /
2 mm pitch type (the end of the model name: -B)
Cable LFV3
LFX3-75SW-PT-A/-B White 24 V / 18 W 6,800 K PD3 CC-ST-1024*3 LFV3-G
FCB-W*7 320 g

PSB POD*1 MSU
LFX3-75BL-PT-A/-B Blue 24 V / 9.1 W 469 nm

2-branch
Cable
*3 Can only use blue. MFU
LFX3-75IR860-PT-A/-B Infrared 24 V / 14 W 857 nm FCB-F
4-branch PF
LFX3-100RD-PT-A/-B Red 24 V / 19 W 632 nm Cable
Special Orders
HLDR-IP/
LFX3-100SW-PT-A/-B White 24 V / 23 W 6,800 K FRCB PD3 HSL-PCL
Robot 400 g
Cable
LFX3-100BL-PT-A/-B Blue 24 V / 13 W 469 nm PSB POD*1 UV2
*6 The cables UV
LFX3-100IR860-PT-A/-B Infrared 24 V / 14 W 857 nm with a model
LNSP-UV-FN
name that ends
LFX3-150RD-PT-A/-B Red 24 V / 25 W 632 nm with “-ME7”,
“-EL2”, “-PF”, or PD3 IR2
LFX3-150SW-PT-A/-B White 24 V / 35 W 6,800 K “-PF-EL9” are
not included. PSB* 4
POD* 1 620 g
LFX3-150BL-PT-A/-B Blue 24 V / 19 W 469 nm *7 The cables IU
with a model *4 Cannot use white.
LFX3-150IR860-PT-A/-B Infrared 24 V / 20 W 857 nm name that ends HLV3
with “-EL2” are
not included. HLV2
LFX3-200RD-PT-A/-B Red 24 V / 37 W 632 nm LV
LFX3-200SW-PT-A/-B White 24 V / 46 W 6,800 K PD3 LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

PSB*5 POD*1 910 g HFS/HFR
LFX3-200BL-PT-A/-B Blue 24 V / 25 W 469 nm HLV3-NR
*5 Can only use blue and infrared.
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
LFX3-200IR860-PT-A/-B Infrared 24 V / 27 W 857 nm HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
Extension Cables P.365 Control Unit Selection Guide P.307 List of Control Unit Specifications P.309 PFBR-600
*1 For information on the combination of Light Units and POD-series Control Unit, please refer to our website. https://www.ccs-grp.com/lnk/qr/pod PFBR-150
PFB3
Dimensions (mm) LNLP

LNSP2
Dimensions by size (mm) LNSP

LFX3-PT-A/-B Series (Common for all colors)
Coaxial Units
Dimensions
B A B C D E LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
50x50 50 93 79 30 42.5
Emitting surface size
21.5 A (Emitting surface) 13.1

Light projection LNSD
75x75 75 118 104 55 55
side LND2
100x100 100 143 129 80 67.5
(D) (Movable range of the nut)
HLND
150x150 150 193 179 130 92.5 LT
4xM3 200x200 200 243 229 180 117.5 LNV
(Nut slots)
A(Emitting surface)
LNDG
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
Detail Diagram for the F-F Surface Detail Diagram for the M3 Nut Slot
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
(8)
C
(Ø4.4)
B
Illumination 4.2 LNIS-FN

Telecentric Lens
Macro Lens
3
(E)
0)
(3 0
(31.5)
21.5
F F
3.5
5.7
(5.4)
7 C
4xM4
Ø6 2.5 1.2
(For installation)
Imaging may be affected by dirt or dust on the Light Unit's surface. Be careful when handling the emitting surface and do not let dirt, dust, or fingerprints get on the Light Unit.
• Do not touch dirt or dust by hand. Remove by blowing air. • If the Light Unit is very dirty, use a diluted neutral cleaner and a fine soft cloth to lightly wipe it down.
• If finger prints get on the Light Unit, wipe them off using a fine soft cloth. • Do not use chemicals such as alcohol to wipe the emitting surface.
Diffused Lighting
Coaxial Lights Refer to our website for product details.
Coaxial Lights
You can also use
CCS LFV3 Search your smartphone
or cell phone.
For quick access.
LFV3 Series
Provides diffused light evenly from
the same axis as the camera
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR LFV3-200RD(A)
FPQ3
LFV3-100SW(A) LFV3-130BL(A)
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
LFV3-40SW(A)
HLDL2
LFV3-CP-18SW
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
HPD2
LFV3-CP-13RD LFV3-34BL(A) LFV3-35RD(A) LFV3-50SW(A) LFV3-50X100BL(A) LFV3-70RD(A)
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
LAV
PDM
For information on change in model names, refer to P.123.
LFXV
LFX3 Inspection for fault, damage, scratches, or dents on glossy surfaces or mirrors; pattern inspection on printed circuit boards;
dimension measuring of glass; inspection for damage and dents on resin molded products; etc.
LFV3
LFV3-G
MSU
Freely Customize the Diffusion Supports High-Resolution Cameras

MFU
PF
HLDR-IP/
Customize the diffusion Highly-accurate optical glass is used for the camera
HSL-PCL
Diffusion plate status Result window and the half-mirror. This allows for stable imaging
UV2
UV Change the transmission from (high) to (low) Increased uniformity when using high-resolution cameras.
LNSP-UV-FN Change the installation position to the LED side Emphasized directionality
IR2 LFV3 series, a Coaxial Light with improved quality
Transmission (High)
1) Prepared two types of diffusion Camera window
IU
plates with different transmission. LED Uses optical glass
side The camera window and half
HLV3
Replace the diffusion plate mirror are made of optical
HLV2 glass.
LV
to change the transmission.
Transmission (Low)
LSP
Expanded area for
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR Move to LED side

HLV3-NR
2) The installation position of the the camera window
HLV3-3M-RGB-4 diffusion plate can be adjusted. LED
By making the camera
window wider, we ensured
HLV2-NR side
Change the position to achieve a larger field of vision.
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
various imaging effects.
Used an aluminum body
PFBR-150 Default position Used aluminum alloy to
PFB3 improve heat dissipation and
LNLP
LFV3-CP series achieve a durable body.
Half mirror
LNSP2 Replacing the half-mirror with a
LNSP Increased Light Unit installation holes Can be installed to
Coaxial Units
beam splitter increased accuracy. We increased the number of installation the cable surface
LNSP-FN It is perfect for tiny workpieces holes for the Light Unit. The cable can be bent flat in
Various installation directions are supported.
LN/LN-HK and environments with limited relation to the installation surface.
LNSD
installation space.
LND2 LFV3-CP-13SW
This description excludes the LFV3-CP-13 series and the LFV3-CP-18 series.
HLND
LT
LNV
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
E.g.: Different shape E.g.: Different color External/ Diffused light from LFV3-100
Telecentric Lens Created a Light Unit Creating a full diameter color
the LEDs is reflected
Wavelength/
Macro Lens
Format/
material
that changed the color color (RGB) on the half mirror and Camera
illuminating port from Light Unit Increase Cable
output length directed vertically
vertical to horizontal Half mirror
Camera
downward on the
window Illuminating Format/ same axis as the LEDs
angle material
camera axis.
Heat dissipation
Connector Installation/ material
format mounting
Etc. Workpiece
Illuminating
Please contact your CCS
port

Coaxial Lights
P.307 P.309 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
Imaging Example: Imaging Engraved Text on Metal Connector Hoods
Workpiece Connector hoods

LDR2
Direct Lighting
Conventional lighting LED Bar Light
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
New lighting LFV3-50RD(A)
SQR
Result Emphasizes the engraved text SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ3
Workpiece image LED Bar Light LFV3-50RD(A) LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
LAV
PDM
LFXV
LFX3
It is difficult to read the text Effect from the surface unevenness LFX3-PT
Metal connector hoods engraved on the surface. is reduced and a clear image of the LFV3
engraved text can be made. LFV3-G

MSU

MFU
Imaging Example: Imaging Through-Holes on Circuit Boards
PF
HLDR-IP/
HSL-PCL
UV2
UV
Workpiece Circuit boards LNSP-UV-FN
IR2
New lighting LFV3-100RD(A) IU
HLV3
Result Improved uniformity
HLV2
LV
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR
Workpiece image LED Ring Light LFV3-100RD(A)
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
PFB3
LNLP
LNSP2
LNSP
Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN
With a Ring Light, it is difficult to It is possible to form a clear image
LN/LN-HK
Circuit boards form an image of the difference of the difference between the LNSD
between the foundation and the foundation and the through hole. LND2
HLND
through hole.
LT
LNV
Data: Relative Irradiance Graph and Uniformity (Representative Example) LNDG
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LFV3-35RD(A) LNIS-FN
*1 Telecentric Lens
Relative irradiance graph Macro Lens
(LWD characteristics) *2 Uniformity (Relative radiance)
38 mm
100
100
90
80
70
Output level (%)
60
34 mm
50
40 50
30
20
10
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 10
LWD (mm)
LFV3 Series
Coaxial Lights
You can also use
or cell phone.
For quick access.

LFV3-100SW(A)
*1
LDR2 102 mm
Direct Lighting
100
LDR2-LA 100
90
LDR-LA1
80
SQR 70
Output level (%)

60
100 mm
SQR-TP 50
40 50
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
30
LFR 20
10
LKR
0
FPR 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 10
LWD (mm)
FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types) Lineup
LFL
HPD2 Peak wavelength /
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
LAV
PDM LFV3-34RD(A) Red 24 V / 3.7 W 635 nm
LFXV
LFX3 LFV3-34SW(A) White 6,000 K - 80 g
LFX3-PT
24 V / 3.2 W
LFV3-34BL(A) Blue 470 nm
LFV3
LFV3-G LFV3-35RD(A) Red 24 V / 3.1 W 630 nm Diffusion plate
Polarizing plate PD3 CC-ST-1024
MSU
LFV3-35SW(A) White 24 V / 3.7 W 6,500 K 175 g

Light control film PSB POD*1
MFU
LFV3-35BL(A) Blue 24 V / 3.1 W 460 nm Bracket
PF
LFV3-40RD(A) Red 635 nm
HLDR-IP/
HSL-PCL
LFV3-40SW(A) White 24 V / 4.6 W 6,000 K - 100 g
UV2 LFV3-40BL(A) Blue 470 nm
UV
LFV3-50RD(A) Red 24 V / 8.1 W 630 nm Diffusion plate
LNSP-UV-FN FCB*3 PD3 CC-ST-1024*2
Polarizing plate Straight
LFV3-50SW(A) White 24 V / 11 W 6,500 K Cable 335 g
IR2 Light control film PSB POD*1
LFV3-50BL(A) Blue 24 V / 9.1 W 460 nm Bracket
FCB-W*4
*2 Can only use red and blue.
IU 2-branch
LFV3-50X100RD(A) Red 24 V / 17 W 630 nm Diffusion plate
Cable
HLV3
LFV3-50X100SW(A) White 24 V / 20 W 6,500 K Polarizing plate FCB-F 530 g
HLV2 4-branch
Light control film Cable
LV LFV3-50X100BL(A) Blue 24 V / 17 W 460 nm
LSP
LFV3-70RD(A) Red 24 V / 13 W 630 nm FRCB
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR
Diffusion plate
Robot
Polarizing plate Cable PD3
HLV3-NR LFV3-70SW(A) White 24 V / 19 W 6,500 K 620 g
HLV3-3M-RGB-4 Light control film *3 The cables PSB POD*1
with a model
HLV2-NR LFV3-70BL(A) Blue 24 V / 16 W 460 nm Bracket
name that ends
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W with “-ME7”,
LFV3-100RD(A) Red 24 V / 22 W 630 nm “-EL2”, “-PF”, or
PFBR-600 “-PF-EL9” are
PFBR-150 LFV3-100SW(A) White 6,500 K not included. 1,060 g
PFB3 24 V / 27 W *4 The cables
LFV3-100BL(A) Blue 460 nm with a model
LNLP name that ends
with “-EL2” are

LNSP2 LFV3-130RD(A) Red 24 V / 31 W 630 nm Diffusion plate not included.
LNSP
Coaxial Units
LFV3-130SW(A) White 24 V / 46 W 6,500 K Polarizing plate PD3 POD*1 1,750 g
LNSP-FN Light control film
LFV3-130BL(A) Blue 24 V / 38 W 460 nm
LN/LN-HK
LNSD LFV3-200RD(A) Red 24 V / 43 W 630 nm
LND2 *1
LFV3-200SW(A) White 24 V / 60 W 6,500 K PD3 POD 4,350 g
HLND
LT LFV3-200BL(A) Blue 24 V / 53 W 460 nm
LNV
LFV3-CP-13RD Red 24 V / 2.1 W 635 nm
LNDG
Angled
LFV3-CP-13SW White 24 V / 2.3 W 6,000 K 37 g

Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LNIS-FN
LFV3-CP-13BL Blue 24 V / 1.3 W 470 nm PD3 CC-ST-1024
-
Telecentric Lens LFV3-CP-18RD Red 24 V / 3.3 W 635 nm PSB POD*1
Macro Lens
LFV3-CP-18SW White 24 V / 4.1 W 6,000 K 70 g
LFV3-CP-18BL Blue 24 V / 3.4 W 470 nm
Change in model names

The suffix "(A)" has been added to the end of several model names, e.g. "LFV3-34RD" has been changed to "LFV3-34RD(A)".
Reason Effect on functions and performance Relevant models (applicable to all colors)
Due to part manufacturer's circumstances, some optical parts were
The functions and performance of the Light Units LFV3-34(A) / LFV3-35(A) / LFV3-40(A) / LFV3-50(A) / LFV3-50X100(A) /
expected to become difficult to obtain. CCS has changed these parts
have not been affected. LFV3-70(A) / LFV3-100(A) / LFV3-130(A) / LFV3-200(A)
with those of comparable performance.

Coaxial Lights
P.307 P.309 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
Options
Diffusion plate (Light color) Diffusion plate (Deep color) Replace the default Use with a In this plastic film
diffusion plate to change the polarizing filter to are fine louvers with
transmission. remove the light's extremely narrow gaps
surface reflection. between them.
When selecting, be aware that It reduces light
the default diffusion plate varies diffusion in a particular
Transmission: High Transmission: Low
(End of the model name: -UF) based on the emitted color. direction and increases
parallelism. LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
Diffusion plate Polarizing plate Light control film LDR-LA1
Applicable Light Unit Applicable Light Unit Applicable Light Unit Applicable Light Unit SQR
SQR-TP
DF-LFV3-35 LFV3-35(A) DF-LFV3-35-UF LFV3-35(A) PL-LFV3-35 LFV3-35(A) LC-LFV3-35 LFV3-35(A)
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
DF-LFV3-50 LFV3-50(A) DF-LFV3-50-UF LFV3-50(A) PL-LFV3-50 LFV3-50(A) LC-LFV3-50 LFV3-50(A)
LFR
DF-LFV3-50X100 LFV3-50X100(A) DF-LFV3-50X100-UF LFV3-50X100(A) PL-LFV3-50X100 LFV3-50X100(A) LC-LFV3-50X100 LFV3-50X100(A)
LKR
DF-LFV3-70 LFV3-70(A) DF-LFV3-70-UF LFV3-70(A) PL-LFV3-70 LFV3-70(A) LC-LFV3-70 LFV3-70(A) FPR
DF-LFV3-100 LFV3-100(A) DF-LFV3-100-UF LFV3-100(A) PL-LFV3-100 LFV3-100(A) LC-LFV3-100 LFV3-100(A) FPQ3
DF-LFV3-130 LFV3-130(A) DF-LFV3-130-UF LFV3-130(A) PL-LFV3-130 LFV3-130(A) LC-LFV3-130 LFV3-130(A) LDL2
Lighting
Direct
DF-LFV3-200 LFV3-200(A) DF-LFV3-200-UF LFV3-200(A) PL-LFV3-200 LFV3-200(A) LC-LFV3-200 LFV3-200(A) LDLB
HLDL2
P.359 P.360 P.361
TH2 (5 types)
Coaxial Light joint bracket LFL

HPD2
Applicable Light Unit 1 Applicable Light Unit 2 Combine with a
Model name
Diffused Lighting
(Common for all colors) (Common for all colors) Dome Light to solve LDM2
BK-HPD2-75-LFV LFV3-35 HPD2-75 uneven illumination LAV
BK-HPD2-100-LFV HPD2-100 and achieve uniform PDM
LFV3-50 illumination from all
BK-HPD2-150-LFV HPD2-150 LFXV
directions. LFX3
BK-HPD2-200-LFV HPD2-200
LFV3-70 LFX3-PT
BK-HPD2-250-LFV HPD2-250 P.364
LFV3
LFV3-G

MSU

emission surface from scratches and dirt. Contact our local sales office for details. MFU
PF
Regarding Changing the Diffusion Plate and Adjusting the Position HLDR-IP/
HSL-PCL
UV2
Models that support replacing the Position adjustment slit UV
diffusion plate For LFV3-50 / 50X100 / 70 LNSP-UV-FN
3 slits
Model (Common for all colors) IR2
Camera side
LFV3-35 / 50 / 50X100 / 70 / 100 / 130 / 200 Half mirror side LED side LED side IU
LFV3-34 / 40 / CP-13 / CP-18 does not support this feature.
HLV3
HLV2
Slit for installing a polarizing plate
Models that support adjusting the or light control film Slits LV
position of the diffusion plate Diffusion plate

LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

For LFV3-100 / 130 / 200 HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR
Model (Common for all colors) 5 slits
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
LFV3-50 / 50X100 / 70 / 100 / 130 / 200 HLV2-NR
LFV3-34 / 35 / 40 / CP-13 / CP-18 does not support this feature.

Half mirror side LED side
Half mirror side
Slits HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
Illumination side PFBR-150
Regarding the default diffusion plate PFB3
Slit for installing a polarizing plate
or light control film Conceptual image LNLP
LFV3-35 / 50 / 50X100 / 70 / 100 / 130 / 200 LNSP2

LNSP
Red light, white light Blue light
Coaxial Units
Diffusion plate (Light color) Diffusion plate (Deep color) LNSP-FN
is default is default For details about replacing the diffusion plate or adjusting the position, refer to LN/LN-HK
Transmission: Low LNSD

Transmission: High the "Instruction Guide" included with the product.
(End of the model name: -UF) LND2
HLND
LT
LNV
LED properties
LED Properties LNDG
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
Supported models: LFV3-35 / 50 / 50X100 / 70 / 100 / 130 / 200 Supported models: LFV3-34 / 40 / CP-13 / CP-18
LNIS-FN
100 100
Telecentric Lens
Relative radiant
Relative radiant
80 80
intensity (%)
intensity (%)
Blue 460 nm Red 630 nm Blue 470 nm Red 635 nm Macro Lens
60 60
Spectral 40 40
White 6,500 K White 6,000 K
distribution 20 20
0 0
350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
Wavelength (nm) Wavelength (nm)
CCS offers you the most suitable lens filter for each wavelength. For details about the lens filter, refer to P.355.
For details about determining the field of view for the Coaxial Light, refer to "Determining the Field of View of Coaxial
Lighting" on P. 381 in the Technical Guide.
LFV3 Series
Coaxial Lights
You can also use
or cell phone.
For quick access.
Dimensions (mm)
LFV3-34RD(A)/SW(A)/BL(A) LFV3-35RD(A)/SW(A)/BL(A) 300
48
4.5
26 30
0
18
46
37
46
28
40
23
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA 10 26
3
3 30
LDR-LA1
4-M3xP0.5 tap depth 4 4-M3xP0.5 tap depth 5 4-M3xP0.5 tap depth 5
SQR 75
(For installation)
(Emitting surface)
SQR-TP (For installation) 23 (52) (For installation)
(Emitting surface)
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
2x2-M3xP0.5 (Perforated)
34
LFR
15 15
34
20
20
3 40
39
LKR (Same for opposite side, for installation)
FPR
1
8
7
30
7
1
FPQ3
8 30
20
38
LDL2
7
Lighting
Direct
LDLB 40
(1)
7
(Emitting surface)
HLDL2 4-M3xP0.5 tap depth 6 3 34 4-M2xP0.4 tap depth 5
TH2 (5 types)
35
(For installation)
LFL
6
HPD2
20
42
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
38
LAV
13
2
4
PDM
LFXV
LFX3
LFX3-PT
LFV3-40RD(A)/SW(A)/BL(A) LFV3-50RD(A)/SW(A)/BL(A)
LFV3
54 300
LFV3-G 4-M3xP0.5 tap depth 4 32
4.5
30
MSU (For installation) 0

21
MFU
60
51
PF
52
36
46
26
HLDR-IP/ 16 32
HSL-PCL 6 30 4-M4xP0.7 tap depth 5
3
4-M4xP0.7 tap depth 5

94
(For installation)
(Emitting surface)
UV2 (For installation)

2x2-M3xP0.5 (Perforated) 32 (62)
UV
LNSP-UV-FN (Same for opposite side, for installation)
3 46
(Emitting surface)
15 20
57
32
32
IR2
52
IU
1
11
11
7 26
44
1
40 10
10 40
40
57
7
HLV3
(1)
HLV2 3 49 4-M2xP0.4 tap depth 5

(Emitting surface)
4-M3xP0.5 tap depth 6 41

LV
(For installation)
6
LSP
(Emitting surface)
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR
56
34
HLV3-NR
40
52
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
2
13
4
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
PFB3
LFV3-50X100RD(A)/SW(A)/BL(A) 300 LFV3-70RD(A)/SW(A)/BL(A)
LNLP 300
4.5
LNSP2
4.5
LNSP
Coaxial Units
101
110
84
75
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
17 50
LND2 16 32 4-M4xP0.7 tap depth 5
HLND 6-M4xP0.7 tap depth 5 120 (For installation)
6-M4xP0.7 tap depth 5 94 (For installation)
LT (For installation) 42 (78)
(For installation) 32 (62)
(Emitting surface)
LNV
(Emitting surface)
LNDG
Angled
50
78
50
73
Lighting
LNIS2
57
11 32
52
32
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
15
15
LNIS-FN
1
11
35 35 20
1
60 12
1
20 35 35
Telecentric Lens 12 60
77
Macro Lens 57
4-M2xP0.4 tap depth 5 3 69
3 49
102
80
57
106
57
76
2
13.5

26.5

Coaxial Lights
P.307 P.309 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
LFV3-100RD(A)/SW(A)/BL(A) LFV3-130RD(A)/SW(A)/BL(A)
300 300
4.5
4.5
101
110
142
133
18 76 23 100
4-M4xP0.7 tap depth 5 148 6-M4xP0.7 tap depth 5 6-M4xP0.7 tap depth 5
(For installation) 182 LDR2
(For installation) (For installation) (For installation)
Direct Lighting
56 (92) 73 (109) LDR2-LA
(Emitting surface)
(Emitting surface)
LDR-LA1
SQR
50
50 50
105
100
130
135
70
70
SQR-TP
50
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
16
16
1
20 70 20
1
16
70
16
100 21 LKR
105 21 100
135
4-M2xP0.4 tap depth 5 FPR
3 97
(Emitting surface)
3 127 FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
55
106
57
HLDL2
138
102
55
TH2 (5 types)
134
LFL
26.5
16
4
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
LAV
PDM
LFV3-200RD(A)/SW(A)/BL(A) 300 LFXV
4.5
LFX3
LFX3-PT
LFV3
226
217
LFV3-G

MSU

MFU
36 150
9-M4xP0.7 tap depth 5 9-M4xP0.7 tap depth 5
PF
111 (161) HLDR-IP/
HSL-PCL
(Emitting surface)
UV2
80
80
UV
202
207
LNSP-UV-FN
80
80
IR2
1.6
1.6
90 90 23
20
20
23 90 90 207
IU
3 199 5-M2xP0.4 tap depth 5
HLV3
(Emitting surface)
HLV2
80
LV
222
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

80
HFS/HFR
218
HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
33
2
4
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
PFB3
LFV3-CP-13RD/SW/BL LFV3-CP-18RD/SW/BL
LNLP
14 14 LNSP2
4-M3xP0.5 tap depth 6 10 11
4
LNSP
3
(For installation) Coaxial Units

12
14
LNSP-FN
18
2-M3xP0.5 tap depth 4 LN/LN-HK

27
LNSD
24
(For installation) 18
LND2
29.5
HLND
LT
LNV
20
24
LNDG
Angled
(Emitting surface)
Lighting
(Emitting surface)
LNIS2
Workpiece side
Lenses Oblique
Workpiece side LNIS

15
LNIS-FN
20
Telecentric Lens
14 18
Macro Lens
300
0
20
14
30
30
18
(Emitting surface)
27
(Emitting surface)
29.5
15
36
20
41
Diffused Lighting
Coaxial Lights
You can also use
CCS LFV3-G Search your smartphone
or cell phone.
For quick access.
LFV3-G Series
Equipped with a slim half mirror to support imaging NEW
using high-resolution cameras

LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LFV3-G-50RD LFV3-G-50X100SW
LKR
FPR
FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
LDM2 LFV3-G-27RD LFV3-G-30X60SW LFV3-G-35BL

LAV
PDM
LFXV
LFX3 Inspection for damage, scratches, or dents on glossy surfaces or mirrors; pattern inspection on printed circuit boards; dimension
measuring of glass; inspection for damage and dents on resin molded products; etc.
LFV3
LFV3-G
MSU
Prevents ghost images and achieves higher resolution imaging than conventional products.
MFU
PF
HLDR-IP/ LFV3-G series structure (example) Causes of ghost images (example)

HSL-PCL
UV2
UV
Ghost images
LNSP-UV-FN
Uses optical glass
IR2 The camera window and half mirror use optical glass.
IU
HLV3 Slim half mirror

HLV2 Uses a slim half-mirror to achieve
LV high-resolution imaging.
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4 Flat light source with Half mirror
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
narrow directionality
PFBR-600 A narrow beam angle controls
the spread of light, resulting in
PFBR-150
highly directional illumination. A thick half mirror causes deviations in the
PFB3
LNLP
light path, generating ghost images.
Protective plate
LNSP2 Using a thinner mirror reduces the

LNSP (Optional)
Coaxial Units
deviation of the ghost images, enabling
Uses 2 mm thick, transparent acrylic
LNSP-FN with an anti-reflective (AR) coating. high-resolution imaging.
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
LND2
HLND
LT
LNV
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
E.g.: Different shape E.g.: Different color External/ Diffused light from LFV3-G-50
Telecentric Lens Change the Full color diameter color
the LEDs is reflected
Wavelength/
Macro Lens
Format/
material
illuminating port from color (RGB) Light on the half mirror and Camera
vertical to horizontal Unit Increase Cable
output length directed vertically
Half mirror
Camera
downward on the
window Illuminating Format/ same axis as the
angle material LEDs
camera axis.
Heat dissipation
Connector Installation/ By using a slim half material
format mounting
mirror, imaging with
Etc.
reduced ghosting is Workpiece
Illuminating
Please contact your CCS possible.
port

Coaxial Lights
P.307 P.309 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
Achieves up to 2.5 Times Higher Output Compared to LFV3

Can be combined with the strobe overdrive power supply POD series to further increase the brightness several times
more.
(example)
Brightness LDR2
2.5X
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
Brightness
2X
LDR-LA1
Brightness
SQR
1.5X
Output level (%)
Output level (%)
Output level (%)

300 300 300 SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
200 200 200 LFR
LKR
FPR
100 100 100 FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
LFV3 LFV3-G LFV3 LFV3-G LFV3 LFV3-G HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
In comparison with light colors of the LFV3 series. (These values are for reference only and are not guaranteed values.)
HPD2
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
Strobe Overdrive Power Supply LAV

PDM
POD Series Even
LFXV
LFX3
P.325
brighter LFX3-PT
LFV3
with the strobe LFV3-G
overdrive power

MSU

supply
MFU
PF
HLDR-IP/
HSL-PCL
UV2
Imaging Example: Imaging Comparison of Resolution Evaluation Chart UV
LNSP-UV-FN
IR2
IU
HLV3
HLV2
LV
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

LFV3-50SW (A) LFV3-G-27SW LFV3-G-50X100SW HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
PFB3
LNLP
LNSP2
LNSP
Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
[Imaging conditions] Camera: 2448x2048 3.45 μm monochrome camera, Lens: 2x telecentric lens, Field of view: 4.2 x 3.5 mm (the image is a cutout of about 1.3 x 1.0 mm at the center), LNSD
Resolution: 1.7 μm/pixel , WD: 110 mm, LWD: 25 mm. * The shutter speed and light intensity are adjusted for each image. LND2
HLND
LT
LNV
Data: Relative Irradiance Graph and Uniformity (Representative Example) LNDG
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LFV3-G-27RD LNIS-FN
*1 Telecentric Lens
Relative irradiance graph Macro Lens
*2 Illuminating distance from the Light Unit to the workpiece 27 mm
100
100
90
80
70
Output level (%)
60
27 mm
50
40 50
30
20
10
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 10
LWD (mm)
LFV3-G Series
Coaxial Lights
You can also use
CCS LFV3-G Search your smartphone
or cell phone.
For quick access.
Lineup
LFV3-G-27RD Red 24 V / 5.0 W 630 nm
FCB*3 PD3 CC-ST-1024
LFV3-G-27SW White 24 V / 5.0 W 7,000 K Straight 110 g
Cable PSB POD*2
LDR2 LFV3-G-27BL Blue 24 V / 5.0 W 470 nm
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA FCB-W*4
LFV3-G-30X60RD Red 24 V / 12 W 630 nm 2-branch
PD3 CC-ST-1024*1
LDR-LA1 Cable
SQR LFV3-G-30X60SW White 24 V / 11 W 5,500 K

PSB POD*2
165 g
FCB-F
SQR-TP *1 Only blue can be used.
LFV3-G-30X60BL Blue 24 V / 8.1 W 467 nm 4-branch
Cable
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR LFV3-G-35RD Red 24 V / 8.4 W 630 nm

FRCB PD3 CC-ST-1024
LKR LFV3-G-35SW White 24 V / 8.3 W 5,500 K Protective Plate Robot 140 g
FPR
Cable PSB POD*2
FPQ3
LFV3-G-35BL Blue 24 V / 7.1 W 467 nm *3 The cables with
a model name
LDL2 LFV3-G-50RD Red 24 V / 17 W 630 nm that ends with
Lighting
Direct
LDLB “-ME7”, “-EL2”, PD3

HLDL2
LFV3-G-50SW White 24 V / 17 W 5,500 K “-PF”, or “-PF- 285 g
EL9” are not PSB POD*2
TH2 (5 types) LFV3-G-50BL Blue 24 V / 15 W 467 nm included.
*4 The cables with
LFL
LFV3-G-50X100RD Red 24 V / 34 W 630 nm a model name
HPD2 that ends with
PD3
LFV3-G-50X100SW White 24 V / 34 W 5,500 K “-EL2” are not 445 g
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
included.
LAV PSB POD*2
LFV3-G-50X100BL Blue 24 V / 29 W 467 nm
PDM
LFXV
LFX3
LFX3-PT *2 For information on the combination of the LFV3-G and POD Series, please refer to the CCS website. https://www.ccs-grp.com/lnk/qr/pod
LFV3
LFV3-G
MSU
MFU LED properties

LED Properties
PF
Supported models: LFV3-G-27 Supported models: LFV3-G-30X60 / 35 / 50 / 50X100
HLDR-IP/
HSL-PCL 100 100
Relative radiant
Relative radiant
80 80
intensity (%)
intensity (%)
UV2 Blue 470 nm Red 630 nm Blue 467 nm Red 630 nm

60 60
UV Spectral 40 40
LNSP-UV-FN White 7,000 K White 5,500 K
distribution 20 20
0 0
IR2
350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
Wavelength (nm) Wavelength (nm)
IU
CCS offers you the most suitable lens filter for each wavelength. For details about the lens filter, refer to P.355.
HLV3
HLV2 Be sure to read the “Instruction Guide” included with the product before use and follow the safety precautions upon use.
LV The data included is for reference only. Actual values may vary.
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR For details about determining the field of view for the Coaxial Light, refer to “Determining the Field of View of Coaxial
HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
Lighting” on P. 381 in the Technical Guide.
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
PFB3
Options
LNLP
LNSP2
PR-LFV3-27 PR-LFV3-30X60 PR-LFV3-35
LNSP
Protective 35.8 40 45
Coaxial Units 4xØ2.4 （2）（2）
Plate 5 27.9 (For installation) 10 4xØ2.4 8 4xØ2.4
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
38.8
13 20
46
42
33
68
64
40
LND2
HLND
42
14
LT
2.9
2 37
2
（2）
LNV Protective plates are available to prevent any AR Coated Surface AR Coated Surface
1
5.3
0.75
LNDG reductions in performance due to intrusion of

Angled
5.3
Lighting
LNIS2 foreign matter into the lights. AR Coated Surface

Lenses Oblique
LNIS Anti-reflective (AR coating) has been applied.

LNIS-FN 62.3 62
PR-LFV3-50X100 PR-LFV3-50 （2）
Telecentric Lens * Be aware that installing a protective plate 59.3 10
（2） 4xØ2.4
Macro Lens may reduce image resolution. 10.3
(For installation)
Protective Plate
34
56
106
110
57

13

4xØ2.4
2
PR-LFV3-27 LFV3-G-27
26.5
(For installation) AR Coated Surface

PR-LFV3-30X60 LFV3-G-30X60
59
2
PR-LFV3-35 LFV3-G-35
1
5.3 AR Coated Surface

1
PR-LFV3-50 LFV3-G-50 5.3

PR-LFV3-50X100 LFV3-G-50X100
Accessories: Pan Head Screws x 5

Coaxial Lights
P.307 P.309 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
Dimensions (mm)
LFV3-G-27RD/SW/BL LFV3-G-30X60RD/SW/BL
300
2 x M3 x 4
14 12 (For installation)
3
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
68
59
4 x M3 x 4 4 x M3 x 3.5 4 x M3 x 4 LDR-LA1
3 50
(For installation) (For installation) (For installation) SQR
8.5 25 30 mm x 60 mm SQR-TP
4.5
HPR2
33
(Emitting surface)
39
27
20
Diffused Lighting
18
18
60
19.5
30 19 19 30 LFR
21 （39）
20 LKR
10.5
9.5
10.5
6
3
7.5 25 27.9 3 FPR
35
1 6 15
1 6 15
（1）4 20 20 4（1） 4 x M2 x 4 FPQ3
56
30
(For optional installation) LDL2

4 x M3 x 6 4 x M3 x 6
Lighting
0
27.4 x 27
Direct
35 LDLB
(For installation) 4 x M2 x 5 (For installation)
(Emitting surface) 3 27 (For optional installation) HLDL2
2 x M3 x 4
2
TH2 (5 types)
14
(For installation)
31
LFL
3
64
40
HPD2
（1）
14 12 22.1
Diffused Lighting
LDM2
LAV
PDM
LFXV
LFX3
LFV3-G-35RD/SW/BL LFV3-G-50RD/SW/BL
LFX3-PT
300 LFV3
300
LFV3-G

MSU

MFU
PF
60
51
37
46
HLDR-IP/
11 42 52 mm x 52 mm HSL-PCL
8.5 29
4.5
4.5
34 mm x 38 mm (Emitting surface)
UV2
63 (Emitting surface) 84
40 10 10 40 UV
30 8 23 （40） 8 30 32 （52）
LNSP-UV-FN
IR2
39
20
7 20
57
32
32
IU
1 7
1 11
1 11
4 x M3 x 6 4 x M3 x 6
1
40 4 x M4 x 6 4 x M4 x 8 HLV3
3 34 (For installation) 57 HLV2
(For optional installation)
4 x M2 x 5 (For installation)
3 49 (For optional installation) LV
2
20 13
LSP
2
Spot Lighting, Etc.

13
HFS/HFR
42
HLV3-NR
56
34
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
PFB3
LFV3-G-50X100RD/SW/BL
LNLP
300 LNSP2
LNSP
Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
110
101
LNSD
LND2
HLND
52 mm x 102 mm
11 42 LT
4.5
(Emitting surface)
84 LNV
2 x 35=70 20 20 2 x 35=70 LNDG
Angled
32 （52）
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
57
1 11 32
1 11 32
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
6 x M4 x 6 6 x M4 x 8
57 Macro Lens
3 49
(For optional installation)
2
26.5
106
57
Collimated Lighting
Coaxial Lights
You can also use
CCS MSU Search your smartphone
or cell phone.
For quick access.
MSU Series
Provides light with high parallelism using original
lighting technology
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types) MSU-130RD2
MSU-100SW2
LFL
HPD2 MSU-30BL2
LDM2 MSU-30X20RD2
Diffused Lighting
LAV MSU-10SW2
PDM
LFXV
LFX3
LFX3-PT Applications Inspection for fine damage on glossy surfaces, character recognition on glossy surfaces, etc.
LFV3
LFV3-G
MSU
Features
MFU
PF
Provides collimated lighting created using a special lens. It is perfect • Shape modifications
HSL-PCL for extracting tiny scratches, damage, or dents on mirror surfaces. • Brightness increases
UV2 The included lens can be used for convergent light.
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
Example configuration (MSU-10) Imaging example:
IR2 Imaging button cell
batteries LED Coaxial Light MSU-30X20RD2
IU
Camera
HLV3
HLV2
Light source
LV
part (LV-27)
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR
Half mirror
HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4 Workpiece: Button cell batteries
HLV2-NR Workpiece
With the Coaxial Light, it is Not only is the image of
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
possible to reduce surface the engraved text more
PFBR-600
PFBR-150 reflection and form an clear than with the Coaxial
PFB3 image of the engraved text. Light, fine differences in the
LNLP surface can also be imaged.
LNSP2
LNSP
Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN
Collimated Light Optical Unit MSU Series Extracts Damage, Scratches, and Dents on Mirror Objects
LN/LN-HK
LNSD Light emitted from a normal light source moves in a straight This optical unit is effective for inspections that were difficult
LND2 line while radially diffusing. Collimated light refers to light using conventional image processing, such as extracting
HLND
where one point of light emitted from a source at infinitely shallow and tiny scratches, damage and dents, and reading
LT
LNV
far distance, such as the sun, hits any surface from the barcodes on mirror workpieces.
LNDG same angle. The MSU series is an optical unit developed by
Angled
applying the principle of collimated light. Imaging of 2-dimensional code

Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS Using an LED Light allows

LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Sunlight Bulb light for high performance,
Macro Lens stable, and low-cost
imaging. This is an applied
product that melds lighting
technology design with
optical design.
For details about the procedure for usage, refer to the material "MSU Series Operating Procedures" on our website.
You can download this information from the product website page.

Coaxial Lights
P.307 P.309 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
Lineup
MSU-10RD2 Red 24 V / 0.8 W 630 nm
FCB*4
MSU-10SW2 White 24 V / 0.4 W 5,500 K Straight 275 g
Cable PD3 CC-ST-1024
MSU-10BL2 Blue 24 V / 0.4 W 470 nm LDR2
Direct Lighting
FCB-W*5 PSB POD*3 LDR2-LA
MSU-30RD2 Red 24 V / 0.8 W 630 nm 2-branch
Cable LDR-LA1
2,000 g SQR
MSU-30BL2 Blue 24 V / 0.4 W 470 nm
FCB-F SQR-TP
4-branch
MSU-30X20RD2*1 Red 24 V / 0.8 W 630 nm HPR2
Diffused Lighting
Cable
LFR
MSU-30X20SW2 White 24 V / 0.5 W 5,500 K FRCB PD3*1 CC-ST-1024
LKR
- Robot 540 g
MSU-30X20BL2 Blue 24 V / 0.5 W 470 nm Cable PSB POD* 3
FPR
*4 The cables FPQ3
MSU-30X20GR2 Green 24 V / 0.5 W 525 nm with a model LDL2
Lighting
name that ends
Direct
LDLB
MSU-100RD2 Red 24 V / 0.8 W 630 nm with “-ME7”,
“-EL2”, “-PF”, or HLDL2
“-PF-EL9” are PD3 CC-ST-1024 9,920 g
MSU-100SW2 White 24 V / 0.4 W 5,500 K not included.
TH2 (5 types)
*5 The cables PSB POD* 3
LFL
MSU-130RD2 Red 24 V / 0.8 W 630 nm with a model 12,700 g HPD2
name that ends
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
with “-EL2” are
24 V / 0.4 W not included. PD3*2
MSU-130SW2-CL White 5,500 K 13,000 g LAV
24 V / 4.6 W PSB*2 POD*3 PDM
LFXV
LED Properties: Spectral Distribution P.384 Extension Cables P.365 Control Unit Selection Guide P.307 List of Control Unit Specifications P.309 LFX3
*1 This red light cannot be used with the PD3-5024-4-SI or PD3-5024-4-ET Control Unit. LFX3-PT
*2 The MSU-130SW2-CL is equipped with two Light Units. Use a 2-channel Control Unit. LFV3
*3 For information on the combination of Light Units and POD-series Control Unit, please refer to our website. https://www.ccs-grp.com/lnk/qr/pod LFV3-G

MSU

Dimensions (mm)
MFU
PF
MSU-10RD2/SW2/BL2 MSU-30RD2/BL2 HLDR-IP/

Macro lens f40 76 116 HSL-PCL
Shading plate LV-27
C mount UV2
0 C mount 0
30 30 UV
Hand screws LV-27 LNSP-UV-FN

67
Hand screw CCTV lens f50 mm IR2

115
44
39
20
IU
351
2x2-M3 depth 8
7
(1)
3 40 HLV3
LWD=20 to 80 mm
58 8
70
(For installation) HLV2
4-M3 depth 6 74 (Same for opposite side) LV
(For installation)
80
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

Light source F-Stop adapter: Ø1 mm HFS/HFR
Light source F-Stop adapter: Ø2, Ø3, Ø4 mm included Center of the 4-M6 HLV3-NR
44 70 23 (For installation)
27 light axis HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
MSU-30X20RD2/SW2/BL2/GR2 MSU-100RD2/SW2 HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
Macro lens f25 259.2 180 PFBR-600
PFBR-150
66 C mounted ring 0 Intensity trimmer 156 4-Ø11
30
20
PFB3
LNLP
Hand screw
Hand screw LNSP2
LNSP
67
(126.5)
Coaxial Units
125
LNSP-FN
54
49
30
LN/LN-HK
500
LNSD
680
2x2-M3 depth 8
7
(1)
3 60 46 26 LND2
4-M3 depth 8 (For installation) HLND
(For installation) 65 15 (Same for opposite side) LT
LNV
MSU-130RD2/SW2-CL LNDG
Angled
467
160
180
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
214 160 4-Ø11 LNIS

20
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Reference chart for the field of vision (Estimate) Macro Lens
Using a 1/3 inch sensor camera
Model name Field of vision WD

250
MSU-10 7.5 mm 58 mm
481
MSU-30 18.7 mm 50 mm
MSU-30X20 15 mm 24 mm
MSU-100 60 mm 50 mm
210
Regarding reference field of vision

This is an estimate to help you select a Light Unit, and
individual units may vary from the data listed above depending
on your imaging conditions.
Collimated Lighting
Coaxial Lights
You can also use
CCS MFU Search your smartphone
or cell phone.
For quick access.
MFU Series
Provides light with high parallelism using original
lighting technology
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
HPD2 MFU-34X30-BL MFU-54X40-BL
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
LAV
PDM
LFXV
LFX3
LFX3-PT Applications Dimension measuring, dimension measuring of cylindrical objects, inspection for fine burrs, etc.
LFV3
LFV3-G
MSU
Features
MFU
PF
We achieved collimated lighting through unique lighting technology. • Shape modifications

HSL-PCL It allows for highly-accurate imaging that prevents light from wrapping around • Brightness increases
UV2 the workpiece. It allows for convergence to match the imaging-side lens in use.
UV
LNSP-UV-FN Example configuration (MFU-34×30) Imaging example:
IR2
Imaging the
Camera
appearance of screws LED Flat Light MFU-34X30-BL
IU
Workpiece
HLV3
HLV2 Full reflection mirror
LV
Light source part
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4 Workpiece: Knurled screws
HLV2-NR With a Flat Light, the emitted It prevents the emitted light
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W light wraps around the from wrapping around,
PFBR-600 workpieces, making it difficult to allowing for the edges to
PFBR-150
emphasize the edges. be emphasized.
PFB3
LNLP
LNSP2
LNSP
Comparison of Imaging with a Flat Light and Collimated Light
Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN Imaging example: Imaging the appearance of push pins
LN/LN-HK
LNSD Workpiece image LED Flat Light MFU-34X30-BL
LND2 When you looks at a clear resin push
HLND pin with diffused light from a Flat Light
LT
installed at the back of the workpiece,
LNV
LNDG the clear part appears clear. However,
Angled
with collimated light, the light is

Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS refracted by the clear resin, and the

LNIS-FN Push pins
whole pin appears black.
Telecentric Lens
Macro Lens
Imaging example: Imaging the appearance and dimensions of capacitors
Workpiece image LED Flat Light MFU-34X30-BL
When you view it with diffused light
from a Flat Light installed at the back
of the workpiece, the light wraps
around the side of the capacitor
body. However, with collimated light,
that wrap around is prevented and
Capacitors
the thickness of the wires is also
imaged evenly.

Coaxial Lights
P.307 P.309 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
Lineup
Power Peak Recommended
Model name LED color Options Extension cables Weight
consumption wavelength Control Units
CB
Straight Cable
MFU-34X30-BL Blue 12 V / 0.3 W 470 nm 185 g
CB-W
2-branch Cable PD2*
- LDR2
Direct Lighting
CB-F PSB* PTU2* LDR2-LA
4-branch Cable
MFU-54X40-BL Blue 12 V / 0.3 W 470 nm RCB 350 g LDR-LA1
Robot Cable SQR
SQR-TP
* Because the MFU series is for 12 V input, please
Extension Cables P.365 Control Unit Selection Guide P.307 List of Control Unit Specifications P.309 HPR2
Diffused Lighting
select a Control Unit with a 12 V output.
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ3
LDL2
LED Properties
properties
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
100
CCS offers you the most suitable LFL
Relative radiant
80
intensity (%)
Blue 470 nm HPD2

Spectral LDM2
Diffused Lighting
40
distribution 20
For details about the lens filter, LAV
0 refer to P.355. PDM
350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
LFXV
Wavelength (nm)
LFX3
Be sure to read the "Instruction Guide" included with the product before use and follow the safety precautions upon use. LFX3-PT
LFV3
LFV3-G

MSU

MFU
PF
Dimensions (mm)
HLDR-IP/
HSL-PCL
UV2
UV
MFU-34X30-BL MFU-54X40-BL LNSP-UV-FN
5 30 5 40
IR2
IU
Ø20
Ø20
66
54
46
34
HLV3
HLV2
LV
90 16 LSP
130 16
Spot Lighting, Etc.

HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR
2X2-M3 HLV3-3M-RGB-4
2X2-M3 HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
28
38
38
48
0
PFBR-150
0
30
30
PFB3
10
LNLP
10
3 40 3 15 60 15 3 60 3 15 100 15 LNSP2
4-M3 depth 6 4-M3 depth 6 LNSP
Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
LND2
HLND
Regarding the Procedure for Usage LT

LNV
LNDG
Angled
1) Set the item to be inspected and determine the imaging range.

Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
2) Set this product and determine the distance between the lens and the camera (LWD). LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
3) Align this product's light axis with the center of the imaging field of vision. Macro Lens
4) Adjust intensity.
For details about the procedure for usage, refer to the material "MFU Series Operating Procedures" on our website.
You can download this information from the product website page.
Strobe Lighting
High Power Strobe Lights
Strobe Lights You can also use
CCS PF Search
High-power
your smartphone
or cell phone.
For quick access.
PF Series
Ultra-high power strobe Light Units

Ring Type Low-Angle Ring Type Ring Type for Diffuesd Lighting
LDR-PF Series LDR-PF-LA Series HPR-PF Series
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
Bar Type Dome Type Coaxial Type
HLDL2
LDL-PF Series HPD-PF Series LFV-PF Series
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
HPD2
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
LAV
PDM
LFXV
LFX3
LFX3-PT
LFV3
LFV3-G
MSU
MFU
“Extreme Power” Strobe Lights Wide Variety of Available Light Units
PF
HLDR-IP/ The High Power Strobe Lights PF series enables extreme Ring, low-angle ring, ring for diffused lighting, bar, dome,
HSL-PCL
power strobe lighting. The PF-series Light Units are and coaxial types are available. Select one to meet your
UV2
dedicatedly designed for strobe lighting to achieve further purpose of use.
UV
LNSP-UV-FN large output power than that of the conventional products
Ring Type Bar Type
when used with the dedicated Control Units.
IR2 LDR-PF Series LDL-PF Series
This makes them applicable to fast inspection lines and a
IU wide range of applications improving productivity.
HLV3
HLV2
Comparison of images with the conventional product
P.137 P.145
LV
LSP Conventional product Low-Angle Ring Type Dome Type
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR Dim LDR-PF-LA Series HPD-PF Series

HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
Blurred image
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
P.139 P.149
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
Line speed: 1x
Strobe time: 56 μs Ring Type for Diffused Lighting Coaxial Type
PFB3
HPR-PF Series LFV-PF Series
LNLP
LNSP2
LNSP PF series Bright
Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN P.143 P.151
LN/LN-HK
No blurring
LNSD
The lineup includes 48 models with different
14 x 4 μs
LND2
HLND Line speed: formats, sizes, and LED colors.
Strobe time:
LT
LNV Comparison between the LDR-PF-36SW and LDR2-32SW2 Light Units (conventional products).
LNDG Brightness Comparable to Xenon Flash Lamps
Angled
Dedicated Control Units PF-A4048-2 and PF-A16048-4

Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
Achieved the same inspection speed made possible by
LNIS-FN
Maximize performance of the High Power Strobe
Telecentric Lens xenon lamps.
Macro Lens Light Units.
15 W xenon flash lamp High Power Strobe Light Unit

For more information on the Dedicated Control Units P.331 Strobe time: 1.75 μs Strobe time: 15 μs
(measured value)

PF series Examples of Custom Examples of
Control Unit Product Page Ordered Products Application
P.331 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
▼
▼
Strobe Lights
High-power
Innovative Applications
Using the Flash As a Camera Shutter

Example Conventional product
Camera exposure period Long strobe time due to lack of brightness
56 μs leads to image blurring. LDR2
Direct Lighting
Conventional product LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
LDR2-32SW2
+ SQR
POD-5024-2-PEI SQR-TP
PF series HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
High power emission enables
PF series instantaneous imaging.
LKR
FPR
4
LDR-PF-36SW
FPQ3
+
μs
PF-A4048-2 LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
Eliminating Image Blur LFL
HPD2
LDM2
Horizontal Blur
Diffused Lighting
LAV
Conventional product PF series PDM

LFXV
Long exposure period and insufficient High brightness allows for short LFX3
brightness result in image blur.
exposure time and reduces blur. LFX3-PT
LFV3
LFV3-G

MSU

Dim Bright MFU
PF
HLDR-IP/
HSL-PCL
The image is blurred in fast moving production lines. Applicable to fast moving production lines. UV2
UV
Vertical Blur LNSP-UV-FN
Conventional product PF series IR2
Adjusting aperture to compensate for dim High brightness allows for smaller
lighting reduces depth of field. IU
aperture and increased depth of field.
HLV3
HLV2
Shallow
DoF
Deep LV
LSP
Dim Bright DoF
Spot Lighting, Etc.

HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
Vertical vibration Vertical vibration
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
Vibration causes image blur. Image unaffected by vibration. PFB3
LNLP
LNSP2
Freely Adjustable Flash Timing LNSP
Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN
You can use the lighting delay time setting of the Control Unit to adjust the timing of the flash to be within the exposure
LN/LN-HK
period of the camera. LNSD
LND2
PF-A4048-2 (2-channel model)
HLND
Exposure period Features
LT
• Light intensity: 512 levels
of camera Lighting delay time LNV
• Strobe time: 1 to 100 μs
LNDG
Angled
• Lighting delay: 0 to 100 μs

Lighting
• Compatible with Ethernet LNIS2

Lenses Oblique
Insufficient communications, etc. LNIS

amount of light Strobe time LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Macro Lens
PF series PF-A16048-4 (4-channel model)

Strobing before the exposure period of the camera Features
leads to an insufficient amount of light. • Light intensity: 512 levels

• Strobe time: 1 to 500 μs*
• Lighting delay: 0 to 100 μs
Delaying the timing of the flash enables • Compatible with Ethernet
communications
strobing within the exposure period • Trigger link, etc.
* Refer to the specification table.
of the camera.
For the detailed information on the
High Power Strobe Control Units P.331
Strobe Lighting
Ring Type
CCS LDR-PF Search
High-power
your smartphone
or cell phone.
For quick access.
LDR-PF Series
Ultra-high power strobe Ring Lights
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR LDR-PF-54RD
SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
LDR-PF-36SW
HLDL2
LDR-PF-75SW
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
HPD2
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
LAV
PDM
LFXV
LFX3
LFX3-PT Applications Visual inspection for semiconductor, electronic components, metal parts, automobile components, printings, food, and medicines, etc.
LFV3
LFV3-G
MSU
MFU
Features
PF
Strong direct-light from the LEDs mounted on the flat board

HLDR-IP/
HSL-PCL illuminates the workpiece from above.
UV2
UV Example configuration (LDR-PF-75) Imaging example:
LNSP-UV-FN
Imaging the external
IR2 Camera
appearance of chip
IU components
HLV3
LEDs
HLV2
LV
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR
Workpiece
Workpiece LDR-PF-36SW
HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
We accept custom orders. • Shape modifications
PFB3
• Brightness increases
LNLP Please feel free to inquire. • Changes in wavelength, etc.
LNSP2
Approx. 1 mm
LNSP
Coaxial Units The appearance of the chip
LNSP-FN Chip component component is captured.
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
LND2
HLND
LT
Data: Illuminance Graph and Uniformity (Representative Example)
LNV The data included is for reference only. Actual values may vary.
LNDG
Angled
LDR-PF-75
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LNIS-FN *1 *2
Telecentric Lens Illuminance graph (LWD characteristics) Uniformity (Relative irradiance)
Macro Lens *1 Illuminance on the optical axis
*2 Illuminating distance from the Light Unit to the workpiece 15 mm 15 mm
LWD=30 mm LWD=30 mm
7,000,000 100
6,000,000
Peak illuminance (lx)
LDR-PF-75SW
5,000,000
Output level (%)
4,000,000
3,000,000 50
LDR-PF-75RD
2,000,000
1,000,000
0 10
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
LWD (mm)
LDR-PF-75SW (White) LDR-PF-75RD (Red)

P.331 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
▼
▼
Strobe Lights
High-power
Lineup
Peak wavelength / Dedicated
Model name LED color Peak current correlated color Options Extension cables Weight
temperature Control Units
LDR-PF-36SW White 7,500 K

5.4 A 70 g
LDR-PF-36RD Red 627 nm
Diffusion plate LDR2
LDR-PF-54SW White 7,500 K FCB-PF PF-A4048-2
Direct Lighting
10.8 A Polarizing plate Straight Cable 110 g LDR2-LA
LDR-PF-54RD Red 627 nm (Dedicated Cable) PF-A16048-4 LDR-LA1
Adapter
SQR
LDR-PF-75SW White 21.6 A 7,500 K P.138
SQR-TP
150 g
LDR-PF-75RD Red 18 A 627 nm HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
Extension Cables P.138 Dedicated Control Unit P.331 LKR
FPR
FPQ3
LED Properties LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
100 TH2 (5 types)
80 CCS offers you the most suitable LFL
Relative radiant
White 7,500 K
intensity (%)
60
lens filter for each wavelength. HPD2
Red 627 nm
Spectral 40 LDM2
Diffused Lighting
distribution 20 For details about the lens filter, LAV
0
refer to P.355. PDM
350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
Wavelength (nm) LFXV
LFX3
LFX3-PT
LFV3
LFV3-G

MSU

Options
MFU
PF
Reduces glare, Reduces glare when For attaching a Diffusion HLDR-IP/

HSL-PCL
especially problematic used in combination with Plate or Polarizing Plate
in the imaging of glossy a Polarizing Filter on the to the Light Unit. UV2
workpieces. camera. UV
LNSP-UV-FN
Diffusion Plates Polarizing Plates Adapters
IR2
Applicable Light Unit Applicable Light Unit Applicable Light Unit
DF-LDR-PF-36 LDR-PF-36 PL-LDR-PF-36 LDR-PF-36 AD-LDR-PF-36 LDR-PF-36 IU
DF-LDR-PF-54 LDR-PF-54 PL-LDR-PF-54 LDR-PF-54 AD-LDR-PF-54 LDR-PF-54
HLV3
DF-LDR-PF-75 LDR-PF-75 PL-LDR-PF-75 LDR-PF-75 AD-LDR-PF-75 LDR-PF-75
HLV2
Use an Adapter to install the Diffusion Plate. Use an Adapter to install the Polarizing Plate. P.362 LV
P.359 P.360 LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR
Extension Cables HLV3-3M-RGB-4

HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
FCB-PF PFBR-600
(mm) PFBR-150
Cable permitted PFB3
Model name Dimension A Dimension B Weight (A)
bending radius* LNLP
(B)
Control Unit Light Unit

FCB-1-PF 1m 100 g LNSP2
side side
FCB-2-PF 2m Ø5.9 35.4 mm 150 g 4 pins 4 pins LNSP
FCB-3-PF 3m 200 g (30) (30) Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN
FCB-5-PF 5m Ø7.0 42.0 mm 450 g
LN/LN-HK
* The above cable permitted bending radii are reference values. Actual values may vary.
LNSD
LND2
HLND
Dimensions (mm) LT
LNV
LNDG
Angled
LDR-PF-36SW/RD LDR-PF-54SW/RD LDR-PF-75SW/RD

Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
30 LNIS-FN
30 0
0
(Ø5.9)
Macro Lens
(Ø5.9)
(Ø5.9)
45° 45°
Ø1 45° Ø2
2
0
Ø3
5
Ø54
Ø36
Ø75
0 0
Ø2 Ø4
17 0
17 Ø5
4 x M3 x 6 4 x M3 x 6
(For installation) (For installation) 4 x M3 x 6
17
(For installation)
HPR-PF-75SW/RD HPR-PF-100SW/RD How to Connect the Extension Cables

You can26.4
inquire For HPR-PF-75 /Inquire
100 on our website here.
Sample Light Unit Free Product
26.4 Custom 4xM4x5Product Pricing/ Discontinued
(25.5) 45° (25.5) (For installation) Dedicated Extension Cable
45°
(FCB-PF Series, Sold Separately)
Ø8
4xM4x5 Ø1
08
3
Strobe Lighting
Low-Angle Ring Type
CCS LDR-PF-LA Search
High-power
your smartphone
or cell phone.
For quick access.
LDR-PF-LA Series
Ultra-high power strobe Low-Angle Ring Lights
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2 LDR-PF-150SW-LA
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
HPD2 LDR-PF-100RD-LA
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
LAV LDR-PF-75SW-LA
PDM
LFXV
LFX3 Inspection for engravings, damage, or stains on metal surfaces; edge detection; inspection for foreign material mixed with food
LFX3-PT Applications or medicine; inspection for scratches on glass surface; etc.
LFV3
LFV3-G
MSU
MFU
Features
PF
Provides extremely strong direct-light from a low

HLDR-IP/
HSL-PCL angle to the center.
UV2
UV Example configuration (LDR-PF-75-LA) Imaging example:
LNSP-UV-FN
Imaging the appearance
IR2
Camera of medicine tablets with
IU imprinted text
HLV3
HLV2
LEDs
LV
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR Workpiece Workpiece LDR-PF-100SW-LA

HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
PFB3
LNSP2
LNSP
Coaxial Units Strobe light allows you to capture
LNSP-FN Medicine tablets the imprinted text and the
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
appearance of the workpiece.
LND2
HLND
LT
LNV The data included is for reference only. Actual values may vary.
LNDG
Angled
LDR-PF-75-LA
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LNIS-FN *1 *2
LWD=10 mm LWD=10 mm
11,000,000 100
10,000,000
9,000,000
8,000,000
Output level (%)
7,000,000 LDR-PF-75SW-LA
6,000,000
5,000,000 50
4,000,000 LDR-PF-75RD-LA
3,000,000
2,000,000
1,000,000
0 10
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
LWD (mm)
LDR-PF-75SW-LA (White) LDR-PF-75RD-LA (Red)

P.331 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
▼
▼
Strobe Lights
High-power
Lineup
temperature Control Units
LDR-PF-75SW-LA White 8,000 K FCB-PF

16.2 A Straight Cable 125 g
LDR-PF-75RD-LA Red 622 nm (Dedicated Cable)
LDR2
LDR-PF-100SW-LA White 8,000 K Diffusion plate PF-A4048-2
Direct Lighting
28.8 A 200 g LDR2-LA
LDR-PF-100RD-LA Red 622 nm Mounting adapter FCB-PF-EL9 PF-A16048-4 LDR-LA1
Straight Cable
(Dedicated Cable) SQR
LDR-PF-150SW-LA White 8,000 K SQR-TP
42.0 A P.140 350 g
LDR-PF-150RD-LA Red 622 nm HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
Extension Cables P.140 Dedicated Control Unit P.331 LKR

FPR
FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
LED Properties TH2 (5 types)
LFL
HPD2
100
CCS offers you the most suitable LDM2
Diffused Lighting
80
Relative radiant
intensity (%)
White 8,000K Red 622 nm LAV

60
lens filter for each wavelength. PDM
Spectral 40
distribution 20 For details about the lens filter, LFXV
0 LFX3
350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
refer to P.355.
LFX3-PT
Wavelength (nm) LFV3
LFV3-G

MSU

The data included is for reference only. Actual values may vary. MFU
PF
HLDR-IP/
HSL-PCL
Options UV2
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
Reduces glare, especially Necessary for mounting IR2

problematic in the imaging a Diffusion Plate on the
of glossy workpieces. Light Unit. IU
HLV3
Diffusion Plates Mounting Adapters HLV2

LV
Applicable Light Unit Applicable Light Unit LSP
Model name Model name
Spot Lighting, Etc.

(Common for all colors) (Common for all colors)
HFS/HFR
DF-LDR-PF-75-LA LDR-PF-75-LA AD-LDR-PF-75-LA LDR-PF-75-LA
HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
Use a Mounting Adapter to install the Diffusion Plate. HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
P.142
PFBR-600
P.142
PFBR-150
PFB3
LNLP
LNSP2
Extension Cables LNSP

Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
FCB-PF FCB-PF-EL9 (mm)
LNSD
Applicable Light Units: LDR-PF-75-LA Applicable Light Units: LDR-PF-100-LA / LDR-PF-150-LA LND2
HLND
(A) (A) LT
LNV
(B)

(B)
2-Branch Light Unit

LNDG
Angled
side side
Cable side side
4 pins 4 pins
Lighting
9 pins 9 pins LNIS2

(30) (30)
Lenses Oblique
(40) (40) LNIS

LNIS-FN
Cable permitted Cable permitted Telecentric Lens
Model name Dimension A Dimension B Weight Model name Dimension A Dimension B Weight
bending radius* bending radius* Macro Lens
FCB-1-PF 1m 100 g FCB-1-PF-EL9 1m 100 g
FCB-2-PF 2m Ø5.9 35.4 mm 150 g FCB-2-PF-EL9 2m Ø7.4 44.4 mm 190 g
* These cable permitted bending radii are for reference only. Actual values may vary. For information on how to connect extension cables, refer to the next page.
LDR-PF-LA Series
CCS LDR-PF-LA Search
High-power
your smartphone
or cell phone.
For quick access.
Dimensions (mm)
LDR-PF-75RD-LA / SW-LA
300
(Ø5.5)
LDR2 8
Ø4
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR Illumination
Ø75
SQR-TP
HPR2 Ø7
Diffused Lighting
LFR 0
LKR
45 4 x M3 x 6
FPR °
(For installation) 16 Cable permitted bending radius: 22 mm
FPQ3
LDL2 How to Connect the Extension Cables
Lighting
Direct
LDLB For LDR-PF-75-LA

HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
Dedicated Extension Cable
LFL (FCB-PF Series, Sold Separately)
HPD2
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
Control Unit side 4 pins

LAV 4 pins
PDM
LFXV
LFX3
LFX3-PT
LFV3
LDR-PF-100RD-LA / SW-LA
LFV3-G
2-Branch Cable 300
MSU Included
MFU
(Ø7.2)
PF
HLDR-IP/
HSL-PCL
UV2
UV
Illumination
Ø100
LNSP-UV-FN
IR2 Ø95
Ø7
0
IU
HLV3 45 4 x M3 x 6
°
(For installation) 19 Cable permitted bending radius: 43.2 mm
HLV2
LV
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR LDR-PF-150RD-LA / SW-LA 300
(Ø7.2)
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W 2-Branch Cable

Included
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
PFB3
LNLP
LNSP2
LNSP
Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
Illumination
Ø150
LND2
HLND
Ø145
LT
LNV Ø1
20
LNDG
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
4 x M3 x 6
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
45 ° (For installation)
LNIS-FN
20
Telecentric Lens
Macro Lens
How to Connect the Extension Cables
For LDR-PF-100-LA / LDR-PF-150-LA
2-branch Cable
(Included with the Light Unit) Dedicated Extension Cable
(FCB-PF-EL9 series, sold separately)
9 pins 9 pins
150
(300)

(To the same channel)

P.331 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
▼
▼
Strobe Lights
High-power
Dimensions for Optional Products (mm)
Diffusion Plates
DF-LDR-PF-75-LA DF-LDR-PF-100-LA
22
19 A 3
A LDR2
3
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
Ø100
Ø 70
SQR-TP
Ø 56
Ø75
Ø40
Ø48
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
A-A FPR
A
A A-A FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
DF-LDR-PF-150-LA HLDL2
23 TH2 (5 types)
3 LFL
A
HPD2
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
LAV
PDM
LFXV
Ø106
Ø150
Ø120
LFX3
LFX3-PT
LFV3
LFV3-G

MSU

A-A
A MFU
PF
Mounting Adapters HLDR-IP/

HSL-PCL
UV2
AD-LDR-PF-75-LA AD-LDR-PF-100-LA
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
IR2
B B B B
12
0°
IU
12
°
0°
12
0
0°
12
HLV3
A-A HLV2
A-A LV
Ø81
Ø69 LSP
Ø106
Spot Lighting, Etc.

3
A A Ø 94
11
HFS/HFR
A A
11
3
12
HLV3-NR
12
3 x M3 HLV3-3M-RGB-4
Ø75.3
(For installation) 3 x M3 Ø 100.3 HLV2-NR
B-B
(For installation) B-B HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
AD-LDR-PF-150-LA PFB3
LNLP
LNSP2
LNSP
Coaxial Units
B B LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
12
0°
0°
LNSD
12
LND2
How to Install the Diffusion Plate HLND
A-A LT
LNV
Ø157 Ø 142
LNDG
Angled
A
11
A
3
Lighting
LNIS2
12
Lenses Oblique
Mounting Adapter LNIS

3 x M3 Ø 150.3 LNIS-FN
(For installation) B-B Set screws Telecentric Lens
(included with the Mounting Adapter) Macro Lens
Recommended tightening torque:
0.14 N·m
Diffusion Plate
(Sold separately)
Strobe Lighting
Ring Type for Diffused Lighting
CCS HPR-PF Search
High-power
your smartphone
or cell phone.
For quick access.
HPR-PF Series
Ultra-high power strobe Ring Lights for diffused lighting
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP HPR-PF-100RD
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
HPR-PF-200RD
FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
HPR-PF-75SW
LFL
HPD2
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
LAV HPR-PF-150SW
PDM
LFXV
LFX3 Inspection for damage or stains, visual inspection, color determining inspection, character recognition, printed character inspection,
LFX3-PT Applications appearance inspection for food or medicines, etc.
LFV3
LFV3-G
MSU
Features
MFU
PF
HLDR-IP/
HSL-PCL
The diffusion plate transmits light from LEDs and
UV2 provides strong and uniform diffused light.
UV
LNSP-UV-FN Example configuration (HPR-PF-100) Imaging example:
IR2
Camera Imaging the appearance of
beverage containers
IU
LEDs
HLV3
HLV2
LV Diffusion plate
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR
Workpiece
HLV3-NR Workpiece HPR-PF-36SW
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
PFB3
LNSP2
LNSP
Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN
Condition of container bottom and
LN/LN-HK
Beverage container text are clearly imaged.
LNSD
LND2
HLND
LT
LNV
LNDG
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
HPR-PF-75
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LNIS-FN *1 *2
LWD=100 mm LWD=100 mm
2,500,000 100
2,000,000 HPR-PF-75SW
Output level (%)
1,500,000
50
1,000,000 HPR-PF-75RD
500,000
0 10
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
LWD (mm)
HPR-PF-75SW (White) HPR-PF-75RD (Red)

P.331 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
▼
▼
Strobe Lights
High-power
Lineup
Control Units
temperature
HPR-PF-75SW White 6,500 K
12 A 170 g
HPR-PF-75RD Red 636 nm FCB-PF
Straight Cable
HPR-PF-100SW White 6,500 K (Dedicated Cable) LDR2
Direct Lighting
21.6 A 180 g LDR2-LA
HPR-PF-100RD Red 636 nm P.144
PF-A4048-2 LDR-LA1
Brackets
HPR-PF-150SW White 6,500 K PF-A16048-4 SQR
36 A FCB-PF-EL9
270 g SQR-TP
HPR-PF-150RD Red 636 nm Straight Cable HPR2
Diffused Lighting
(Dedicated Cable) LFR
HPR-PF-200SW White 6,500 K
43.2 A 400 g LKR
P.144
HPR-PF-200RD Red 636 nm FPR
FPQ3
LED Properties: Light Spectrum P.384 Extension Cables P.144 Dedicated Control Unit P.331 LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
Options
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
Expansion Mounting Brackets Light Joint Brackets HPD2
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
Applicable Light Unit Applicable units 1 Applicable units 2
Model name Model name
(Common for all colors) (Common for all colors) (Common for all colors) LAV
BK-75-CI HPR-PF-75 HPD-PF-75 BK-75-JO HPR-PF-75 HPD-PF-75 PDM
BK-100-CI HPR-PF-100 HPD-PF-100 BK-100-JO HPR-PF-100 HPD-PF-100 LFXV
BK-150-CI HPR-PF-150 HPD-PF-150 BK-150-JO HPR-PF-150 HPD-PF-150 LFX3
BK-200-CI HPR-PF-200 HPD-PF-200 BK-200-JO HPR-PF-200 HPD-PF-200
P.363 P.364 LFX3-PT
LFV3
LFV3-G
Extension Cables

MSU

MFU
FCB-PF FCB-PF-EL9 (mm) PF

Applicable Light Units: HPR-PF-75 / HPR-PF-100 Applicable Light Units: HPR-PF-150 / HPR-PF-200
LDR-PF-36SW/RD LDR-PF-54SW/RD LDR-PF-75SW/RD HLDR-IP/
(A) (A)
LDR-PF-36SW/RD LDR-PF-54SW/RD LDR-PF-75SW/RD HSL-PCL
(B)
(B)
2-Branch Light Unit UV2
3 3
3000
side side
4 pins 3000 4 pins 3
Cable side
0
side UV
0 3000 9 pins 9 pins
(Ø5.9)
0 LNSP-UV-FN
(Ø5.9)
(30) (30) (40) (40)

(Ø5.9)
IR2
(Ø5.9)
(Ø5.9)
Cable permitted 45° 4 5° Cable permitted

(Ø5.9)
Model name Dimension

° A Dimension B 45°
Weight Model name 45° B
Dimension A Dimension
bending radius*
Weight
Ø 45 bending radius* Ø22
Ø110 45° Ø2
2 IU
FCB-1-PF 0 1m 100 g FCB-1-PF-EL9 1m Ø 100 g
Ø335
5
FCB-2-PF 2m Ø5.9 35.4 mm 150 g FCB-2-PF-EL9 2m Ø7.4 44.4 mm 190 g HLV3
Ø54
Ø36
Ø54
Ø75
Ø36
FCB-3-PF 3m 200 g FCB-3-PF-EL9 3m 270 g HLV2

Ø75
0 0
FCB-5-PF Ø20 5 m Ø7.0
42.0 mm 450 g Ø40
FCB-5-PF-EL9 5m Ø9.1 54.6 mm 680 g LV
Ø2 Ø4 0
17 17 Ø50 LSP
* These cable permitted bending radii are for reference17
only. Actual values may vary. For information
4 x M3 on x 6how to connect Ø5to the figures shown below.
17 extension cables, refer
Spot Lighting, Etc.

4 x M3 x 6 HFS/HFR
4 x M3 x 6 4 x M3 x 6
(For installation) (For installation) 4 x M3 x 6 HLV3-NR
(For installation) (For installation) 4 x M3 x 6 17
(For installation) HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
HPR-PF-75SW/RD HPR-PF-100SW/RD How to Connect the Extension Cables PFBR-600
HPR-PF-75SW/RD HPR-PF-100SW/RD How to Connect/ the
For HPR-PF-75 100Extension Cables
26.4 26.4 4xM4x5 For HPR-PF-75 / 100 PFBR-150
26.4 26.4 4xM4x5 PFB3
(25.5) 45 (25.5) (For installation) Dedicated Extension Cable
(25.5) 45°° (25.5) (For installation) 45°
45° Dedicated
(FCB-PF Extension
Series, Cable
Sold Separately) LNLP
Ø8Ø8
Ø (FCB-PF Series, Sold Separately)

4xM4x5 Ø1108 LNSP2
33
4xM4x5 08
(For installation) LNSP
(For installation) Control Unit side 4 pins
Ø116
Control
4 pins Unit side 4 pins Coaxial Units
Ø66
Ø41
Ø91
Ø116
Ø66
Ø41
4 pins
Ø91
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
LND2
(Ø5.5)
(Ø5.5)
(Ø5.5)
HLND
(Ø5.5)
0) LT
0) (300)
(300) (30 LNV
(30
LNDG
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
2-Branch Cable 2-Branch Cable
Lenses Oblique
2-Branch Cable
Included 2-Branch Cable
Included LNIS
Included Included How to Connect the Extension Cables
HPR-PF-150SW/RD HPR-PF-200SW/RD How to Connect the
For HPR-PF-150 Extension Cables
/ 200 LNIS-FN
HPR-PF-150SW/RD HPR-PF-200SW/RD For HPR-PF-150 / 200 Telecentric Lens
26.4 26.4
26.4 26.4 Macro Lens
(25.5) (25.5) 2-branch Cable
(25.5) 45 (25.5) 45 2-branch Cable
(Included with the Light Unit) Dedicated Extension
Extension Cable
45°° 45°° (Included with the Light Unit) Dedicated
(FCB-PF-EL9 series, soldCable
Ø2Ø2
Ø1Ø1
separately)
0808

5858
4xM4x5 4xM4x5
4xM4x5 4xM4x5
(For installation) 9 pins 9 pins
(For installation) 150 9 pins 9 pins
150
Ø166
Ø116
Ø216
Ø166
(300)
Ø166
Ø116
Ø216
Ø166
(300)

Control
(To the Unit
sameside 4 pins
channel)
(Ø7.2)
0)
(300)
(Ø7.2)
(Ø7.2)
(30
(Ø7.2)
0)
(300)
(30
Emitting width: 18 mm 4.7 Emitting width: 30 mm 4.7
Emitting width: 18 mm 4.7 Emitting width: 30 mm 4.7
2.5 1.2 2.5 1.2
Strobe Lighting
Bar Type
CCS LDL-PF Search
High-power
your smartphone
or cell phone.
For quick access.
LDL-PF Series
Ultra-high power strobe Bar Lights
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LDL-PF-52X18SW LDL-PF-102X18RD LDL-PF-152X18SW
LKR
FPR
FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
HPD2
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
LAV
PDM
LDL-PF-52X30SW LDL-PF-102X30RD LDL-PF-152X30SW
LFXV
LFX3
LFX3-PT Applications Visual inspection for semiconductor, electronic components, metal parts, automobile components, printings, food, and medicines, etc.
LFV3
LFV3-G
MSU
Features
MFU
PF
HLDR-IP/ The diffusion plate transmits light from LEDs and provides uniform diffused light on
HSL-PCL
the whole workpiece from its wide emitting surface.
UV2
UV
LNSP-UV-FN Example configuration (LDL-PF-102X18 / 102X30) Imaging example:
IR2 Imaging the Paper Label of
Camera
Beverage Bottles
IU
HLV3
HLV2
LEDs
LV
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR
Workpiece
Workpiece LDL-PF-102X18SW
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
PFB3
LNSP2
LNSP
Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN
Captured image of a paper label
LN/LN-HK
Beverage bottle and barcode.
LNSD
LND2
HLND
LT
LNV
LNDG
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
LDL-PF-152X30
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LNIS-FN *1 *2
LWD=30 mm 20 mm LWD=30 mm 20 mm
12,000,000 100
10,000,000
LDL-PF-152X30SW
Output level (%)
8,000,000
6,000,000
50
4,000,000
2,000,000 LDL-PF-152X30RD
0 10
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
LWD (mm)
LDL-PF-152X30SW (White) LDL-PF-152X30RD (Red)

P.331 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
▼
▼
Strobe Lights
High-power
Lineup
Control Units
temperature
LDL-PF-52X18SW White 7,500 K
5.4 A 140 g
LDL-PF-52X18RD Red 627 nm
LDL-PF-102X18SW White 7,500 K LDR2
Direct Lighting
10.8 A 210 g LDR2-LA
LDL-PF-102X18RD Red 627 nm LDR-LA1
SQR
LDL-PF-152X18SW White 7,500 K FCB-PF
16.2 A Diffusion plate
Straight Cable 290 g SQR-TP
LDL-PF-152X18RD Red 627 nm (Dedicated Cable) PF-A4048-2 HPR2
Diffused Lighting
Polarizing plate LFR
LDL-PF-52X30SW White 7,500 K P.146 PF-A16048-4
Brackets
LKR
9A 180 g
LDL-PF-52X30RD Red 627 nm FPR
FPQ3
LDL-PF-102X30SW White 7,500 K LDL2
Lighting
18 A 270 g
Direct
LDLB
LDL-PF-102X30RD Red 627 nm
HLDL2
LDL-PF-152X30SW* White 7,500 K FCB-PF TH2 (5 types)
27 A 380 g LFL
LDL-PF-152X30RD* Red 627 nm x 2*
HPD2
* The LDL-PF-152X30SW/RD Light Unit has two connectors. Use two extension cables of the same length to LDM2
Diffused Lighting
connect the Light Unit. Using cables of different lengths may cause uneven light emission due to voltage drop Extension Cables P.146 Dedicated Control Unit P.331
LAV
caused by the DC resistance of the cable.
PDM
LFXV
LFX3
LFX3-PT
LED Properties LFV3

LFV3-G

MSU

100
MFU
Relative radiant
80
intensity (%)
White 7,500 K
60 PF
Spectral 40
Red 627 nm lens filter for each wavelength.
distribution 20 For details about the lens filter, HLDR-IP/
0 HSL-PCL
350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 refer to P.355.
UV2
Wavelength (nm)
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
The data included is for reference only. Actual values may vary. IR2
IU
HLV3
HLV2
Options LV
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
Reduces glare, Reduces glare when Secures Light Units. HLV2-NR
especially problematic used in combination with HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
in the imaging of glossy a Polarizing Filter on the PFBR-600
workpieces. camera. PFBR-150
PFB3
Diffusion Plates Polarizing Plates Brackets
LNLP
Model name
Model name
Model name
Applicable Light Unit LNSP2
(Common for all colors) (Common for all colors) (Common for all colors)
LNSP
DF-LDL-PF-52X18 LDL-PF-52X18 PL-LDL-PF-52X18- LDL-PF-52X18 LDL-PF-52X18
Coaxial Units
LDL-PF-102X18
DF-LDL-PF-102X18 LDL-PF-102X18 PL-LDL-PF-102X18- LDL-PF-102X18 LNSP-FN
LDL-PF-152X18
DF-LDL-PF-152X18 LDL-PF-152X18 PL-LDL-PF-152X18- LDL-PF-152X18 BK-LDL-PF LN/LN-HK
LDL-PF-52X30
DF-LDL-PF-52X30 LDL-PF-52X30 PL-LDL-PF-52X30- LDL-PF-52X30 LNSD
LDL-PF-102X30
LND2
DF-LDL-PF-102X30 LDL-PF-102X30 PL-LDL-PF-102X30- LDL-PF-102X30 LDL-PF-152X30
HLND
DF-LDL-PF-152X30 LDL-PF-152X30 PL-LDL-PF-152X30- LDL-PF-152X30 P.363 LT
: Polarizing direction
P.359 LNV
HO: Light is polarized parallel to the longer edge of the plate.
LNDG
Angled
VE: Light is polarized parallel to the shorter edge of the plate.

Lighting
LNIS2
P.360
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Extension Cables Macro Lens
FCB-PF (mm)
Cable permitted
Model name Dimension A Dimension B Weight
bending radius* (A)
FCB-1-PF 1m 100 g
(B)

FCB-2-PF 2m Ø5.9 35.4 mm 150 g side side
4 pins 4 pins
FCB-3-PF 3m 200 g (30) (30)
FCB-5-PF 5m Ø7.0 42.0 mm 450 g
* These cable permitted bending radii are for reference only. Actual values may vary.
For information on how to connect extension cables, refer to the next page.
45° 45° (Included with the Light Unit) Dedicated
0 Extension Cable
0) (30
Ø2
(30
(
Ø1
08
58
4xM4x5 4xM4x5
9 pins 9 pins
2-Branch Cable 150 2-Branch Cable

Included Included
Ø166
Ø116
How to Connect the Extensio
Ø216
Ø166
(300)
LDL-PF
HPR-PF-150SW/RD HPR-PF-200SW/RD For HPR-PF-150 / 200
Series
Strobe Lights LDR-PF-54SW/RD LDR-PF-75SW/RD Control Unit side 4 pins You can also use
26.4 CCS LDL-PF (ToSearch
26.4
High-power
the same channel) your smartphone
(25.5) (25.5) or cell phone. 2-branch Cable
30 45° Dedicated Ex
0 For quick4access.
5° (Included with the Light Unit)
Ø2
Ø1
30 (FCB-PF-EL9 se
0
08
58
4xM4x5
(Ø7.2)
(3 00) 4xM4x5
(Ø7.2)
0)
(30 9 pins
(Ø5.9)
(Ø5.9)
45°
150
45°
Ø166
Ø116
Dimensions (mm)
Ø216
Ø166
(300)
Ø2
2
-36SW/RD LDR-PF-54SW/RD Ø3 LDR-PF-75SW/RD Control Unit side 4 pins
5
Ø54
Ø75
30 30
0 Emitting width: 18 mm
30 4.7 Emitting
0 width: 30 mm 4.7
0
Ø4 0
(Ø5.9)
4.7
(Ø7.2)
) 2.5 1.2
Ø5
0 2.5 1.2 (300
(Ø7.2)
17
4 x M3 x 6 0)
(30
(Ø5.9)
2.5 1.2
(Ø5.9)
5.5
(For installation) 45° 45°
5.5
4 x M3 x 6
30
17 A
45°
3.5
Ø1 Ø2 (For installation) *
3.5
0 2 A (2 : 1)
30
LDR2 (2 : 1) Ø3
5.5
5
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
4 x M3
Ø54
4 x M3
3.5
Ø36
300 A
LDR-LA1 How to Connect the Extension Cables
Ø75
2 x M3 2 x M3 (For installation)
30
HPR-PF-100SW/RD Emitting width: 18 mm
(For installation)
4.7 Emitting width: 30 mm
Ø2
0 SQR 0
(For installation) For HPR-PF-75
30 / 100 (For installation) (2 : 1) *
Ø4 0
26.4
SQR-TP
4xM4x5
17 0 2.5 1.2
17 Ø5
(Ø5.9)
(For installation)
HPR2 (25.5)
4 x M3 x 6 45° Dedicated
4 xExtension
M3 x 6 Cable 11 9 A
(Ø5.9)
Diffused Lighting
(FCB-PF Series, Sold Separately) 11 9 A

(For installation)2 x M3
5.5
LFR(For installation)
Ø 10 4 x M3 x 6 2 x M3
17
(Emitting
8
surface)
LKR (For installation) *
3.5
77
A
77
38
30
30
26
Control Unit side 4 pins 0 (2 : 1)
19
FPR
13
19
13
Ø116
Ø66
4 pins
FPQ3
9 11 4 x M3
4
4
11.5
(12)
C (Emitting surface) 9 11 11.5 300
-75SW/RDLDL2
6 2 x M3How to Connect the Extension Cables 2 x M3
(Ø5.9)
HPR-PF-100SW/RD (For installation)
Lighting
C
11(Emitting
6 (For installation) A
9 surface)
(12)
Direct
LDLB B
For HPR-PF-75 3/0100
*
4 26.4 4xM4x5
HLDL2 B
(Ø5.9)
(25.5) 45° (25.5) (For installation) Dedicated Extension Cable
45°
(Ø5.5)
TH2 (5 types)
(Ø5.9)
2 x M3 Nut slots (FCB-PF Series, Sold Separately) 11 9 A 4 x M3 Nut slots
Ø8
26
LFL 4xM4x5 0) Ø1
13
13
08
3
(30
77
HPD2 (For installation)
38
26
Control Unit side 4 pins * The LDL-PF-152X30SW/RD Light Unit has two connectors.
19
13
13
LDM2
4
Diffused Lighting
Ø116
9 11
Ø66
Ø41
4 pins
LAV 11.5
Model name B C 9 11
6 C (Emitting surface) Model name B C
4
11.5
(12)
6 C (Emitting surface) 9 11
PDM 2-Branch Cable
LDL-PF-52X18SW/RD 64 52 LDL-PF-52X30SW/RD 64 52
Included 6 C (Emitting surface)
LFXV How to Connect
LDL-PF-102X18SW/RD 114 the Extension
102 Cables B B LDL-PF-102X30SW/RD 114 102
HPR-PF-200SW/RD
LFX3 For HPR-PF-150 / 200 B
26.4
(Ø5.5)
LFX3-PT
(Ø5.5)
2-branch Cable 2 x M3 Nut slots 4 x M3 N

LFV3(25.5)
)
45° 00) Unit)
(Included with the(3Light Dedicated Extension Cable 2 x M3 Nut slots
Ø2
LFV3-G(300 (FCB-PF-EL9 series, sold separately)

* The LDL-PF-152X30SW/RD Light Unit ha
08
4xM4x5
Ø166 Collimated
MSU
on) (For installation) Model name B C Model name B C

MFU 9 pins 9 pins
2-Branch Cable 150 2-Branch Cable LDL-PF-52X18SW/RD 64 52 LDL-PF-52X30SW/RD 64 52
Included Included
Ø216

Intensity Infrared Ultraviolet Water- Strobe
(300)
-150SW/RD PF HPR-PF-200SW/RD For HPR-PF-150 / 200
Control Unit side 4 pins LDL-PF-152X18SW/RD 164 152 LDL-PF-152X30SW/RD 164 152
26.4
HLDR-IP/ (To the same channel)
(25.5) HSL-PCL (25.5) 2-branch Cable
45° 45° (Included with the Light Unit) Dedicated Extension Cable
Ø2
Ø1
UV2 (FCB-PF-EL9 series, sold separately)

08
58
UV 4xM4x5 4xM4x5
(Ø7.2)
(For installation) 0) (For installation)

LNSP-UV-FN
(30 9 pins 9 pins
150
Ø116
IR2
Ø216
Ø166
(300)

IU (To the same channel)
4.7
HLV3 Emitting width: 30 mm 4.7
4.7
HLV2 2.5 1.2
(Ø7.2)
2.5 1.2 (300) 2.5 1.2

(Ø7.2)
LV
0)
LSP (30
5.5
5.5
Spot Lighting, Etc.
5.5
30
HFS/HFR A
3.5
30
*
3.5
HLV3-NR A (2 : 1) A
3.5
30
(2 : 1)
*
HLV3-3M-RGB-4 (2 : 1)
HLV2-NR 4 x M3 4 x M3
300
2 x M3 (For installation) (For installation)
ing HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
width:(For
18 installation)
mm 4.7 Emitting *width: 30 mm 4.7
4 x M3
PFBR-600 4 x M3 2.5 1.2

2.5 1.2 300 (For installation)
(Ø5.9)
PFBR-150 (For installation) 11 9 A

11
PFB3 9 A
5.5
*
5.5
30
LNLP A
(Emitting
3.5
surface)
*
3.5
77
A
77
38
(2 : 1)
30
30
LNSP2
(Ø5.9)
(Emitting surface)
(2 : 1)
19
19
13
LNSP 11 9 A
4 x M3 4 x M3
4
11.5
(12)
Coaxial Units 9 11 300 11.5

x M3 2 x M3 (For installation) (For installation)
LNSP-FN 6 C (Emitting surface)
(12)
For installation) 30 (For installation) *

0
7 7
7 7
LN/LN-HK
30
38
B
(Ø5.9)
LNSD
19
11 9
19
A
(Ø5.9)
Nut slots LND2 11 9 A 4 x M3 Nut slots

(Emitting
(12)
(12)
HLND
surface)
4
77
77
38
30
9 11
26
LT * The LDL-PF-152X30SW/RD Light Unit has two connectors.

19
19
13
11.5
LNV 6 C (Emitting surface)
C Model name B C
4
11.5
(12)
LNDGC (Emitting surface) 9 11 11.5

Angled
52 6 LDL-PF-52X30SW/RD 64 52
6 C (Emitting surface)
(12)
Lighting
LNIS2 B
102 B LDL-PF-102X30SW/RD 114 102
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
152 LDL-PF-152X30SW/RD 164 152 B
LNIS-FN
4 x M3 Nut slots
Telecentric Lens 2 x M3 Nut slots 4 x M3 Nut slots
Macro Lens
* The LDL-PF-152X30SW/RD Light Unit has two connectors.
Model name B C Model name B C


P.331 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
▼
▼
Strobe Lights
High-power
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
HPD2
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
LAV
PDM
LFXV
LFX3
LFX3-PT
LFV3
LFV3-G

MSU

MFU
PF
HLDR-IP/
HSL-PCL
UV2
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
IR2
IU
HLV3
HLV2
LV
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
PFB3
LNLP
LNSP2
LNSP
Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
LND2
HLND
LT
LNV
LNDG
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Macro Lens
Strobe Lighting
Dome Type
CCS HPD-PF Search
High-power
your smartphone
or cell phone.
For quick access.
HPD-PF Series
Ultra-high power strobe Dome Lights
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HPD-PF-200RD
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
LFL HPD-PF-150SW
HPD2 HPD-PF-100RD
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
HPD-PF-75SW
LAV
PDM
LFXV
LFX3 Visual, text, or color determination inspections on glossy surfaces, curved surfaces, or uneven surfaces; inspection for
engraving, damage, or stains on stain finishing; inspecting parts on boards; visual inspection food and medicines; etc.
LFV3
LFV3-G
MSU
Features
MFU
PF
HLDR-IP/ Light from the LEDs is diffused inside the dome-shaped reflective panel. The whole
HSL-PCL
surface of the workpiece is illuminated with diffused light uniformly.
UV2
UV
LNSP-UV-FN Example configuration (HPD-PF-150) Imaging example:
IR2 Imaging the surface of
Camera
medicine tablets
IU
HLV3 Reflective panel

HLV2
LV
LEDs
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR Workpiece Workpiece HPD-PF-75SW
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
PFB3 We accept custom orders. • Shape modifications
LNLP
• Changes in wavelength, etc.

LNSP2
LNSP
Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN
Condition of tablet surface and text
LN/LN-HK Medicine tablet are clearly imaged.
LNSD
LND2 This workpiece was processed by CCS for sample imaging.
HLND
LT
LNV
LNDG
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
HPD-PF-75
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LNIS-FN *1 *2
10 mm 10 mm
LWD=30 mm LWD=30 mm
3,500,000 100
3,000,000
2,500,000 HPD-PF-75SW
Output level (%)
2,000,000
1,500,000 50
1,000,000 HPD-PF-75RD
500,000
0 10
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
LWD (mm)
HPD-PF-75SW (White) HPD-PF-75RD (Red)

P.331 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
▼
▼
Strobe Lights
High-power
Lineup
Peak wavelength Dedicated
Model name LED color Peak current /correlated color Options Extension cables Weight
Control Units
temperature
HPD-PF-75SW White 6,500 K
12 A FCB-PF
150 g
HPD-PF-75RD Red 636 nm Straight Cable
(Dedicated Cable)
HPD-PF-100SW White 6,500 K LDR2
Direct Lighting
21.6 A P.150 170 g LDR2-LA
HPD-PF-100RD Red 636 nm PF-A4048-2 LDR-LA1
Brackets
PF-A16048-4 SQR
36 A FCB-PF-EL9 310 g SQR-TP
HPD-PF-150RD Red 636 nm Straight Cable HPR2
Diffused Lighting
(Dedicated Cable) LFR
P.150 LKR
43.2 A 480 g
HPD-PF-200RD Red 636 nm FPR
FPQ3
LED Properties: Light Spectrum P.384 Extension Cables P.150 Dedicated Control Unit P.331 LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
Options
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
Light joint bracket Coaxial Light joint bracket Expansion mounting bracket HPD2
Applicable units 1 Applicable units 2 Applicable Light Unit LDM2
Diffused Lighting
Applicable units 1 Applicable units 2
Model name Model name (Common for all colors) (Common for all colors) Model name (Common for all colors)
(Common for all colors) (Common for all colors)
LAV
BK-75-JO HPD-PF-75 HPR-PF-75 BK-HPD2-75-LFV HPD-PF-75 LFV-PF-35 BK-75-CI HPD-PF-75
PDM
BK-100-JO HPD-PF-100 HPR-PF-100 BK-HPD2-100-LFV HPD-PF-100 BK-100-CI HPD-PF-100
LFV-PF-50 LFXV
BK-150-JO HPD-PF-150 HPR-PF-150 BK-HPD2-150-LFV HPD-PF-150 BK-150-CI HPD-PF-150
BK-200-JO HPD-PF-200 HPR-PF-200 BK-HPD2-200-LFV HPD-PF-200 LFV-PF-70 BK-200-CI HPD-PF-200 LFX3
LFX3-PT
P.364 P.364 P.364 LFV3
LFV3-G
Extension Cables

MSU

MFU
PF
Applicable Light Units: HPD-PF-75 / HPD-PF-100 Applicable Light Units: HPD-PF-150 / HPD-PF-200
(A) (A) HLDR-IP/
HSL-PCL
(B)
(B)
2-Branch Light Unit
side side UV2
Cable side side
4 pins 4 pins
9 pins 9 pins UV
(30) (30) (40) (40)
LNSP-UV-FN
IR2
Cable permitted Cable permitted
bending radius* bending radius* IU
FCB-2-PF 2m Ø5.9 35.4 mm 150 g FCB-2-PF-EL9 2m Ø7.4 44.4 mm 190 g HLV3
HLV2
LV
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

* These cable permitted bending radii are for reference only. Actual values may vary. For information on how to connect extension cables, refer to the figures shown below. HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4

HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
HPD-PF-75SW/RD HPD-PF-100SW/RD For HPD-PF-75 / 100 PFBR-150
(45.1) (57.4) PFB3
45° Dedicated Extension Cable LNLP
12 45°
Ø1
12 (FCB-PF Series, Sold Separately) LNSP2

08
Ø8 4xM4
3 4xM4 LNSP
Control Unit side 4 pins Coaxial Units
Ø116
4 pins
Ø66
Ø91
LNSP-FN
Ø20
Ø41
Ø25
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
) LND2
.5
37
0)
HLND
R5
SR
(Ø5.5)
(
(Ø5.5)
(S
LT
0 ) LNV
00) (30
(3 LNDG
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
2-Branch Cable 2-Branch Cable
Lenses Oblique
Included Included
LNIS
HPD-PF-150SW/RD HPD-PF-200SW/RD For HPD-PF-150 / 200 LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
2-branch Cable
(81.9) (107) Dedicated Extension Cable Macro Lens
(Included with the Light Unit)
13 45° (FCB-PF-EL9 series, sold separately)
13 45°
Ø2
Ø1
08
4xM4 9 pins 9 pins

58
4xM4 (For installation) 150

(For installation)
(300)
Ø216
Ø166

Ø40
Ø166
Ø116
Ø35

)
5) 00
R7 R1
(S (S
(Ø7.2)
(Ø7.2)
0)
0) (30
(30
Strobe Lighting
Coaxial Type
CCS LFV-PF Search
High-power
your smartphone
or cell phone.
For quick access.
LFV-PF Series
Ultra-high power strobe Coaxial Lights
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
HPD2
LDM2 LFV-PF-35SW LFV-PF-50RD LFV-PF-70SW LFV-PF-100RD
Diffused Lighting
LAV
PDM
LFXV
LFX3 Inspection for fault, damage, scratches, or dents on glossy surfaces or mirrors; visual inspection of metal parts;
dimension measurement of glass; pattern inspection on printed circuit boards; etc.
LFV3
LFV3-G
MSU
Features
MFU
PF
HLDR-IP/
HSL-PCL
Diffused light from the LEDs is reflected on the half mirror and
UV2 directed vertically downward on the same axis as the camera axis.
UV
LNSP-UV-FN Example configuration (LFV-PF-100) Imaging example:
IR2 Imaging the appearance of
Camera cans
IU
HLV3
Half mirror
HLV2
LV
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.
LEDs
HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR Workpiece HPD-PF-100SW
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
Workpiece
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
PFB3 We accept custom orders. • Shape modifications
LNLP
• Changes in wavelength, etc.

LNSP2
LNSP
Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN
Condition and the appearance of
LN/LN-HK Can can are clearly imaged.
LNSD
LND2 This workpiece was processed by CCS for sample imaging.
HLND
LT
LNV
LNDG
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
LFV-PF-35
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LNIS-FN *1 *2
38 mm 38 mm
4,000,000 100
3,500,000
3,000,000
Output level (%)
2,500,000
2,000,000 LFV-PF-35SW 34 mm 50
1,500,000
1,000,000
500,000 LFV-PF-35RD
0 10
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
LWD (mm) LFV-PF-35SW (White) LFV-PF-35RD (Red)

P.331 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
▼
▼
Strobe Lights
High-power
Lineup
Peak wavelength Dedicated
Model name LED color Peak current /correlated color Options Extension cables Weight
Control Units
temperature
LFV-PF-35SW White 14.4 A 7,800 K

230 g
FCB-PF
LFV-PF-35RD Red 10.8 A 627 nm Straight Cable
Diffusion plate (Dedicated Cable) LDR2
LFV-PF-50SW White 21.6 A 7,800 K
Direct Lighting
Polarizing plate PF-A4048-2 LDR2-LA
P.152 400 g
Light control film LDR-LA1
LFV-PF-50RD Red 18 A 627 nm PF-A16048-4
Brackets SQR
LFV-PF-70SW White 37.8A 7,800 K SQR-TP
800 g HPR2
Diffused Lighting
FCB-PF-EL9
LFV-PF-70RD Red 37.8A 627 nm Straight Cable LFR
(Dedicated Cable) LKR
LFV-PF-100SW White 64.8A* 1
7,800 K Diffusion plate
P.152 FPR
Polarizing plate PF-A16048-4 1,400 g FPQ3
LFV-PF-100RD Red 48.6A*2 627 nm Light control film LDL2
Lighting
Direct
*1 LFV-PF-100SW (L1 connector: 32.4 A, L2 connector: 32.4 A) LDLB
*2 LFV-PF-100RD (L1 connector: 25.2 A, L2 connector: 23.4 A) Extension Cables P.152 Dedicated Control Unit P.331 HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
LED Properties HPD2

LDM2
Diffused Lighting
LAV
100 PDM
80
CCS offers you the most suitable LFXV
Relative radiant
intensity (%)
White 7,800 K Red 627 nm

60 LFX3
Spectral 40 lens filter for each wavelength. LFX3-PT
distribution 20
For details about the lens filter, LFV3
0
LFV3-G
350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 refer to P.355.

Wavelength (nm) MSU

MFU
The data included is for reference only. Actual values may vary. PF
HLDR-IP/
HSL-PCL
Options UV2
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
Light Color Type Deep Color Type
Reduces glare, IR2
especially problematic
in the imaging of glossy IU
workpieces.
HLV3
Diffusion Transmission: High Transmission: Low Polarizing Light control film
Factory-installed End of the model name: -UF HLV2
plates plates Improves parallelism of light to reduce light diffraction LV
Replace the factory-installed Diffusion Plate if you want to change the transmission. Reduces surface glare when used in combination so that the outline of the workpiece will be clearly
with a polarizing filter on the camera. imaged in the appearance inspection. LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

Applicable Light Unit Applicable Light Unit Applicable Light Unit Applicable Light Unit HFS/HFR
Model name (Common for all colors) HLV3-NR
DF-LFV3-35 LFV-PF-35 DF-LFV3-35-UF LFV-PF-35 PL-LFV3-35 LFV-PF-35 LC-LFV3-35 LFV-PF-35 HLV3-3M-RGB-4
DF-LFV3-50 LFV-PF-50 DF-LFV3-50-UF LFV-PF-50 PL-LFV3-50 LFV-PF-50 LC-LFV3-50 LFV-PF-50 HLV2-NR
DF-LFV3-70 LFV-PF-70 DF-LFV3-70-UF LFV-PF-70 PL-LFV3-70 LFV-PF-70 LC-LFV3-70 LFV-PF-70 HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
DF-LFV3-100 LFV-PF-100 DF-LFV3-100-UF LFV-PF-100 PL-LFV3-100 LFV-PF-100 LC-LFV3-100 LFV-PF-100 PFBR-600
PFBR-150
P.359 P.360 P.361
PFB3
LNLP
Coaxial Light joint bracket LNSP2

Applicable units 1 Applicable units 2 Combine with a Dome Lights
Model name LNSP
(Common for all colors) (Common for all colors) HPD-PF series to solve
Coaxial Units
BK-HPD2-75-LFV LFV-PF-35 HPD-PF-75 uneven illumination and
BK-HPD2-100-LFV HPD-PF-100 achieve uniform illumination LNSP-FN
LFV-PF-50
BK-HPD2-150-LFV HPD-PF-150 from all directions. LN/LN-HK
BK-HPD2-200-LFV LFV-PF-70 HPD-PF-200 LNSD
P.364
LND2
HLND
LT
Extension Cables LNV
LNDG
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Applicable Light Units: LFV-PF-35 / LFV-PF-50 Applicable Light Units: LFV-PF-70 / LFV-PF-100
Telecentric Lens
(A) (A)
Macro Lens
(B)

(B)
2-Branch Light Unit

side side
Cable side side
4 pins 4 pins
9 pins 9 pins
(30) (30) (40) (40)
Cable permitted Cable permitted

bending radius* bending radius*
* These cable permitted bending radii are for reference only. Actual values may vary. For information on how to connect extension cables, refer to the figures shown below.
LFV-PF Series
CCS LFV-PF Search
High-power
your smartphone
or cell phone.
For quick access.
Dimensions (mm)
LFV-PF-35RD/SW
37 (Window)
(Ø5.9)
0)
(30
LDR2
46
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
4.5
SQR 10 26 (Window)
SQR-TP
HPR2 75 4xM3x6
Diffused Lighting
4xM3x5
LFR (52) (For installation)
LKR
20
20
FPR
39
FPQ3 1 7
LDL2
1 7
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
8 30 Half mirror Emitting surface 30 8
HLDL2
34 mm x 38 mm
TH2 (5 types)
LFL 40
HPD2
3 34
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
13
4
2
LAV
PDM
42
20
38
LFXV
LFX3
LFX3-PT
LFV3 4xM2x4
LFV3-G (For fixing options) Cable permitted bending radius: 35.4 mm
MSU
MFU
PF
LFV-PF-50RD/SW
HLDR-IP/
HSL-PCL
UV2
UV (Ø5.9)
LNSP-UV-FN
51 (Window)
0)
IR2
(30
60
IU
HLV3
4.5
HLV2 16 32 (Window)
LV
LSP 94
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR
4xM4x5 (For installation) 4xM4x5
32 (62)
HLV3-NR (For installation)
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
32
32
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
57
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
1 11
1 11
PFB3
LNLP
10 40 Half mirror Emitting surface 40 10

LNSP2
52 mm x 52 mm
LNSP
Coaxial Units 54
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK 3 49
LNSD
13
4
LND2
HLND
LT
52
34
56
LNV
LNDG
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
4xM2x4
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LNIS-FN (For fixing options)
Telecentric Lens
Macro Lens
How to Connect the Extension Cables:
For LFV-PF-35 / LFV-PF-50
Dedicated Extension Cable

(FCB-PF Series, Sold Separately)

4 pins

P.331 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
▼
▼
Strobe Lights
High-power
Dimensions (mm)
LFV-PF-70RD/SW
75 (Window)
2-Branch Cable
Included
84
LDR2
Direct Lighting
4.5
17 50 (Window) LDR2-LA
4xM4x5 LDR-LA1
120 (For installation) SQR
SQR-TP
60 12 42 (78) (Ø7.2) 12 60
4xM4x5 HPR2
Diffused Lighting
(For installation) LFR
300
LKR
FPR
50
50
78
FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
(1) 15
(1) 15
Direct
LDLB
Half mirror HLDL2
Emitting surface
TH2 (5 types)
76 mm x 73 mm
How to Connect the Extension Cables: LFL
For LFV-PF-70 HPD2
13.5 77 LDM2
Diffused Lighting
2-Branch Cable
2
4
(Included with the Light Unit) Dedicated Extension Cable Cable permitted bending radius: LAV
(FCB-PF-EL9 series, sold separately) 43.2 mm PDM
LFXV
57
76
80
9 pins 9 pins LFX3
150
LFX3-PT
(300)
LFV3
Control Unit side 4xM2x5
3 69 LFV3-G
4 pins
(For fixing options)

(To the same channel) MSU

MFU
PF
LFV-PF-100RD/SW
HLDR-IP/
2-Branch Cable HSL-PCL
Included
UV2
101(Window)
X 2 pieces UV
LNSP-UV-FN
110
IR2
IU
4.5
4xM4x5 18 76 (Window)
(For installation) HLV3

148 HLV2
4xM4x5
(Ø7.2)
56 (92) (For installation) LV
70 20 20 70
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

HFS/HFR
300
HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
105
70
70
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
(1) 16
(1) 16
PFBR-600
1
PFBR-150
L2 L1
Emitting surface PFB3
Half mirror
102 mm x 100 mm LNLP
LNSP2
105 LNSP
2
4
Coaxial Units
Cable permitted bending radius:
26.5
LNSP-FN
43.2 mm
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
102
106
57
LND2
HLND
LT
LNV
3 97 4xM2x5
LNDG
Angled
(For fixing options)

Lighting
LNIS2
How to Connect the Extension Cables:
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
For LFV-PF-100
LNIS-FN
2-Branch Cable Telecentric Lens
(Included with the Light Unit) Dedicated Extension Cable Macro Lens
(To L1)
(To L2)
9 pins 9 pins
150
(300)
PF-A16048-4 Control Unit side, 4 pins
Waterproof
IP67 Lights (Waterproof Type)
You can also use
CCS HLDR-IP Search
IP67 Lights
your smartphone
or cell phone.
For quick access.
HLDR-IP Series / HSL-PCL Series
HLDR-IP Series
Provides diffused light converged by a lens
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
HLDR-IP67-100UV2-365
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
LFL HLDR-IP67-100SW
HPD2
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
LAV
PDM HLDR-IP67-100RD
LFXV
LFX3 Fault inspection for metal parts, visual inspection for rubber parts, visual inspection for resin parts, adhesive application
inspection for food containers (UV), etc.
LFV3
LFV3-G
MSU
Achieves Convergent Illumination IP67 Compliant

MFU
PF
HLDR-IP/ The HLDR-IP series features convergent Ring Lights that It has a waterproof and rustproof structure for use in harsh
HSL-PCL
ensure brightness with a convergent lens. environments. Optimal for sites where manufacturing lines
UV2
must be cleaned, such as for food and chemicals.
UV
LNSP-UV-FN Comparison of illumination between
a Ring Light and the HLDR-IP series Waterproof Ring Light HLDR-IP series
IR2
LDR2-90SW2 HLDR-IP67-100SW
IU
 Convergent Ring Light
Recommended illuminating
HLV3
 Emitted color:
HLV2
LWD=126.5 mm
LV Red, white, UV (365 nm)

LSP
distance
 IP67 compliant
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR
 Uses an M12 connector
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600 Uses an M12 connector
PFBR-150 (mm)
-50
(mm)
-50
 Dedicated
PFB3 -40 -40 100 waterproof cable
LNLP -30 -30
Control Unit side

Output level (%)
-20 -20
LNSP2
-10 -10
LNSP 0 0 (SM connector)
Coaxial Units 10 10
20 20
LNSP-FN
Connect the cable to the Light Unit to
30 30
LN/LN-HK 40 40
50 50 0
LNSD
-50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 prevent water or dust from entering.
LND2 (mm) (mm)
HLND
LT
LNV
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
Please contact your CCS sales representative. Convergent HLDR-IP67-100
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens E.g.: Changed the illuminating angle Customizable items waterproof Ring
Macro Lens
Light that ensures Camera
Illuminating Creating a Light Unit with diameter color brightness with a
angle a changed converging distance
convergent lens.
Increase
output Cable length
Lens
angle material
Workpiece
format mounting
Etc.

P.307 P.309 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
IP67 Lights
Regarding Recommended Distance The data included is for reference only. Actual values may vary.
Convergent illumination image LWD=116.5 mm

LDR2
Illuminance Illuminance Irradiance
Direct Lighting
Approximately 59,000 lx Approximately 138,000 lx 20.4 mW/cm2 LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
Red White Ultraviolet SQR
LWD 10 mm 10 mm 10 mm SQR-TP
100
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
0 mm LFR
* Bottom of
housing as LKR
Output level (%)

reference
FPR
50 FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
0
LFL
The values for red and white are measured values. Values are simulated for UV. HPD2
Results for individual products may vary. Actual values may vary.
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
LWD=126.5 mm LAV
PDM
LFXV
Illuminance Illuminance Irradiance LFX3
Approximately 53,000 lx Approximately 124,000 lx 18.6 mW/cm2 LFX3-PT
Red White Ultraviolet LFV3
10 mm 10 mm 10 mm LFV3-G
100

MSU

MFU
Output level (%)

PF
50
HLDR-IP/
Recommended HSL-PCL
distance UV2
126.5 mm UV
±10 mm 0 LNSP-UV-FN
The values for red and white are measured values. Values are simulated for UV.
IR2
116.5 mm Results for individual products may vary. Actual values may vary.
LWD=136.5 mm IU
Illuminance Illuminance Irradiance HLV3
126.5 mm Approximately 47,000 lx Approximately 113,000 lx 16.8 mW/cm2 HLV2

LV
Converging range Red White Ultraviolet LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

10 mm 10 mm 10 mm HFS/HFR
100
HLV3-NR
136.5 mm HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
Output level (%)
Red Approximately Ø 40 mm HLV2-3M-RGB-3W

White Approximately Ø 35 mm 50 PFBR-600
PFBR-150
Ultraviolet Approximately Ø 40 mm PFB3
LNLP
0
LNSP2
LNSP
The values for red and white are measured values. Values are simulated for UV.
Coaxial Units
Results for individual products may vary. Actual values may vary.
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
Converged near LWD=126.5 mm.
LNSD
If the recommended range (126.5 mm±10 mm) is exceeded,
LND2
LWD the uniformity may change and the imaging may be affected.
HLND
LWD is the distance from the Light Unit to the workpiece.
LT
LNV
LNDG
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
Safe to Use When Washing Manufacturing Lines
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
When washing manufacturing lines For manufacturing lines that use water Macro Lens
Food, chemicals, etc. Automotive parts, etc.
HLDR-IP Series Refer to our website for product details.
You can also use
CCS HLDR-IP Search
IP67 Lights
your smartphone
or cell phone.
For quick access.
Imaging Example: Fluorescent Observation of Adhesive on Plastic Containers
Description Application inspection for adhesive
Workpiece Plastic containers

LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA Conventional lighting LED visible light lighting

LDR-LA1
New lighting HLDR-IP67-100UV2-365
SQR
SQR-TP Result Only detects the adhesive
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ3
LDL2
Workpiece image LED visible light lighting HLDR-IP67-100UV2-365
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
HPD2
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
LAV
PDM
LFXV
LFX3
LFX3-PT It was difficult to detect the Only the adhesive causes
LFV3
Plastic containers application of the adhesive using fluorescent scattering, allowing for
LFV3-G visible light lighting. an image of the application status.
MSU
MFU
PF
Lineup
HLDR-IP/
HSL-PCL Peak wavelength /
Power Dedicated Recommended
UV2 Model name LED color correlated color Options Weight
UV
LNSP-UV-FN HLDR-IP67-100RD Red 627 nm
-
IR2 HLDR-IP67-100SW White 6,500 K FCB-M12 PD3
24 V / 18 W Straight 420 g
Band-pass filter Cable PSB
IU
HLDR-IP67-100UV2-365 Ultraviolet 365 nm Ultraviolet cutting filter P.158
HLV3 Ultraviolet transmission filter
HLV2
LV Dedicated Cables P.158 Control Unit Selection Guide P.307 List of Control Unit Specifications P.309
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR Please inquire if you would like to use in combination with a Strobe Control Unit (overdrive type).
HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
LED properties
LED Properties
PFBR-600
100
PFBR-150 CCS offers you the most suitable
UV
Relative radiant
80 Red 627 nm
intensity (%)
PFB3 365 nm
LNLP Spectral White 6,500 K
40
LNSP2 For details about the lens filter,
distribution 20
LNSP 0 refer to P.355.
Coaxial Units 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
Wavelength (nm)
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
LND2
HLND
LT
LNV
LNDG
Options
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS Transmits light with Blocks light with a Transmits light in a

LNIS-FN wavelength range of 290 nm wavelength of 420 nm wavelength range
to 365 nm. or lower, transmits from approximately
Telecentric Lens light with a longer 280 to 380 nm
(Transmission of 90% min.)
Macro Lens wavelength. centered on 340 nm.
Band-pass filter Ultraviolet cutting filter Ultraviolet transmission filter

Other various band-pass
F-BP324 L42 series U340 series
filters used for different
Model name Size wavelengths are available. Model name Size Model name Size
For details, refer to the pages L42-25 M25.5 P0.5 U340-25 M25.5 P0.5
25 sizes
on optional lens filters. L42-27 M27.0 P0.5 U340-27 M27.0 P0.5
(Refer to the
F-BP324
pages on optional L42-30 M30.5 P0.5 U340-30 M30.5 P0.5
products.) P.355 L42-40 M40.5 P0.5 U340-40 M40.5 P0.5
P.355 L42-46 M46.0 P0.75 U340-46 M46.0 P0.75
P.358 P.358

P.307 P.309 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
IP67 Lights
Dimensions (mm)
HLDR-IP67-100RD/SW/UV2-365
Ø58
4 x M4 5 Ø43
(For installation)
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
45°
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
Ø100
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ3
62
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
HPD2
33.5 LDM2
Diffused Lighting
LAV
PDM
LFXV
LFX3
LFX3-PT
LFV3
19
LFV3-G

MSU

MFU
Dedicated Cable PF
HLDR-IP/
HSL-PCL
FCB-1-M12 1m 70 g
n x 1,000 (n=1, 2, 3, 5) UV2
UV
FCB-2-M12 2m 125 g
LNSP-UV-FN
FCB-3-M12 3m 180 g
FCB-5-M12 5m 305 g IR2
IU
(Ø6)
SM connector M12 connector HLV3

Control Unit side Light Unit side HLV2
LV
SM connectors are not waterproof. Cable permitted bending radius: 40 mm LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

The above cable permitted bending radius is a reference value. Actual value may vary. HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
Regarding Case Materials Note HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
LED Light (Common for all colors) Dedicated cable "IP67" indicates the level of protection against foreign PFB3
material entering electrical instruments LNLP
Body: aluminum alloy (black anodized) Light Unit side connector: LNSP2
Screws: SUS soft PBT The 1st numeral "6" indicates the following level of protection: LNSP
Case material Washers: SUS, elastomer (TPE) Cable: PVC Coaxial Units
• No dust inside the instrument. (dustproof)
Connectors: PA resin Control Unit side connector: LNSP-FN
Lens: silicone nylon The 2nd numeral "7" indicates the following level of protection: LN/LN-HK
• No damage when submerged in water at the rated pressure for the rated LNSD
Indicates the details for materials only regarding the external parts. time. (watertight type) LND2
• Can be submerged in water to a depth of 1 m (for instruments with a height HLND
of less than 850 mm) for 30 minutes. LT
LNV
LNDG
Angled
Cautionary Information regarding Waterproofing Cautionary Information regarding UV Products

Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LNIS-FN
● After cleaning manufacturing lines, be sure to wipe away any moisture ● Do not expose your eyes or skin to direct UV irradiation.
Telecentric Lens
remaining on the lens. ● When using an UV illumination, be sure to wear UV blocking eye wear and
Macro Lens
Imaging can be affected by moisture on the lens. avoid looking at irradiating parts (emitting parts).
● Use water to wash away any cleaning agent adhered to this product. ● Do not turn on UV-LED irradiating parts (emitting parts) if they are facing
● Use water to wash away any oils or chemicals adhered to this product. someone's eyes.
● The Control Unit connectors (SM connectors) on dedicated cables are not ● Wear long sleeves and gloves to protect your skin from UV irradiation.
waterproof. ● Thoroughly educate all those involved near the product about the dangers of
UV LEDs.
E.g.: UV blocking eye wear
HSL-PCL Series Refer to our website for product details.
You can also use
CCS HSL-PCL
IP67 Lights
Search your smartphone
or cell phone.
For quick access.
HSL-PCL Series
High-Power Spot Lights
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
HSL-58RD-D300PCL HSL-58SW-D300PCL
FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
HPD2
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
LAV
PDM
LFXV
HSL-58BL-D300PCL HSL-58GR-D300PCL
LFX3
LFX3-PT
LFV3 Note: These products are sold only outside Japan.
LFV3-G
MSU
MFU
Features
PF
■ For replacement of halogen Model name LED color
HLDR-IP/
HSL-PCL ■ Long lifetime HSL-58RD-D300PCL Red
UV2
UV
■ Low power consumption HSL-58SW-D300PCL White
LNSP-UV-FN ■ High uniformity HSL-58BL-D300PCL Blue
IR2 ■ IP67 Compliant HSL-58GR-D300PCL Green
IU
HLV3
HLV2
Common Specifications
LV
LSP
LED color Red, White, Blue, Green
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR Peak wavelength Red: 645 nm typ., Blue: 470 nm typ., Green: 520 nm typ.
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
Power consumption 2.8 W max.
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W Polarity & signal 1: (+), 2: no connection, 3: (-), 4: (R)
PFBR-600
PFBR-150 Housing material Aluminum
PFB3
Cooling method Natural air cooling
LNLP
LNSP2 Recommended LWD 2,000 mm or less

LNSP
Coaxial Units Operating temperature and humidity Temperature: 0 to 40°C, Humidity: 20% to 85%RH (with no condensation)
LNSP-FN
Storage temperature and humidity Temperature: -20 to 60°C, Humidity: 20% to 85%RH (with no condensation)
LN/LN-HK
LNSD Weight 400 g
LND2
HLND
LT
LNV Dimensions (mm)
LNDG
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Macro Lens
(13 ) 110
(8) 40 62 56
Ø58
2×2-M5x0.8 depth10
( For mounting, Same as the opposite side )

Regulations, Etc.
P.367 P.373 P.391
IP67 Lights
Recommended Controller
LDR2
Direct Lighting
CC-PJ Series
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
Refer to P.347 for more details. LFL
HPD2
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
LAV
Features PDM
LFXV
LFX3
■ Constant-current analog controller LFX3-PT
■ Compact & space-saving

LFV3
LFV3-G
■ 1-channel light output

MSU

■ 100 different levels of light intensity MFU
■ 24 VDC input PF
■ CE certified HLDR-IP/
■ ON/OFF control and Strobe lighting via External control HSL-PCL
UV2
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
IR2
IU
HSL-PCL Cables
HLV3
HLV2
LV
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

Dimensions (mm) HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
Extension cable HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
n=2, 5, 10
PFBR-600
10000 nx1000 PFBR-150
PFB3
LNLP
Ø6
Ø6
LNSP2
LNSP
Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
LND2
HLND
LT
LNV
2m FCB-2-HSL-SM LNDG
Angled
Lighting
5m FCB-5-HSL-SM LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
10 m FCB-10-HSL-SM
LNIS-FN
10 m FCB-EX10-HSL (Extension cable) Telecentric Lens
Macro Lens
Examples of Custom Ordered Products
RGB Lighting:
Create the Color You Want with One Light
Examples of Custom
Ordered Products
Bar Lights Flat Lights
Ring Lights Dome Lights Coaxial Lights
Inspections Using RGB Lighting

If there are workpieces with different colors, or if there are different colored products on the same assembly line, you need to set
up suitable lighting colors to detect the features.
With RGB lighting, you can combine red, green, and blue light. This allows you to take optimum images of the workpieces by
changing the illumination.
Red
Special Features of RGB Lighting
1. Switch between red, green, or blue.
Green Blue
2. Create your own color by blending 3 colors.
Light Output Control Optimum light colors for the
workpieces and inspection schemes
There are aging variations in the radiant quantities depending on each LEDs color (red, green, and blue).
Form Factors
Various models are available to fit your workpieces and inspection schemes, such as ring lights, bar lights, dome lights, and flat
lights. Furthermore, CCS can provide Custom LED Lights with specialized shapes and irradiation methods to meet your needs.
Ring Lights Bar Lights Dome Lights Flat Lights Coaxial Lights
* CCS provides different types of custom production. Please contact your sales representatives for details.
161
Applications of RGB Lighting
Example 1: Imaging with an RGB Bar Light
Examples of Custom
Puzzle
Ordered Products
Red Blue Green White
Example 2: Imaging with an RGB Dome Light

Fuse numbers
Example 3: Imaging with an RGB Flat Light

Semi-transparent products
162
Ultraviolet Lights Ultraviolet Lighting
Ultraviolet Lights
You can also use
CCS UV2 Search your smartphone
or cell phone.
For quick access.
UV2 Series
UV Lights that use high output UV-LEDs
LDL-138X12UV2-365
LDR2 LDR2-100UV2-365-W
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR HLV2-24UV2-365
SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR LN-128UV2-365
FPR (Light condensing)
FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
HPD2
LDR2-100UV2-365-N
LDM2 LDL-138X12UV2-365-N
Diffused Lighting
LAV LDR2-60UV2-365-W
PDM
LFXV
LFX3 Detecting seal material through fluorescent excitation, reading invisible code, inspections using differences in spectral
reflectivity, inspections using differences in scattering rates, etc.
LFV3
LFV3-G
MSU
Using High Output UV-LEDs Narrow Type to Irradiate a Narrow Area

MFU
PF
HLDR-IP/
The high output UV-LEDs achieved enhanced output power The product lineup includes wide type and narrow type
HSL-PCL
significantly higher than that of conventional products. Light Units to irradiate a respective extent. Select an
UV2
optimum Light Unit to meet the purpose of use.
UV Comparison of imaging with conventional product
LNSP-UV-FN Narrow type Wide type
Conventional product
IR2 (LDR2-90UV365) LDR2-100UV2-365-W
IU
HLV3
HLV2 75 mm 148 mm
LV
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.
100 mm
75 mm
HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
The conventional product The increased output of the
HLV2-NR
lacks output and fluorescent high output UV Light allows
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
observation is difficult. for fluorescent observation.
Workpiece: Sticky notes (75x75 mm) Workpiece: Postcard (100x148 mm)
PFBR-600
PFBR-150 Image comparing output of UV Lights by application Comparison of output between a high output UV Light and a black light
PFB3
Fluorescent observation Curing application 100
LNLP 90
x Several 80
LNSP2 x 150 70 LDR2-100UV2-365-N

LNSP hundred
(Narrow type)
x 25
60
Coaxial Units Output 50
LDR2-100UV2-365-W
40
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
x1 Increase 30
20
(Wide type)
LNSD 10
UV series UV2 series LNSP-UV series HLUV series 0
Typical black light (Reference value)
LND2 (Light condensing (Light condensing (Our Line Light) (Our UV curing product) 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150
bar type) bar type)
HLND LWD (mm)
LT The data included is for reference only and the results may vary.
LNV
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
Please contact your CCS sales representative. Ring Lights that LDR2-100UV2-365-W
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens E.g.: Different shape Customizable items use high output
Macro Lens
External/internal Wavelength/ UV-LEDs. Bar
Camera
Format/ Created a format to match diameter color
types and spot
material the needs
types are also
Increase
output
Cable length available. Select
LEDs
your format to
Illuminating
angle
Format/
material
match your needs.
Workpiece
format mounting
Etc.

Ultraviolet Lights
P.307 P.309 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
Lineup
Ring Lights
Narrow type Wide type
Outer Outer
Narrow range irradiation diameter Ø100 mm Wide range irradiation diameter Ø100 mm
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
Outer Outer
diameter Ø60 mm diameter Ø60 mm SQR
SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LDR2-60UV2-365-N LDR2-100UV2-365-N LDR2-60UV2-365-W LDR2-100UV2-365-W
LKR
FPR
FPQ3
Bar Lights LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
Narrow type Wide type HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
Narrow range irradiation Wide range irradiation
LFL
HPD2
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
LDL SERIES LDL SERIES LAV
Emitting 71×12 mm Emitting 71×12 mm PDM
surface 138×12 mm surface 138×12 mm LFXV
205×12 mm 205×12 mm
LFX3
339×12 mm 339×12 mm
LFX3-PT
LFV3
Bar Lights (Light Condensing) Spot Light LFV3-G

MSU

MFU
PF
HLV2-24UV2-365
LN SERIES HLDR-IP/
Emitting 61×16 mm Emitting HSL-PCL
surface 128×16 mm surface Ø18 mm
UV2
195×16 mm
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
IR2
Imaging Example: Imaging for Scratches by Magnetic Particle Inspection IU
HLV3
Workpiece image LDL-71X12UV2-365-N LDL-71X12UV2-365-N HLV2
LV
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
PFB3
LNLP
Image of magnetic particle Image of magnetic particle inspection
LNSP2
Metal components inspection viewed with the naked eye captured using a monochromatic camera LNSP
With a high-output UV LED With a high-output UV LED Light Unit, the Coaxial Units
Light Unit, the scratches can be scratches can be observed by fluorescence. LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
observed by fluorescence. Use an optional filter for imaging with
LNSD
increased contrast.
LND2
HLND
Imaging Example: Imaging Grease Application on Bearings

LT
LNV
LNDG
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
Workpiece image LED visible lighting LDR2-100UV2-365-W LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Macro Lens
With white light, it is difficult to With a high output UV Light,

Bearings capture the application of the grease. fluorescent observation is possible.
Use an optional filter for imaging with
This workpiece was processed by CCS for
increased contrast.
sample imaging.
Ultraviolet Lights Refer to our website for product details.
UV2 Series CCS UV2 Search
You can also use
your smartphone
or cell phone.
For quick access.
Imaging Example: Imaging Text on the Bottom Surface of Aluminum Cans
Workpiece image LED visible lighting LDL-138X12UV2-365-N
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR With white light, it is difficult to With a high output UV Light,

LKR Aluminum cans capture the printed text at the fluorescent observation is possible.
FPR
FPQ3 bottom of the can. Use an optional filter for imaging with
increased contrast.
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
HPD2
LDM2 Imaging Example: Imaging Packing Tapes on Films
Diffused Lighting
LAV
PDM
LFXV
Workpiece image LED visible lighting LDR2-100UV2-365-N
LFX3
LFX3-PT
LFV3
LFV3-G
MSU
MFU
PF
HLDR-IP/
HSL-PCL
UV2 With white light, it is difficult to With a high output UV Light,
UV Sticky notes capture the sticky notes and the fluorescent observation is possible.
LNSP-UV-FN packing tape with high contrast. Use an optional filter for imaging with
IR2 increased contrast.
IU
HLV3
HLV2
LSP
LV
Data: Relative Irradiance Graph and Uniformity (Representative Example) The data included is for reference only. Actual
values may vary.
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4 LDR2-100UV2-365-N LDR2-100UV2-365-W
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
PFB3 *1 Irradiance on the optical axis
LNLP LDR2-100UV2-365-N
LNSP2 20 mm 20 mm 20 mm
100
LNSP 100
90
Coaxial Units 80
LNSP-FN 70
Output level (%)
60
LN/LN-HK 50
LNSD 40 50
30
LND2 20
HLND 10
0
LT 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150
10
LNV LWD (mm)
LNDG
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
LDR2-100UV2-365-W
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
Narrow type
LNIS-FN
(LDR2-100UV2-365-N) LWD=50 mm 20 mm LWD=100 mm 20 mm LWD=150 mm 20 mm
Telecentric Lens 100
Macro Lens
Wide type
Output level (%)
(LDR2-100UV2-365-W)
50
At short distances, uniformity of irradiation from narrow type

Light Units is reduced. 10
This may affect imaging depending on the type of workpiece.

Ultraviolet Lights
P.307 P.309 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
Data: Relative Irradiance Graph and Uniformity (Representative Example) The data included is for reference only. Actual
values may vary.
LDL-205X12UV2-365-N LDL-205X12UV2-365

LDR2
Direct Lighting
*1 Irradiance on the optical axis LDR2-LA
LDL-205X12UV2-365-N LDR-LA1
20 mm 20 mm 20 mm SQR
100
100 SQR-TP
90
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
80
70 LFR
60
Output level (%)

50 LKR
40 50 FPR
30
20 FPQ3
10 LDL2
Lighting
0
Direct
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
10 LDLB
LWD (mm) HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
Narrow type LDL-205X12UV2-365 HPD2

LDM2
Diffused Lighting
(LDL-205X12UV2-365-N) LWD=40 mm 20 mm LWD=70 mm 20 mm LWD=100 mm 20 mm
100 LAV
PDM
Wide type
LFXV
(LDL-205X12UV2-365)
Output level (%)

LFX3
50 LFX3-PT
LFV3
LFV3-G
At short distances, uniformity of irradiation from narrow type

Light Units is reduced. MSU

10
This may affect imaging depending on the type of workpiece.
MFU
PF
HLDR-IP/
HSL-PCL
UV2
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
LN-195UV2-365 (Light condensing)
IR2
Relative irradiance graph *1 Uniformity
(LWD characteristics) *2 (Relative irradiance) Relative irradiance distribution IU
*1 Irradiance on the optical axis HLV3

*2 Illuminating distance from the Light Unit to the workpiece HLV2
Simulation values. Actual values may vary.
LWD=100 mm 20 mm LWD=100 mm LV
100 100 100 100
90 90
LSP
90
Spot Lighting, Etc.

80 HFS/HFR
80 80
70
Output level (%)
60 70 70 HLV3-NR
50 60 60
40 50 50 50 HLV3-3M-RGB-4
30
40 40 HLV2-NR
20
30 30
10 HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
0 20 20
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140150
10 10 10 PFBR-600
LWD (mm)
0 0 PFBR-150
-100 -80 -60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 -10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 2 4 6 8 10
Lateral position (mm, long side) Lateral position (mm, short side) PFB3
LNLP
LNSP2
LNSP
Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
HLV2-24UV2-365 LND2
HLND
Relative irradiance graph *1 LT
(LWD characteristics) *2 Uniformity (Relative irradiance) LNV

LNDG
Angled

Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LNIS-FN
90
80
Macro Lens
70
60
Output level (%)
50
40 50
30
20
10
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
10
LWD (mm)
UV2 Series CCS UV2 Search
You can also use
your smartphone
or cell phone.
For quick access.
Lineup
LED Power Peak Extension Recommended
Model name Type Options Weight
color consumption wavelength cables Control Units
LDR2-60UV2-365-N 24 V / 7.6 W 170 g
Narrow
LDR2-100UV2-365-N 24 V / 23 W PD3 CC-ST-1024*1 250 g
LDR2
Ultraviolet 365 nm FCB*5 PSB
LDR2-60UV2-365-W 24 V / 7.6 W 170 g
Direct Lighting
Straight
LDR2-LA Wide
Cable *1 Can only use the 60 size.
LDR-LA1 LDR2-100UV2-365-W 24 V / 23 W 250 g
FCB-W*6
SQR 2-branch
SQR-TP LDL-71X12UV2-365-N 24 V / 7.6 W Cable 300 g
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LDL-138X12UV2-365-N 24 V / 16 W FCB-F 500 g

LFR 4-branch
Narrow Cable
LKR LDL-205X12UV2-365-N 24 V / 23 W 700 g
FPR PD3 CC-ST-1024*2
FRCB
FPQ3 LDL-339X12UV2-365-N 24 V / 38 W Robot 1,090 g
LDL2 Ultraviolet 365 nm Cable PSB*3
Lighting
LDL-71X12UV2-365 24 V / 7.6 W 300 g

Direct
LDLB Band-pass filters *5 The cables with

*2 Can only use the 71x12 size.
a model name that
HLDL2 LDL-138X12UV2-365 24 V / 16 W Ultraviolet cutting filters ends with “-ME7”, *3 Cannot use the 339×12 size. 500 g
TH2 (5 types) Wide “-EL2”, “-PF”, or
Ultraviolet transmission
“-PF-EL9” are not
LFL LDL-205X12UV2-365 24 V / 23 W filters 700 g
included.
HPD2 *6 The cables with
LDL-339X12UV2-365 24 V / 38 W a model name that 1,090 g
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
ends with "-EL2"

LAV LN-61UV2-365 24 V / 7.6 W are not included. 450 g
PDM PD3 CC-ST-1024*4
LFXV LN-128UV2-365 - Ultraviolet 24 V / 16 W 365 nm PSB 750 g
LFX3
LN-195UV2-365 24 V / 23 W *4 Can only use the 61 size. 1,050 g
LFX3-PT
LFV3
FCB*5
LFV3-G Straight
Cable PD3 CC-PJ-0707
MSU
HLV2-24UV2-365 - Ultraviolet 0.7 A / 3.2 W 365 nm 50 g

MFU FRCB PJ
Robot
Cable
PF
Please inquire if you want to use the Light Unit in

HLDR-IP/ combination with a Strobe Control Unit (overdrive type). Extension Cables P.365 Control Unit Selection Guide P.307 List of Control Unit Specifications P.309
HSL-PCL
UV2
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
LED Properties
IR2
100
IU CCS offers you the most suitable
Relative radiant
80
intensity (%)
Ultraviolet
60 365 nm lens filter for each wavelength.
HLV3 Spectral 40
HLV2 distribution 20
LV 0 refer to P.355.
LSP 325 335 345 355 365 375 385 395 405 415
Spot Lighting, Etc.
Wavelength (nm)
HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR Be sure to read the "Instruction Guide" included with the product before use and follow the safety precautions upon use.
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
PFBR-150 Options
PFB3
LNLP Transmits light with Blocks light with Transmits light with
LNSP2 wavelength range of 290 nm a wavelength of wavelength range

LNSP to 365 nm. 420 nm or lower, of approx. 280 nm
Coaxial Units (Transmission of 90% min.) transmits light with a to 380 nm, centered
longer wavelength. around 340 nm.
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK Ultraviolet cutting filter Ultraviolet transmission filter
LNSD Band-pass filter Other various band-pass L42 series U340 series
LND2 F-BP324 filters used for different
Model name Size Model name Size
HLND wavelengths are available.
LT Model name Size L42-25 M25.5 P0.5 U340-25 M25.5 P0.5
For details, refer to the pages
LNV 25 sizes on optional lens filters. L42-27 M27.0 P0.5 U340-27 M27.0 P0.5
LNDG (Refer to the L42-30 M30.5 P0.5 U340-30 M30.5 P0.5
Angled
F-BP324
pages on optional
Lighting
LNIS2 L42-40 M40.5 P0.5 U340-40 M40.5 P0.5

products.) P.355
Lenses Oblique
LNIS L42-46 M46.0 P0.75 U340-46 M46.0 P0.75

LNIS-FN
P.355
Telecentric Lens P.358 P.358
Macro Lens
Cautionary Information regarding UV Products

● Do not expose your eyes or skin to direct UV irradiation.
● When using an UV illumination, be sure to wear UV blocking eye wear and avoid looking at irradiating parts (emitting parts).
● Do not turn on UV-LED irradiating parts (emitting parts) if they are facing someone's eyes.
● Wear long sleeves and gloves to protect your skin from UV irradiation.
● Thoroughly educate all those involved near the product about the dangers of UV LEDs.
E.g.: UV blocking eye wear

Ultraviolet Lights
P.307 P.309 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
Dimensions (mm)
Ring Lights
LDR2-60UV2-365-N/-W (Common for the narrow/wide types) LDR2-100UV2-365-N/-W (Common for the narrow/wide types)
300 19*
(Ø3.5)
LDR2
(Ø3.5)
300
Direct Lighting
34* LDR2-LA
45° 4-M3 4
45° LDR-LA1
(For installation) SQR
4-M3 4 Ø7
Ø5 0
0 (For installation) SQR-TP
Ø30 HPR2
Diffused Lighting
0
Ø60
Ø3
Ø100
LFR
LKR
FPR
*For the wide type: 30 FPQ3
*For the wide type: 15 LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
Bar Lights HLDL2
Common dimensions for the narrow/wide types TH2 (5 types)

C LFL
6 B (Emitting surface) HPD2
12 (Emitting surface) LDM2
Diffused Lighting
LAV
Surface A
PDM
LFXV
(45.6)
15
LFX3
42 LFX3-PT
Surface A
Same as surface A LFV3
LFV3-G
9
(Ø3.5)

28
MSU

MFU
6
4-M3 6
F 300 20 (For installation)
11 PF
(For installation)
Model name (narrow/wide) B C D E F HLDR-IP/
HSL-PCL
LDL-71X12UV2-365-N/-365 71 91 P30x2=60 10 6xM3x6
24
UV2
LDL-138X12UV2-365-N/-365 138 158 P30x4=120 10 10xM3x6
9
UV
LDL-205X12UV2-365-N/-365 205 225 P30x6=180 20 14xM3x6
E 30 LNSP-UV-FN
D LDL-339X12UV2-365-N/-365 339 359 P30x10=300 29.5 22xM3x6
IR2
Convergent type Common dimensions

IU
C
HLV3
11 B (Emitting surface) HLV2
16 (Emitting surface) LV
Surface A LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

HFS/HFR
(47.6) HLV3-NR
14
44 HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
Surface A HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
Same as surface A PFBR-600
47.5
PFBR-150
9
(Ø3.5)
PFB3
LNLP
6
14-M3 6 4-M3 6 LNSP2

300 12 20 (For installation) LNSP
(For installation)
Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN
24
Model name B C D E LN/LN-HK

LN-61UV2-365 61 91 P30x2=60 10 LNSD
LN-128UV2-365 128 158 P30x4=120 10 LND2
10
E 30 HLND
D LN-195UV2-365 195 225 P30x6=180 20
LT
LNV
Spot Lights LNDG
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
HLV2-24UV2-365 54 LNIS
LNIS-FN
13.2 (34) 2-M3 (For installation)
Telecentric Lens
Macro Lens
Ø28
Ø24
18
Ø18
(Emitting surface)
(Ø4.5)
300
You can change the connectors of the Light Unit cable (except for the HLV2-24UV2-365). Choose between M12 connectors and flying leads. Refer to P.19 for details.
Ultraviolet Lights
You can also use
CCS UV Search your smartphone
or cell phone.
For quick access.
UV Series
Varied Light Unit lineup using original UV-LEDs
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR2-90UV365
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
HPR2 LN-200UV365
Diffused Lighting
LFR LDR2-100UV365-LA
LKR
FPR
FPQ3 LDQ-100UV365
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2 LSP-41UV365
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
HPD2 LDL-42X15UV365
LDR-75UV365-LA-1
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
LAV LDL-82X15UV365
SQR-56UV365
PDM
LFXV
LFX3 Detecting seal material through fluorescent excitation, reading invisible code, inspections using differences in spectral
reflectivity, inspections using differences in scattering rates, etc.
LFV3
LFV3-G
MSU
Uses Original UV-LEDs

MFU
Peak Wavelength of 365 nm, Directional Characteristics of ±20°
PF
HLDR-IP/ Uses LEDs with Light spectrum of the UV-LED Directional characteristics
our unique spark
HSL-PCL -30° -20° -10° 0° +10° +20° +30°
100
Relative radiant intensity (%)
UV2 prevention 80
-40°
80
80
+40°
UV
Irradiating angle
LNSP-UV-FN
mechanism 60 60
60
-50° +50°
40 40
40
-60° +60°
IR2
-70° 20
20 +70°
20
IU
Because they have a steel alloy cap, many ultraviolet LEDs -80°
-90°
+80°
+90°
0
are susceptible to static electricity or impact. In particular, 325 345 365 385 405 0
Relative radiant intensity (%)
Wavelength (nm)
HLV3 dead LEDs due to sparks occurring from contact with metal
Our original ultraviolet LEDs have a peak wavelength of 365 nm and directional
HLV2
shards have been a major issue. Our company's original
LV characteristics of ±20°. Using the mono-wavelength, a characteristic of LEDs,
LSP
ultraviolet LEDs successfully solved this problem through allows for stable imaging over a long period of time that captures the workpiece's
our unique spark prevention mechanism. Compared to
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR characteristics more accurately than using a black light. Furthermore, our
HLV3-NR the conventional products, we significantly increased our rich lineup provides optimal Light Units depending on the inspected object,
HLV3-3M-RGB-4 "safety" and "reliability." inspecting environment, and optical system.
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600 Lineup
PFBR-150
PFB3
Power consumption *1
LNLP Peak Extension Recommended
Model name LED color June 2014 July 2014 Options Weight Dimensions
LNSP2 wavelength cables Control Units
LNSP or earlier or later
Coaxial Units LDR2-32UV365 24 V / 0.4 W 24 V / 0.3 W 30 g
LNSP-FN
LDR2-42UV365 24 V / 0.8 W 24 V / 0.6 W 50 g 1
LN/LN-HK
LNSD LDR2-50UV365 24 V / 1.2 W 24 V / 0.9 W 50 g
FCB*4
LND2 LDR2-70UV365 Ultraviolet 24 V / 3.1 W 24 V / 2.3 W 365 nm Straight 130 g 2
Cable
HLND
LT
LDR2-90UV365 24 V / 3.8 W 24 V / 2.8 W 170 g
FCB-W*5 1
LNV LDR2-90-30UV365 24 V / 6.1 W 24 V / 4.5 W 2-branch 220 g
Cable
LNDG
Angled
LDR2-120UV365 24 V / 9.5 W 24 V / 7.0 W Band-pass filter 510 g 3

PD3 CC-ST-1024*3
Lighting
LNIS2 FCB-F
LDR2-74UV365-LA 24 V / 1.9 W 24 V / 1.4 W P.355 90 g 4
Lenses Oblique
LNIS 4-branch
Cable PSB POD*2
LNIS-FN LDR2-100UV365-LA 24 V / 4.6 W 24 V / 3.4 W Ultraviolet cutting filter 170 g
*3 Cannot be used with
Telecentric Lens FRCB LDR2-208UV365-LA that was
LDR2-132UV365-LA Ultraviolet 24 V / 6.9 W 24 V / 5.0 W 365 nm Ultraviolet transmission filter Robot 270 g
Macro Lens Cable manufactured in July 2014 5
LDR2-170UV365-LA 24 V / 9.9 W 24 V / 7.3 W P.358 or earlier. 350 g
*4 The cables with
LDR2-208UV365-LA 24 V / 12 W 24 V / 8.4 W a model name that 380 g
ends with "-ME7"
LDR-75UV365-LA-1 24 V / 1.6 W 24 V / 1.2 W or "-EL2" are not 70 g 6
included.
LDR-96UV365-LA-1 24 V / 2.3 W 24 V / 1.7 W *5 The cables with 100 g
a model name that
LDR-146UV365-LA-1 Ultraviolet 24 V / 3.1 W 24 V / 2.3 W 365 nm ends with "-EL2" 160 g
are not included. 7
LDR-176UV365-LA-1 24 V / 3.8 W 24 V / 2.8 W 200 g
LDR-206UV365-LA-1 24 V / 4.6 W 24 V / 3.4 W 220 g
*1 The power consumption varies according to the production date.
Refer to the power consumption given by the label tag of the product. Extension Cables P.365 Control Unit Selection Guide P.307 List of Control Unit Specifications P.309

Ultraviolet Lights
P.307 P.309 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
Power consumption*1
Peak Extension Recommended
Model name LED color June 2014 July 2014 Options Weight Dimensions
wavelength cables Control Units
or earlier or later
SQR-56UV365 Ultraviolet 24 V / 1.6 W 24 V / 1.2 W 365 nm FCB*3 80 g 8
Straight
LDL-34X8UV365 24 V / 0.4 W 24 V / 0.3 W Cable 15 g 9
LDL-42X15UV365 24 V / 0.8 W 24 V / 0.6 W 30 g 10
FCB-W*4
LDL-74X27UV365 24 V / 3.1 W 24 V / 2.3 W 2-branch
Cable 95 g 11
Ultraviolet 365 nm
LDL-82X15UV365 24 V / 1.6 W 24 V / 1.2 W Band-pass filter 45 g LDR2
Direct Lighting
FCB-F LDR2-LA
LDL-130X15UV365 24 V / 2.3 W 24 V / 1.7 W P.355 4-branch 85 g 12
Cable LDR-LA1
LDL-180X16UV365 24 V / 3.8 W 24 V / 2.8 W PD3 CC-ST-1024 110 g SQR
Ultraviolet cutting filter
FRCB SQR-TP
LDQ-60-25UV365 24 V / 1.6 W 24 V / 1.2 W Ultraviolet transmission filter Robot PSB POD*2 60 g 13
Cable HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LDQ-78UV365 24 V / 1.6 W 24 V / 1.2 W P.358 *3 The cables with
100 g 14 LFR
a model name that
LDQ-100UV365 Ultraviolet 24 V / 3.1 W 24 V / 2.3 W 365 nm ends with “-ME7”,
330 g 15 LKR
LDQ-150UV365 24 V / 6.1 W 24 V / 4.5 W “-EL2”, “-PF”, or

490 g 16 FPR
“-PF-EL9” are not
FPQ3
LDQ-200UV365 24 V / 9.1 W 24 V / 6.7 W included. 790 g 17
*4 The cables with LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LN-200UV365 Ultraviolet 24 V / 1.9 W 24 V / 1.4 W 365 nm a model name that 400 g 18 LDLB
ends with "-EL2"
HLDL2
LSP-41UV365 Ultraviolet 24 V / 1.2 W 24 V / 0.9 W 365 nm are not included. 115 g 19
TH2 (5 types)
*1 The power consumption varies according to the production date.
Extension Cables P.365 Control Unit Selection Guide P.307 List of Control Unit Specifications P.309 LFL
Refer to the power consumption given by the label tag of the product.
HPD2
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
LAV
Dimensions (mm) PDM
LFXV
4-M3 depth 4 30 30
1 30 Model name A B C D 2 0 3 0 LFX3
0 45° 4-M3 depth 5 45°
D LFX3-PT
45° LDR2-32UV365 Ø32 Ø10 16 P.C.D.20 4-M3 depth 5 P.C.D.90 LFV3
LDR2-42UV365 Ø42 Ø18 18 P.C.D.28 P.C.D.50
LFV3-G
Ø120
Ø60
LDR2-50UV365 Ø50 Ø28 16
Ø70
P.C.D.40 Ø35

MSU

A
B
LDR2-90UV365 Ø90 Ø50 20 P.C.D.70

MFU
C LDR2-90-30UV365 Ø90 Ø30 20 P.C.D.70
22 31.5
PF
4 5 6
4-M3 depth 5 4-M3 depth 5 30 4-M3 depth 4 12
30 0 HLDR-IP/
P.C.D.60 0 D 45° Model name A B C D HSL-PCL
45°
LDR2-100UV365-LA Ø100 Ø70 22 P.C.D.84 UV2
UV
LDR2-132UV365-LA Ø132 Ø96 22 P.C.D.116
Ø75
Ø56
Ø46
Ø55
LNSP-UV-FN
LDR2-170UV365-LA Ø170 Ø134 22 P.C.D.154
Ø74
Ø48
A
B
IR2
LDR2-208UV365-LA Ø208 Ø174 22 P.C.D.186
30 IU
19 C 0
HLV3
7 4-M3 depth 4
8 9 44
56 HLV2
38 34 10.4
45° 12 8.4 LV
Model name A B C 5 (Emitting part) 5 (Emitting part)
300 LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

LDR-96UV365-LA-1 Ø96 Ø80 Ø60
5
300
HFS/HFR
15
2-M2 depth 5
56
38
LDR-146UV365-LA-1 Ø146 Ø130 Ø110 HLV3-NR

30
A
C
B
4-M3 depth 4 HLV3-3M-RGB-4

LDR-176UV365-LA-1 Ø176 Ø160 Ø140 0
Ø30 HLV2-NR
LDR-206UV365-LA-1 Ø206 Ø190 Ø170 12 20 12 2-M3 depth 4
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
18
PFBR-600
10 11 12 PFBR-150
52 74 (Emitting part) 27.2 (Emitting part) PFB3
A Model name A B C D E
15 LNLP
17
(Emitting part) LDL-82X15UV365 92 82 17 20 15 LNSP2

C
18
E
42 (Emitting part) B (Emitting part) (Emitting part) LDL-130X15UV365 140 130 17 21 15 LNSP
86
7
Coaxial Units
LDL-180X16UV365 191.4 181.4 18 21 16
20
LNSP-FN
4 9
D
0
28.8
30
10 10 LN/LN-HK
0
30 2X2-M2 depth 5 50 2-M3 depth 4
300 2X2-M2 depth 5
LNSD
LND2
HLND
(Emitting
13 14 15 16 148 4-M4 30.2

part)
108 30.2
8.4
LT
110
12
15 (Emitting part)
70 LNV
4-M4
17
90
58
90
LNDG
Angled
30 78
°
44
100
30
Lighting
25 4-M3 LNIS2
(Emitting
60
34
148
110
part)
Lenses Oblique
108
LNIS
42
70
36 (Emitting 60 100
30
5 part) 5 LNIS-FN
300
30
78
42
30
42
36
0
58
30
25
30 Telecentric Lens
3.2
10
4-M2.6 depth 3 82 (Emitting part) 3.2 Macro Lens

46 15 (Emitting part)
(Emittingsurface)
8-M4 depth 4 205

17 200 31.2 18 19 (51.5)
24.5
Ø33
100
15
40 (11.5)
15 (Emitting part)
90
(Emitting surface)
4-M2 depth 4 200 (Emitting part)

°
300
12
210
150
2-M3 (Mounting screws) 205

16
0
200
175
100
Ø41
30
26
20
45.6
150 2X2-M3 depth 7

10
8
25 2-M4 mounting screws
100 30 2 36 2
(8)
130 (Emitting part) 3.2 0
Ultraviolet Line Lights
You can also use
CCS LNSP-UV-FN Search your smartphone
or cell phone.
For quick access.
LNSP-UV-FN Series
UV Line Lights that use high-output UV-LEDs
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
LNSP-UV365-FN
HLDL2
(Narrow Type)
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
HPD2
LNSP-UV365-FNNR
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
(Wide Type)
LAV
PDM
LFXV
LFX3 Inspection for detecting seal material through fluorescent excitation, inspections using differences in spectral reflectivity,
inspections using differences in scattering rates, etc.
LFV3
LFV3-G
MSU
Narrow Type for Convergent Illumination Wide Type for Diffused Illumination
MFU
PF
HLDR-IP/
By using a rod lens, the Light Unit concentrates light in The emitting width is wide, allowing for a broad range to
HSL-PCL a narrow range. There is little loss of radiation output, be illuminated.
UV2 allowing for convergent illumination.
UV
LNSP-UV-FN Characteristics of the narrow type Characteristics of the wide type
Output comparison
Output comparison
IR2 Conventional product Conventional product

(LDL-74x27UV365)
(LDL-74x27UV365)
IU
Uniformity graph LNSP-UV365-FN Approx. 150x Uniformity graph
LNSP-UV365-FNNR Approx. 40x
HLV3
Camera output varies based on the camera's
HLV2 Camera output varies based on the camera's spectral sensitivity.
spectral sensitivity.
LV
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR Imaging Imaging Imaging foreign material on
Imaging of invisible code
HLV3-3M-RGB-4 example example paper
HLV2-NR Workpiece Plastic plate Workpiece White paper (Tissue)
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
PFB3
White Bar Light LNSP-300UV365-FN White Bar Light LNSP-300UV365-FNNR
LNLP
LNSP2
LNSP
Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
LNSD Fluorescent observation is Fluorescent observation Fluorescent observation is Fluorescent observation for foreign
LND2
difficult with white light. for the invisible code is difficult with white light. material, such as dust, is possible.
HLND
possible.
LT
LNV
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
Please contact your CCS sales representative. By using a rod LNSP-UV365-FN (Narrow type)
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens E.g.: Different wavelength Customizable items lens, the Light Unit Camera
Macro Lens
concentrates light
Wavelength Equipped with 385 nm LEDs
diameter color in a narrow range. Fan
High output UV
Increase
output
Cable length Line Light perfect LEDs
for UV excitation.
Rod lens
angle material
Workpiece
format mounting
Etc.

PSCC Series Examples of Custom Examples of
Ultraviolet Lights
P.349 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
Imaging Example: Imaging for Detecting Contact Lenses inside Packaging
Description Detection inspection
Workpiece Contact lenses

LDR2
Direct Lighting
Conventional lighting LED visible light lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
New lighting LNSP-300UV365-FNNR
SQR
Result Fluorescent excitation via ultraviolet lighting SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
Workpiece image LED visible light lighting LNSP-300UV365-FNNR FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
HPD2
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
LAV
PDM
LFXV
With visible light lighting, it is Depending on the type of contact LFX3
Contact lenses difficult to detect the contact lens, they absorb the ultraviolet LFX3-PT
LFV3
lenses. wavelength, allowing for the inside
LFV3-G
of the pack to be imaged.

MSU

MFU
Imaging Example: Imaging for the Alignment of Clear Films PF
HLDR-IP/
HSL-PCL
UV2
LNSP-UV-FN
Workpiece Clear films
IR2
IU
New lighting LNSP-300UV365-FN
HLV3
Result Fluorescent excitation via ultraviolet lighting HLV2
LV
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR
Workpiece image LED visible light lighting LNSP-300UV365-FN HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
PFB3
LNLP
LNSP2
LNSP
Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN
With visible light lighting, it is Only the clear film causes LN/LN-HK
Clear plate (bottom) and film (top) difficult to form an image of the scattering, emphasizing the edge. LNSD
LND2
clear film.
HLND
LT

LNDG
Angled
Lighting
The data included is for reference only. Actual values may vary. LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
Narrow Type LNIS
*1 LNIS-FN

100
LWD=30 mm (mm) LWD=50 mm (mm) LWD=100 mm (mm)
50 50 50 100
90 40 40 40
80
30 30 30
70
20 20 20
Output level (%)
60
10 10 10
50
40 0 0 0
30 -10 -10 -10
20 -20 -20 -20
10 -30 -30 -30
0 -40 -40 -40
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
-50 -50 -50 0
LWD (mm) -200 -150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 200 -200 -150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 200 -200 -150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 200
LNSP-UV-FN Series CCS LNSP-UV-FN Search
You can also use
your smartphone
or cell phone.
For quick access.

Wide Type
*1
LDR2 *2 Illuminating distance from the Light Unit to the workpiece
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA 100
LWD=30 mm (mm) LWD=50 mm (mm) LWD=100 mm (mm)
50 50 50 100
90
LDR-LA1 40 40 40
80
30 30 30
SQR 70
Output level (%)

20 20 20
60
SQR-TP 10 10 10
50
HPR2 0 0 0
Diffused Lighting
40
30 -10 -10 -10
LFR -20 -20 -20
20
LKR 10 -30 -30 -30
FPR 0 -40 -40 -40
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
-50 -50 -50 0
FPQ3 LWD (mm) -200 -150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 200 -200 -150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 200 -200 -150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 200
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
Lineup “-FN” at the end of the model name: Narrow type, “-FNNR” at the end of the model name: Wide type
LFL
HPD2 Power consumption*1
LDM2 (including fans) Peak Extension Recommended
Diffused Lighting

LAV June 2017 July 2017 wavelength cables*2 Control Units*2
PDM or earlier or later
LFXV
LNSP-100UV365-FN 31 W 31 W 1,000 g
LFX3
LFX3-PT LNSP-200UV365-FN 61 W 62 W 1,400 g
LFV3 LNSP-300UV365-FN 92 W 93 W Band-pass filter 1,800 g
QCBM PSCC-30048(A)
LFV3-G Ultraviolet 365 nm Ultraviolet cutting filter
LNSP-100UV365-FNNR 31 W 31 W QCB PSCC-60048(A) 800 g
MSU Ultraviolet transmission filter

LNSP-200UV365-FNNR 61 W 62 W 1,100 g
MFU
LNSP-300UV365-FNNR 92 W 93 W 1,400 g
PF
Extension Cables P.174 PSCC Series Product Page P.349
HLDR-IP/
HSL-PCL *1 The power consumption varies according to the production data. Refer to the power consumption given by the label tag of the product.
UV2 *2 Make sure to use an appropriate combination of the extension cable and the recommended Control Unit.
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
IR2 LED properties

LED Properties
IU 100
Relative radiant
80
intensity (%)
HLV3 UV 365 nm
HLV2 Spectral 40
LV distribution 20
LSP 0 refer to P.355.
Spot Lighting, Etc.
340 345 350 355 360 365 370 375 380 385 390 395 400
HFS/HFR
Wavelength (nm)
HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4 Be sure to read the "Instruction Guide" included with the product before use and follow the safety precautions upon use.
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
Options
PFBR-150
PFB3
LNLP
LNSP2 Transmits light with Blocks light with Transmits light with
a wavelength of wavelength range
LNSP wavelength range of 290 nm
420 nm or lower, of approx. 280 nm
Coaxial Units to 365 nm. transmits light with a to 380 nm, centered
LNSP-FN (Transmission of 90% min.) longer wavelength. around 340 nm.
LN/LN-HK
LNSD Ultraviolet cutting filter Ultraviolet transmission filter
LND2 Band-pass filter L42 series U340 series
HLND
Other various band-pass
F-BP324 filters used for different Model name Size Model name Size
LT
LNV wavelengths are available. L42-25 M25.5 P0.5 U340-25 M25.5 P0.5
Model name Size
LNDG For details, refer to the L42-27 M27.0 P0.5 U340-27 M27.0 P0.5
Angled
25 sizes pages on optional lens filters. L42-30 M30.5 P0.5 U340-30 M30.5 P0.5
Lighting
LNIS2
(Refer to the
F-BP324
Lenses Oblique
LNIS pages on optional L42-40 M40.5 P0.5 U340-40 M40.5 P0.5

P.355
LNIS-FN products.) L42-46 M46.0 P0.75 U340-46 M46.0 P0.75
Telecentric Lens
P.355 P.358 P.358
Macro Lens
Cautionary Information regarding UV Products

● Do not expose your eyes or skin to direct UV irradiation.
● When using an UV illumination, be sure to wear UV blocking eye wear and avoid looking at irradiating
parts (emitting parts).
● Do not turn on UV-LED irradiation parts (emitting parts) if they are facing someone's eyes.
● Wear long sleeves and gloves to protect your skin from UV irradiation.
● Carefully inform all persons in the area around this product of the dangers of UV-LED.
(E.g.) UV blocking eye wear

PSCC Series Examples of Custom Examples of
Ultraviolet Lights
P.349 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
Dimensions (mm)
LNSP-UV365-FN (Narrow type)
(Radiating surface)
n+39: Full length
(6.7) 34 n: Radiating surface
9.4
LDR2
For installation
Direct Lighting
62
LDR2-LA
4-nut slots
LDR-LA1
→ Detailed figure A
SQR
25.8
19.5
SQR-TP
4
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
0
30
1.5 LFR
35
(79.8)
LKR
16
FPR
(Ø13.6)
12
FPQ3
6
LDL2
Fan air inlets
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
2xM3 (For FG line installation, same for opposite side) Detailed figure A HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
Number of HPD2
Model name n cooling fans LDM2
Diffused Lighting
LAV
LNSP-100UV365-FN 100 1
PDM
LNSP-200UV365-FN 200 2
LFXV
LNSP-300UV365-FN 300 3 LFX3
LFX3-PT
LFV3
LNSP-UV365-FNNR (Wide type) LFV3-G
(Radiating surface)

MSU

n+36.3: Full length
MFU
30
(6.7) 34 n: Radiating surface

PF
HLDR-IP/
For installation HSL-PCL
62
4-nut slots UV2

→ Detailed figure A UV
15.5
LNSP-UV-FN
14.3
4
0
IR2
1.5
30
(74.6)
IU
27.3
16
(Ø13.6)
12
HLV3
6
HLV2
Fan air inlets
LV
2xM3 (For FG line installation, same for opposite side) Detailed figure A LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR
Number of HLV3-3M-RGB-4
Model name n cooling fans HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
LNSP-100UV365-FNNR 100 1
PFBR-600
LNSP-200UV365-FNNR 200 2
PFBR-150
LNSP-300UV365-FNNR 300 3 PFB3
LNLP
LNSP2
LNSP
Extension Cables Necessary when connecting the Light Unit to the recommended Control Unit, the PSCC series. Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN
QCBM (mm) LN/LN-HK

LNSD
Applicable Cable length LND2
Control Unit HLND
(Ø12.6)
QCBM-2 2m 800 g LT
QCBM-3 3m 1,000 g LNV
Light Unit end Control Unit end
LNDG
Angled
QCBM-5 5m 1,500 g PSCC-30048(A) (socket) (plug)

Lighting
LNIS2
QCBM-10 10 m 2,700 g
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
QCBM-20 20 m 5,000 g Cable permitted bending radius: 75.6 mm LNIS-FN
PSCC series Product Page P.349 Telecentric Lens
Macro Lens
QCB
Cable length
Applicable
Ø16.5

Control Unit
QCB-2 2m 1,100 g Light Unit end Control Unit end
QCB-3 3m 1,500 g (socket) (plug)
QCB-5 5m 2,400 g PSCC-60048(A)

QCB-10 10 m 4,600 g Cable permitted bending radius: 99 mm
QCB-20 20 m 8,900 g
PSCC series Product Page P.349 The above cable permitted bending radii are reference values. Actual values may vary.
Infrared Lighting
Infrared Lights Refer to our website for product details.
Infrared Lights
You can also use
CCS IR2 Search your smartphone
or cell phone.
For quick access.
IR2 Series
Varied Light Unit lineup using IR-LEDs
LFV3-CP18IR2-860 / -950
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LFV3-50IR2-850(A) / -940(A)
LDR2-74IR2-850-LA / -940-LA
LKR
FPR
FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
LDR2-50IR2-850 / -940
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
LFL-100IR2-850 / -940
LFL
HPD2 LDL-82X15IR2-850 / -940
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
LAV LDQ-78IR2-850 / -940

PDM
LFXV
LFX3 Visual inspection that cancels the surface pattern, inspection penetrating liquid for foreign material inside, inspections using
differences in spectral reflectivity, inspection for the inside of packaged food, etc.
LFV3
LFV3-G
MSU
What Is Infrared Light? Merits

MFU
PF
HLDR-IP/ Infrared light is light that has a wavelength longer than Irradiation of the Infrared LED includes only the energy of
HSL-PCL
that of visible red light and cannot be seen by the human specific region of wavelength, so that the irradiation heat
UV2
eye. Compared to visible red light, infrared light has a low is extremely low compared to the halogen lights and gives
UV
LNSP-UV-FN scattering rate and high transmission, and therefore is used less damage on the workpiece.
in imaging which penetrates printed patterns or liquids. Infrared LED Regular halogen light
IR2
Irradiation heat Extremely low Heat-generating
IU Imaging example using visible and infrared light Influence on Small heat damage Huge heat damage
the workpiece
HLV3
Features (1) Visible light Imaging with infrared light
HLV2
LV
Penetration Visible light Near-
infrared
Mid-
infrared
Far-
infrared
LSP CCS’s standard products
Spot Lighting, Etc.
Infrared wavelength spectrum

HFS/HFR 100
HLV3-NR 80 850 nm 940 nm
Relative radiant
intensity (%)
HLV3-3M-RGB-4 60
HLV2-NR
857 nm 950 nm
40
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W Infrared irradiation penetrates 860 nm
the liquid to make inside visible. 20
PFBR-600
0
PFBR-150 700 800 900 1000 1100
Features (2) Visible light Imaging with infrared light
PFB3 Wavelength (nm)
Region of regular halogen light
LNLP Cancellation
100
LNSP2
80
Relative radiant
LNSP
intensity (%)
Coaxial Units
60
40 Halogen light
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK Infrared irradiation cancels out the
20
LNSD printing to image the surface evenly. 0
400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100
LND2 Wavelength (nm)
HLND
LT
LNV
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
Please contact your CCS sales representative. Ring Lights that use LDR2-90IR2-850/940
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens E.g.: Different wavelength Customizable items infrared LEDs. Bar
Macro Lens Using the LEDs with a Wavelength/
types and coaxial Camera
wavelength of 1,200, 1,450, Outer diameter
Wavelength color types are also
or 1,550 nm.
available. Select your Heat dissipation
Increase material
output
Cable length format to match your
needs. LEDs
angle material
Workpiece
format mounting
Etc.

Infrared Lights
P.307 P.309 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
Extensive Lineup of Infrared Lights
Ring Lights Size (mm)

(Outer diameter)
LDR2 series
(850/940 nm)
Ø50 Ø70 Ø90
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR2-LA series LDR-LA1
(850/940 nm) Ø74 Ø132 SQR
50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
Bar Lights Size (mm) LKR
(Emitting surface length) FPR
FPQ3
LDL2-33X8IR850 LDL2
Product page P.59 33
Lighting
(850 nm)
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
LDL series TH2 (5 types)
(850/940 nm) 42 74 82 130 180 LFL
HPD2
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
LDQ series LAV
(850/940 nm) 34x34 82x82
PDM
LFXV
HLDL2 series
LFX3
(860 nm)
LFX3-PT
150 300 450 600 750 900
Product page P.75 LFV3
Wide type Narrow type 1,050 1,200
LFV3-G
50 100 150 300 450 600 700 800 900 1,000 1,200

MSU

MFU
Dome Lights / Flat Dome Lights Size (mm)
PF
(Outer diameter)
HLDR-IP/
HPD2 series HSL-PCL
(860 nm) Product page P.99 Ø91 Ø116 Ø166 Ø216 Ø266 Ø424
UV2
300x100 (Emitting UV
200x200 300x200 surface length)
LFXV series LNSP-UV-FN
(855 nm) Product page P.107 25x25 50x50 75x75 100x100 150x150 200x100 300x300
IR2
(Emitting
200x200
LFX3 series surface length) IU
(857 nm) Product page P.113 25x25 50x50 75x75 100x100 150x150 200x100
HLV3
(Emitting HLV2
LFX3-PT series surface length) LV
(857 nm) Product page P.119 50x50 75x75 100x100 150x150 200x200
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

25 50 60 70 80 90 100 150 200 250 300 400 HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR
Flat Lights Size (mm) Coaxial Lights Size (mm)

HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
(Emitting surface length) (Emitting surface)
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
LDL series 60x60 100x100 LFV3-CP series 20x20 PFBR-150
(850/940 nm) (860/950 nm)
PFB3
LNLP
LFL series LFV3 series 38x34 LNSP2

(850/940 nm) 100x80 (850/940 nm) 52x52 LNSP
50 100 The LFV3-CP series and LFV3 series have different wavelengths. 10 20 30 40 50 Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN
Custom products with a wavelength of 1,000 nm LN/LN-HK

LNSD
or more are available. CCS IR1200 Search LND2

HLND
LT
Near-Infrared Cameras in the Testing Rooms LNV
LNDG
Angled
Ready for the test with infrared light over 1,000 nm wavelength
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
CCS is deploying infrared-sensitive cameras in the testing rooms where you can perform workpiece tests directly for yourself using our LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
LED Lights. Please feel free to make an appointment. We are looking forward to helping you. Macro Lens
Near-infrared camera Specifications

ABA-003IR-GE (manufactured by AVALDATA)
InGaAs sensor
Wavelength: 950 to 1,700 nm
640 × 512 pixels
Gig-E vision
C mount
Our personalized staff will be happy to suggest the
Optimal for infrared imaging
lighting solution for getting optimal images.
IR2
Infrared Lights
Series
You can also use
or cell phone.
For quick access.
Imaging Example: Imaging for Foreign Materials in Disinfectant Products
Description Foreign materials inspection
Workpiece Disinfectant products

LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
New lighting LFL-100IR2-940
SQR
SQR-TP Result Infrared lighting penetrates the liquid
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ3
LDL2
Workpiece image LED visible light lighting LFL-100IR2-940
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
HPD2
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
LAV
PDM
LFXV
LFX3
LFX3-PT It is difficult to check the inside with Imaging with infrared light
LFV3 Disinfectant products visible light imaging. penetrates the liquid and captures
LFV3-G the foreign materials.
MSU

MFU
PF
HLDR-IP/
HSL-PCL Imaging Example: Imaging the Appearance of Leatherware
UV2
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
IR2
Workpiece Leatherware
IU
HLV3
HLV2 New lighting LDR2-132IR2-850-LA
LV
Infrared lighting penetrates the dye
LSP Result
on the threads
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
Workpiece image LED visible light lighting LDR2-132IR2-850-LA
PFBR-150
PFB3
LNLP
LNSP2
LNSP
Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
LND2
HLND The leather and the threads are of Infrared light penetrates the dye to
LT Leatherware the same color, so that it is highlight the threads and captures
LNV difficult to capture the stitching. the stitching.
LNDG
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
Cautionary Information regarding Infrared Products

LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Macro Lens
● This product uses infrared LEDs. You cannot visually sense the brightness, but infrared radiation comes out of the LEDs when they are on.
● The peak wavelength range corresponds to IR-A (780 to 1,400 nm).
● Infrared radiation in the IR-A range can damage your eyes. Never look at the infrared radiation directly.
● Inform all persons in the area around this product of the dangers of infrared LED.

Infrared Lights
P.307 P.309 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
Lineup
LED Power Peak Extension Recommended
Series Model name Options Weight
color consumption wavelength cables Control Units
LDR2-50IR2-850 850 nm
24 V / 3.8 W 50 g
LDR2-50IR2-940 940 nm
LDR2-70IR2-850 850 nm LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2 Infrared 24 V / 7.6 W 130 g LDR2-LA
LDR2-70IR2-940 940 nm
LDR-LA1
LDR2-90IR2-850 850 nm SQR
24 V / 14 W 170 g SQR-TP
LDR2-90IR2-940 940 nm
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LDR2-74IR2-850-LA 850 nm LFR
24 V / 6.9 W 90 g LKR
LDR2-74IR2-940-LA 940 nm
LDR2-LA Infrared FPR
LDR2-132IR2-850-LA 850 nm FPQ3
24 V / 16 W 270 g LDL2
LDR2-132IR2-940-LA 940 nm PD3
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
LDL-42X15IR2-850 850 nm PSB POD*2
HLDL2
24 V / 2.3 W 40 g
LDL-42X15IR2-940 940 nm TH2 (5 types)
LFL
LDL-74X27IR2-850 850 nm FCB* 4
HPD2
24 V / 6.9 W Straight 80 g
LDL-74X27IR2-940 940 nm LDM2
Diffused Lighting
Cable
LAV
LDL-82X15IR2-850 850 nm FCB-W*5 PDM
LDL Infrared 24 V / 3.8 W 2-branch 60 g
LDL-82X15IR2-940 940 nm Cable LFXV
LFX3
LDL-130X15IR2-850 850 nm FCB-F LFX3-PT
24 V / 6.1 W 4-branch
Cable
90 g
LDL-130X15IR2-940 940 nm LFV3
LFV3-G
LDL-180X15IR2-850 850 nm FRCB

MSU
24 V / 8.4 W Robot
110 g

Cable
LDL-180X15IR2-940 940 nm MFU
— *4 The cables
LDQ-78IR2-850 850 nm with a model
PF
24 V / 6.1 W name that ends 110 g
LDQ-78IR2-940 940 nm with “-ME7”,
LDQ Infrared “-EL2”, “-PF”, or PD3*1 POD*1*2 HLDR-IP/
LDQ-150IR2-850 850 nm “-PF-EL9” are HSL-PCL
24 V / 16 W not included. 530 g
LDQ-150IR2-940 940 nm *5 The cables UV2
with a model
UV
name that ends
LDL-60X60IR2-850 850 nm with “-EL2” are LNSP-UV-FN
24 V / 7.6 W not included. 140 g
IR2
LDL-60X60IR2-940 940 nm
LDL Infrared
LDL-100X100IR2-850 850 nm IU
24 V / 21 W 650 g HLV3
LDL-100X100IR2-940 940 nm HLV2
LV
LFL-100IR2-850 850 nm
LSP
LFL Infrared 24 V / 7.6 W 220 g
Spot Lighting, Etc.

HFS/HFR
LFL-100IR2-940 940 nm PD3
HLV3-NR
PSB POD* 2
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
LFV3-CP18IR2-860 860 nm
HLV2-NR
LFV3-CP Infrared 24 V / 2.6 W 70 g
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
LFV3-CP18IR2-950 950 nm
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
LFV3-35IR2-850(A)*3 850 nm
PFB3
24 V / 3.1 W 175 g
LNLP
LFV3-35IR2-940(A)*3 940 nm
LNSP2
LFV3 Infrared
LNSP
LFV3-50IR2-850(A)*3 850 nm
Coaxial Units
24 V / 9.1 W 335 g
LNSP-FN
LFV3-50IR2-940(A)*3 940 nm
LN/LN-HK
*1 The LDQ series is equipped with four Light Units. If you want LNSD
to control the light intensity individually, use a 4-channel Extension Cables P.365 Control Unit Selection Guide P.307 List of Control Unit Specifications P.309
LND2
Control Unit.
HLND
LT
*3 The suffix "(A)" has been added to the end of several model names, e.g. "LFV3-35RI2-850" has been changed to "LFV3-35RI2-850(A)".
LNV
Reason: Due to part manufacturer's circumstances, some optical parts were expected to become difficult to obtain. CCS has changed these parts with those of comparable performance.
LNDG
Angled
Effect on functions and performance: The functions and performance of the Light Units have not been affected.
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LNIS-FN
LED Properties Telecentric Lens

Macro Lens
100
IR 940 nm CCS offers you the most suitable
Relative radiant
80
intensity (%)
IR 850 nm
Spectral 40 IR 860 nm IR 950 nm
distribution 20
0
700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1050 1100
refer to P.355.
Wavelength (nm)
IR2
Infrared Lights
Series
You can also use
or cell phone.
For quick access.
Dimensions (mm)
LDR2-50IR2-850/940 LDR2-70IR2-850/940
300
0
30
45°
45°
LDR2 8
Ø2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA 5
Ø3
LDR-LA1
Ø50
Ø70
SQR
Ø4
SQR-TP 0 Ø50
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
16
LFR 4 x M3 x 4
LKR (For installation)
4 x M3 x 5 22
FPR (For installation)
FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB 300
LDR2-90IR2-850/940 LDR2-74IR2-850-LA / 940-LA 300
HLDL2
45°
TH2 (5 types)
LFL 4 x M3 x 4 45°
0
HPD2 (For installation) Ø5 8
LDM2 Ø4
Diffused Lighting
LAV
Ø90
PDM
Ø74
LFXV Ø70
Ø60
LFX3
LFX3-PT
LFV3 20
LFV3-G 4 x M3 x 5 19
(For installation)
MSU
MFU
300
PF LDR2-132IR2-850-LA / 940-LA LDL-42X15IR2-850/940
45° (1) 15.2 (Emitting surface)

HLDR-IP/
HSL-PCL 52
UV2 5 42 (Emitting surface)
UV Ø11
6
17.2
LNSP-UV-FN
IR2 8.6 2 x M2 x 5
Ø132
Same as Surface A (For installation)

6
Ø9
20
4.2 9
IU
HLV3
HLV2 300 Surface A
LV
LSP 4 x M3 x 5 22 LDL-82X15IR2-850/940
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR (For installation)

(1) 15.2 (Emitting surface)
HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
92
HLV2-NR LDL-74X27IR2-850/940 18 50
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
14.4
PFBR-600
17.2
PFBR-150 2 x M3 x 4
PFB3 (For installation)
0.8 27.2 (Emitting surface)
LNLP 8.6 2xM2x5

18
Same as Surface A (For installation)

LNSP2
LNSP 86
20
300
Coaxial Units
4.2
LNSP-FN
28.8
LN/LN-HK
LDL-180X15IR2-850/940 300 Surface A
LNSD
LND2
HLND
LDL-130X15IR2-850/940
LT
LNV 190
LNDG 5.2 179.6 (Emitting surface)
Angled
140
Lighting
LNIS2 5.2 129.6 (Emitting surface)

17.2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LNIS-FN
17.2
2xM2x4
Telecentric Lens (For installation) 2xM2x4
2xM2x5 2 x M2 x 5
(For installation)
Macro Lens (For installation) (For installation)
(21.7)
(21.7)
9
8.6 8.6
9
4.2
4.2
8.6 8.6
4.2
4.2
300
300

Infrared Lights
P.307 P.309 P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
LDQ-78IR2-850/940 LDQ-150IR2-850/940
148
78 3.2
19 110
18 42
4 x M3 21 36 4xM4 (For installation)
(For installation)
39
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
100
SQR
300
SQR-TP
148
110
78
42
36
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
39
LFR
8.4 (Emitting surface) 100 LKR
21
18
FPR
17 FPQ3
300
LDL2
19
15.2(Emitting surface)
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
82 (Emitting surface) TH2 (5 types)
LFL
HPD2
LDL-60X60IR2-850/940 LDL-100X100IR2-850/940 LDM2
Diffused Lighting
72 LAV
6 60 (Emitting surface) 112 PDM
38 6 100 (Emitting surface) 38
300 LFXV
300
Diffusion plate LFX3
LFX3-PT
LFV3
LFV3-G
16 100(Emitting surface)

MSU

92
82
72
MFU
132
122
112
PF
10
5
5
4xØ5 HLDR-IP/
Diffusion plate 12 48 (For installation) HSL-PCL
10
UV2
16 80 4xØ5 5 5
(For installation) UV
LNSP-UV-FN
LFL-100IR2-850/940
IR2
132
4xØ3.5/Ø6 3 8 LFV3-CP18IR2-860/950
16.1 100 (Emitting surface) IU
24 18
18
HLV3
4xM3x6 HLV2
(For installation)
20.1 80(Emitting surface)
18
18
LV
41
29.5
29.5
LSP
11 10
120
Spot Lighting, Etc.

110
HFS/HFR
24 3 HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
30
0 HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
16 100
5
PFBR-600
300
PFBR-150
PFB3
LNLP
LFV3-35IR2-850(A)/940(A) LFV3-50IR2-850(A)/940(A) 300 LNSP2

LNSP
4.5
300
Coaxial Units
4.5
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
51
60
LNSD
46
37
LND2
16 32 HLND
10 26
LT
94 4 x M4 x 5
75 4xM3x5 LNV
32 (62) (For installation)
23 (52) (For installation) LNDG
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
57
39
1 11 32
1 11 32
1 7 20
1 7 20
LNIS-FN
4xM3x5
4xM4x5 Telecentric Lens
(For installation) Emitting surface 30 8
8 30 Macro Lens
(38x34) 10 40 (For installation) Emitting surface 40 10
(52 x 52)
40 57
3 34 4 x M2 x 5 3 49 M2x5
20
42
34
56
13
13
Intensity Control
Intensity Control Unit Refer to our website for product details.
Light Units with
Light Units with Intensity Control Unit CCS IU Search
You can also use
your smartphone
or cell phone.
For quick access.
IU Series
Light intensity and light ON/OFF control can be performed
without an external controller.
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
HPR2-IU Series
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
HPD2
LDM2 An M12 input connector, to which you can
Diffused Lighting
LAV
The light intensity can be set to connect Smart Cameras and other
PDM
LFXV
any of 126 levels by adjusting the devices to supply power.
LFX3 Intensity Control Unit.
LFX3-PT
LFV3 Note: These products are sold only outside Japan.
LFV3-G
MSU
Common Specifications Dimensions (mm)

MFU
PF
HLDR-IP/ Lighting method Continuous lighting

HSL-PCL
Ø8.0
UV2 Drive method Constant-voltage system
UV
19.5
LNSP-UV-FN Intensity control method PWM control
IR2 36.0
PWM frequency 125 kHz
70.0
IU Input voltage (rating) 24 VDC
HLV3
12.0
HLV2
Input voltage (range) 21.6 to 24 VDC
LV
Input connector M12 (4 pins, male)
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR
Cable length 670 mm (including the Intensity Control Unit)
HLV3-NR 3 Pin No. Signal
4
HLV3-3M-RGB-4 1 24 VDC*1
HLV2-NR 2 NC
1 2
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W 3 COMMON GND
PFBR-600
Notch 4 ON/OFF input (+24 V)*2
PFBR-150
PFB3
LNLP *1 Voltage rating: 24 VDC, Voltage range: 21.6 to 24 VDC
LNSP2 • The brightness of the Light Unit will be lower when the input voltage
LNSP is less than 24 VDC.
Coaxial Units • Use a stable power source with an output voltage that does not
LNSP-FN fluctuate.
LN/LN-HK *2 Voltage rating: 24 VDC, Voltage range: 20 to 26.4 VDC
LNSD
LND2
HLND
LT
LNV
LNDG Custom Orders Optional Accessories
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
Please contact your CCS sales representative. ■ Extension Cable
LNIS-FN
E.g.: Different color Customizable items
Telecentric Lens Model name: FRCB-n-M12-4M-4F (n=1, 2, 3)
Macro Lens
External/internal Wavelength/ This robot cable is used to extend the Light Unit cable length.
Wavelength/ diameter Color
Color Creating a blue LED Light Unit Cable length: 1, 2, 3 m
Increase
output
Cable length ■ Continuous Lighting Adapter
Model name: FRCB-0.5-M12-AL-4M4F
This Adapter is used to continuously turn ON the Light Unit. A robot
angle material cable is used.
(Pins 1 and 4 are internally connected.)
Connector Installation/ Cable length: 0.5 m
format mounting
Etc.

Intensity Control Unit

P.355 P.367 P.373 P.391
Light Units with

Lineup
Ring Lights Bar Lights Back Lights (Continued)

Model name Power consumption (typ.) Model name Power consumption (typ.) Model name Power consumption (typ.)
HPR2-50RD-IU 8.1 W LDL2-33X8RD2-IU 3.0 W LFL-612RD2-P-IU 1.0 W
HPR2-50SW-IU 9.6 W LDL2-33X8SW2-IU 2.5 W LFL-612SW2-P-IU 0.9 W LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
HPR2-75RD-IU 11 W LDL2-41X16RD2-IU 4.3 W LFL-1012RD2-IU 1.0 W LDR-LA1
SQR
HPR2-75SW-IU 11 W LDL2-41X16SW2-IU 4.3 W LFL-1012SW2-IU 1.3 W
HPR2
SQR-TP
HPR2-100RD-IU 11 W LDL2-41X16RD2-WD-IU 4.3 W LFL-1012RD2-P-IU 1.0 W HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
HPR2-100SW-IU 11 W LDL2-41X16SW2-WD-IU 4.3 W LFL-1012SW2-P-IU 1.3 W
LKR
HPR2-150RD-IU 11 W LDL2-80X16RD2-IU 8.1 W LFL-3212RD2-IU 2.0 W FPR
LFL
FPQ3
HPR2-150SW-IU 11 W LDL2-80X16SW2-IU 8.1 W LFL-3212SW2-IU 2.8 W LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
LDR2-32RD2-IU 2.0 W LDL2-80X16RD2-WD-IU 8.1 W LFL-4012RD2-IU 2.5 W
LDL2
HLDL2
LDR2-32SW2-IU 2.4 W LDL2-80X16SW2-WD-IU 8.1 W LFL-4012SW2-IU 3.2 W TH2 (5 types)
LFL
LDR2-42RD2-IU 2.5 W LDL2-119X16RD2-IU 11 W LFL-50RD2-IU 3.0 W
HPD2
LDR2-42SW2-IU 3.2 W LDL2-119X16SW2-IU 11 W LFL-50SW2-IU 3.6 W LDM2
Diffused Lighting
LAV
LDR2-50RD2-IU 3.6 W LDL2-119X16RD2-WD-IU 11 W LFL-100RD2-IU 5.6 W PDM
LDR2-50SW2-IU 4.3 W LFL-100SW2-IU 5.8 W LFXV

LDL2-119X16SW2-WD-IU 11 W
LFX3
LDR2
LDR2-70RD2-IU 6.6 W LDL2-74X30RD2-IU 11 W LFX3-PT
LDR2-70SW2-IU 8.1 W LDL2-74X30SW2-IU 11 W

Dome Lights LFV3
LFV3-G

LDR2-90RD2-IU 11 W LDL2-74X30RD2-WD-IU 11 W Model name Power consumption (typ.) MSU

LDR2-90SW2-IU 11 W MFU
LDL2-74X30SW2-WD-IU 11 W HPD2-75RD-IU 11 W
LDR2-50RD2-WD-IU 3.6 W HPD2-75SW-IU 11 W PF
LDR2-70RD2-WD-IU 6.6 W HPD2-100RD-IU 11 W HLDR-IP/

HPD2
HSL-PCL
LDR2-90RD2-WD-IU 11 W HPD2-100SW-IU 11 W
UV2
LFR-100RD2-IU 4.1 W HPD2-150RD-IU 11 W UV
LNSP-UV-FN
LFR-100SW2-IU 5.1 W
Square Lights HPD2-150SW-IU 11 W
LFR
IR2
LFR-130RD2-IU 5.1 W Model name Power consumption (typ.)
LFR-130SW2-IU 6.2 W FPQ3-32RD-IU 4.3 W

Flat Dome Lights IU
LKR-70RD2-IU 3.0 W FPQ3-32SW-IU 7.6 W Model name Power consumption (typ.) HLV3
FPQ3
LKR
HLV2
LKR-70SW2-IU 4.3 W FPQ3-48RD-IU 5.6 W LFX3-50RD-IU 11 W LV
FPQ3-48SW-IU 11 W LSP
LDR-75RD2-LA1-IU 3.0 W LFX3-50SW-IU 11 W
Spot Lighting, Etc.

HFS/HFR
LDR-75SW2-LA1-IU 4.3 W LFX3-75RD-IU 11 W HLV3-NR
LFX3
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
LDR-96RD2-LA1-IU 3.6 W LFX3-75SW-IU 11 W
HLV2-NR
LDR-96SW2-LA1-IU 4.3 W LFX3-100RD-IU 11 W HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
LDR-LA1
LDR-146RD2-LA1-IU 5.1 W LFX3-100SW-IU 11 W PFBR-150

PFB3
LDR-146SW2-LA1-IU 6.6 W
LNLP
LDR-176RD2-LA1-IU 6.6 W
Back Lights Coaxial Lights LNSP2
LNSP
LDR-176SW2-LA1-IU 8.1 W Model name Power consumption (typ.) Model name Power consumption (typ.)
Coaxial Units
LDR-206RD2-LA1-IU 7.6 W TH2-27X27RD-IU 2.8 W LFV3-34RD-IU 4.2 W LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
LDR-206SW2-LA1-IU 9.6 W TH2-27X27SW-IU 3.4 W LFV3-34SW-IU 3.7 W LNSD
LND2
LDR2-48RD2-LA-IU 2.5 W TH2-43X35RD-IU 5.4 W LFV3-35RD-IU 3.6 W
HLND
LDR2-48SW2-LA-IU 3.6 W TH2-43X35SW-IU 5.3 W LFV3-35SW-IU 4.2 W LT
LNV
LNDG
Angled
TH2
Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR2-74SW2-LA-IU 6.2 W TH2-51X51SW-IU 8.7 W LFV3-40SW-IU 5.1 W LNIS2

Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LNIS-FN
LFV3
LDR2-100SW2-LA-IU 11 W TH2-63X60SW-IU 10.2 W LFV3-50SW-IU 11 W Telecentric Lens

Macro Lens
LDR2-132RD2-LA-IU 11 W TH2-83X75RD-IU 11 W LFV3-70RD-IU 11 W
LDR2-132SW2-LA-IU 11 W TH2-83X75SW-IU 11 W LFV3-70SW-IU 11 W
LFV3-CP-13RD-IU 2.5 W
LFV3-CP-13SW-IU 2.8 W
LFV3-CP-18RD-IU 3.8 W
LFV3-CP-18SW-IU 4.6 W
Note: For information on the LED color, wavelength, and other specifications, refer to those of the Light Unit that does not have “-IU” at the end of the model name.
Spot Lighting
Spot Lights
You can also use
CCS HLV3 Search
Spot Lights
your smartphone
or cell phone.
For quick access.
HLV3 Series
Provides high output and uniform spot lighting using an
original optical design
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP HLV3-14RD HLV3-14SW HLV3-14BL HLV3-14GR
HPR2 HLV3-22RD HLV3-22SW HLV3-22BL HLV3-22GR
Diffused Lighting
HLV3-14RD-HU HLV3-14SW-HU HLV3-14BL-HU HLV3-14GR-HU

LFR -2-1220 -2-1220 -2-1220 -2-1220
LKR
FPR
FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
HPD2
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
LAV HLV3-22RD-1 HLV3-22SW-1 HLV3-22BL-1 HLV3-22GR-1 HLV3-22RD-4M HLV3-22SW-4M HLV3-22BL-4M HLV3-22GR-4M HLV3-22IR860
PDM HLV3-22RD-2 HLV3-22SW-2 HLV3-22BL-2 HLV3-22GR-2 HLV3-22RD-4S HLV3-22SW-4S HLV3-22BL-4S HLV3-22GR-4S
LFXV
LFX3 As a light source for a telecentric lens, light source for alignment of LCDs or circuit boards, light source for dimension measuring,
light source for spot illumination, etc.
LFV3
LFV3-G
MSU
High Output Up to Double That of Conventional Products

MFU
PF
Lineup with Selection to Match Your Needs
HLDR-IP/ HLV3-14(-HU), with a lightweight and compact design HLV3-22-4S, a high output model
HSL-PCL
Both standard and high-uniformity types are available Optimized for CCS’s high-magnification telecentric lenses
UV2
UV Emitting surface of HLV3-14RD Emitting surface of HLV3-14RD-HU Imaging with a 6.0x lens
Red light Red light
LNSP-UV-FN Spot Light (white)
HLV3-22SW-4S
IR2
+
Telecentric Lens
IU 6x, WD: 65 mm
WD 64 mm
SE-65VT60-M
HLV3
HLV2
LV Comparison using our measurement conditions and the results for
individual products may vary.
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR
HLV3-22-4M, a high uniformity model
HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4 HLV3-22-1/-2, HLV3-22-2-1220, Optimized for CCS’s low-magnification telecentric lenses
HLV2-NR a standard model with a Ø12-mm light emitting tip
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
Housing has been redesigned Supports lenses with a 12-
and optimized from that of mm diameter socket Imaging with a 0.3x lens
PFBR-150 conventional products for mounting Spot Light Spot Light (white)
PFB3 Horizontal space saved by using an Substitution from straight light guide HLV3-22SW-4M
LNLP L-shaped housing. also offers peace of mind. +
LNSP2 Telecentric Lens

WD 110.3 mm
LNSP 19 mm shorter than 0.3x, WD: 110 mm

27.1 mm
conventional products
SE-110VT03-5M
φ12 mm
Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
Each color represents the brightness in steps of 10% the maximum value.
LND2 Mounting holes on rear of Spot Light enable flexible installation. (See the dimension diagrams.) The results for individual products may vary.
HLND
LT
LNV
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS Please contact your CCS sales representative. Spot Light with HLV3 series
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens E.g.: Further reduced individual differences Customizable items high output and Camera
and higher brightness in light output
Macro Lens
External/internal Wavelength/ uniformity. HLV3-14(-HU)
diameter color
Lens
Increase
output Increase Cable length Recommended
output HLV3-22-1/2/4M/4S Cotrol Unit
Reduce
individual Illuminating Format/
differences angle material Workpiece
HLV3-22-2-1220
format mounting
Etc.

Control Unit List of Control Unit Telecentric Lens Examples of Custom Examples of
Regulations, Etc.
Selection Guide Specifications Product Page Ordered Products Application
P.307 P.309 P.269 P.367 P.373 P.391
Spot Lights
Lineup That Caters to Your Specific Needs
Compared to the brightness of conventional lighting*1 Compared to the brightness of HLV3 series units*2 Compact Reduced individual Telecentric lens
Model Uniformity brightness recommended
RD (red) SW (white) BL (blue) GR (green) RD (red) SW (white) BL (blue) GR (green) design differences magnification
HLV3-14 1.7 x 1.1 x 3.0 x 1.3 x - - - - - high-magnification
HLV3-14-HU 0.9 1.1 1.0 1.7 - - - - - high-magnification LDR2
Direct Lighting
x x x x
LDR2-LA
HLV3-22-1 1.2 x 1.4 x 1.5 x 1.2 x 1.0 x 1.0 x 1.0 x 1.0 x high-magnification
LDR-LA1
SQR
1.1 1.5 1.5 1.2 1.8 1.7 1.6 1.5

SQR-TP
HLV3-22-2 x x x x x x x x high-magnification HPR2
Diffused Lighting
1.1 1.5 1.5 1.2 1.8 1.7 1.6 1.5 -
LFR
HLV3-22-2-1220 x x x x x x x x LKR
FPR
HLV3-22-4M 1.0 x 1.3 x 1.2 x 1.0 x 1.6 x 1.4 x 1.3 x 1.3 x low-magnification FPQ3
LDL2
1.6 1.9 2.0 1.6 2.5 2.2 2.1 2.0
Lighting
Direct
HLV3-22-4S x x x x x x x x high-magnification LDLB
HLDL2
HLV3-22IR860 - - - - - - - - - - - TH2 (5 types)

LFL
HPD2
*1 When comparing conventional lighting brightness, the comparison for HLV3-14 is with HLV2-14 of the same color, HLV3-14-HU is with HLV2-14HU of the same color, HLV3-22-1 is with HLV2-22 of the
same color, and HLV3-22-2/-2-1220/-4M/-4S are with HLV2-22-3W of the same color. LDM2
Diffused Lighting
*2 When comparing the brightness of the HLV3 series, the comparison uses HLV3-22-1 standard values for each emission color. HLV3-14, HLV3-14-HU and HLV3-22IR860 have individual differences and LAV
are thus not used for the comparison.
PDM
Note: Comparison using our measurement conditions. The data included is for reference only and the results may vary.
LFXV
LFX3
LFX3-PT
Reduced Individual Differences (Excluding HLV3-14, HLV3-14-HU, and HLV3-22IR860) LFV3
LFV3-G

The newly designed HLV3-series Spot Light allows for brightness adjustment to the standard value. MSU

MFU
In the production process, the brightness of each HLV3-series Spot Light is measured and adjusted to the standard value
PF
established for each model. This allows us to produce high-quality Spot Lights with minimal variations in brightness between
units of the same model. HLDR-IP/
HSL-PCL
The HLV3 series helps reduce labor time to install, maintain, and adjust brightness of Spot Lights and helps reduce time UV2
required on site. UV
LNSP-UV-FN
Optimized for the Optical System of CCS High-Resolution Telecentric Lenses

IR2
IU
Optimum Spot Lights for lens magnifications. HLV3
High uniformity types are available for low magnification lenses and high output types are available for high magnification lenses. HLV2
LV
Spot Lights use an original lens to maintain high quality with minimal deviation in the optical axis. LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

Use Spot Lights with our original telecentric lenses (coaxial type) to create a stable imaging environment. HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
List of the recommended combination of telecentric lens and HLV3 series HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
Magnification
■ テレセントリックレンズ推奨倍率一覧 PFBR-600
0.3 0.5 0.8 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.0 4.0 6.0 PFBR-150
WD WD
PFB3
Telecentric lens
SE-65 SE-65 SE-65 SE-65 SE-65 SE-65 LNLP

65 mm VT05-M VT08-M VT10-M VT20-M VT40-M VT60-M LNSP2

LNSP
SE-110 SE-110 SE-110 SE-110 SE-110 SE-110 SE-110 SE-110 Coaxial Units
110 mm VT03-5M VT05-M VT08-M VT10-M VT15-M VT20-M VT30-M VT40-M LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
LNSD
HLV3 series HLV3-22-4M HLV3-22-1, HLV3-22-2, HLV3-22-4S, HLV3-14, and HLV3-14-HU
LND2
Comparison using our measurement conditions. The data included is for reference only and the results may vary.
HLND
Recommendation based on the test results using our measurement conditions.
LT
LNV
The HLV3 series is up to 2.4x as bright, enabling use as high speed lighting! LNDG
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
Combining a power adapter and strobe overdrive power supply realizes an ideal photographic environment.
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
● Spot Lighting ● Straight Cable Power Adapter Strobe Overdrive Power Supply
Macro Lens
HLV3-22-4M/4S series emission colors FCB-1/-2/-3/-5 RB-16.4-48-HK POD-5024-2-PEI / POD-22024-4-PEI
(red/white/blue/green),
HLV3-22IR860 (infrared) ● Robot Cable Special orders (2 channel model) (4 channel model)
FRCB-1/-2/-3/-5
+ + +
*Branch cables cannot be used. *This adapter is to enable light emission with
the HLV3 series in strobe overdrive mode. P.325
HLV3 Series CCS HLV3 Search
You can also use
Spot Lights
your smartphone
or cell phone.
For quick access.
Lineup
Peak wavelength/
Input current Power Extension Recommended Weight
Model name LED color correlated color
(max.) consumption Options
temperature (typ.) (max.) cables Control Units (max.)
HLV3-14RD Red 635 nm 0.7 W
HLV3-14SW White 5,000 K 0.9 W
LDR2 HLV3-14BL Blue 465 nm 0.9 W
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
HLV3-14GR Green 525 nm 1.1 W
LDR-LA1 275 mA - 18 g
SQR HLV3-14RD-HU Red 635 nm 0.7 W
SQR-TP
HLV3-14SW-HU White 4,900 K 0.9 W
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR HLV3-14BL-HU Blue 465 nm 0.9 W

LKR HLV3-14GR-HU Green 525 nm 1.1 W
FPR
HLV3-22RD-1 Red 630 nm 1.1 W FCB*2 PD3*1
FPQ3
Straight
LDL2 HLV3-22SW-1 White 5,600 K 1.4 W Cable CC-PJ-0707
Lighting
Direct
LDLB 385 mA
HLV3-22BL-1 Blue 465 nm 1.5 W FRCB PJ
HLDL2 Robot
TH2 (5 types) HLV3-22GR-1 Green 520 nm 1.5 W Cable PJ2
LFL
Condenser lens 46 g
HLV3-22RD-2 Red 630 nm 2.1 W
HPD2
LDM2 HLV3-22SW-2 White 5,600 K 2.5 W
Diffused Lighting
LAV 700 mA
HLV3-22BL-2 Blue 465 nm 2.7 W
PDM
LFXV HLV3-22GR-2 Green 520 nm 2.8 W
LFX3
HLV3-22RD-2-1220 Red 630 nm 2.1 W
LFX3-PT
LFV3 HLV3-22SW-2-1220 White 5,600 K 2.5 W
700 mA - 47 g
LFV3-G HLV3-22BL-2-1220 Blue 465 nm 2.7 W
MSU
HLV3-22GR-2-1220 Green 520 nm 2.8 W

MFU
HLV3-22RD-4M *3 Red 630 nm 3.2 W
PF FCB*2
HLV3-22SW-4M *3 White 5,600 K 3.7 W Straight
Cable
HLDR-IP/ HLV3-22BL-4M *3 Blue 465 nm 4.0 W
HSL-PCL FRCB
UV2
HLV3-22GR-4M *3 Green 520 nm 4.1 W Robot
Cable
UV HLV3-22RD-4S *3 Red 630 nm 1000 mA 3.2 W Condenser lens PJ2 53 g
FCB-HLV3-10
LNSP-UV-FN
HLV3-22SW-4S *3 White 5,600 K 3.7 W Straight
Cable
IR2
HLV3-22BL-4S *3 Blue 465 nm 4.0 W
FRCB-HLV3-10
IU HLV3-22GR-4S *3 Green 520 nm 4.1 W Robot
Cable
HLV3
HLV3-22IR860 *3 Infrared 860 nm 4.1 W
HLV2
LV
*1 The PD3-3024-3 and PD3-5024-3 series are not applicable to these products.
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.
*2 The cables with a model name that ends with "-ME7", "-EL2", "-PF", or "-PF-EL9" are not included.
HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR LED Properties
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600 100
HLV3-14/-HU HLV3-22-1/-2/-2-1220/-4M/-4S, HLV3-22-IR860
100
PFBR-150 525 nm 465
80 465
Relative radiant
80
Relative radiant
nm nm
intensity (%)
635 nm
intensity (%)
PFB3 520 nm 630 nm 860 nm

60 60
LNLP Spectral
40 40
4900 K 5000 K
LNSP2 distribution 20 20 5600 K
LNSP 0 0
400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950
Coaxial Units Wavelength (nm) Wavelength (nm)
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK Be sure to read the “Instruction Guide” included with the product before use and follow the safety precautions upon use.
LNSD The data included is for reference only. Actual values may vary. See P.355 for details about lens filters.
LND2
HLND
Optional Cables (Sold Separately)

LT
LNV
LNDG
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2 Straight cables Robot cables

Lenses Oblique
LNIS • The total length of the FCB-1/-2/-3/-5 and FRCB-1/-2/-3/-5

LNIS-FN
FCB-1/-2/-3/-5 FRCB-1/-2/-3/-5
Extension cables Notes Extension Cables must be no longer than 5 m.
(1 m / 2 m / 3 m / 5 m) (1 m / 2 m / 3 m / 5 m)
Telecentric Lens • Branch cables are not available for the HLV3 Spot Lights.
Macro Lens FCB-HLV3-10 (10 m) * FRCB-HLV3-10 (10 m)*
* These 10-m extension cables connect the HLV3-series Spot Light and the PJ2-series Control Unit.
FCB-HLV3-10 10,000 FRCB-HLV3-10 10,000

Straight Cable Robot Cable
(80) (80)
(Ø7.8)
(80) (80)
(Ø8.1)
(Unit: mm) (Unit: mm)

(Ø4.3)
(Ø4.3)
(Ø4.3)
(Ø4.3)
(60) (60) (60) (60)
Weight: 1,200 g max., Cable permitted bending radius: 65 mm Weight: 1,200 g max., Cable permitted bending radius: 35 mm

Regulations, Etc.
P.307 P.309 P.269 P.367 P.373 P.391
Spot Lights
Dimensions (mm)
HLV3-14RD/SW/BL/GR
HLV3-14RD-HU / SW-HU / BL-HU / GR-HU
LDR2
Direct Lighting
+35
LDR2-LA
0
300
LDR-LA1
(4.4) Ø7 SQR
(Emitting surface)
SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
20
LKR
7
FPR
Ø14 -0.1
8 12 7
0
Ø8 -0.2
-0.1 FPQ3
28 14 LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
HLV3-22RD-1 / SW-1 / BL-1 / GR-1 TH2 (5 types)
HLV3-22RD-2 / SW-2 / BL-2 / GR-2 LFL
HPD2
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
LAV
PDM
+35
LFXV
0
LFX3
300
(6) (8) LFX3-PT
LFV3
Ø6
(Emitting surface) LFV3-G

MSU

2xM3x4 For fixing options
(For installation) MFU
49
PF
Ø21.9
14
11
11
HLDR-IP/
HSL-PCL
-0.1
-0.02
-0.10
11 7.6 8 12 11
0
UV2
Ø14
Ø8
42.6 22 UV
LNSP-UV-FN
IR2
HLV3-22RD-2-1220 / SW-2-1220 / BL-2-1220 / GR-2-1220
IU
HLV3
HLV2
LV
+35
0
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

300
HFS/HFR
(6) (8)
HLV3-NR
Ø6 HLV3-3M-RGB-4
(Emitting surface) HLV2-NR
2xM3x4 HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
(For installation) PFBR-600
49
PFBR-150
Ø21.9
PFB3
14
11
11
LNLP
LNSP2
-0.02
-0.10
11 7.6 20
11 LNSP
Ø12
42.6 22 Coaxial Units

LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
HLV3-22RD-4M / SW-4M / BL-4M / GR-4M LNSD
HLV3-22RD-4S / SW-4S / BL-4S / GR-4S LND2
HLND
HLV3-22IR860
LT
LNV
LNDG
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
+35
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
0
300
LNIS-FN
(6) (8)
Telecentric Lens
Ø6 Macro Lens
(Emitting surface)
2xM3x5 For fixing options
(For installation)
49
Ø21.9
14
11
11
-0.1
11 11
-0.02
7.6 8 12
-0.10
0
Ø14
Ø8
46.6 22
You can also use
Spot Lights
your smartphone
or cell phone.
For quick access.
Introduction to Condenser Lenses

Select lenses according to illuminating distance, illuminating range, and uniform region to achieve optimum illumination,
even in imaging environments in which the workpiece is far away.
Recommended models for installation HLV3-22-1, HLV3-22-2, HLV3-22-4M, HLV3-22-4S, and HLV3-22-IR860
LDR2 HL2-50-P HL2-M50-C

Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
HL2-25-P
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR Condenser lens for spot illumination with high parallelism. Condenser lens with adjustable illuminating
FPQ3 distance and range by variable barrel length.
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2 HL2-25-P
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
HPD2
HL2-50-P
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
LAV
PDM
LFXV HL2-M50-C
50 to 100% illuminance range
LFX3 5 to 100% illuminance range
LFX3-PT
LFV3 0 50 100 200 300 500 1000 1500 (mm)
LFV3-G
Measured when HLV3-22SW-4S (white) is mounted on the lens. Comparison using our measurement conditions.
MSU The data included is for reference only and the results for individual products may vary.
MFU
PF
Illuminance Distributions (LWD Characteristics)
HLDR-IP/
HSL-PCL
UV2 HL2-25-P + HLV3-22SW-4S (Unit of length used for the diameter of illuminated range: mm)
UV
LWD 50 mm 100 mm 200 mm 300 mm 500 mm 1,000 mm 1,500 mm
LNSP-UV-FN
50 to 100% illuminance Ø18 Ø15 Ø19 Ø28 Ø45 Ø89 Ø128
IR2
IU
HL2-50-P + HLV3-22SW-4S (Unit of length used for the diameter of illuminated range: mm)
HLV3
LWD 50 mm 100 mm 200 mm 300 mm 500 mm 1,000 mm 1,500 mm
HLV2
LV 50 to 100% illuminance Ø41 Ø40 Ø38 Ø35 Ø28 Ø44 Ø67
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4 HL2-M50-C + HLV3-22SW-4S (Unit of length used for the diameter of illuminated range: mm)
HLV2-NR LWD 50 mm 100 mm 200 mm 300 mm 500 mm 1,000 mm 1,500 mm

HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
50 to 100% illuminance Ø5 Ø10 Ø19 Ø27 Ø46 - -
PFBR-600
PFBR-150 5 to 100% illuminance Ø18 Ø24 Ø38 Ø49 Ø75 - -
PFB3
LNLP Measured values, where the maximum illuminance within the range is expressed as 100%, using our measurement conditions. Results for individual products may vary.
LNSP2
LNSP LWD 50 mm 100 mm 200 mm 300 mm 500 mm 1,000 mm 1,500 mm (%)
Coaxial Units
10 mm 10 mm 10 mm 100
LNSP-FN HL2-25-P 10 mm 10 mm 10 mm 10 mm
-
LN/LN-HK 90
LNSD 90
-
LND2
80
HLND
80
LT
-
LNV 70
LNDG
Angled
HL2-50-P 10 mm 10 mm 10 mm 10 mm 10 mm 10 mm 10 mm 70
Lighting
LNIS2
-
60
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LNIS-FN 60
-
Telecentric Lens
50
Macro Lens
50
-
40
10 mm 40
HL2-M50-C 10 mm 10 mm 10 mm
-
10 mm 30
30
-
20
(The length of the lens barrel varied, 20
depending on the distance,
-
to concentrate the light.) 10
Measured values are in steps of 10%, where the maximum illuminance within the range is expressed as 100%, using our measurement conditions.
Measured when HLV3-22SW-4S (white) is mounted on the lens. Results for individual products may vary.

Regulations, Etc.
P.307 P.309 P.269 P.367 P.373 P.391
Spot Lights
Data: Irradiance Comparison Graph
Irradiance graph (LWD characteristics)

350000
HL2-25-P
300000
Irradiance (μW/cm²)
250000
LDR2
Direct Lighting
200000
HL2-50-P LDR2-LA
150000 LDR-LA1
SQR
100000 SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
50000 HL2-M50-C
LFR
0 LKR
100 300 500 700 900 1100 1300 1500 FPR
FPQ3
Illuminating distance (mm)
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
Measurement when HLV3-22SW-4S (white) is mounted on the lens. Measured values using our measurement conditions. Results for individual products may vary. LDLB
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
HPD2
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
LAV
Condenser Lens Dimensions (mm) PDM
LFXV
LFX3
LFX3-PT
HL2-25-P 2xM3 HL2-50-P 2xM3 LFV3
(For mounting Spot Lights) (For mounting Spot Lights)
LFV3-G
Same as Surface A Ø48
Same as Surface A

Ø24 MSU

90
Condensing lens
Condensing lens
°
90
MFU
°
Ø32
Ø57
Ø18
Ø24
31
53
PF
Ø14 +0.2 3
0
14 20 Surface A Ø14 +0.2
0 3 HLDR-IP/
M30.5xP0.5 Surface A HSL-PCL
(2.5) 25 40
(For fixing options) (5.4) M55xP0.75
75.3 UV2
125.9 (For fixing options)
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
IR2
Weight: 85 g Weight: 400 g

IU
5 10 2xM3x6 Accessories Accessories
(For installation) Set screws (M3x3, black): 3 pcs 10 20 2xM3x6 Set screws (M3x6, black): 3 pcs HLV3
Hex wrench: 1 pc (For installation) Hex wrench: 1 pc
HLV2
LV
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

HFS/HFR
HL2-M50-C M3 Polarizing filter (sold separately) HLV3-NR
Same as Surface A (For mounting Spot Lights) Many sizes available for condenser lens. HLV3-3M-RGB-4
Ø48
Use in combination with another one installed on the camera lens. HLV2-NR
Condensing lens
For HL2-25-P HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
Ø57
Model: PL-30/PL-30-NL (including a screw to lock the polarizing direction) PFBR-600

50
For HL2-50-P/HL2-M50-C PFBR-150
Ø14 +0.2
Model: PL2-55-NL (including a screw to lock the polarizing direction) PFB3
0
Position adjusting screw (3.5) LNLP

Surface A M55xP0.75 Light aperture adapter (sold separately)

LNSP2
6 (83.5 to 108.8) (For fixing options) Attach the light aperture adapter to the HLV3-series Spot Light to change the
LNSP
3 directivity of emitted light.
Coaxial Units
When used with a condenser lens, the light aperture adapter enables fine LNSP-FN
adjustment of light to the illuminating distance and range. LN/LN-HK
18
12 LNSD
5
.
13
Weight: 350 g LND2

Ø
For SB-HL2-05: Ø0.5 mm

Ø8 +0.1
0
HLND
2xM3x6 Accessories For SB-HL2-1: Ø1 mm
Set screws (M3x6, black): 2 pcs LT
(For installation) Hex wrench: 1 pc 2xM2 For SB-HL2-2: Ø2 mm
7 LNV
(For mounting (Aperture diameter)
LNDG
Angled
13 Spot Lights)
Lighting
LNIS2
Accessories
Lenses Oblique
Recommended models for installation Set screws (M2x2, black): 3 pcs LNIS
Hex wrench: 1 pc
LNIS-FN
HLV3-22-1/-2 HLV3-22-4M/-4S
HLV3-22-IR860 Telecentric Lens
Put the Light Aperture Adapter and Condenser Lens all the way onto the tip of the Spot Light. Macro Lens
Light Aperture Adapter Condenser Lens
HLV3-series Spot Light
Spot Lighting
Spot Lights
You can also use
CCS HLV2 Search
Spot Lights
your smartphone
or cell phone.
For quick access.
HLV2 Series
Provides high output spot lighting using an original
optical design Discontinued in the Near Future
We recommend using the HLV3 series,
a successor with improved performance.
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
HLV2-22-1220-3W
FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLV2-22
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
HPD2
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
LAV
HLV2-14 / HLV2-14-HU HLV2-22-3W
PDM
LFXV
LFX3 As a light source for a telecentric lens, light source for alignment of LCDs or circuit boards, light source for dimension measuring,
light source for spot illumination, etc.
LFV3
LFV3-G
MSU
Lineup with Selection to Match Your Needs Spot Lights That Achieve High Output
MFU
PF
HLDR-IP/ The HLV2 series provides a selection to match your usage The lightweight and compact Spot Light achieved high
HSL-PCL
environment and application. The LED color has a lineup of output through its unique optical design.
UV2
red, white, blue, and green.
UV
LNSP-UV-FN HLV2-14 series, with a lightweight and compact design HLV2-22-3W series, a high output model
IR2
Compact model Example connection with the lens Standard model High output model
IU
The HLV2-14 series is HLV2-22 series The HLV2-22-3W series
HLV3 perfect for saving space, with is a Spot Light with the
HLV2 its lightweight and compact highest output of all
LV
design. series.
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR Weighs just
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR 18g HLV2-22SW HLV2-22SW-3W
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
PFB3
LNLP
LNSP2
LNSP Intensity setting: 35% Intensity setting: 35%
Coaxial Units
0 35% 100% 0 35% 100%
LNSP-FN Shutter speed: 1/20,000 sec Shutter speed: 1/20,000 sec
LN/LN-HK
Brightness varies based on the camera's spectral sensitivity.
LNSD
The data included is for reference only and does not guarantee the quality of this product.
LND2
HLND
LT
LNV
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
Please contact your CCS sales representative. Revised the HLV2 series
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens E.g.: Changed the LED emitted Customizable items optical system
wavelength to infrared Camera
Macro Lens
to increase the
Created an diameter color emitting efficiency HLV2-14
Wavelength Infrared Light for this high Lens
Recommended
Increase
output
Cable length output Spot Light. HLV2-22 Control Unit
angle material HLV2-22-3W
Workpiece
Connector Installation/ HLV2-22-1220-3W
format mounting
Etc.

Regulations, Etc.
P.307 P.309 P.269 P.367 P.373 P.391
Spot Lights
Lineup Offering a Selection to Match Your Needs
HLV2 series evaluation chart HLV2 series evaluation graph

Flexibility Brightness
Lightweight Compact for Energy
Brightness Uniformity
design design installation savings
LDR2
Very Very Very
Direct Lighting
Good Good Good LDR2-LA
[Standard type] Good Good Good
LDR-LA1
[Standard
Very Very Very Very Lightweight SQR
OK Good type]
[Uniform type] Good Good Good Good design SQR-TP
Flexibility for
Compact installation HPR2
Diffused Lighting
Good Good Good Good Good Good design
(Comparison criterion) LFR
Energy savings
LKR
Very Good OK OK Very Good FPR
Good Good
[Uniform FPQ3
type]
Very Good OK OK Very Good
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
Good Good Uniformity LDLB
Comparison using CCS products HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
HPD2
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
Imaging Example: Imaging of 2-dimensional Codes LAV
PDM
LFXV
LFX3
LFX3-PT
Description Code reading LFV3
LFV3-G
Workpiece 2-dimensional codes

MSU

New lighting HLV2-22RD-3W MFU
PF
HLDR-IP/
HSL-PCL
UV2
UV
HLV2-22RD-3W
LNSP-UV-FN
IR2
IU
HLV3
HLV2
LV
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR
2-dimensional code HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
PFB3
Imaging Example: Imaging of Alignment Marks LNLP
LNSP2
LNSP
Coaxial Units
Description Positioning LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
Workpiece Alignment marks LNSD
LND2
Light Unit in use HLV2-22SW-3W
HLND
LT
LNV
LNDG
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LNIS-FN
HLV2-22SW-3W
Telecentric Lens
Macro Lens
Alignment mark
You can also use
Spot Lights
your smartphone
or cell phone.
For quick access.
Comparison of Data for HLV2-14 Series

Brightness comparison between HLV2-14 and HLV2-14-HU Emitting surface of Emitting surface of
HLV2-14 HLV2-14-HU
For red For red
HLV2-14RD HLV2-14RD-HU
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR Intensity setting: 20% Intensity setting: 100%

LKR
FPR 0 20% 50% 100% 0 50% 100%
FPQ3
HLV2-14-HU is a Spot Light with
Shutter speed: 1/2,000 sec Shutter speed: 1/2,000 sec a highly uniform emitting surface.
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB Comparison using CCS products

HLDL2 This data is for reference only. Actual values may vary.
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
HPD2
LDM2 Lineup
Diffused Lighting
LAV
PDM
Power Peak wavelength/ Extension Recommended
LFXV
LFX3 consumption temperature cables Control Units
LFX3-PT
HLV2-14RD Red 645 nm
LFV3
LFV3-G HLV2-14SW White 5,300 K
0.9 W 18 g
MSU
MFU
HLV2-14BL Blue 465 nm
PF
HLV2-14GR Green 520 nm
-
HLV2-14RD-HU Red 645 nm
HLDR-IP/
HSL-PCL
HLV2-14SW-HU White 4,700 K
UV2 0.9 W 18 g
UV HLV2-14BL-HU Blue 465 nm
LNSP-UV-FN
HLV2-14GR-HU Green 520 nm
IR2
FCB*2
HLV2-22RD Red 645 nm Straight
Cable
IU
HLV2-22SW White 5,300 K PD3*1 CC-PJ-0707
HLV3 1.4 W FRCB 37 g
Robot
HLV2
HLV2-22BL Blue 465 nm Cable PJ PJ2
LV
HLV2-22GR Green 520 nm
LSP Convergent lens
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR HLV2-22RD-3W Red 645 nm

HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4 HLV2-22SW-3W White 5,300 K
HLV2-NR
2.8 W 41g
HLV2-22BL-3W Blue 465 nm
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600 HLV2-22GR-3W Green 520 nm
PFBR-150
PFB3 HLV2-22RD-1220-3W Red 645 nm
LNLP
LNSP2
HLV2-22SW-1220-3W White 5,300 K
2.8 W - 42 g
LNSP
HLV2-22BL-1220-3W Blue 465 nm
Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN HLV2-22GR-1220-3W Green 520 nm
LN/LN-HK
LNSD Extension Cables P.365 Control Unit Selection Guide P.307 List of Control Unit Specifications P.309
LND2
*1 The PD3-3024-3 and PD3-5024-3 series are not applicable to these products.
HLND *2 The cables with a model name that ends with "-ME7", "-EL2", "-PF", or "-PF-EL9" are not included.
LT
LNV • The length of the extension cable must be 5 m or less. If you want to use longer than 5 m, please contact your CCS sales representative.
LNDG Caution
Angled
• Branch cables cannot be used. Use the FCB series (straight cable) or the FRCB series (robot cable).
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Macro Lens
LED Properties
100
Blue 465 nm Green 520 nm CCS offers you the most suitable
Relative radiant
80
intensity (%)
Red 645 nm
60
lens filter for each wavelength.
Spectral 40 White 4,700 K
distribution 20
White 5,300 K
0
350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
refer to P.355.
Wavelength (nm)

Regulations, Etc.
P.307 P.309 P.269 P.367 P.373 P.391
Spot Lights
Dimensions (mm)
HLV2-14RD / SW / BL / GR / RD-HU / SW-HU / BL-HU / GR-HU HLV2-22RD/SW/BL/GR
28
) Ø 50
ce 7
a 20 (E
urf m
gs itt
20 ittin 12
in
g
(Em su
rfa
12 8 LDR2
Ø7
Direct Lighting
-0.1
-0.2
ce
Ø14 -0.1
) LDR2-LA
0
-0.1
-0.2
Ø8
30
Ø14 -0.1
14
LDR-LA1
0
0
7
Ø22
Ø8
SQR
13 SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
300
LKR
(8.5) FPR
FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
HLV2-22RD-3W / SW-3W / BL-3W / GR-3W LDLB
HLDL2
Ø TH2 (5 types)
7 62
(E
m LFL
itt
in HPD2
g 12 8 2-M3x0.5 tap depth 3
su 14
rfa LDM2
Diffused Lighting
ce For installation
) LAV
-0.1
-0.2
-0.1
0
PDM
Ø14
Ø22
Ø8
LFXV
LFX3
LFX3-PT
LFV3
300
LFV3-G
(20.5)

MSU

MFU
PF
HLV2-22RD-1220-3W / SW-1220-3W / BL-1220-3W / GR-1220-3W
HLDR-IP/
HSL-PCL
Ø
7 62 UV2
(E
m UV
itt
in
g 20 LNSP-UV-FN
su 2-M3x0.5 tap depth 3 14
rfa
ce For installation IR2
)
-0.05
-0.10
Ø12
Ø22
IU
HLV3
HLV2
300
LV
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

(20.5)
HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
Options HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
HLV3-22 / HLV2-22 series dedicated ■Illuminated range of the HL-30 / HL-24-21 PFBR-150
PFB3
condenser lens HL-30 / HL-24-21 Center circle
LNLP
HL-30 Outer circle LNSP2

Ø14 Ø31 Ø46 Ø60 Ø76 Ø90 LNSP
Ø20 Ø37 Ø60 Ø83 Ø108 Ø128 Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN
HL-24-21 LN/LN-HK
Ø10 Ø12 Ø22 Ø35 Ø45 Ø60 LNSD
Ø27 Ø36 Ø45 Ø55 Ø65 Ø77 LND2
Red numbers: Center circle
HLND
WD (mm) 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 Blue numbers: Outer circle
LT
LNV
Cannot be used with the HLV3-14 / HLV3-22-2-1220 / HLV3-22-4-NR series This data is actual measurement values when an HLV2-22-3W is connected. Results for individual products may vary.
LNDG
Angled
and HLV2-14 / HLV2-22-1220-3W / HLV2-22-NR-3W series.

Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
Installation with the HLV3-22 / HLV2-22 series Dimensions (mm) LNIS-FN

Telecentric Lens
HL-30 HL-24-21 Macro Lens
HL-30 Lens 55 58
2-set screws Lens
M22.5 P0.5 15 7 22 18
(M3-4 mm, black) M22.5 P0.5
9 11
Ø24
Ø24
18
HL-24-21
Ø14
Ø14
Ø16
Ø16
2-M3 depth 5
3.5 2-M3 depth 5 10
(For installation)
Supported models
12
12
HLV3-22-1/2/4M/4S series
HLV2-22/HLV2-22-3W series
Spot Lighting
Spot Lights
You can also use
CCS LV Search
Spot Lights
your smartphone
or cell phone.
For quick access.
LV Series
Provides spot lighting using original converging technology
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1 LV-27SW2
SQR
SQR-TP LV-27BL2
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
LFL LV-27GR2
HPD2
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
LV-27RD2
LAV
PDM
LFXV
LFX3 As a light source for a telecentric lens, light source for inspecting alignment of LCDs or circuit boards, light source for dimension
measuring, light source for spot illumination, etc.
LFV3
LFV3-G
MSU
Features
MFU
PF
Spot Light with tip radius of Ø8 mm and emitting surface of Ø6 mm.

HLDR-IP/
HSL-PCL Can be used embedded into the coaxial illuminating section of a • Brightness increases
UV2 telecentric lens or macro lens.
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
Example configuration (LV-27) Lightweight, compact design Spot Light with low power consumption
IR2 With its lightweight and The LV series consumes 0.8 W
Camera
compact design, it doesn't (for red) of power, and can be
IU
take up much room and is used for saving energy.
Lens
HLV3 perfect for saving space.
HLV2
LV LV-27
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR
Workpiece
HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
Lineup
PFBR-150
PFB3 Power Peak wavelength / Extension Recommended
LNLP consumption temperature cables Control Units
LNSP2
LNSP LV-27RD2 Red 24 V / 0.8 W 630 nm FCB* 2
Straight Cable
Coaxial Units FCB-W*3
LNSP-FN
LV-27SW2 White 24 V / 0.4 W 5,500 K PD3 CC-ST-1024
2-branch Cable
- FCB-F 40 g
LN/LN-HK
LV-27BL2 Blue 24 V / 0.4 W 470 nm 4-branch Cable
PSB POD*1
LNSD
FRCB
LND2 LV-27GR2 Green 24 V / 0.6 W 525 nm Robot Cable
HLND
LNV
LNDG
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2 *3 The cables with a model name that ends with “-EL2” are not included.
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Dimensions (mm)
Macro Lens
LV-27RD2/SW2/BL2/GR2
50
8 30
0
30
You can change the connectors of the Light Unit cable.

Ø27
Ø14
Ø8
ce)
Ø6 surfa Choose between M12 connectors and flying leads.
g
ittin
(Em Refer to P.19 for details.
• Use as a Spot Light for directly illuminating the workpiece.

Note • In addition to Light Units with a tip radius of Ø8 mm, we also offer Ø10 mm and Ø12 mm as custom orders.

Spot Lighting
Spot Lights
You can also use
CCS LSP Search
Spot Lights
your smartphone
or cell phone.
For quick access.
LSP Series
Super-Uniform Spotlight for wide variety of applications
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
HPD2
LSP-41RD
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
LAV
PDM
LFXV
Character recognition, visual inspection for electronic parts, visual and position inspections for circuit boards, LFX3
Applications LFX3-PT
light source for spot lights, etc.
LFV3
LFV3-G

MSU

Features
MFU
PF
High luminance Spot Lights LSP Series is suited for limited and
long working distance from 300 mm to 500 mm, with a compact • Changes in length, etc. HSL-PCL
design—Ø41 mm diameter housing. UV2
UV
Example configuration (LSP-41RD) Examples of Light Images LNSP-UV-FN
IR2
Camera
IU
HLV3
LEDs HLV2
LV
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

HFS/HFR
Workpiece Reading bar code Reading QR code Inspecting dot-marked
HLV3-NR
Light used: LSP-41RD Light used: LSP-41RD characters on pipe
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
Light used: LSP-41RD
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
Lineup PFBR-600
PFBR-150
PFB3
Power Peak wavelength / Recommended LNLP
consumption temperature Control Units LNSP2
LNSP
CB
Coaxial Units
Straight Cable
CB-W LNSP-FN
2-branch Cable PD2 LN/LN-HK
LSP-41RD Red 12V / 2.0 W 660 nm Polarizing plate 115 g
CB-F LNSD
4-branch Cable
PSB PTU2
LND2
RCB
Robot Cable HLND
LT
Options P.360 Extension Cables P.365 Control Unit Selection Guide P.307 List of Control Unit Specifications P.309 LNV
LNDG
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
Dimensions (mm) LED Properties

Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
LSP-41RD 100
Macro Lens
(51.5) 80
Relative radiant
Red 660 nm
intensity (%)
(11.5) 60
40 12 Light 40
spectrum
(Emitting surface)
20
0
350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
Ø41
Ø33
26
0
Wavelength (nm)
30
Be sure to read the "Instruction Guide" included with the product before
Diffuser 2-M4 screw bolt use and follow the safety precautions upon use.
Micro Fiber Heads Other Products
Micro Fiber Heads
You can also use
CCS HFS Search your smartphone
or cell phone.
For quick access.
HFS Series
LED Fiber Light (straight) that uses original converging technology
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
HPR2
Model name HFS-14-500
Diffused Lighting
LFR Fiber material Multicomponent glass

LKR
Case material Aluminum alloy
FPR
FPQ3 Flexible tube material SUS
LDL2
Strand diameter (μm) 50
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2 Fiber arrangement Random
TH2 (5 types) Numerical aperture (NA) 0.56
LFL
HPD2 HFS-14-500 Receiving angle (°) 68
LDM2 Transmitted wavelength (nm) 300 to 1,300
Diffused Lighting
LAV
Minimum bending radius (mm) 50
PDM
LFXV
LFX3 As a light source for a telecentric lens, visual inspection for chips, alignment mark imaging, etc.
(Common for the HFS and HFR series)
LFV3
LFV3-G
MSU
Features
MFU
PF
This is a unique Light Unit system that melds the strengths of both LEDs and fibers.
HSL-PCL The HFS series, a straight type, is lightweight, compact, and easy to manage, and • Changes in length, etc.
UV2 therefore can be used in a variety of applications.
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
Example configuration (HFS-14-500) It can be used in a variety of situations
IR2
Camera
IU
Lens
HLV3
HLV2 HFS-14-500
LV
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR Dedicated light source

HLV3-NR (HLV3-22-4-NR series)
HLV3-3M-RGB-4 (HLV2-22-NR-3W series)
HLV2-NR Workpiece
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W Dedicated Light Source (HLV3-22-4-NR series) Product Page P.197
PFBR-600 Dedicated Light Source (HLV2-22-NR-3W series) Product Page P.199
PFBR-150
PFB3
LNLP Dimensions (mm)
LNSP2
LNSP
Coaxial Units HFS-14-500 35 500 39 2-Ø3.5/Ø6 countersink depth 6
LNSP-FN
Ø6 8 8 25
LN/LN-HK ter 12 23
LNSD iame
14
led
nd
LND2
Bu
Ø14 -0.1
-0.1
HLND
0
0
Ø8
LT
18
27
LNV
Ø10
Ø14 -0.1
LNDG
Angled
Ø8 -0.1
0
0
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LNIS-FN 23 16
Telecentric Lens
Macro Lens
Common Specifications for the HFS/HFR Series
Model name Operating temperature and humidity Storage temperature and humidity Weight
HFS-14-500 115 g
HFR-25-10 Temperature: 0 to 40°C, Temperature: -10 to 60°C,
60 g
HFR-25-30 Humidity: 20% to 70%RH (with no condensation) Humidity: 20% to 70%RH (with no condensation)
HFR-40-20 250 g

Other Products
Micro Fiber Heads

Micro Fiber Heads
You can also use
CCS HFR Search your smartphone
or cell phone.
For quick access.
HFR Series
LED Fiber Light (ring type) that uses Model name
HFR-25-10/30
HFR-40-20
Fiber material Plastic
original converging technology Case material Aluminum alloy

Flexible tube material SUS
Strand diameter (μm) 500
Fiber arrangement - LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
Numerical aperture (NA) 0.5
LDR-LA1
Receiving angle (°) 60 SQR
SQR-TP
Transmitted wavelength (nm) 400 to 700
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
Minimum bending radius (mm) 30 LFR
HFR-40-20
Three dedicated light sources are required for use. LKR
HFR-25-10
Dedicated Light Source (HLV3-22-4-NR series) FPR
Graph of change in irradiance in each LWD for the HFR series
Product Page P.197 FPQ3
100
Dedicated Light Source (HLV2-22-NR-3W series)
HFR-25-30 90 LDL2
Product Page P.199
Lighting
HFR-40-20
Direct
80 LDLB

HFR-25-10
70 HLDL2
■HFR-25-10 ■HFR-25-30 ■HFR-40-20 HFR-25-30
60 100 W halogen + TH2 (5 types)
50 Ø20 Ring Light guide LFL
Ø25
40 HPD2
Ø25 Ø40
30 LDM2
Diffused Lighting
20 LAV
10 PDM
30
10 20
0 LFXV
Ø5 Ø10 Ø10 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
LWD (mm) LFX3
Light Unit in use: HLV2-22SW-NR-3W LFX3-PT
Ø5 mm near LWD 10 mm Ø10 mm near LWD 30 mm Ø10 mm near LWD 20 mm This data is for reference only. Actual values may vary. LFV3
convergent illumination convergent illumination convergent illumination
LFV3-G

MSU

Features
MFU
PF
The HFR series, a ring type, does not illuminate a broad range like • Shape modifications
a halogen fiber light, but can perform convergent illumination for the • Brightness increases HSL-PCL
required field of vision. UV2
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
Example configuration (HFR-25-10) Imaging using
HFR-25-10 (white) 100 W halogen + Ring Light guide: IR2
LWD 20 mm HFR-25-10 (White): LWD 10 mm
Camera
IU
Lens
HLV3
HFR-25-10 HLV2
Mounting holder LV
(Option) LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

Dedicated light source HFS/HFR
(HLV3-22-4-NR series) HLV3-NR
(HLV2-22-NR-3W series)
HFR-25-10 HLV3-3M-RGB-4
Workpiece Intensity: 100% Intensity: 100% HLV2-NR
Shutter speed: 1/4,000 sec Shutter speed: 1/4,000 sec HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
Dimensions (mm) PFB3

LNLP
LNSP2
19
HFR-25-10 / 30 HFR-40-20 LNSP
15 2-M3 depth 3 2-Ø3.5/Ø6 counterbore depth 6
Coaxial Units
2-Ø3.5/Ø6 counterbore depth 6 LNSP-FN
4-M3 depth 4 38 500 28 25
13
P.C.D.30 LN/LN-HK
25 12 8 8 14
16 12
P.
LNSD
C
Ø14
14
.D
45
LND2
.2
Ø16 +0.1
Ø14
0
18
27
30
0
Ø6.1 HLND
27
18
Ø13 2-M3 depth 4 LT

50
0 + Light source receiving parts (x 3) LNV
0 30
88
20 7
9 18
LNDG
Angled
27
15
9
20
Ø16
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
8 Ø13 LNIS
Ø25 LNIS-FN
21.5
15
Telecentric Lens
23
Options
Macro Lens
LWD=20
Ø40
Mounting holder for HFR-25-10 / -30

Light Units can be easily installed and mounted in the position for the most
efficient convergence.
Dedicated Light Source (HLV3-22-4-NR series) Product Page P.197

Example Example
HD-HFR-25-1640 HD-HFR-25-1618 of usage of usage Dedicated Light Source (HLV2-22-NR-3W series) Product Page P.199
Other Products
Dedicated Light Sources
Micro Fiber Head
You can also use
CCS HLV3-22-4-NR Search your smartphone
or cell phone.
HLV3-22-4-NR Series
For quick access.
Provides high output spot lighting using an original optical design
LDR2
Direct Lighting
Connection example for HLV3-22-4-NR

LDR2-LA
and a Micro Fiber Head
LDR-LA1
HLV3-22SW-4-NR
SQR
SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR HLV3-22RD-4-NR
LKR
FPR
FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Straight type: HFS-14-500

Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
HPD2
LDM2 HLV3-22GR-4-NR
Diffused Lighting
LAV
HLV3-22BL-4-NR
PDM
LFXV
LFX3
Ring type: HFR-25-10 / HFR-25-30 /
LFX3-PT
HFR-40-20 (Three light sources are
LFV3
required for use.)
LFV3-G
MSU
Features
MFU
PF
HLDR-IP/
The micro fiber head dedicated light source allows for easy installation • Shape modifications
HSL-PCL and removal. Select the perfect emitted color for workpiece imaging to We accept custom orders.
UV2 achieve accurate characteristic extraction. Please feel free to inquire. • Changes in wavelength, etc.
UV
LNSP-UV-FN For the light source of a Micro Fiber Head For the light source of a full color blending unit
IR2
IU
HLV3
HLV2
LV
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR Micro Fiber Head Product Page ▼ P.195 Full Color Blending Unit Product Page ▼ P.198
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
Lineup
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
PFB3 Peak wavelength / Input current Power consumption Extension Recommended Weight
LNLP Model name LED color correlated color Options
temperature (typ.) (max.) (max.) cables Control Units (max.)

LNSP2
LNSP HLV3-22RD-4-NR Red 630 nm 3.0 W FCB*
Straight Cable
Coaxial Units
FRCB
LNSP-FN HLV3-22SW-4-NR White 5,600 K 3.5 W Robot Cable
LN/LN-HK 1,000 mA -
FCB-HLV3-10
PJ2 37 g
LNSD HLV3-22BL-4-NR Blue 465 nm 3.8 W Straight Cable
LND2 FRCB-HLV3-10
HLV3-22GR-4-NR Green 520 nm 4.0 W Robot Cable
HLND
LT
LED Properties: Spectral Distribution P.384 Extension Cables P.365 PJ2 series Product Page P.343
LNV
LNDG * The cables with a model name that ends with “-ME7”, “-EL2”, “-PF”, or “-PF-EL9” are not included.
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
• The total length of the FCB-1/-2/-3/-5 and FRCB-1/-2/-3/-5 Extension Cables must be no longer than 5 m.
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
Caution • Branch cables cannot be used. Use the FCB series (straight cable) or the FRCB series (robot cable).
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Macro Lens
Dimensions (mm)
300 +35
HLV3-22RD-4-NR / SW-4-NR / BL-4-NR / GR-4-NR 0
(18.4)
Ø14 -0.1
0
Ø22
2xM3x3 6
14 (For installation) 48.1 Ø10
(Emitting surface)

Other Products
Dedicated Light Sources

Micro Fiber Head
You can also use
CCS HLV3-3M-RGB-4 Search your smartphone
or cell phone.
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
For quick access.
A full color light source that achieves the illumination color

perfect for your workpiece
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
Connection example for LDR-LA1
HLV3-3M-RGB-4 and a Micro Fiber Head SQR
SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
Straight type: HFS-14-500
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
HPD2
HLV3-3M-RGB-4 LDM2
Diffused Lighting
LAV
PDM
LFXV
LFX3
Ring type: HFR-25-10 / HFR-25-30 /
LFX3-PT
HFR-40-20 (Three light sources are
LFV3
required for use.)
LFV3-G

MSU

Features
MFU
PF
Red, blue, and green light from the dedicated light sources is blended inside
We accept custom orders. • Shape modifications HLDR-IP/
this unit, achieving the illumination color perfect for the workpiece. Combine • Brightness increases HSL-PCL
with a Micro Fiber Head to support a wide variety of applications. UV2
UV
Example configuration (HLV3-3M-RGB-4) Imaging example: Imaging of liquid-crystal color filters LNSP-UV-FN
Light source: HLV3-22RD-4-NR Red illumination Blue illumination Green illumination Blend of blue and green illumination
IR2
HLV3-22GR-4-NR
HLV3-22BL-4-NR
IU
HLV3
HLV2
Blending unit
LV
LSP
Use the HLV3-22-4-NR series to create illumination with a highly accurate blended color.
Spot Lighting, Etc.

Dedicated Control Unit HFS/HFR
Independently adjust the intensity for each color to create exactly the color you want and help improve inspection accuracy.
(PJ2-3005-4CA-PE) HLV3-NR
Micro Fiber Head Product Page ▼ P.195 HLV3-22-4-NR series Product Page ▼ P.197 HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
Lineup
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
Peak wavelength / PFB3
Input current Power consumption Extension Recommended Weight
Model name LED color correlated color Options LNLP
temperature (typ.) (max.) (max.) cables Control Units (max.)

LNSP2
FCB* LNSP
Red 630 nm Straight Cable
Coaxial Units
FRCB LNSP-FN
Robot Cable PJ2-3005
HLV3-3M-RGB-4 Blue 465 nm 1,000 mA 11 W - -4CA-PE 232 g LN/LN-HK
FCB-HLV3-10
Straight Cable LNSD
Green 520 nm FRCB-HLV3-10 LND2
Robot Cable
HLND
LT
LED Properties: Spectral Distribution P.384 Extension Cables P.365 PJ2 series Product Page P.343
LNV
* The cables with a model name that ends with “-ME7”, “-EL2”, “-PF”, or “-PF-EL9” are not included. LNDG
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
• The total length of the FCB-1/-2/-3/-5 and FRCB-1/-2/-3/-5 Extension Cables must be no longer than 5 m. LNIS
Caution • Branch cables cannot be used. Use the FCB series (straight cable) or the FRCB series (robot cable). LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Macro Lens
Dimensions (mm)
(Cable length: 300 mm)
HLV3-3M-RBG-4 Ø22 27.5 27.5 14 HLV3-22RD-4-NR
HLV3-22GR-4-NR
HLV3-22BL-4-NR
300 +35
0
2xØ3.5 Ø6 6
37 42.1
(For installation)
Ø8
20
31
Ø14
(Emitting surface)
11
30 26.5 2xM3x5
7
10
14 12 83 4xM3x4 (For installation) 13
26 (1.2) (For installation)
4 18
77 3
Micro Fiber Head Dedicated Other Products
You can also use
CCS HLV2-22-NR-3W Search your smartphone
Light Sources
or cell phone.
HLV2-22-NR-3W Series
For quick access.
Provides high output spot lighting using an original optical design
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
HLV2-22SW-NR-3W
SQR Connecting HLV2-22-NR-3W to
SQR-TP a Micro Fiber Head
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR HLV2-22RD-NR-3W
LKR
FPR
FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2 Straight type: HFS-14-500
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
HPD2
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
LAV
PDM
LFXV
HLV2-22BL-NR-3W HLV2-22GR-NR-3W
LFX3
LFX3-PT Ring type:
LFV3 HFS-25-10 / HFR-25-30
HFS-40-20 (Three light sources are required.)
LFV3-G
MSU
Features
MFU
PF
HLDR-IP/
The micro fiber head dedicated light source allows for easy installation • Shape modifications
HSL-PCL and removal. Select the perfect emitted color for workpiece imaging to We accept custom orders.
UV2 achieve accurate characteristic extraction. Please feel free to inquire. • Changes in wavelength, etc.
UV
LNSP-UV-FN
For the light source of a micro fiber head For the light source of a full color blending unit
IR2
IU
HLV3
HLV2
LV
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR
The light source adapter (model name: AD-HFS-14) Micro Fiber Head Product Page ▼ P.195 Full Color Blending Unit Product Page ▼ P.200
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
is included with the HFS/HFR series.
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
Lineup
PFB3
LNLP Power Peak wavelength / Extension Recommended

LNSP2 consumption temperature cables Control Units
LNSP
Coaxial Units HLV2-22RD-NR-3W Red 645 nm FCB*2
LNSP-FN Straight
HLV2-22SW-NR-3W White 5,300 K Cable PD3*1 CC-PJ-0707
LN/LN-HK 2.8 W - 37 g
LNSD HLV2-22BL-NR-3W Blue 465 nm FRCB PJ PJ2
Robot
LND2 HLV2-22GR-NR-3W Green 520 nm Cable
HLND
LNV
LNDG *1 The PD3-3024-3 and PD3-5024-3 series are not applicable to these products.
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
• The length of the extension cable must be 5 m or less. If you would like to use longer than 5 m, please contact your CCS sales representative.
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Caution • Branch cables cannot be used. Use the FCB series (straight cable) or the FRCB series (robot cable).
Telecentric Lens
Macro Lens
Dimensions (mm)
HLV2-22RD-NR-3W / SW-NR-3W / BL-NR-3W / GR-NR-3W
(E
m Ø
itt 10 45
in
g
su
rfa 6 2-M3x0.5 tap depth 3 14
ce
) For installation
Ø14 0-0.1
Ø22
300
(20.5)

Other Products
Micro Fiber Head Dedicated

You can also use
CCS HLV2-3M-RGB-3W Search your smartphone
Light Sources
or cell phone.
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
For quick access.
A full color light source that achieves the illumination color

perfect for your workpiece
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
Connecting HLV2-3M-RGB-3W to SQR
a Micro Fiber Head SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
Straight type: HFS-14-500 HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
HPD2
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W LAV
PDM
LFXV
LFX3
Ring type: LFX3-PT
HFS-25-10 / HFR-25-30 LFV3
HFS-40-20 (Three light sources are required.)
LFV3-G

MSU

Features
MFU
PF
Red, blue, and green light from the dedicated light sources is blended inside
We accept custom orders. • Shape modifications HLDR-IP/
this unit, achieving the illumination color perfect for the workpiece. Combine • Brightness increases HSL-PCL
with a micro fiber head to support a wide variety of applications. UV2
UV
Example configuration (HLV2-3M-RGB-3W) Imaging example: Imaging of liquid-crystal color filters LNSP-UV-FN
Light source: HLV2-22RD-NR-3W Red illumination Blue illumination Green illumination Blend of blue and green illumination IR2
HLV2-22GR-NR-3W
HLV2-22BL-NR-3W
IU
HLV3
HLV2
LV
Blending unit LSP
Use the HLV2-22-NR-3W series to create illumination with a highly accurate blended color.
Spot Lighting, Etc.

HFS/HFR
Independently adjust the intensity for each color to create exactly the color you want and help improve inspection accuracy.
HLV3-NR
Micro Fiber Head Product Page ▼ P.195 HLV2-22-NR-3W series Product Page ▼ P.199 HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
Lineup PFBR-600
PFBR-150
PFB3
Power Extension Recommended LNLP
Model name LED color Peak wavelength Options Weight

consumption cables Control Units LNSP2
LNSP
Red 645 nm FCB*2 PD3*1 Coaxial Units
Straight Cable
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W Green 8.4 W 520 nm - PJ 232 g LNSP-FN
FRCB LN/LN-HK
Blue 465 nm Robot Cable PJ2
LNSD
LND2
HLND
*1 The PD3-3024-3 and PD3-5024-3 series are not applicable to these products. LT
*2 The cables with a model name that ends with “-ME7”, “-EL2”, “-PF”, or “-PF-EL9” are not included. LNV
• The length of the extension cable must be 5 m or less. If you want to use longer than 5 m, please contact your CCS sales representative. LNDG
Angled
Caution
Lighting
• Branch cables cannot be used. Use the FCB series (straight cable) or the FRCB series (robot cable). LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Dimensions (mm) Telecentric Lens
Macro Lens
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W 27.5 27.5 14 HLV2-22RD-NR-3W
HLV2-22GR-NR-3W
Ø22
HLV2-22BL-NR-3W
2-Ø3.5/Ø6 countersink depth 6

39
(For installation)
37
20
Ø14
31
11
30 26.5 2-M3x0.5 tap depth 5

10
7
(For installation)
e)
14 12 83 13
g s 0 0.1
fac
4-M3x0.5 tap depth 4

ttin Ø8 +
ur
26 (1.2) (For installation)

4 18
mi
(E
77 3
Other Products
Light Sources Refer to our website for product details.
High-Power Light Sources
You can also use
High-Power
CCS PFBR-600 Search your smartphone
or cell phone.
For quick access.
PFBR-600SW-LL/LLCF
Next-generation light sources delivering high output and a fast response
Coming soon
Functionality that enables
LDR2 previously set light levels to
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA be applied sequentially at

LDR-LA1 high speed when the strobe
SQR
emits light, and that allows for
SQR-TP
varying brightnesses for each
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
input trigger, is planned to be

LFR
added.
LKR
FPR Refer to our website for details.
FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
HPD2 The supplied AC cord is for use with 100 to 120 VAC.
LDM2 If you want to use the Light Source Unit with 200 to 240 VAC,
Diffused Lighting
you must procure another appropriate AC power cord.

LAV
PDM PFBR-600SW-LLCF PFBR-600SW-LL
LFXV (Filter Changer Model)
LFX3 Connect to dedicated light guides and use as a This product emits high-intensity visible light. Materials that absorb light may convert that
LFX3-PT Applications Caution light into heat and be damaged. Check the instructions in the “Instruction Guide” and use
light source this product in a safe manner.
LFV3
LFV3-G
MSU
MFU
Brightness Up to 3.8 Million lx* High-Speed Response 1 μs or Faster
PF
HLDR-IP/
Provides high output to easily replace xenon flash Response Time by External Trigger Signal Input
HSL-PCL
light sources. Time from OFF to ON Time from ON to OFF
UV2 Characteristics between Illuminating distance and illuminance
40,000,000
UV
35,000,000 Driving current Driving current
LNSP-UV-FN
30,000,000 PFBR-600SW
Illuminance (lx)
IR2 25,000,000 Response time: Response time:

20,000,000
680 ns 480 ns
IU
15,000,000 Trigger signal Trigger signal
HLV3 10,000,000
HLV2 5,000,000
LV 0
20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

HFS/HFR
* Actual measurement values with intensity of 100%, bundles of Ø8 mm, a straight light guide with a total length of 1,000 mm
HLV3-NR Note: Measured at the maximum light quantity. This data is for reference only. Actual values may vary.
installed, and at the illuminating distance of 20 mm away from the fiber output edge.(Results may vary for individual units.)
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
Equipped with Light Quantity Feedback Control Function
PFBR-150
PFB3 Use the light quantity feedback control function and set the desired stabilization time to maintain output over long periods.
LNLP
Comparison of Relative Strength According to Relationship between Light Quantity Feedback Control Function
LNSP2 Light Quantity Feedback Control Function (Representative) and Stabilization Time (Representative)
LNSP 110 100 Expected service life
Coaxial Units
100 90 (1)
90 Feedback control function: Yes 80 (2)
Relative strength (%)
Relative strength (%)
LNSP-FN 80 70 (3) (1) Stabilized up to 5,000 hours at 80% maximum light quantity.
70
LN/LN-HK 60 (4)
60 Feedback control function: No 50 (2) Stabilized up to 10,000 hours at 70% maximum light quantity.
LNSD 50
40
40
LND2
30
30 (3) Stabilized up to 15,000 hours at 60% maximum light quantity.
HLND 20
20
10 10 (4) Stabilized up to 20,000 hours at 50% maximum light quantity.

LT 0
0
LNV 0 10 100 1,000 10,000 100,000 0 2,500 5,000 7,500 10,000 12,500 15,000 17,500 20,000
Stabilization time (hours) Stabilization time (hours)
LNDG
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2 Note: When the stabilization time is set to 10,000 hours. Note: In Ta=40°C environment. Note: Refer to the instruction guide for more information on the light quantity
Lenses Oblique
LNIS This graph is representative of the function. Actual values may vary. This graph is representative of the function. Actual values may vary. feedback control function.
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Macro Lens
Equipped with Linearity Adjustment Function External Control by Use of a Large Variety of
Communication Methods
Light intensity is adjustable with a high resolution of 1,024 steps.
Linearity adjustment
Ethernet communication control: TCP/IP and UDP/IP
Relative light output (%)
100
80 Serial communication control: RS-232C

60 With adjustment function
40
Parallel communication control
20 Without adjustment function Digital light control: Compatible with sink and source types
0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 Analog light control: Intensity control from 0 to 5 V
Intensity value
Note: M
easurement values using our measurement conditions. (Not guaranteed values).
This product has continuous correction functionality.

Regulations, Etc.
P.367 P.373 P.391
Light Sources
High-Power
Lineup
Correlated Power
Model name LED color consumption Light guide adapters External control cables Weight
color temperature
PFBR-600SW-LL 350 VA 8.0 kg

(100 V input) Parallel communication
White 5,600 K AD-PFBR-600-01
PFBR-600SW-LLCF 370 VA cable
(Filter Changer Model) (240 V input) 8.5 kg
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
Dedicated Light Guides / Light Guide Adapters SQR
We offer various light guides suited to a variety of applications, including straight types, ring types, and types for line sensors. SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
Straight Type Ring Type Bar Type for Line Sensors Light Guide Adapter (AD-PFBR-600-01) LFR
22 Please be aware that the light LKR
Ø3 .D.
guide adapter must be installed FPR
M4x0.7 20
P.C
5
after purchase by the customer. FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
Ø20.2
Ø26.9
We accept custom orders for the LDLB
Ø45
Ø24
light guides. Please contact your HLDL2
12
0°
CCS sales representative for details. TH2 (5 types)
0°
12
10 LFL
Various Light Guides with Heat Resistance Available 3-Ø3.2 Perforated　 Ø6　 3.5 (mm)
HPD2
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
LAV
PDM
Dimensions (mm) Specifications LFXV
LFX3
LFX3-PT
PFBR-600SW-LLCF LFV3
Top Model name PFBR-600SW-LL
LFV3-G
Applicable fiber
Ø8 to Ø14 mm

bundle diameter MSU

Light distribution angle Total angle of 30° MFU
Light guide adapter
Emitting color White PF
Correlated color temp. (typ.) 5,600 K HLDR-IP/

Front Side Back HSL-PCL
Drive method Constant-current system
UV2
Fan air inlet Intensity control method Variable-current control UV
Number of channels 1 channel LNSP-UV-FN
Exhaust holes
215
Input power supply 100 to 240 VAC (±10%), 50/60 Hz IR2

85.5
Power switch Power consumption (typ.) 350 VA at 100 V input, 370 VA at 240 V input
IU
Inrush current (typ.) 40 A (From a cold start)
(2) 175 (2) 20 270 (7)
(6.5)
HLV3
Ground leakage current 0.5 mA max. (240 VAC, 60 Hz, with 100 % load) HLV2
Insulation withstand voltage 1,500 VAC for one minute, cutoff current: 10 mA, LV
(input-output, input-FG) 500 VDC, 20 MΩ min. LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

LED Properties Operating environment Temperature: 0 to 40°C, Humidity: 20 to 80%RH (with no condensation), HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR
(indoors only) Altitude: 2,000 m max., AC overvoltage: Category II, Pollution degree: 2
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
Temperature: -15 to 60°C, Humidity: 20 to 85%RH
Storage environment HLV2-NR
(with no condensation)
100 HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
Cooling method Forced cooling
PFBR-600
80
Safety standard: Conforms to EN61010-1, EN62311-2008 PFBR-150
Relative radiant
White 5,600 K
intensity (%)
60 CE marking EMC standard: Conforms to EN61000-6-2, EN61000-6-4

PFB3
Spectral Environmental regulation standard: Conforms to EN50581-2012
40 LNLP
distribution Environmental regulations RoHS compliant LNSP2

20
Material, coating, surface LNSP
0 Aluminum alloy (black alumite)
350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 processing Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN
Wavelength (nm) Weight 8.0 kg max. 8.5 kg max.
LN/LN-HK
Instruction guide, LNSD
Be sure to read the “Instruction Guide” included with the product before use and Instruction guide, 2-m 3-prong AC power cable LND2
Accessories 2-m 3-prong AC power cable with ground terminal,
follow the safety precautions upon use. HLND
with ground terminal Filter holders x 5 pcs., holder
The data included is for reference only. Actual values may vary. mounting screws x 18 pcs.
LT
LNV
LNDG
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
Options
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
External control cable: EXCB2-25M-3 Color Filters for PFBR-600SW-LLCF
Macro Lens
Parallel communication cable (Compatible with digital and analog intensity) Use filters to emit the optimum light for the inspected workpiece.
Six Colors Available

3,000 Purchase a commercially available A variety of filters are
Five filters can be installed.
（42） RS-232 crossover cable (length: 3 m available with excellent heat
Red : DFR-610A
（Ø10）
max.) for the serial communication cable. resistance.

Blue : DFB-500A
Purchase a commercially available
（54）
Green : DFG-505A
LAN cable (length: shorter than 30 m) Contact your CCS sales
for the Ethernet communication cable. Cyan : DFC-590A representative for the detailed
Cut off on one end Refer to the instruction guide for more Magenta : DFM-495A information.
M2.6 D-sub 25-pin plug information. Yellow : DFY-520A
Conceptual image
Other Products
Light Sources Refer to our website for product details.
High-Power Light Sources
You can also use
High-Power
CCS PFBR-600 XF Search your smartphone
or cell phone.
For quick access.
PFBR-600SW-LL-XF/LLCF-XF
For replacing xenon light sources NEW
XF Type
Compatible with light guides
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
you already own.
LDR-LA1 Choose a suitable “Light
SQR
Guide Connection Adapter”
SQR-TP
HPR2 for your brand of light guide.
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR Contact us for details.
FPR
FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
The supplied AC cord is for use with 100 to 120 VAC.
TH2 (5 types)
If you want to use the Light Source Unit with 200
LFL to 240 VAC, you must procure another appropriate
HPD2 AC power cord.
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
LAV PFBR-600SW-LLCF-XF PFBR-600SW-LL-XF

PDM (Filter Changer Model)
LFXV
LFX3 Connect to your light guides and use them as a This product emits high-intensity visible light. Materials that absorb light may convert that
LFX3-PT Applications Caution light into heat and be damaged. Check the instructions in the “Instruction Guide” and use
light source this product in a safe manner.
LFV3
LFV3-G
MSU
MFU
Strobe Light Source Units High-Speed Response
PF
HLDR-IP/
• Brightness up to 3.8 million lx* This strobe light source unit is a solid-state light
HSL-PCL * Equipped with straight light guide with bound diameter of Ø8 mm and total length
of 1,000 mm for maximum dimming. Measured value at an irradiation distance of source with a high-speed driver circuit for an
UV2 20 mm from the fiber outer end face (not a guaranteed value).
UV • S
trobe lighting mode (internal trigger mode, external extremely short response time from trigger input to
LNSP-UV-FN
trigger mode) can be selected maximum light emission of less than 1 μs.
IR2
• E
xternal control via EtherNet, parallel or
IU serial communication
HLV3 • Dimming setting in up to 1,024 levels
HLV2
(10 bit: 1,024 levels / 8 bit: 256 levels)
LV
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4 Lamp replacement is unnecessary, greatly reducing work time
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
This product does not require lamp replacement.
PFBR-600
PFBR-150 The life of a xenon flash lamp is normally 108 to 109 flashes (approximately 1 billion times), before replacement is necessary.
PFB3
However, this product has a light emission time of 10 μs and a repetition frequency of 100 Hz, so with 10 flashes
LNLP
LNSP2 (approximately 1 billion times), the light output remains stable even after 2,800 hours.
LNSP
Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK Synchronized with camera exposure timing Stable light emission compared to xenon light sources
LNSD
LND2
The “lighting delay time” can be configured and adjusted Unlike xenon flash lamps, there is no jitter nor light leakage.
HLND
to synchronize the exposure time and lighting time of the The lighting waveform is a square wave and can control the
LT
LNV
camera. lighting cycle with a duty ratio of 1% or less using pulse width
LNDG modulation (PWM).
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
Achieves a stable imaging environment Responsiveness provides little fluctuation in delay time (jitter) relative to the trigger signal
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens “Lighting delay time” setting image Comparison of pulse output with xenon light source
Macro Lens
[PFBR-600SW-LL-XF] [Xenon light source]
Lighting delay time

Exposure Exposure
time time Lighting delay time
Camera
Light Light
Light source emission emission
time time Pulse output Pulse output
"Lighting delay time" can be set
Trigger signal Trigger signal

Trigger
Lighting delay time settings: Min. 0 µs to max. 99 µs
Note: Actual values under our measurement conditions. The data included is for reference only. Actual values may vary.

Regulations, Etc.
P.367 P.373 P.391
Light Sources
High-Power
Lineup
Correlated Power
Model name Emitting color consumption Light guide adapters External control cables Weight
color temperature
PFBR-600SW-LL-XF 350 VA AD-PFBR-600-01 8.0 kg

(100 V input) Parallel communication
White 5,600 K AD-PFBR-600-02
PFBR-600SW-LLCF-XF 370 VA cable
(240 V input) AD-PFBR-600-03 8.5 kg
(Filter Changer Model) LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
Light guide adapters (mm) SQR
3 types of adapters are available to suit the light guide being used. Adapters not listed can also be custom manufactured to order. SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
AD-PFBR-600-01 AD-PFBR-600-02 AD-PFBR-600-03 LFR
Laser
Laser
Lasermarking
marking
marking(F022
(F022
(F022SU)
SU)
SU) Laser
Laser
Lasermarking
marking
marking(F023
(F023
(F023HY)
HY)
HY) Laser
Laser
Lasermarking
marking
marking(F024
(F024
(F024MO)
MO)
MO) We accept custom orders for the LKR
Ø35
5
Ø35
5
22
22
22 22
22
22
Ø35
5
light guides. Please contact your

D.Ø3
D.Ø3
29
29
29 FPR
D.Ø3
20
20
20
C..D.
C..D.
M4x0.7
M4x0.7
M4x0.7 20
20
20 27
27
27
C..D.
M4x0.7
M4x0.7
M4x0.7 10 M4x0.7
M4x0.7
M4x0.7 CCS sales representative for FPQ3
10
10
P..C
P..C
P..C
P
P
details. LDL2
P
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
Ø26.9
Ø26.9
Ø26.9
Ø26.9
Ø20.2
Ø20.2
Ø15.2
Ø15.2
Ø26.9
Ø26.9
Ø25.2
Ø25.2
Ø15.2
Ø15.2
Ø24
Ø24
Ø24
Ø24
Ø45
Ø45
Ø45
Ø45
Ø24
Ø24
Ø45
Ø45
Please be aware that the light guide HLDL2

112
112
112
adapter must be installed after TH2 (5 types)

200°
200°
°
200°
200°
°
200°
200°
°
112
112
°
°
112
°
10
10
10 555 555 purchase by the customer. LFL
3-Ø3.2
3-Ø3.2
3-Ø3.2Perforated
Perforated
Perforated Ø6
Ø6
Ø6 3.5
3.5
3.5 3-Ø3.2
3-Ø3.2
3-Ø3.2Perforated
Perforated
Perforated Ø6
Ø6
Ø6 3.5
3.5
3.5 3-Ø3.2
3-Ø3.2
3-Ø3.2Perforated
Perforated
Perforated Ø6
Ø6
Ø6 3.53.5
3.5 HPD2
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
LAV
PDM
LFX3
PFBR-600SW-LL-XF and PFBR-600SW-LLCF-XF share the same dimensions.
LFX3-PT
PFBR-600SW-LLCF-XF LFV3
Front Side Back Model name PFBR-600SW-LL-XF
LFV3-G
Fan air
inlet Applicable fiber bundle

Ø8 to Ø14 mm MSU

diameter
Exhaust MFU
holes Light distribution angle Total angle of 30°
215
Emitting color White PF

Power
85.5
switch Correlated color

5,600 K HLDR-IP/
temperature (typ.)
HSL-PCL
（6.5）

（2） 175 （2） 270 （7） UV2
Intensity control method Variable-current control UV
Number of channels 1 channel LNSP-UV-FN
15
Light guide adapter Input power supply 100 to 240 VAC (±10%), 50/60 Hz
IR2
（15） 145
Power consumption (typ.) 350 VA at 100 V input, 370 VA at 240 V input

Inrush current (typ.) 40 A (From a cold start) IU
Ground leakage current 0.5 mA max. (240 VAC, 60 Hz, with 100 % load)
HLV3
22.5 225 （22.5） Insulation withstand voltage 1,500 VAC for one minute, cutoff current: 10 mA, HLV2
(input-output, input-FG) 500 VDC, 20 MΩ min. LV
Temperature: 0 to 40°C, LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

LED Properties Operating environment Humidity: 20 to 80%RH (with no condensation)
(indoors only) Altitude: 2,000 m max., AC overvoltage: Category II,
HFS/HFR
HLV3-NR
Pollution degree: 2 HLV3-3M-RGB-4
Temperature: -15 to 60°C, HLV2-NR
Storage environment
100 Humidity: 20 to 85%RH (with no condensation) HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
Relative spectral irradiance (%)
Cooling method Forced cooling PFBR-600

80
White 5,600 K PFBR-150
60 Safety standard: Conforms to EN61010-1, EN62311-2008
PFB3
Spectral CE marking EMC standard: Conforms to EN61000-6-2, EN61000-6-4
40
Environmental standard: Conforms to EN50581-2012 LNLP
distribution
20 LNSP2
Environmental
RoHS compliant LNSP
0 regulations
350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 Coaxial Units
Material and surface
Aluminum alloy (black alumite) LNSP-FN
Wavelength (nm) processing
LN/LN-HK
Weight 8.0 kg max. 8.5 kg max.
LNSD
Be sure to read the “Instruction Guide” included with the product before use and Instruction guide, 2-m 3-prong AC LND2
Instruction guide,
follow the safety precautions upon use. The data included is for reference only. Actual power cord with ground terminal,
Accessories 2-m 3-prong AC power cord HLND
Filter holders x 5 pcs.,
values may vary. with ground terminal LT
Holder mounting screws x 18 pcs.
LNV
LNDG
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
Options
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
External Control Cables: EXCB2-25M-3 Color Filters for PFBR-600SW-LLCF-XF
Macro Lens
Parallel communication cable (Compatible with digital and analog intensity control) Use filters to emit the optimum light for the inspected workpiece.
3,000 Six Colors Available

Serial communication cable A variety of filters are available with
（42） Five filters can be installed.
Purchase a commercially available RS- excellent heat resistance.
• Red : DFR-610A
（Ø10）
232 crossover cable (length: 3 m max.)

for the serial communication cable. • Blue : DFB-500A Contact your CCS sales
representative for the detailed
（54）
EtherNet communication cable • Green : DFG-505A information.

Purchase a commercially available
LAN cable (length: shorter than 30 m) • Cyan : DFC-590A
Cut off on
one end for the Ethernet communication cable. • Magenta : DFM-495A
D-sub 25-pin plug Refer to the instruction guide for more
M2.6 • Yellow
information. : DFY-520A
(example)
LED Light Sources Other Products
LED Light Sources
You can also use
CCS PFBR-150 Search your smartphone
or cell phone.
For quick access.
PFBR-150 Series
Provides light output that exceeds that of a 250 W
metal halide light source
We accept custom orders for red, blue, and green light.
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA Contact your CCS sales representative for details.

LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
HPD2 The supplied AC cord is for use with 100 to 120 VAC.
LDM2 If you want to use the Light Source Unit with 200 to 240 VAC,
Diffused Lighting
you must procure another appropriate AC power cord.

LAV
PDM
LFXV
LFX3 This product emits high-intensity visible light. Materials that absorb light may convert that
LFX3-PT Applications Connect to light guides and use as a light source Caution light into heat and be damaged. Check the instructions in the “Instruction Guide” and use
this product in a safe manner.
LFV3
LFV3-G
MSU
* Actual measurement values with a bundle of Ø10 mm, a straight light guide
Achieves the Highest Level in the Industry with 2 Million lx*

MFU
with a total length of 1,080 mm installed, and at a position 50 mm away from
the fiber output edge. Results for individual products may vary.
PF
HLDR-IP/
LED light source unit that exceeds a 250 W metal halide light source Optical design is optimized for all types of fiber to provide high output
HSL-PCL
6,000,000 9,000,000
UV2 8,000,000
5,000,000
UV 7,000,000 Fiber bundle dia.
250 W metal halide light source
Illuminance (lx)
Illuminance (lx)
LNSP-UV-FN 4,000,000 6,000,000 Ø12

5,000,000 Ø10
IR2 3,000,000
4,000,000 Ø8
IU
2,000,000 PFBR-150SW 3,000,000
2,000,000
1,000,000
HLV3 1,000,000
HLV2 0 0
20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200
LV Illuminating distance (mm) Illuminating distance (mm)
LSP Actual measurement values with intensity of 100%, bundle of Ø8 mm, a straight light guide Actual measurement values with intensity of 100%, bundles of Ø8, 10, and 12 mm, a straight
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR with a total length of 1,100 mm installed, and at positions at each illuminating distance light guide with a total length of 1,080 mm installed, and at positions at each illuminating
away from the fiber output edge. Results for individual products may vary. distance away from the fiber output edge. Results for individual products may vary.
HLV3-NR
HLV3-3M-RGB-4
HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
1,024-Step Intensity, Linear Characteristics with Reproducibility Equipped with a Light Output Stabilization (Feedback) Function
PFBR-150
Our unique correction function is a standard function.
PFB3
Provides linearity with reproducibility Stable light output even in severe operating environments
LNLP
100 100 45
LNSP2 90 90 Stabilization function ON ±2.6% 40
LNSP 80 80
Ambient temperature (°C)
35
Correction function: No
70
Coaxial Units 70
30
60 60
LNSP-FN 25
50 50
LN/LN-HK 20
40
Correction function: Yes 40 Stabilization function OFF ±5.4%
LNSD 60 60
15
LND2 20 20 Ambient temperature 10
10 10 5
HLND
0 0 0
LT 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1,000 1,023 5 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Intensity value Time (minute)
LNV
Actual measurement values using our measurement conditions. Actual measurement values using our measurement conditions. Results for individual
LNDG
Angled
Results for individual products may vary. products may vary. Stabilization function is set to OFF when shipped from the factory.
The correction function of this product is always set to "Yes".
Lighting
LNIS2
■Intensity value can be adjusted in steps
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LNIS-FN
• 1,024-step intensity (10-bit) • 256-step intensity (8-bit)
Telecentric Lens
Macro Lens
Standard Compatibility with Three Types of Light Guides External Control with a Large Variety of Communication Methods
Ethernet communication control: TCP/IP and UDP/IP
Check the dimensions of the light guide to be used before
selecting an adapter. Serial communication control: RS-232C
Parallel communication control
• For details, refer to Dimensions of the light guide adapters chart on P. 206.
• Be careful as plastic fiber cannot be used.

Digital light control: Compatible with sink and source types
• A light guide adapter is not provided with the LED Light Source. Order one separately. Analog light control: Intensity control from 0 to 5 V

Regulations, Etc.
LED Light Sources

P.367 P.373 P.391
Lineup
Correlated Power
Model name LED color Light guide adapters External control cables Weight
color temperature consumption
AD-PFBR-150-MO Parallel communication cable
PFBR-150SW-MN White 6,500 K 200 VA AD-PFBR-150-HY 3,900 g
AD-PFBR-150-SU Serial communication cable
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
Dimensions of the light guide adapters chart (mm) Select a light guide adapter when you LDR-LA1
evaluate the LED Light Source. SQR
• Be careful as plastic fiber
Options SQR-TP
cannot be used. HPR2
Diffused Lighting
Model name: AD-PFBR-150-MO Model name: AD-PFBR-150-HY Model name: AD-PFBR-150-SU • Please be aware that the light LFR
LKR
Caution
guide adapter must be installed
FPR
Ø20
Ø13
Ø15
after purchase by the customer.

Ø15
FPQ3
Ø25 to 40
Ø25 to 32
Inquire with the CCS sales
Ø25
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
representative regarding sizes LDLB
15
37 20 30 HLDL2
PFBR PFBR PFBR
not listed here.
37 30 30 TH2 (5 types)
LFL
HPD2
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
LAV
PDM

LFX3
LFX3-PT
Front Top Applicable fiber bundle LFV3
Ø8 to Ø14 mm
diameter
LFV3-G
Light distribution angle Total angle of 30°

MSU

MFU
Intensity control method Variable-current control
205
PF
Number of channels 1 channel
Input power supply 100 to 240 VAC (±10%), 50/60 Hz HLDR-IP/
91
*2 HSL-PCL
Exhaust holes Power consumption (typ.) 200 VA
UV2
Inrush current (typ.) 15 A at 100 VAC, 30 A at 200 VAC From a cold start
*1 UV
150 Light guide adapter Ground leakage current 3.5 mA max. (264 VAC, 60 Hz, with no load)
LNSP-UV-FN
Insulation withstand 1,500 VAC 1-min. cutoff current 10 mA
Side Bottom voltage (Input-FG) 500 VDC 20 MΩ min. IR2
Temperature: 5 to 40°C, Humidity: 20% to 80%RH (with no condensation)
Operating environment
Altitude: 2,000 m max., Transient overcurrent: Category II, Pollution level: 2
IU
Temperature: −15 to 60°C
Storage environment
127
Humidity: 20% to 85%RH (with no condensation) HLV3
Fan air inlets Cooling method Forced air cooling HLV2

Safety standard: Conforms to EN61010-1 LV
CE marking
EMC standard: Conforms to EN61000-6-2 and EN61000-6-4 LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

Environmental regulations RoHS compliant HFS/HFR
157
Material, coating, surface Aluminum alloy (black alumite) HLV3-NR
180 processing HLV3-3M-RGB-4
Accessories Instruction Guide x 1, 3-prong AC cord with ground terminal (2 m) x 1 HLV2-NR
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
*1 A light guide adapter is not provided with the LED Light Source. Order one separately.
PFBR-600
The shape of the light guide adapter depends on the details of the order.
PFBR-150
*2 Installation method: Do not place any objects within 100 mm of the exhaust holes on the top panel.
LED Properties
PFB3
LNLP
LNSP2
100 LNSP
We accept custom orders. Coaxial Units
Relative radiant
80
intensity (%)
LNSP-FN
Please feel free to inquire. Spectral
60
40 LN/LN-HK
White 6,500 K
• Changes in wavelength (red, blue, and green) distribution 20 LNSD
• Change in light distribution angle, etc. 0 LND2
350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
HLND
Wavelength (nm)
LT
Be sure to read the "Instruction Guide" included with the product before LNV
use and follow the safety precautions upon use. LNDG
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Optional Accessories (Sold Separately) Macro Lens
External control cable: EXCB2-25M-3 External control cable: EXCB2-9M-9F-3-CR

Parallel communication cable (Compatible with digital and analog intensity) Serial communication cable (RS-232C)
3,000
(42) #4-40UNC #4-40UNC
3,000
(Ø10)
(Cross cable)
(32.2)
(54)
Ø6.2
(41)
Cut off on one end
D-sub 25-pin plug D-sub 9-pin plug D-sub 9-pin socket
M2.6
LED Light Sources Other Products
LED Light Sources
You can also use
CCS PFB3 Search your smartphone
or cell phone.
For quick access.
PFB3 Series
Provides light output that exceeds that of a 100 W halogen
light source
LDR2
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
LDR-LA1
SQR
SQR-TP
HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LFR
LKR
FPR
FPQ3
LDL2
Lighting
Direct
LDLB
HLDL2
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
HPD2
LDM2
Diffused Lighting
LAV
(Without external control) (With external control)
PDM
LFXV
LFX3
LFX3-PT Applications Connect to light guides and use as a light source
LFV3
LFV3-G
MSU
Renewed with Increased Brightness Select a Power Supply to Match Your Actual Environment
MFU
PF
HLDR-IP/
Achieved high output up to 1.2x that of the conventional The terminal block on the unit rear supports 24 VDC input. With
HSL-PCL
PFB2 series. an optional AC adapter, it can also support 100 to 240 VAC input.
UV2 You can make a selection to match your actual environment.
UV Illuminance comparison with a 100-W halogen lamp
LNSP-UV-FN 2,000,000
DC supply
1,800,000
IR2 1,600,000 PFB3
1,400,000
Increased output
Illuminance (lx)
1,200,000
up to 1.2x*
IU
1,000,000
HLV3 800,000
GND
HLV2 600,000 PFB2
400,000 24 VDC
LV
200,000 100-W halogen lamp
LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.
HFS/HFR
0 Use the terminal block on the rear of this unit for 24 VDC input.
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
HLV3-NR LWD (mm)
ACsupply
AC 供給
HLV3-3M-RGB-4 * Actual measurement values with light intensity of 100%, bundles of Ø8 mm, a straight light guide installed,
HLV2-NR and at positions of 50 mm illuminating distance away from the fiber output edge.
The data included is for reference only and the results for individual products may vary.
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
PFBR-600
PFBR-150
PFB3
LNLP Supports Major Light Guide Manufacturers
AC Adapter
LNSP2
LNSP Supports major light guide manufacturers Use the optional AC adapter for 100 to 240 VAC input.
Coaxial Units
(5 Japanese companies, 6 international companies). Model name: ADP2460-PFB-JTLV6
LNSP-FN (U.S. DoE CEC Level VI External Power Supply Efficiency Standards compliant)
LN/LN-HK For details, refer to Light Guide Adapter Dimensions Chart on P. 208.
LNSD
LND2
HLND
LT Selectable External Control
LNV
LNDG The lineup includes a model where intensity can only be manually adjusted, and models that allow for external control. There are
Angled
Lighting
LNIS2
three types of external control: serial, parallel, and analog. ON/OFF control and intensity control are possible by each control type.
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LNIS-FN
Telecentric Lens
Macro Lens
External control External control External control

connector connector connector
(D-sub 9-pin) (D-sub 15-pin) (D-sub 15-pin)
Standard type Serial type Parallel type Analog type

PFB3-20SW-F-JT series PFB3-20SW-F-SJT series PFB3-20SW-F-PJT series PFB3-20SW-F-AJT series
Manual Without external Manual With external Manual With external Manual With external
intensity control control intensity control control intensity control control intensity control control

Microfiber Fiber Head Examples of Custom Examples of
Regulations, Etc.
LED Light Sources

Product Page Ordered Products Application
P.195 P.367 P.373 P.391
Lineup
Inquire with your light guide manufacturer for details about the light guide.
Power Installation method: Do not place anything within 50 mm of the fan
consumption exhaust outlet on the rear, the air inlets on the left
and right sides, and the top of the PFB3 unit.
PFB3-20SW-F-JT- AC Adapter
AC Adapter
PFB3-20SW-F-SJT- External control cable How to read light guide adapter dimensions chart LDR2
White 15 W (Serial type) 1,200 g
Direct Lighting
LDR2-LA
PFB3-20SW-F-PJT- AC Adapter LDR-LA1
External control cable SQR
PFB3-20SW-F-AJT- (Parallel, Analog type)
SQR-TP
This indicates the model name. Light guide adapter type
JT/SJT/AJT/PJT HPR2
Diffused Lighting
LED Properties: Spectral Distribution P.384 PFB3 unit
LFR
Adapter
LKR
How to read the lineup selection chart Light guide
FPR
FPQ3
LDL2
Ø15
Ø25
Lighting
Model name This indicates the light guide adapter type.
Direct
LDLB
37
-MO/-NP/-MI/-HY/-SU/-VL/-TF/-TE/-SH1/-SH2/ HLDL2
-DJ1/-DJ2/-DJ3/-DJ4/-CS1/-IT 22.8
TH2 (5 types)
LFL
HPD2
Dimensions (mm) LDM2
Diffused Lighting
LAV
PDM
LFXV
Rear view of the Rear view of the Rear view of the Rear view of the LFX3
PFB3-20SW-F-JT series PFB3-20SW-F-SJT series PFB3-20SW-F-PJT series PFB3-20SW-F-AJT series LFX3-PT
Light guide (Standard type) (Serial type) (Parallel type) (Analog type)
35 adapter (socket) LFV3
Power lamp (Blue)
LFV3-G
External control External control External control

Error lamp (Red) Ø40 MSU

connector connector connector
(D-sub 9-pin) (D-sub 15-pin) (D-sub 15-pin) MFU
100
61
Light source unit

PF
29
Intensity knob
Power switch IN 24 VDC IN 24 VDC IN 24 VDC IN 24 VDC
8
70 (Terminal block) (Terminal block) (Terminal block) (Terminal block) HLDR-IP/

5.8 to 22.8* 150 (17)
HSL-PCL
IN 24 VDC (DC jack) IN 24 VDC (DC jack) IN 24 VDC (DC jack) IN 24 VDC (DC jack)
UV2
62
UV
4-M4 tap depth 6 (For installation) LNSP-UV-FN
37.5 85
4
IR2
* The dimensions of the connection adapter (socket) vary based on the light guide in use. For detailed infromation, refer to Light Guide Adapter Dimensions Chart.
IU
Options HLV3
HLV2
AC adapter: ADP2460-PFB-JTLV6 External control cable: EXCB2-9-9-3-ST External control cable: EXCB2-B3 LV
(Serial type) (Parallel, analog type) LSP
Spot Lighting, Etc.

1 (Black) HFS/HFR
2 (White)
HLV3-NR
S&E
AC adapter unit 3 (Red)

INPUT: 100 to 240 VAC 130 VA 50/60 Hz EIA-232 compliant 4 (Green)
AC cord connector HLV3-3M-RGB-4
OUTPUT: 22.8 to 25.4 VDC 2.7 A D-sub 9-pin D-sub 9-pin 5 (Yellow)
IEC 60320 C6 CN1 CN2
(U.S. DoE CEC Level VI External Power (Socket) (Socket)
6 (Brown) HLV2-NR
3,000
Supply Efficiency Standards compliant) 3,000 7 (Blue)
8 (Purple)
HLV2-3M-RGB-3W
Ø8.1
9 (Gray) PFBR-600
52
(40.5)
Center plus 10 (Pink)

11 (White/black) PFBR-150
Ø5.5
12 (Red/black) PFB3
Ø2.1
2x#4-40UNC 2x#4-40UNC SCIC-0.18-16 13 (Green/black)
D-sub 15P LNLP
14 (Yellow/black)
10
(Inch screws) (Inch screws)

33
Frame Frame 15 (Brown/black)

Cut off on one end LNSP2
Unconnected (Blue/black)
1,530 121 LNSP
Shielded ground
An AC cord is included. Coaxial Units
LNSP-FN
LN/LN-HK
Light Guide Adapter Dimensions Chart (mm)

LNSD
LND2
HLND
Common for the series
LT
PFB3-20SW-F-□□□-MO PFB3-20SW-F-□□□-NP PFB3-20SW-F-□□□-MI PFB3-20SW-F-□□□-HY
Ø15
Ø15
Ø15
LNV
Ø15
Ø25 to 35
Ø20 to 31
Ø25 to 40
Ø25 to 32
LNDG
Angled
Lighting
37 31 21 LNIS2
20
22.8 16.8 6.8 5.8
Lenses Oblique
LNIS
LNIS-FN
PFB3-20SW-F-□□□-SU PFB3-20SW-F-□□□-VL PFB3-20SW-F-□□□-TF PFB3-20SW-F-□□□-TE
Ø15.87
Ø20
Ø13
Ø15
Ø15
Telecentric Lens
Ø25 to 30
Macro Lens
Ø25
Ø18
Ø18
15 22.2 30 12.7
30 15.8 8 15.8 11.8
PFB3-20SW-F-□□□-SH1 PFB3-20SW-F-□□□-SH2 PFB3-20SW-F-□□□-DJ1 PFB3-20SW-F-□□□-DJ2

Ø18.24
Ø15.9
Ø18.2
Ø14.27
Ø7.92
Ø10.72
Ø15.6
Ø22.1
Ø22
6.4 25 12.7 12.7

18.3 11.5 10.8 11.8 11.8
PFB3-20SW-F-□□□-DJ3 PFB3-20SW-F-□□□-DJ4 PFB3-20SW-F-□□□-CS1 PFB3-20SW-F-□□□-IT

Ø15.875
Ø11.13
Ø4.72
Ø8
Ø15.86
Ø6.35
Ø14
12.7 12 31.65
11.8 12.7 Only for use with the CCS Micro
11.8 Fiber Head HFS/HFR series. 17.8 17.45
Line Light List INDEX
(By brightness)
LNLP Series LNSP-FN Series LNSP2 Series LNSP2 Series

(NDF Type) (Standard Type)
Series name
Applicable Control Units: Applicable Control Units: Applicable Control Unit: Applicable Control Unit:
PD3-10024-8 / PD3-10024-8 /
PSCC series PSCC series PSB4-30024-PEI PSB4-30024-PEI
Line Light List
Refer to: P.211 Refer to: P.227 Refer to: P.215 Refer to: P.215
Brightness
1,000,000 lx 900,000 lx 900,000 lx 650,000 lx

Emitting width (Short side): 21 mm Emitting width (Short side): 23 mm Emitting width (Short side): 25 mm Emitting width (Short side): 25 mm
Illum. Cooling
method method
Natural air Forced air (Fan) Natural air Natural air
Convergent Convergent Convergent Convergent

Relative radiance distribution
100 100 1,200,000 100 1,200,000 100 1,100,000

90 90 90 90 1,000,000
80 80 1,000,000 80 1,000,000 80 900,000

70 70 70 70 800,000
Illuminance (lx)
Illuminance (lx)
Illuminance (lx)
800,000 800,000 700,000
60 60 60 60
600,000
50 50 600,000 50 600,000 50
500,000
40 40 40 40
400,000 400,000 400,000
30 30 30 30 300,000
20 20 20 20 200,000
200,000 200,000
10 10 10 10 100,000
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
-200 -150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 200 -200 -150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 200 0 20 40 60 80 -125
-175 -150 100 -100120-75140-50 160
-25 180 200 50 75 100 125 150 175 0
0 25 20 40 60
-175 80 100 -100
-150 -125 120-75140-50 160
-25 180
0 200
25 50 75 100 125 150 175 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
Long side position (mm) Long side position (mm) Illuminating distance
Long(mm)
side position (mm) Illuminating distance
Long(mm)
side position (mm) Illuminating distance (mm)
Graph of the change in illuminance
100 1,200,000 100 1,200,000 100 1,100,000 800,000

90 90 90 1,000,000
700,000
80 1,000,000 80 1,000,000 80 900,000
(on the optical axis)
800,000 600,000
70 70 70
Illuminance (lx)
Illuminance (lx)
Illuminance (lx)
Illuminance (lx)
800,000 800,000 700,000
60 60 60 500,000
600,000
50 600,000 50 600,000 50 400,000
500,000
40 40 40
400,000 300,000
30 400,000 30 400,000 30 300,000 200,000
20 20 20 200,000
200,000 200,000
10 10 10 100,000 100,000
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
50 200 -200 -150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 200 0 20 40 60 80 -125
-175 -150 100 -100120-75140-50 160
-25 180 200 50 75 100 125 150 175 0
0 25 20 40 60
-175 80 100 -100
-150 -125 120-75140-50 160
-25 180
0 200
25 50 75 100 125 150 175 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200
Long side position (mm) Illuminating distance
Long(mm)
side position (mm) Illuminating distance
Long(mm)
side position (mm) Illuminating distance (mm) Illuminating distance (mm)
(By brightness)
LNSD Series LT Series HLND(-TT) Series LND2 Series

(High Uniformity Type)
Series name
Recommended Control Units: Applicable Control Unit: Applicable Control Unit: Recommended Control Units:
PD3-10024-8 / PD3 series / PSB series,
PSB4-30024-PEI PSB4-30024-PEI PSB4-30024-PEI PSB4-30024-PEI
Brightness
56,000 lx 50,000 lx 48,000 lx 25,000 lx

Emitting width (Short side): 15 mm Emitting width (Short side): 2.8 mm Emitting width (Short side): 7.6 mm Emitting width (Short side): 18.2 mm
Illum. Cooling
method method
Natural air Natural air Natural air Natural air
Diffused Diffused Diffused Diffused

Relative radiance distribution
100 100 100 250,000 100 150,000

100
90 90 90 90
90 125,000
80 80 80 200,000 80

(%)
80
radiance(%)
70 70 70 70
Illuminance (lx)
Illuminance (lx)
70 100,000
60 150,000
Relativeradiance
60 60 60
60
50 50 50 50 75,000
50
40 40 40 100,000 40
40
Relative
30 30 30 30 50,000
30
20 20 20 50,000 20
20 25,000
10 10 10 10
10
0 0 0 0 0 0
0 -200 -150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 200
-200 -150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 200 -175 -150 -125 -100 -75 -50 -25 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 -175 -150 -125 -100 -75 -50 -25 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 1750 20 40 60 80 -300100-250 120 140 -100
-200 -150 160-50 1800 200
50 100 150 200 250 300 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 1
Long side position (mm) Long side position (mm) Long side position (mm) Illuminating distance (mm)
Long side position (mm) Illuminating distance (mm)
Long side position (mm)
Graph of the change in illuminance
200,000
100 200,000 100 250,000 100 150,000 100,000
90 90 90
150,000 80 80 125,000 80,000
80
(on the optical axis)
200,000
150,000
(lx)
70 70
Illuminance(lx)
70
Illuminance (lx)
Illuminance (lx)
100,000
Illuminance (lx)
60 60 150,000 60 60,000
Illuminance
100,000
50 100,000 50 50 75,000
40 40 100,000 40 40,000
50,000 30 30 50,000
30 50,000
20 20 20 20,000
50,000 25,000
10 10
10 0
00 20 40 060 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 0 0
0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 0 0
-175 -150 -125 -100 -75 (mm)
-50 -25 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 0 -300 -250 -200 -150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200
-175 -150 -125 -100 -75 -50 -25 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 Illuminating distance 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200
Illuminating distance (mm) Long(mm) side position (mm) Illuminating distance (mm)
Long side position (mm) Long side position (mm) Illuminating distance Illuminating distance (mm)
The brightness is actual measurement value at the illuminating distance of 50 mm. The data included is for reference only. Actual values may vary.
209
Line Light PSCC Series PSB4 Series List of Control Unit Technical Guide Regulations, Etc.
Product Page Control Unit Product Page Control Unit Product Page Specifications (Line Sensor)
P.211 P.349 P.351 P.309 P.385 P.391
LNSP Series LN-HK Series TH2 Series LNSD Series

(Rectangular Type) (High Luminance Type)
Applicable Control Unit: Applicable Control Units: Recommended Control Units: Recommended Control Units:
PD3 series / PD3-10024-8 / PD3-10024-8 /
PSB4-30024-PEI PSB series PSB4-30024-PEI PSB4-30024-PEI
Line Light List

400,000 lx 170,000 lx 150,000 lx 101,000 lx
Emitting width (Short side): 21 mm Emitting width (Short side): 16.5 mm Emitting width (Short side): 75 mm Emitting width (Short side): 15 mm
Natural air Natural air Natural air Natural air
Convergent Convergent Diffused Diffused
100 100 600,000 100 200,000 100 300,000

90 100
90 90 90
80 500,000 90 250,000
80 80 80

150,000 80

70 70 70 70
Illuminance (lx)
400,000
Illuminance (lx)
200,000
Illuminance (lx)
70
60 60 60 60
60
50 50 300,000 50 100,000 50 150,000
50
40 40 40 40
200,000 40 100,000
30 30 30 30
50,000 30
20 20 100,000 20 20
20 50,000
10 10 10 10
10
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
-175 -150 -125 -100 -75 -50 -25 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 -100 -75 -50 -25 0 25 50 75 100 0 20 40 -175
60 -150
80 -125100-100120
-75 140 160 018025 200
-50 -25 50 75 100 125 150 175 0 20 40 060 -20080 100-150 120
-100 140-50 160 0 180 50200100 150 200 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200
-200 -150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 200
Long side position (mm) Long side position (mm) Illuminating distance
Long(mm)
side position (mm) Illuminating distanceLong side
(mm)position (mm) Illuminating distance (mm)
300,000
100 600,000 100 200,000 300,000 300,000
90 90 250,000
500,000 250,000 250,000
80 80
150,000
Illuminance (lx)
70 70 200,000
Illuminance (lx)
400,000
Illuminance (lx)
Illuminance (lx)
200,000 200,000
Illuminance (lx)
60 60
150,000
50 300,000 50 100,000 150,000 150,000
40 40 100,000
200,000 100,000 100,000
30 30
50,000 50,000
20 100,000 20 50,000 50,000
10 10 0
0 0 0 0 0 00 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200
-100 -75 -50 -25 0 25 50 75 1000 20 40 60-175 80 100 -100120-75140-50 160
-150 -125 -25 180
0 2520050 75 100 125 150 175 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200
Illuminating distance
Long(mm)
side position (mm) Illuminating distance (mm) Illuminating distance (mm) Illuminating distance (mm)
(By brightness)
LNIS-FN Series LNIS2 Series LNIS Series LNDG Series

Series name
Recommended Control Units:

Applicable Control Units: PD3-10024-8 / Applicable Control Unit: Applicable Control Unit:
PSCC series PSB4-30024-PEI PSB4-30024-PEI PSCC series
Brightness
678,000 lx 440,000 lx 310,000 lx 80,000 lx

Emitting width (Short side): 23 mm Emitting width (Short side): 25 mm Emitting width (Short side): 21 mm Emitting width (Short side): 10 mm
Illum. Cooling
method method
Forced air (Fan) Natural air Natural air Natural air
Oblique angled (bi-directional) Oblique angled (bi-directional) Oblique angled (bi-directional) Oblique angled (mono-directional)
Relative irradiance distribution
LWD = 50 mmLWD = 50 mm 100

distribution
LWD = 50 mm LWD = 50 mm
90 100
100 100 100 100
90
(%)
90 Right 90 Right Left Left 90 Right Left 90 Right Left 80

80


Ccs General Catalog

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Ccs General Catalog

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

2020

Manufacturing & Quality

GLOBAL, LOCALIZED SUPPORT

QUALITY / SOLUTION / SUPPORT

Flat Dome Lights LFXV Series Expanded Lineup

● LFX3-100SW (White) ● LFXV-100SW (White)

For information including imaging conditions refer to the product pages.

Coaxial Lights for High-Resolution Cameras LFV3-G Series NEW

Available in five sizes, for a total of 15 models

Available in three LED colors: red, white, and blue

● LFV3-G Series Structure (example) LFV3-G-27 LFV3-G-30X60 LFV3-G-35

Slim half mirror

Flat light source with

For details, refer to

Constant-Voltage Analog Control Unit PSB4-60024-2-PEI Expanded Lineup

Compatible with a wide range of CCS lights

External control via EtherNet / parallel communication PSB4-60024-2-PEI

Use individually Use on two sides Use on four sides

Organic LED Lights for Machine Vision

NEW Brightness required for

Unprecedented thin design!

Illumination | Integration | Information

Visible light Infrared

380 480 580 680 780

Hyperspectral & SWIR

Novel Illumination for Visible-NIR Hyperspectral Imaging

The benefits of hyperspectral imaging

Figure 1 – Sample Spectrums for Tungsten Halogen

LED hyperspectral imaging

Blue is extremely strong and

380 480 580 680 780

Figure 2 – Spectrum for Conventional White Light LED

The new LED solution

Figure 3 – CCS/EFFILUX Visible-NIR Hyperspectral LED

Extending the wavelength range

Figure 4 – Extended Range Visible-NIR Hyperspectral Solution

Collimated line light bar for

Emerging SWIR imaging for machine vision

About SWIR H.O.P. Technology

Advantages of H.O.P. Technology

Figure 7 – SWIR H.O.P. pattern projector

Illumination | Integration | Information

INTELLIGENT LIGHTING FOR INDUSTRY 4.0

Why use Intelligent Lighting?

One development environment Open network standards Easy connectivity of lighting

Equipped with FALUX Sensing for

and software integration

triniti controller Light connection LED lights

Key benefits at a glance:

Compatible CCS lighting models for triniti

connectivity via EtherNet/IP networks. EtherNet/IP Machine vision sensor

Conforming to ODVA Composite Network

The following lighting values are CN-4024-2-EIPT

M12 Connector and Flying Leads Light Unit Cables

SM connectors are used for

Now You can choose

Note: This connector cannot be used for the Light Units

4-pin M12 Socket Connectors

These specifications are applicable to the standard products shown below.

Flying Leads Cables

P.35 P.75 P.131

LDR2-LA HLDL2 MSU

P.39 P.79 P.163 P.169

LDR-LA1 TH2 UV2 / UV